{"success": true,"payload": [{"id": 9431,"count": "1","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

päron2 päron3

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptælan","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Fragment of Floris and Blancheflour, LN 66","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "En syndares omvändelse","workNotes": "

The work is also known by its Latin title De uno peccatore qui promeruit gratiam (Of the sinner who found mercy). The play comprises just 362 lines of four-stress couplets. It is preserved in a single manuscript, the Askaby Codex (Copenhagen, The Arnamagnaean Manuscript Collection, AM 191 fol.) from 1492, but the play itself is clearly somewhat older: anywhere from the mid-fourteenth to the mid-fifteenth century. See further Rietz 1842.

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

A Marian miracle play that begins with the confession of the sinner Vratislaus to Saint Procopius and ends with his forgiveness by Christ through the intervention of the Virgin Mary.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9427,"count": "3","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

aå ja

","englishForm": "

Roman Asia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/2994157","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 6","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Facsimile edition of the Old Danish Flores and Blancheflour in two Ghemen-prints","work": "Karlskrönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder ('Karlskrönikan').

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the Roman province.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A 7000-line verse chronicle in Swedish that continues the story of the Swedish nobility from 1390 until 1452. It was written at the behest of the Swedish king Karl Knutsson Bonde (r. 1448-1457, 1464-1465, 1467-1470).

","latitude": "37.93682","longitude": "27.34353","warning": "Not OK - Language (sv), Variant form (da), Lemma from (da)","edition": "Facsimile edition of the Old Danish Flores and Blancheflour in two Ghemen-prints","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378482/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia_%28Roman_province%29","location": "

Roman Asia

","preposition": "

amot

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

test

"}, {"id": 9425,"count": "5","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

så bra åäö

","englishForm": "

Calvary

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Caluariebergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalvariebiærgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 6","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Karlskrönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder ('Karlskrönikan').

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of the Church of the Holy Sepulchre are used for visualisation, since according to the dominant assumption the church is placed on the Calvary. However, other theories regarding the location of Calvary flourish, cf. the Wikipedia-article.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A 7000-line verse chronicle in Swedish that continues the story of the Swedish nobility from 1390 until 1452. It was written at the behest of the Swedish king Karl Knutsson Bonde (r. 1448-1457, 1464-1465, 1467-1470).

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calvary","location": "

Calvary

","preposition": "

at

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9422,"count": "7","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

medh hanum i iherico 

","englishForm": "

Jericho

","editionPage": "345","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherico","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iheriko","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.86667","longitude": "35.45","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284899/jericho.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jericho","location": "

Jericho

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9416,"count": "9","language":"","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

i fluvium Danubis

","englishForm": "

Danube River

","editionPage": "5","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Dunnow","lemmaFormAttestation": "Danubius","sourcePage": "35","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "","workNotes": "","genreName": "","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "","latitude": "45.33333","longitude": "29.66667","warning": "Not OK - No language","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/791630/danube-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danube","location": "

Danube River

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Note.

"}, {"id": 9414,"count": "11","language":"","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

uæstan iorsala haf

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503438","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iorsalahaf","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jorsalahaf","sourcePage": "64","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wolf 1934","work": "","workNotes": "","genreName": "","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "Not OK - No language","edition": "Wolf 1934","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

væstan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9412,"count": "13","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

paradis palm2

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503438","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "egypt","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egypt","sourcePage": "15","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wolf 1934","work": "Hertig Fredrik av Normandie","workNotes": "

Year of composition from the manuscript itself: "tha M oc ccc aar | epter gudz byrd fførlidhen war | och ther otta oc monade twaa | war tæssen boken dictad saa" (vv. 3219–22). Note that the edition by Ahlstrand 1853: 223 has 1309 as the year of composition.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The poem was most probably translated from Low German, but there is no extant source text in any other language. The only other foreign language version, the Danish one, was translated from the Swedish romance.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Wolf 1934","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9410,"count": "15","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

parads palm

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Parads","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9408,"count": "17","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

þænna paradis palm

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "29","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9406,"count": "19","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

iosep egiptæ lanz hærra

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptælan","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9404,"count": "21","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

Fra þy ' rom bygdes siu hundraþ ok fam'tighi ok tu aar

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/7773146","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Romerska riket","sourcePage": "71","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson and Wollin 1997","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson and Wollin 1997","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9402,"count": "23","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

alla romara

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "65","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9400,"count": "25","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

ii romskom bokom

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romska","lemmaFormAttestation": "rømsker","sourcePage": "65","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9396,"count": "27","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

Annan vægh tiberim ælf

","englishForm": "

Tiber

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tiberis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tiberis","sourcePage": "64","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Tiberis","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "41.74032","longitude": "12.23371","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3165709/tiber-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tiber","location": "

Tiber

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9394,"count": "29","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

sodomia

","englishForm": "

Sodom

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sodomia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sodoma","sourcePage": "64","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodom_and_Gomorrah","location": "

Sodom

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9392,"count": "31","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

ii rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "64","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9390,"count": "33","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

ii bæþleem

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Betheleem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bethleem","sourcePage": "64","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9388,"count": "35","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

En tima þa romara ' hafþo friþ

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "64","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9386,"count": "37","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

Rømska raþ

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romska","lemmaFormAttestation": "romersker hærra","sourcePage": "62","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9384,"count": "39","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

herodes ok herodias dømdos vt'lændes

","englishForm": "

Abroad

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlændes","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændis","sourcePage": "57","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adverb","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Abroad

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9382,"count": "41","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

en starkar longobardus

","englishForm": "

Lombard

","editionPage": "81","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "longobardus","lemmaFormAttestation": "langobard","sourcePage": "57","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Longobard

","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","showAsLocatedIn": "203","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombards","location": "

Lombard

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9380,"count": "43","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

þøm ' longobardos

","englishForm": "

Lombard

","editionPage": "80","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "longobardos","lemmaFormAttestation": "langobard","sourcePage": "56","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Longobard

","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","showAsLocatedIn": "203","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombards","location": "

Lombard

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9378,"count": "45","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

vndi ' rom

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "80","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503438","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Roma","sourcePage": "56","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wolf 1934","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Wolf 1934","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

underr

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9376,"count": "47","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

bryta logobardos vndi ' rom

","englishForm": "

Lombard

","editionPage": "80","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "logobardos","lemmaFormAttestation": "langobard","sourcePage": "56","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Longobard

","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","showAsLocatedIn": "203","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombards","location": "

Lombard

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9374,"count": "49","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

Gøta drotnung som vtlændes ' kallas longobardi

","englishForm": "

Lombard

","editionPage": "79","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "longobardi","lemmaFormAttestation": "langobard","sourcePage": "56","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Longobard

","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","showAsLocatedIn": "203","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombards","location": "

Lombard

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9372,"count": "51","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

vtlændes

","englishForm": "

Abroad

","editionPage": "79","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlændes","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændis","sourcePage": "56","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adverb","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Abroad

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9370,"count": "53","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

ii franz

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Franz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Franz","sourcePage": "55","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9368,"count": "55","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

tel ' normandiam

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Normandia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Normandia","sourcePage": "55","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9366,"count": "57","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

pictania

","englishForm": "

Poitiers

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pictania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pictania","sourcePage": "54","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "46.3457","longitude": "0.2037","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/2986495/poitiers.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poitiers","location": "

Poitiers

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9364,"count": "59","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

ii francha rike

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Francharike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "54","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9362,"count": "61","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

tel constantino'polim

","englishForm": "

Istanbul

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Constantinopolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Constantinopolis","sourcePage": "54","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Constantinople","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "41.01384","longitude": "28.94966","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745044/istanbul.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Istanbul","location": "

Istanbul

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9360,"count": "63","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

cicilie ri'kis

","englishForm": "

Sicily

","editionPage": "71","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Cicilierike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ciciliarike","sourcePage": "52","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 528","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "37.5","longitude": "14","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2523118/sicily.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sicily","location": "

Sicily

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9358,"count": "65","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

En fatøker grytakarl af emissena ' stadh

","englishForm": "

Messina

","editionPage": "71","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Emissenastadh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Emissenastaþer","sourcePage": "52","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 528","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "38.1138","longitude": "15.3309","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/2524170/messina.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Messina","location": "

Messina

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9356,"count": "67","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

ii . enom staþ som kal'lar sebastie

","englishForm": "

Samaria

","editionPage": "70","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sebastie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sebaste","sourcePage": "52","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "32.25","longitude": "35.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284584/samaria.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Samaria_(ancient_city)","location": "

Samaria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9354,"count": "69","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konungx palacij sebaste

","englishForm": "

Samaria

","editionPage": "71","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sebaste","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sebaste","sourcePage": "52","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 528","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "32.25","longitude": "35.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284584/samaria.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Samaria_(ancient_city)","location": "

Samaria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9348,"count": "71","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

tel ' þe af ianua

","englishForm": "

Genova

","editionPage": "70","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ianua","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ianua","sourcePage": "51","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Genoa

","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "44.40478","longitude": "8.94439","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3176219/genoa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Genoa","location": "

Genova

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9346,"count": "73","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

ii alexandria

","englishForm": "

Alexandria

","editionPage": "70","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Alexandria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Alexandria","sourcePage": "51","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.20176","longitude": "29.91582","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/361058/alexandria.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alexandria","location": "

Alexandria

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9344,"count": "75","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

tel ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "69","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "51","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9342,"count": "77","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

af gerusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "69","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gerusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "51","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9340,"count": "79","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

ii cicilia

","englishForm": "

Sicily

","editionPage": "59","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Cicilia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sicilia","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "37.5","longitude": "14","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2523118/sicily.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sicily","location": "

Sicily

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9338,"count": "81","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

Bituricas [h]ete en staþar

","englishForm": "

Bourges

","editionPage": "46","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bituricas","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bituricas","sourcePage": "22","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "47.0500","longitude": "2.2400","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3031005/bourges.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bourges","location": "

Bourges

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9336,"count": "83","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

gør ' þik glaþa : ensamen egipti moþer

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "17","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9334,"count": "85","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

stride viþ en staþ som callar | carnotum

","englishForm": "

Chartres

","editionPage": "35","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Carnotum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Carnotum","sourcePage": "16","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "48.2648","longitude": "1.2918","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/6448031/chartres.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chartres","location": "

Chartres

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9332,"count": "87","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

Hærtoghen af norre mandia

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "35","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norremandia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Normandia","sourcePage": "16","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9330,"count": "89","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

som hæn'na son bøþ miþvact i dal iosafat

","englishForm": "

Kidron Valley

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Dal Iosafat","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iosaphatdal","sourcePage": "15","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of Kidron Valley are used. Since the early Middle Ages, this valley is commonly identified with the Valley of Josaphat.

","locationDescription": "

Valley of Josaphat

","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.77707","longitude": "35.23884","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8259958/kidron-valley.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Valley_of_Josaphat","location": "

Kidron Valley

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9328,"count": "91","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

i enom dal ' iosafat

","englishForm": "

Kidron Valley

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Dal Iosafat","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iosaphatdal","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of Kidron Valley are used. Since the early Middle Ages, this valley is commonly identified with the Valley of Josaphat.

","locationDescription": "

Valley of Josaphat

","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.77707","longitude": "35.23884","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8259958/kidron-valley.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Valley_of_Josaphat","location": "

Kidron Valley

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9326,"count": "93","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

satte niþir ' ii ierusalem firi mario føtar

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "29","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9324,"count": "95","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

stoþ iohannes ' viþ ephesin

","englishForm": "

Ephesus

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ephesin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ephesus","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "37.93972","longitude": "27.34083","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7522155/ephesus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ephesus","location": "

Ephesus

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9322,"count": "97","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

þænna palm quist . førþe ' iak þik aff paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9320,"count": "99","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

viþ montem ' syon

","englishForm": "

Mount Zion

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mons Syon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mons Sion","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "hill","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354430/mount-zion.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Mount Zion

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9318,"count": "101","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

boþe maria ' ii iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9316,"count": "103","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

maria ' ok iosep baro varn hærra tel ' templum domini

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Templum Domini","lemmaFormAttestation": "Templum Domini","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9314,"count": "105","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

Længe siþan rom var cristet

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9312,"count": "107","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

ok baþo februam ' martis moþor / gøra sin son ' romara bliþan

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9310,"count": "109","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

gingo kring vm ' romara borgh

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Romaraborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Romborgh","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

kring um

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9308,"count": "111","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

roma'ra þiænto æn mer | februe

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9306,"count": "113","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

romara þiento henne giæ'rna

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "17-18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9304,"count": "115","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

sat ' maria ii nazareth

","englishForm": "

Nazareth

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nazareth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nazaret","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "32.69925","longitude": "35.30483","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294098/nazareth.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nazareth","location": "

Nazareth

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9302,"count": "117","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

iosep reþe brolløp's kost ii bæþleem

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bæþleem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bethleem","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9300,"count": "119","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

tel guz mønstar

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "11","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Guz mønstar","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gudhs mønstir","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9298,"count": "121","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

alla iuffru up ' fødes . ii . guz mønstar

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Guz mønstar","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gudhs mønstir","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9296,"count": "123","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

faþer ok ' moþor satto barnet niþar . a . gul'uet ii guz mønster

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Guz mønster","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gudhs mønstir","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9294,"count": "125","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

Maria fødes ok . a . þriio are ' tel ierusalem førþes

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9292,"count": "127","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

wiþ een ' port ok hete aurea

","englishForm": "

Golden Gate

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Aurea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Aurea","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "gate","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.77889","longitude": "35.23694","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957222/golden-gate.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Golden_Gate_(Jerusalem)","location": "

Golden Gate

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9290,"count": "129","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

ii ierusalem ' port som aurea callar

","englishForm": "

Golden Gate

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Aurea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Aurea","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "gate","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.77889","longitude": "35.23694","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957222/golden-gate.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Golden_Gate_(Jerusalem)","location": "

Golden Gate

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9288,"count": "131","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

ok baþ han koma skyt tel ierusalem '

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9286,"count": "133","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

annam : þær sat . ii . na'zaret

","englishForm": "

Nazareth

","editionPage": "8-9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nazareth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nazaret","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "32.69925","longitude": "35.30483","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294098/nazareth.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nazareth","location": "

Nazareth

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9284,"count": "135","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

ii ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9282,"count": "137","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

firi guz altare i iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9280,"count": "139","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

annam : af betheleem

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "5","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Betheleem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bethleem","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9278,"count": "141","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

at namne i nazareth

","englishForm": "

Nazareth

","editionPage": "5","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/bnkw9jct86dp82g6","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nazareth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nazaret","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 34","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","work": "Legender","workNotes": "

The year of composition according to Wiktorsson 2020:12.

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Saints’ Lives

","latitude": "32.69925","longitude": "35.30483","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson 2020","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294098/nazareth.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nazareth","location": "

Nazareth

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9276,"count": "143","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "63","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9274,"count": "145","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

test testandreas

","englishForm": "

Danevirke

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "test","lemmaFormAttestation": "test","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "fortification","localityTypeOfName": "name of a man-made feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "54.633333","longitude": "9.583333","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Danevirke¶ms=54_38_N_9_35_E_region:DE-SH_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danevirke","location": "

Danevirke

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9272,"count": "147","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

gjgjg112bbbg

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503438","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "23454","lemmaFormAttestation": "wewrt","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wolf 1934","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Wolf 1934","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9271,"count": "149","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

at hans fadher oc hans modher waro komin j hans landh j en stadh ther heth plesois

","englishForm": "

Plesois

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Plesois","lemmaFormAttestation": "Plesois","sourcePage": "208v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Plesois is only mentioned the manuscript A 49. Given that Plesois is called both staþer and byr, it evidently denotes a city of some sort. It is located in a country, whose name is not known. The country seems to be around trætighi wiku sioos ’30 nautical miles’ from Rome. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Plesois

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": "

Plesois is only mentioned the manuscript A 49. Given that Plesois is called both staþer and byr, it evidently denotes a city of some sort. It is located in a country, whose name is not known. The country seems to be around trætighi wiku sioos ’30 nautical miles’ from Rome. 

"}, {"id": 9269,"count": "151","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

gak til plesois ok leta æpther enom nykomnom manne 

","englishForm": "

Plesois

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Plesois","lemmaFormAttestation": "Plesois","sourcePage": "208v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Plesois is only mentioned the manuscript A 49. Given that Plesois is called both staþer and byr, it evidently denotes a city of some sort. It is located in a country, whose name is not known. The country seems to be around trætighi wiku sioos ’30 nautical miles’ from Rome. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Plesois

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": "

Plesois is only mentioned the manuscript A 49. Given that Plesois is called both staþer and byr, it evidently denotes a city of some sort. It is located in a country, whose name is not known. The country seems to be around trætighi wiku sioos ’30 nautical miles’ from Rome. 

"}, {"id": 9267,"count": "153","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Wm sidhe for han swa willir at han kom j eth landh som hether vngaria

","englishForm": "

Hungary

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Vngaria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ungaria","sourcePage": "204v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/719819/hungary.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary","location": "

Hungary

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9265,"count": "155","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Tha the aff rom sagho thet the flyddo

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "207","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "203v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9263,"count": "157","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ROm war belaght fordhomdaghom aff siw hednom konungom for ty the wildo sla nidher sanctj pedhers kirkio ok forderua kristendomen 

","englishForm": "

Saint Peter's Basilica

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sanctj Pedhers kirkia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Peters kirkia","sourcePage": "203r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.90221","longitude": "12.45305","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269268/san-pietro-del-vaticano.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/St._Peter%27s_Basilica","location": "

Saint Peter's Basilica

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9261,"count": "159","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ROm war belaght fordhomdaghom aff siw hednom konungom for ty the wildo sla nidher sanctj pedhers kirkio ok forderua kristendomen 

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "203r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9259,"count": "161","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

EN grewe war j lotoringis 

","englishForm": "

Lorraine

","editionPage": "203","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Lotoringi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lotharingi","sourcePage": "202r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Lothringen

","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "48.76667","longitude": "6.13333","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/2997551/lorraine.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lorraine","location": "

Lorraine

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": "

Lotoringis is here interpreted, etymologically speaking, as an ablative plural of the adjective and inhabitant designation Lotharingus ’(person) of Lorraine’, ie ’the people of Lorraine’. In this case, however, it refers to the region of Lorraine metonymically, why the variant and lemma forms are given in plural. 

"}, {"id": 9257,"count": "163","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

nw mat thu fara wt aff Rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "203","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "201v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9255,"count": "165","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha han wilde ga wt aff Rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "202","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "201r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9253,"count": "167","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

oc gingo till Rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "202","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "201r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9251,"count": "169","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

EN byman war j Rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "199","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "200r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9249,"count": "171","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Tha hende thic som enom byaman i Rom aff sinne skatu

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "199","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "200r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9247,"count": "173","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ok komo alle saman j rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "198","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "199v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9245,"count": "175","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the waro gladhi ok fordhadho sik ather til konungen aff apulia

","englishForm": "

Puglia

","editionPage": "198","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apulia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apulia","sourcePage": "199v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Apulia

","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.00164","longitude": "16.73378","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3169778/puglia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apulia","location": "

Puglia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9243,"count": "177","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

swa mikit at alle the hæsta j Rom waro gato thet ey alt draghit 

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "198","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "199v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9241,"count": "179","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

konungen aff appulia wilde gerna staden vnkoma ok fordærua

","englishForm": "

Puglia

","editionPage": "197","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Appulia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apulia","sourcePage": "199r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Apulia

","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.00164","longitude": "16.73378","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3169778/puglia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apulia","location": "

Puglia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9239,"count": "181","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

han satte j hwan port j Rom en man aff kopar

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "197","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "199r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9237,"count": "183","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

wm morghonen møtto the crasso Roma kæisara

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "197","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Roma","lemmaFormAttestation": "Roma","sourcePage": "199r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": "

The modifier of the phrase Roma kæisara ’emperor of Rome’ is difficult to interpret. Here it is analysed a undeclined genitive of Roma ’Rome’, the Latin form of Rome. Another interpretation would be to see it as a genitive plural, in analogy with other place names with inhabitant designations.

"}, {"id": 9235,"count": "185","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther kom en diækne karskir aff lumbardia vnger oc riker til then eldhen

","englishForm": "

Lombardy

","editionPage": "196","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Lumbardia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lombardia","sourcePage": "198v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3174618/lombardia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombardy","location": "

Lombardy

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9233,"count": "187","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Oc ower hans hals war grauet a latin hwar mik slar han wardher genstan skutin

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "196","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "198v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9231,"count": "189","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Han giorde medh sinne konst eth ball wtan Rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "196","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "198v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

utan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9229,"count": "191","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

EN klærker het wirgilius war j Rom wæl lærdher j allom boklistom Ok best i nigromancia

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "196","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "198v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9227,"count": "193","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

En konungher war j Apulia ok lifde vkysklika medh qwinnom som sodomite hwilke ther fordaruadhos aff gudz hæmdh

","englishForm": "

Sodomite

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "sodomite","lemmaFormAttestation": "sodomite","sourcePage": "196r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","showAsLocatedIn": "52","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Sodomite

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9225,"count": "195","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

En konungher war j Apulia ok lifde vkysklika medh qwinnom som sodomite hwilke ther fordaruadhos aff gudz hæmdh

","englishForm": "

Puglia

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apulia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apulia","sourcePage": "196r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Apulia

","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.00164","longitude": "16.73378","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3169778/puglia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apulia","location": "

Puglia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9223,"count": "197","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Tha war swa sidher j Rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "189","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "195r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9221,"count": "199","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

En wælburin man gamall war hær j Rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "189","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "195r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9219,"count": "201","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

wtan lot twa hæsta dragha han kringom alla gatona j Room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "188","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "194v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9217,"count": "203","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok for wtlændis j fatikdom

","englishForm": "

Abroad

","editionPage": "183","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "wtlændis","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændis","sourcePage": "192v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adverb","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Abroad

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9215,"count": "205","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Om morghonen tha the wpstodho ok hæsta komo mote them, for smaswennen in j Rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "190v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9213,"count": "207","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

kæisarem badh os alla till rom koma

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "178","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "190r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The initial kæisarem is most likely a misspelling of kæisaren ’the emperor’. 

"}, {"id": 9211,"count": "209","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

at the skuldho han ey lata bliffwa i rom qwarran

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9209,"count": "211","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

I Rom war en keisare ij fordhom daghum

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "175","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "189r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9207,"count": "213","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ther fan han et starkt fæste wæl mwrath oc thet hørdhe konungin til i vngaria 

","englishForm": "

Hungary

","editionPage": "162","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Vngaria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ungaria","sourcePage": "260v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/719819/hungary.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary","location": "

Hungary

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9205,"count": "215","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han foor til [vn]gariam som ær mykith frwktsamlikt land [oc] mykith riikt. oc thet ligger widh haffwith

","englishForm": "

Hungary

","editionPage": "162","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Vngaria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ungaria","sourcePage": "260v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/719819/hungary.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary","location": "

Hungary

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": "

In the Menota edition of D 4 the m in the attestation [vn]gariam is written with a horizontal bar, a so called nasal stroke. In Klemming 1887–1889, however, the m is not italic.

"}, {"id": 9203,"count": "217","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Swa ridhæ the buden fran honom til vngernæ

","englishForm": "

Hungary

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Vngernæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ungerna","sourcePage": "350","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "47","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/719819/hungary.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary","location": "

Hungary

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": "

The form Vngernæ is in this project interpreted as a possible definite plural form of the inhabitant designation unger (in Old Swedish also meaning 'young'). In addition, this interpretation is based on analogy with other OS words containing the suffix -æ, typically normalised as -a.

"}, {"id": 9201,"count": "219","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hennis broder konung pipping j frankarike

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "350","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9199,"count": "221","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

J Thy landeno som hether mons bergharie war fordhom daghom en riddare wnger wæl skapther

","englishForm": "

Bargeria, Mons Bergharie

","editionPage": "208","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mons Bergharie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mons Bergharie","sourcePage": "204r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the beginning of the same short story of Sju vise mästare in D 4 and A 49 a country (rike, land) is mentioned called Bargeria and Mons Bergharie, respectively.

No clues are given to where the country is located.  

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Bargeria, Mons Bergharie

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": "

In the beginning of the same short story of Sju vise mästare in D 4 and A 49 a country (rike, land) is mentioned called Bargeria and Mons Bergharie, respectively.

No clues are given to where the country is located.  

"}, {"id": 9197,"count": "223","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Fordhom war en riddare i et rike som heter bargeria

","englishForm": "

Bargeria, Mons Bergharie

","editionPage": "162","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bargeria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bargeria","sourcePage": "260r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the beginning of the same short story of Sju vise mästare in D 4 and A 49 a country (rike, land) is mentioned called Bargeria and Mons Bergharie, respectively.

No clues are given to where the country is located.  

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Bargeria, Mons Bergharie

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": "

In the beginning of the same short story of Sju vise mästare in D 4 and A 49 a country (rike, land) is mentioned called Bargeria and Mons Bergharie, respectively.

No clues are given to where the country is located.  

"}, {"id": 9193,"count": "225","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

swa at han fylthe medh gull oc silff eth torn thet heth troisant 

","englishForm": "

Kroysant, Troisant

","editionPage": "186","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Troisant","lemmaFormAttestation": "Troisant","sourcePage": "194r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "urban area","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In Sju vise mästare two named towers in Rome are mentioned: Kroysant in D 4 and Troisant in A 49.

They are here treated as denoting the same unlocated/fictional tower because of the obvious similarity between them. Note, however, that they are attested in different short stories of the frame story. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Kroysant, Troisant

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": "

In the Old Swedish text Sju vise mästare two named towers in Rome are mentioned: Kroysant in D 4 and Troisant in A 49.

They are here treated as denoting the same unlocated/fictional tower because of the obvious similarity between them. Note, however, that they are attested in different short stories of the frame story. 

"}, {"id": 9191,"count": "227","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Sidhan foor han op i et høght torn som heter kroysant.

","englishForm": "

Kroysant, Troisant

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kroysant","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kroysant","sourcePage": "259v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "urban area","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In Sju vise mästare two named towers in Rome are mentioned: Kroysant in D 4 and Troisant in A 49.

They are here treated as denoting the same unlocated/fictional tower because of the obvious similarity between them. Note, however, that they are attested in different short stories of the frame story. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Kroysant, Troisant

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": "

In the Old Swedish text Sju vise mästare two named towers in Rome are mentioned: Kroysant in D 4 and Troisant in A 49.

They are here treated as denoting the same unlocated/fictional tower because of the obvious similarity between them. Note, however, that they are attested in different short stories of the frame story. 

"}, {"id": 9189,"count": "229","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

tha haffdho the ændelika wunnith room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "259v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9187,"count": "231","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha romara sagho thet

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "259v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9185,"count": "233","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

sidhan konungin kom wt aff ierusalems port

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "152","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "257v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9183,"count": "235","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha leddo the han til ierusalem 

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "150","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "256v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9181,"count": "237","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

tha han reedh wt aff ierusalem 

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "150","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "256v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9179,"count": "239","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc nw gaar thu til ierusalem 

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "150","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "256v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9177,"count": "241","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha sa then piltin en man at fara til ierusalem 

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "150","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "256v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9175,"count": "243","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at tagha wara room fore hedhningomen

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "259v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9173,"count": "245","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

J then tima war i room en gamall man

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "158","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "259r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9171,"count": "247","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

fore thy thet the willo haffwa sancti pedhars stool oc fordarffwa allan kristindomin

","englishForm": "

Chair of Saint Peter

","editionPage": "158","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Pedhars stool","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Peters stol","sourcePage": "259r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.90221","longitude": "12.45305","showAsLocatedIn": "66","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chair_of_Saint_Peter","location": "

Chair of Saint Peter

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9169,"count": "249","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Room war mykith bestriit fordhom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "158","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "259r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9167,"count": "251","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Herra witin i hwi the hælgdhin ær pa walske tungo som heter folskamanna hælgdh

","englishForm": "

valsker, valsk

","editionPage": "158","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "walsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "valsker","sourcePage": "259r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

This adjective is used where it is uncertain whether Italian or French is refered to by the Old Danish valsk or Old Swedish valsker.

","locationDescription": "

Walhaz

","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","showAsLocatedIn": "799","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Walhaz","location": "

valsker, valsk

","preposition": "

pa

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9165,"count": "253","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Fordhom war en greffwe i lotoringia

","englishForm": "

Lorraine

","editionPage": "154","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Lotoringia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lotharingia","sourcePage": "257v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Lothringen

","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "48.76667","longitude": "6.13333","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/2997551/lorraine.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lorraine","location": "

Lorraine

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9163,"count": "255","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha haffdhe konungin then siwkdoom at nar han reedh vtan ierusalems port tha miste han synena swa opta som han wt reedh 

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "149","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "256v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9161,"count": "257","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Erlik kesare i skulin thet wita thet i ierusalem war en konung

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "149","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "256v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9159,"count": "259","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc hon kunne romara maal

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "147","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara maal","lemmaFormAttestation": "romara mal","sourcePage": "255v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": ""}, {"id": 9157,"count": "261","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc ligger widh then porten som witer wt til apuliam

","englishForm": "

Puglia

","editionPage": "144","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apulia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apulia","sourcePage": "255r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Apulia

","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.00164","longitude": "16.73378","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3169778/puglia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apulia","location": "

Puglia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9155,"count": "263","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha groffwo the ena kisto nidher widh en port i room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "144","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "254v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9153,"count": "265","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc the førdho them in til room 

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "144","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "254v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

in til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9151,"count": "267","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Aff soldanens palatz

","englishForm": "

Cairo Citadel

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Soldanens Palatz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Soldanens Palats","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.02986","longitude": "31.26094","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7913721/qal-at-salah-ad-din-al-ayyubi.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cairo_Citadel","location": "

Cairo Citadel

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9149,"count": "269","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thz bæstæ j greken ær

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Greken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Greken","sourcePage": "369","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9147,"count": "271","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thz fik konung pipping och konungen aff ispanien at see

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ispanien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ispanien","sourcePage": "368","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9145,"count": "273","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the kommo pa iiij milæ nær the hedniskæ saratzinæ

","englishForm": "

Saracen

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "saratzina","lemmaFormAttestation": "saratzina","sourcePage": "367","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saracen","location": "

Saracen

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": ""}, {"id": 9143,"count": "275","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the herra toko tha orloff aff clarina och ridho affstad, och kommo in j ispanien

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ispanien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ispanien","sourcePage": "367","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9141,"count": "277","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the hedniskæ saratzina

","englishForm": "

Saracen

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "saratzina","lemmaFormAttestation": "saratzina","sourcePage": "364","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saracen","location": "

Saracen

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": ""}, {"id": 9139,"count": "279","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hans fader ær konung j portegalæ

","englishForm": "

Portugal

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Portegalæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Portegale","sourcePage": "363","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "39.6945","longitude": "-8.13057","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2264397/portuguese-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portugal","location": "

Portugal

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"hide","notes": ""}, {"id": 9137,"count": "281","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ter som sancti Iohannes oc iacobi, bodæ brødræ, føddæ æræ, ok ter stor en skøn kyrkæ ponnæ then sammæ stædh, som te bodæ føddæ æræ

","englishForm": "

Church of St James and St John the Evangelist

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "En Skøn Kyrkæ ponnæ then samme Stædh, som te Bodæ Føddæ æræ","lemmaFormAttestation": "En Skøn Kirkje upovena thæn same Stath, som the Bathe Føthe ære","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

This unlocated church in Shefar'am is mentioned in Pringle 1997: 302.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.80583","longitude": "35.16895","showAsLocatedIn": "1397","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Church of St James and St John the Evangelist

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9135,"count": "283","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

to mylæ fran Ebron ter er løts graf

","englishForm": "

Grave of Lot

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Løts Graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lots Grav","sourcePage": "26","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Mandeville's Rejse the Grave of Lot is located near Hebron, therefore here the coordinates of this city is used for visualization.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.52935","longitude": "35.0938","showAsLocatedIn": "54","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lot_(biblical_person)","location": "

Grave of Lot

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In his edition, Lorenzen emends to Lotz.

"}, {"id": 9133,"count": "285","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Konungin aff apulia war mykith wredh thet romara haffdho wunnith hans land

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "143","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "254v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9131,"count": "287","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Konungin aff apulia war mykith wredh thet romara haffdho wunnith hans land

","englishForm": "

Puglia

","editionPage": "143","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apulia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apulia","sourcePage": "254v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Apulia

","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.00164","longitude": "16.73378","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3169778/puglia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apulia","location": "

Puglia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9129,"count": "289","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han giordhe oc en speghil som romara forwaradho sik medh fore sinom owinom

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "143","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "254v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9127,"count": "291","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Widh en port i room giordhe han en man aff kopar. 

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "143","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "254v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9125,"count": "293","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

J skulin wara nær i stadhin som heter sancti martini skogh.

","englishForm": "

Sancti Martini skogher, Sankte Martens skogher

","editionPage": "114","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Martini skogh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancti Martini skogher","sourcePage": "246v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "forest","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

Sancti Martini skogher/Sankte Martens skogher is attested as sancti marthens skogh in A 49, and sancti martini skogh in D 4.

In A 49 it says: Oc wi kommom skøt i en skogh som kallas sancti marthens skogh 'And we came soon to a forest that is called the Forest of Saint Martin'. It appears to be situated around one day’s travel from Rome, based on the context of the story. It is referred to as a skogher 'forest'. 

In D 4, the son of the emperor tells the wise men: J skulin wara nær i stadhin som heter sancti martini skogh 'you shall be close in the place/city that is called the Forest of Saint Martin', where close in a pragmatic sense means 'close to him in Rome'. Here it is not referred to as a skogher, but a staþer, which means both 'place' and 'city'; in this case, however, it most probably means the former. It is after all named sancti martini skogh. 

We therefore interpret Sancti Martini skogher/Sankte Martens skogher, in both of these attestions, to denote a fictional forest in the vicinity of Rome. 

Even though the context differs somewhat, it seems to correspond to Sancti Macius hovuþstaþer in AM 191 fol., which obviously refers to a city. 

","locationDescription": "

Forest of Saint Martin

","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Sancti Martini skogher, Sankte Martens skogher

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Sancti Martini skogher/Sankte Martens skogher is attested as sancti marthens skogh in A 49, and sancti martini skogh in D 4.

In A 49 it says: Oc wi kommom skøt i en skogh som kallas sancti marthens skogh 'And we came soon to a forest that is called the Forest of Saint Martin'. It appears to be situated around one day’s travel from Rome, based on the context of the story. It is referred to as a skogher 'forest'. 

In D 4, the son of the emperor tells the wise men: J skulin wara nær i stadhin som heter sancti martini skogh 'you shall be close in the place/city that is called the Forest of Saint Martin', where close in a pragmatic sense means 'close to him in Rome'. Here it is not referred to as a skogher, but a staþer, which means both 'place' and 'city'; in this case, however, it most probably means the former. It is after all named sancti martini skogh. 

We therefore interpret Sancti Martini skogher/Sankte Martens skogher, in both of these attestions, to denote a fictional forest in the vicinity of Rome. 

Even though the context differs somewhat, it seems to correspond to Sancti Macius hovuþstaþer in AM 191 fol., which obviously refers to a city.

"}, {"id": 9123,"count": "295","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Oc wi kommom skøt i en skogh som kallas sancti marthens skogh

","englishForm": "

Sancti Martini skogher, Sankte Martens skogher

","editionPage": "178","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Marthens skogh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Martens skogher","sourcePage": "190v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 49","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "forest","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

Sancti Martini skogher/Sankte Martens skogher is attested as sancti marthens skogh in A 49, and sancti martini skogh in D 4.

In A 49 it says: Oc wi kommom skøt i en skogh som kallas sancti marthens skogh 'And we came soon to a forest that is called the Forest of Saint Martin'. It appears to be situated around one day’s travel from Rome, based on the context of the story. It is referred to as a skogher 'forest'. 

In D 4, the son of the emperor tells the wise men: J skulin wara nær i stadhin som heter sancti martini skogh 'you shall be close in the place/city that is called the Forest of Saint Martin', where close in a pragmatic sense means 'close to him in Rome'. Here it is not referred to as a skogher, but a staþer, which means both 'place' and 'city'; in this case, however, it most probably means the former. It is after all named sancti martini skogh. 

We therefore interpret Sancti Martini skogher/Sankte Martens skogher, in both of these attestions, to denote a fictional forest in the vicinity of Rome. 

Even though the context differs somewhat, it seems to correspond to Sancti Macius hovuþstaþer in AM 191 fol., which obviously refers to a city. 

","locationDescription": "

Forest of Saint Martin

","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Sancti Martini skogher, Sankte Martens skogher

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Sancti Martini skogher/Sankte Martens skogher is attested as sancti marthens skogh in A 49, and sancti martini skogh in D 4.

In A 49 it says: Oc wi kommom skøt i en skogh som kallas sancti marthens skogh 'And we came soon to a forest that is called the Forest of Saint Martin'. It appears to be situated around one day’s travel from Rome, based on the context of the story. It is referred to as a skogher 'forest'. 

In D 4, the son of the emperor tells the wise men: J skulin wara nær i stadhin som heter sancti martini skogh 'you shall be close in the place/city that is called the Forest of Saint Martin', where close in a pragmatic sense means 'close to him in Rome'. Here it is not referred to as a skogher, but a staþer, which means both 'place' and 'city'; in this case, however, it most probably means the former. It is after all named sancti martini skogh. 

We therefore interpret Sancti Martini skogher/Sankte Martens skogher, in both of these attestions, to denote a fictional forest in the vicinity of Rome. 

Even though the context differs somewhat, it seems to correspond to Sancti Macius hovuþstaþer in AM 191 fol., which obviously refers to a city.

"}, {"id": 9121,"count": "297","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Aff te andræ træ kyrker och sinderliga a templo

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "43","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Templum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Templum","sourcePage": "31","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9119,"count": "299","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

farom hæller til sancti macius hufuodh stadh som ligger ii milor fraan rom 

","englishForm": "

Sancti Macius hovuþstaþer

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Macius hufuodhstadher","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancti Macius hovuþstaþer","sourcePage": "253","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The city is only mentioned in Sju vise mästere in AM 191 fol. as sancti macius hufuodh stadh, where it is said to be ii milor fraan rom 'two miles from Rome'.

Even though the context differs somewhat, it seems to correspond to the Forest of Saint Martin in the other two versions of the work in Old Swedish: sancti martini skogh in D 4, a staþer 'a place' (or less likely a 'city') close to Rome, and sancti marthens skogh in A 49, a forest which from its context appears to be situated around one day’s travel from Rome.

","locationDescription": "

Capital City of Saint Macius

","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Sancti Macius hovuþstaþer

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The city is only mentioned in Sju vise mästere in AM 191 fol. as sancti macius hufuodh stadh, where it is said to be ii milor fraan rom 'two miles from Rome'.

Even though the context differs somewhat, it seems to correspond to the Forest of Saint Martin in the other two versions of the work in Old Swedish: sancti martini skogh in D 4, a staþer 'a place' (or less likely a 'city') close to Rome, and sancti marthens skogh in A 49, a forest which from its context appears to be situated around one day’s travel from Rome.

"}, {"id": 9117,"count": "301","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tørræ capel af India

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "43","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "31","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9115,"count": "303","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Iosep af Arimatia

","englishForm": "

Arimathea

","editionPage": "43","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Arimatia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Arimatia","sourcePage": "31","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Otherwise undocumented city in Judea known from the name of Joseph of Arimathea. Identified by Eusebius of Caesarea with Ramathaim-Zophim. 

Due to the uncertainty, the place is here visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arimathea","location": "

Arimathea

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9113,"count": "305","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ey longth fran ten caluarie stædh

","englishForm": "

Calvary

","editionPage": "42","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Caluariestædh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalvariastath","sourcePage": "31","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of the Church of the Holy Sepulchre are used for visualisation, since according to the dominant assumption the church is placed on the Calvary. However, other theories regarding the location of Calvary flourish, cf. the Wikipedia-article.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calvary","location": "

Calvary

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9111,"count": "307","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ponnæ gretzskæ

","englishForm": "

Greek language

","editionPage": "42","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "gretzskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "grækesk","sourcePage": "30","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greek_language","location": "

Greek language

","preposition": "

upovena

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9109,"count": "309","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

alt tet helly land vdh af saraceneræ henner

","englishForm": "

Saracen

","editionPage": "42","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "saracener","lemmaFormAttestation": "saracene","sourcePage": "30","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saracen","location": "

Saracen

","preposition": "

utaf

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9107,"count": "311","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ten helly stad oc alt tet helly land

","englishForm": "

Holy Land

","editionPage": "41","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tet Helly Land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Helaghe Land","sourcePage": "30","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holy_Land","location": "

Holy Land

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9105,"count": "313","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ten helly stad oc alt tet helly land

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "41","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ten Helly Stad","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn Helaghe Stath","sourcePage": "30","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9103,"count": "315","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Gotfridus de Baylon

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Bouillon

","editionPage": "41","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Baylon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Baylon","sourcePage": "30","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the city of Bouillon are used for visualization here.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "49.79324","longitude": "5.06703","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2801283/bouillon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Bouillon","location": "

Duchy of Bouillon

","preposition": "

de

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9101,"count": "317","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en sten, som er huid oc rød blandet oc hafuer en fleckæ; hannum sigæ te at varæ Golgata

","englishForm": "

Calvary

","editionPage": "41","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Golgata","lemmaFormAttestation": "Golgata","sourcePage": "30","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of the Church of the Holy Sepulchre are used for visualisation, since according to the dominant assumption the church is placed on the Calvary. However, other theories regarding the location of Calvary flourish, cf. the Wikipedia-article.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calvary","location": "

Calvary

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9099,"count": "319","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j fornefnde kyrkæ er caluarie locus

","englishForm": "

Calvary

","editionPage": "41","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Caluarie Locus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Caluarie Locus","sourcePage": "30","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of the Church of the Holy Sepulchre are used for visualisation, since according to the dominant assumption the church is placed on the Calvary. However, other theories regarding the location of Calvary flourish, cf. the Wikipedia-article.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calvary","location": "

Calvary

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9097,"count": "321","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha sagde konung pipping til konungen aff ispanien

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ispanien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ispanien","sourcePage": "365","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9095,"count": "323","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha swarade konungen aff ispanien

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ispanien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ispanien","sourcePage": "364","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9093,"count": "325","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha badh konung pipping aff frankarike konungen aff jspanien

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Jspanien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ispanien","sourcePage": "364","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9091,"count": "327","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha badh konung pipping aff frankarike konungen aff jspanien

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "364","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9089,"count": "329","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ther warto the wæl vnfagnæ aff konungen aff ispanien

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ispanien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ispanien","sourcePage": "364","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9087,"count": "331","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

wi wilom vnsethiæ then ædlæ førsten aff ispaniæn

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ispaniæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ispanien","sourcePage": "364","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9085,"count": "333","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

min herra konungen aff ispanien

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ispanien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ispanien","sourcePage": "364","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9083,"count": "335","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

te Saraceni, som then helly graf giømæ

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "41","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Helly Graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "30","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9081,"count": "337","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

te Saraceni, som then helly graf giømæ

","englishForm": "

Saracen

","editionPage": "41","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "saraceni","lemmaFormAttestation": "saracene","sourcePage": "30","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saracen","location": "

Saracen

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9079,"count": "339","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther effter innan stakkut tiidh kom eth budh aff ispanien

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ispanien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ispanien","sourcePage": "364","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9077,"count": "341","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

te muæ se ten helly graf

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "40","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ten Helly Graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "29","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9075,"count": "343","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tel ten verdigæ oc hellyæ graff

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ten Verdigæ oc Hellyæ Graff","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Værthighe ok Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9073,"count": "345","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

min fader boor ey lankt hæden och ær en konung innan arabie

","englishForm": "

Arabia

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Arabia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Arabia","sourcePage": "359","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Arabian Peninsula

","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957698/arabia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabian_Peninsula","location": "

Arabia

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9071,"count": "347","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nor pelægrimæ kommæ til Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9069,"count": "349","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Cananeis, Iødher, Affricis, Persis, Medis, Macedoniis, Grecis, Romanis, Cristianis, Saracenis, Barbaris, Turchiis oc Tartaris

","englishForm": "

Tartar

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tartari","lemmaFormAttestation": "tarter","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tatars","location": "

Tartar

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9067,"count": "351","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Cananeis, Iødher, Affricis, Persis, Medis, Macedoniis, Grecis, Romanis, Cristianis, Saracenis, Barbaris, Turchiis oc Tartaris

","englishForm": "

Turk

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "turchi","lemmaFormAttestation": "tyrk","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "35","showAsLocatedIn": "805","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkish_people","location": "

Turk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9065,"count": "353","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Cananeis, Iødher, Affricis, Persis, Medis, Macedoniis, Grecis, Romanis, Cristianis, Saracenis, Barbaris, Turchiis oc Tartaris

","englishForm": "

Berber

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "barbari","lemmaFormAttestation": "barbarus","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.95337","longitude": "9.97559","showAsLocatedIn": "803","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berbers","location": "

Berber

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9061,"count": "355","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Cananeis, Iødher, Affricis, Persis, Medis, Macedoniis, Grecis, Romanis, Cristianis, Saracenis, Barbaris, Turchiis oc Tartaris

","englishForm": "

Saracen

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "saraceni","lemmaFormAttestation": "saracene","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saracen","location": "

Saracen

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9059,"count": "357","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Cananeis, Iødher, Affricis, Persis, Medis, Macedoniis, Grecis, Romanis, Cristianis, Saracenis, Barbaris, Turchiis oc Tartaris

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romani","lemmaFormAttestation": "romanus","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9057,"count": "359","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Cananeis, Iødher, Affricis, Persis, Medis, Macedoniis, Grecis, Romanis, Cristianis, Saracenis, Barbaris, Turchiis oc Tartaris

","englishForm": "

Greek

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "greci","lemmaFormAttestation": "græk","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greeks","location": "

Greek

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9055,"count": "361","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Cananeis, Iødher, Affricis, Persis, Medis, Macedoniis, Grecis, Romanis, Cristianis, Saracenis, Barbaris, Turchiis oc Tartaris

","englishForm": "

Macedonian

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "macedones","lemmaFormAttestation": "makedonius","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "40.91351","longitude": "22.84058","showAsLocatedIn": "73","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macedonians_(ethnic_group)","location": "

Macedonian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9053,"count": "363","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Cananeis, Iødher, Affricis, Persis, Medis, Macedoniis, Grecis, Romanis, Cristianis, Saracenis, Barbaris, Turchiis oc Tartaris

","englishForm": "

Mede

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "medi","lemmaFormAttestation": "meder","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "37","longitude": "47","showAsLocatedIn": "245","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Medes","location": "

Mede

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9051,"count": "365","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Cananeis, Iødher, Affricis, Persis, Medis, Macedoniis, Grecis, Romanis, Cristianis, Saracenis, Barbaris, Turchiis oc Tartaris

","englishForm": "

Persian

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "persii","lemmaFormAttestation": "perser","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32","longitude": "53","showAsLocatedIn": "279","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Persian_people","location": "

Persian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9049,"count": "367","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Cananeis, Iødher, Affricis, Persis, Medis, Macedoniis, Grecis, Romanis, Cristianis, Saracenis, Barbaris, Turchiis oc Tartaris

 

","englishForm": "

African

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "affrici","lemmaFormAttestation": "africus","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","showAsLocatedIn": "265","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ethnic_groups_of_Africa","location": "

African

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9047,"count": "369","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Cananeis, Iødher, Affricis, Persis, Medis, Macedoniis, Grecis, Romanis, Cristianis, Saracenis, Barbaris, Turchiis oc Tartaris

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "iødher","lemmaFormAttestation": "juthe","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9045,"count": "371","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Cananeis, Iødher, Affricis, Persis, Medis, Macedoniis, Grecis, Romanis, Cristianis, Saracenis, Barbaris, Turchiis oc Tartaris

","englishForm": "

Canaanite

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "cananei","lemmaFormAttestation": "cananeus","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.452281","longitude": "35.45541","showAsLocatedIn": "56","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canaan","location": "

Canaanite

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9043,"count": "373","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Teth fornefnde Iødæland hafuer varet vnder mangæ herræ

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iødæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jutheland","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9041,"count": "375","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tet rygæ Suria

","englishForm": "

Syria

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Suria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Suria","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "38","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/163843/syrian-arab-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syria","location": "

Syria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9039,"count": "377","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ponnæ ten vestræ sidæ er tet storæ haff

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tet Storæ Haff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Store Hav","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse contains a short topographical description placing Judea between Syria, Arabia, Egypt and "Tet Storæ Haff" (lit. The Big Sea).

"}, {"id": 9037,"count": "379","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tet rygæ, som er Egipten

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9035,"count": "381","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tet koningæ rygæ, som arakæ heder

","englishForm": "

Arabia

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Arakæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Arabia","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Arabian Peninsula

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957698/arabia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabian_Peninsula","location": "

Arabia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In his edition, Lorenzen emends to Arabia. The kingdom is said to be east of Judea.

"}, {"id": 9033,"count": "383","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Iødæland

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iødæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jutheland","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9031,"count": "385","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eet af te firæ delæ eller herskaph, som tet rygæ, som Suria heder, er skyft j

","englishForm": "

Syria

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Suria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Suria","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "38","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/163843/syrian-arab-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syria","location": "

Syria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9029,"count": "387","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Iherusalem met alt tet land, som guts børn lofuet er

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9027,"count": "389","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Af ten helly graf oc aff then kyrkæ, som hwn vdy stondher

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ten Helly Graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9025,"count": "391","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at han wilde haffua konungens syster aff Frankarike

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "https://litteraturbanken.se/f%C3%B6rfattare/Anonym/titlar/Namnl%C3%B6sOchValentin/sida/6/faksimil","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503438","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wolf 1934","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Wolf 1934","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9023,"count": "393","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at han wildhe til honom fara in j Frankarike

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "https://litteraturbanken.se/f%C3%B6rfattare/Anonym/titlar/Namnl%C3%B6sOchValentin/sida/6/faksimil","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503438","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wolf 1934","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Wolf 1934","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9021,"count": "395","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sa ridhæ the buden i ffra honom ok til Vngernæ igen

","englishForm": "

Hungary

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "https://litteraturbanken.se/f%C3%B6rfattare/Anonym/titlar/Namnl%C3%B6sOchValentin/sida/4/faksimil","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503438","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Vngernæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ungerna","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wolf 1934","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "47","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Wolf 1934","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/719819/hungary.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary","location": "

Hungary

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": "

The form Vngernæ is in this project interpreted as a possible definite plural form of the inhabitant designation unger (in Old Swedish also meaning 'young'). In addition, this interpretation is based on analogy with other OS words containing the suffix -æ, typically normalised as -a.

"}, {"id": 9019,"count": "397","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther effter innan xxij dagha kom han in j frankarike

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "5","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "351","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9017,"count": "399","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

at han wilde haffua konungens syster aff frankarike

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "351","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9015,"count": "401","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

at han wildhe til honom fara in j frankarike

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "350","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9013,"count": "403","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ter nest kommer mand til ten helly stæt Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9011,"count": "405","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

men Rachelis graff, Iacob patriarche husfruæ, er pa ten sammæ vey

","englishForm": "

Rachel's Tomb

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rachelis Graff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rakels Grav","sourcePage": "27","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.71981","longitude": "35.20191","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/282254/qabr-rahil.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rachel%27s_Tomb","location": "

Rachel's Tomb

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9009,"count": "407","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en kyrkæ j ten stæd, som ængælin sadæ til hyrdænæ: "Jek bebuder eder stor glæde for ty at j dagh er eder fødh ten salighetzmagæræ Ihesus"

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som ænglene kungjorthe hirthene at Kristus var føth

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ten Stæd, som Ængælin Sadæ til Hyrdænæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn Stath, som Ængelen Sagthe til Hirthene","sourcePage": "27","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land this place is located on the road between Jerusalem and Bethlehem, half a mile from the latter, hence here this place is visualised as Bethlehem.

","locationDescription": "

The place where the angels announced the birth of Christ to the shepherds

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","showAsLocatedIn": "313","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Thæn stath, som ænglene kungjorthe hirthene at Kristus var føth

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9007,"count": "409","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran Betleem oc hender Iherusalem ter er en kyrkæ

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "27","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

hander

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9005,"count": "411","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran Betleem oc hender Iherusalem ter er en kyrkæ

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Betleem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betlehem","sourcePage": "27","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9003,"count": "413","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hoos to milæ sinder vdh er eet closter, som heder sancte Caritatis, oc ter vor fordom en abatissæ j, ter tet uel stod

","englishForm": "

Monastery of Saint Caritas

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Caritatis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancte Caritatis","sourcePage": "27","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "monastery","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

This monastery is mentioned briefly in the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse as located south of Bethlehem.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.92157","longitude": "35.20329","showAsLocatedIn": "813","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Monastery of Saint Caritas

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 9001,"count": "415","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Te cristnæ af Betleem

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Betleem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betlehem","sourcePage": "27","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8999,"count": "417","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en annen kyrkæ, som er sancti Nicolai kyrkæ

","englishForm": "

Church of Saint Nicolas

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Nicolai Kyrkæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancti Nicolai Kirkje","sourcePage": "27","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

cf. Pringle 1993: 156.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","showAsLocatedIn": "313","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Church of Saint Nicolas

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8997,"count": "419","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ten graf, som te vskilldigæ børn lades j

","englishForm": "

Tomb of the Holy Innocents

","editionPage": "37?38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ten Graf, som te Vskilldigæ Børn Lades j","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn Grav, som the Uskyldighe Børn Lagdes i","sourcePage": "27","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.704306","longitude": "35.207639","showAsLocatedIn": "605","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Tomb of the Holy Innocents

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

cf. Pringle 1993: 142.

"}, {"id": 8995,"count": "421","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

vden foræ kyrken er hans stool, som han plæyædæ at sidæ ponnæ

","englishForm": "

Chair of Saint Jerome

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "stool","lemmaFormAttestation": "Stol","sourcePage": "26","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandeville the chair of Jerome is mentioned outside the Church of Nativity in Bethlehem. A hypothesis is that this might be a misinterpretation at some point in the textual transmission, and that the socalled School of St Jerome was originally meant, the Old Danish word for chair is stol. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.704306","longitude": "35.207639","showAsLocatedIn": "605","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Chair of Saint Jerome

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This might reflect the socalled School of St Jerome, cf. Pringle 1993: 152.

"}, {"id": 8993,"count": "423","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

gudz tiænæres graff, sancti Ieronimi

","englishForm": "

Chapel of Saint Jerome

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Ieronimi Graff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancti Hieronymi Grav","sourcePage": "26","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

The tomb of St. Jerome is placed beneath the Church of Nativity in Bethlehem (cf. Pringle 1993: 142), hence the coordinates hereof are used for visualisation in this project.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.704306","longitude": "35.207639","showAsLocatedIn": "605","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Chapel of Saint Jerome

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8991,"count": "425","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ten stæd diuersorii, ter som Ihesus Christus gud oc mand fødes

","englishForm": "

Deversorium

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Diuersorium","lemmaFormAttestation": "Deversorium","sourcePage": "26","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land this place – the inn where there was no room for the pregnant Mary – is located within the Church of Nativity, hence visualisation via the coordinates of the church.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.704306","longitude": "35.207639","showAsLocatedIn": "605","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Nativity","location": "

Deversorium

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8989,"count": "427","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ter stonder en skøn kyrkæ østen j byendh

","englishForm": "

Church of the Nativity

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "En Skøn Kyrkæ østen j Byendh","lemmaFormAttestation": "En skøn Kirkje Østen i Byen","sourcePage": "26","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.704306","longitude": "35.207639","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Church_of_the_Nativity¶ms=31_42_15.50_N_35_12_27.50_E_region:IL_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Nativity","location": "

Church of the Nativity

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8987,"count": "429","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Bethlehem er en long stad oc lyden

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bethlehem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betlehem","sourcePage": "26","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8985,"count": "431","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Af Betlehem oc veyen in tel Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "26","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8983,"count": "433","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Af Betlehem oc veyen in tel Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Betlehem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betlehem","sourcePage": "26","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8981,"count": "435","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

vnger oc riker oc föd i lumbardia

","englishForm": "

Lombardy

","editionPage": "143","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Lumbardia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lombardia","sourcePage": "254v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3174618/lombardia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombardy","location": "

Lombardy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8979,"count": "437","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

J apulia war en konung ondliffwes man swa at han wanwyrdhe alla qwinnor

","englishForm": "

Puglia

","editionPage": "134","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apulia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apulia","sourcePage": "251v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Apulia

","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.00164","longitude": "16.73378","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3169778/puglia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apulia","location": "

Puglia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8977,"count": "439","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

J room war tha sidher 

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "131","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "251r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8975,"count": "441","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc slipas mit genom room om alla gater

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "129","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "250v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8973,"count": "443","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

en riker herra aff frømedhe land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "125","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "frømedhe land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "249v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8971,"count": "445","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ther kom budh aff konungin aff vngaria til ipocratem

","englishForm": "

Hungary

","editionPage": "124","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Vngaria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ungaria","sourcePage": "249r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/719819/hungary.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary","location": "

Hungary

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8969,"count": "447","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ther i mællan foor han wtlændis medh sinom køpenskap oc dwaldes længe borto.

","englishForm": "

Abroad

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "wtlændis","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændis","sourcePage": "247r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adverb","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Abroad

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8967,"count": "449","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc redh til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "115","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "246v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8965,"count": "451","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Kesarin bødh os thet i skulum fara til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "114","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "246r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8963,"count": "453","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Och sade thet war en man j rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "244","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "274","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8961,"count": "455","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nw war en keser j rom oppa then tidh och het octouianus

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "272","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8959,"count": "457","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ath j rom war en wælbyrdog riddare

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "271","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8957,"count": "459","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thy thet war en medh the gudeligastha och bæsta mæn i rom waaro 

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "241","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "270","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8955,"count": "461","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

och lop wth medh tibredh

","englishForm": "

Tiber

","editionPage": "239","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tibredh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tiberet","sourcePage": "269","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Tiberis","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.74032","longitude": "12.23371","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3165709/tiber-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tiber","location": "

Tiber

","preposition": "

ut mædh

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form Tiberet is based on a interpretation of Tibredh as a definite neuter with -et. However, it should be noted that this gender is unexpected for a river in Old Swedish. Nonetheless, the fact that it is referred to as eth waten 'a body of water', a neuter noun, on the previous page of the text does add support to this otherwise tentative interpretation. Note also that flumen 'river’ is a neuter noun in Latin. 

"}, {"id": 8953,"count": "463","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

førra skal jak drænkia mik siælf hær j tibered som ær eth waten saa heter och løpær gønom rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "239","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "268","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8951,"count": "465","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

førra skal jak drænkia mik siælf hær j tibered som ær eth waten saa heter och løpær gønom rom

","englishForm": "

Tiber

","editionPage": "239","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tibered","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tiberet","sourcePage": "268","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Tiberis","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.74032","longitude": "12.23371","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3165709/tiber-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tiber","location": "

Tiber

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form Tiberet is based on a interpretation of Tibered as a definite neuter with -et. However, it should be noted that this gender is unexpected for a river in Old Swedish. Nonetheless, the fact that it is referred to as eth waten 'a body of water', a neuter noun, does add support to this otherwise tentative interpretation. Note also that flumen 'river’ is a neuter noun in Latin. 

"}, {"id": 8949,"count": "467","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet war før mangom aarom j rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "238","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "267","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8947,"count": "469","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

 sannelighan sker edher som enom mæktoghom romara hænde 

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "238","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romare","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "267","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8945,"count": "471","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sidhan sørgdhe han thet saa suara ath han synder brøth sith spær j try stykke och owergaff alth torneyi och spærrænnyngh och togh sigh thet siælfwer til botha ath han wallade til then hælghe graf och doo j wægenom

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "236","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "The hælgha graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "Þe hælgha graf","sourcePage": "266","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8943,"count": "473","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet war en mækta rik herra j rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "231","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "261","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8941,"count": "475","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j hafuen en son j frømadom landom

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "225","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "frømada land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "255","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8939,"count": "477","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

farom hæller til sancti macius hufuodh stadh som ligger ii milor fraan rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "253","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8937,"count": "479","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

och førde honom mote rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "253","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

mote

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8935,"count": "481","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en half dags ferd god vey ligger til Betleem Iude

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Betleem Iude","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bethlehem Judaea","sourcePage": "26","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8933,"count": "483","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

to mylæ fran Ebron ter er løts graf

","englishForm": "

Hebron

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ebron","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ebron","sourcePage": "26","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.52935","longitude": "35.0938","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/285066/hebron.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebron","location": "

Hebron

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8931,"count": "485","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ponnæ stor en eegh, som er wysen, som kalles arbor sicca; Saraceni kallet drypp

","englishForm": "

Oak of Mamre

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Drypp","lemmaFormAttestation": "Dryp","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.92157","longitude": "35.20329","showAsLocatedIn": "813","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oak_of_Mamre","location": "

Oak of Mamre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In his edition Lorenzen emends to Dyrp‚ a form found in Latin versions of the text

"}, {"id": 8929,"count": "487","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ponnæ stor en eegh, som er wysen, som kalles arbor sicca; Saraceni kallet drypp

","englishForm": "

Saracen

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "saraceni","lemmaFormAttestation": "saracene","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saracen","location": "

Saracen

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8927,"count": "489","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ponnæ stor en eegh, som er wysen, som kalles arbor sicca; Saraceni kallet drypp

","englishForm": "

Oak of Mamre

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Arbor Sicca","lemmaFormAttestation": "Arbor Sicca","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.92157","longitude": "35.20329","showAsLocatedIn": "813","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oak_of_Mamre","location": "

Oak of Mamre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8925,"count": "491","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ter er eth biergæ, som kallis mons Mambre

","englishForm": "

Mount Mamre

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mons Mambre","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mons Mambre","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.92157","longitude": "35.20329","showAsLocatedIn": "813","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mamre","location": "

Mount Mamre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8923,"count": "493","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

een dall, som kalles vallis Mambre, oc rekcer ner intel Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8921,"count": "495","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hoos Ebron ter begindes een dall, som kalles vallis Mambre

","englishForm": "

Mamre Valley

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Vallis Mambre","lemmaFormAttestation": "Vallis Mambre","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.92157","longitude": "35.20329","showAsLocatedIn": "813","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mamre","location": "

Mamre Valley

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8919,"count": "497","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hoos Ebron ter begindes een dall, som kalles vallis Mambre

","englishForm": "

Hebron

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ebron","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ebron","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.52935","longitude": "35.0938","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/285066/hebron.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebron","location": "

Hebron

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8917,"count": "499","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Saraceni kallæ te ten graf kariarthaba

","englishForm": "

Cave of the Patriarchs

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kariarthaba","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kariarthaba","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Cave of Machpelah

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.524744","longitude": "35.110726","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Cave_of_the_Patriarchs¶ms=31.524744_N_35.110726_E_type:landmark","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cave_of_the_Patriarchs","location": "

Cave of the Patriarchs

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

It is not clear how the Arabic name of the Cave of the Patriarchs, al-Haram al-Ibrahimi, has been corrupted into the Old Danish version.

"}, {"id": 8915,"count": "501","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Saraceni kallæ te ten graf kariarthaba

","englishForm": "

Saracen

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "saraceni","lemmaFormAttestation": "saracene","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saracen","location": "

Saracen

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8913,"count": "503","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ten graf, som kalles spelunca duplex

","englishForm": "

Cave of the Patriarchs

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Spelunca Duplex","lemmaFormAttestation": "Spelunca Duplex","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Cave of Machpelah

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.524744","longitude": "35.110726","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Cave_of_the_Patriarchs¶ms=31.524744_N_35.110726_E_type:landmark","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cave_of_the_Patriarchs","location": "

Cave of the Patriarchs

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8911,"count": "505","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en stad, som heder Ebron

","englishForm": "

Hebron

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ebron","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ebron","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.52935","longitude": "35.0938","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/285066/hebron.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebron","location": "

Hebron

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8909,"count": "507","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en stæd som heder bersabe først j iødæland

","englishForm": "

Beer Sheva

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bersabe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bersabe","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Beersheba

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.25181","longitude": "34.7913","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/295530/beersheba.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Beersheba","location": "

Beer Sheva

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8907,"count": "509","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en stæd som heder bersabe først j iødæland

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iødæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jutheland","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8905,"count": "511","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Te æræ Arabes, oc eet annet nafn hedæ te Bedoynes oc Athopos

","englishForm": "

Bedouin

","editionPage": "35","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "athopos","lemmaFormAttestation": "atopos","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bedouin","location": "

Bedouin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

athopos might be a corrupted form of etiopes 'Ethiopian' (so in Gammeldansk Ordbog), rather than reflecting Greek ?τοπος 'out of place' as it is interpreted here.

"}, {"id": 8903,"count": "513","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Te æræ Arabes, oc eet annet nafn hedæ te Bedoynes oc Athopos

","englishForm": "

Bedouin

","editionPage": "35","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "bedoynes","lemmaFormAttestation": "bedoin","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bedouin","location": "

Bedouin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8901,"count": "515","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Te æræ Arabes, oc eet annet nafn hedæ te Bedoynes oc Athopos

","englishForm": "

Arab

","editionPage": "35","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "arabes","lemmaFormAttestation": "araber","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","showAsLocatedIn": "102","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabs","location": "

Arab

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The normalised lemma form equals that of Gammeldansk Ordbog.

 

"}, {"id": 8899,"count": "517","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

giøræ tøm boligæ af skind, som Israels børn fordom giordæ j ten sammæ ødken

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "35","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "24","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8897,"count": "519","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Veyen gømen Sinay och intel Iødæ land

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "35","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iødæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jutheland","sourcePage": "24","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8895,"count": "521","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Veyen gømen Sinay och intel Iødæ land

","englishForm": "

Sinai Desert

","editionPage": "35","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sinay","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sinai","sourcePage": "24","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "desert","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "29.5","longitude": "34","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/347930/sinai-peninsula.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sinai_Peninsula","location": "

Sinai Desert

","preposition": "

genem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8893,"count": "523","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

wtan sænden honnom j frømada landh 

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "frømada landh ","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "252","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8891,"count": "525","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han hade ena ærligha kesarinna ens rømska konnvngx dotter

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rømsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "rømsker","sourcePage": "251","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8889,"count": "527","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Poncianus waalloger kesare j rom 

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "251","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8887,"count": "529","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en konung j vngernæ

","englishForm": "

Hungary

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "https://litteraturbanken.se/f%C3%B6rfattare/Anonym/titlar/Namnl%C3%B6sOchValentin/sida/2/faksimil","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503438","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Vngernæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ungerna","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wolf 1934","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "47","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Wolf 1934","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/719819/hungary.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary","location": "

Hungary

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": "

The form Vngernæ is in this project interpreted as a possible definite plural form of the inhabitant designation unger (in Old Swedish also meaning 'young'). In addition, this interpretation is based on analogy with other OS words containing the suffix -æ, typically normalised as -a.

"}, {"id": 8885,"count": "531","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

en konung j vngernæ

","englishForm": "

Hungary

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Vngernæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ungerna","sourcePage": "350","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "47","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/719819/hungary.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary","location": "

Hungary

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"hide","notes": "

The form Vngernæ is in this project interpreted as a possible definite plural form of the inhabitant designation unger (in Old Swedish also meaning 'young'). In addition, this interpretation is based on analogy with other OS words containing the suffix -æ, typically normalised as -a.

"}, {"id": 8883,"count": "533","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

pa tørres vey henner Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "34","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "24","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

hander

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8881,"count": "535","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

al ten stæd, som ter om kring ligger, heder desertum Syn

","englishForm": "

Sinai Desert

","editionPage": "34","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Desertus Syn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Desertus Syn","sourcePage": "24","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "desert","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "29.5","longitude": "34","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/347930/sinai-peninsula.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sinai_Peninsula","location": "

Sinai Desert

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8879,"count": "537","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

boda te bergæ hedæ mons Sinay

","englishForm": "

Mount Sinai

","editionPage": "34","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mons Sinay","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mons Sinai","sourcePage": "24","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.53914","longitude": "33.97496","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351820/jabal-musa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biblical_Mount_Sinai","location": "

Mount Sinai

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8877,"count": "539","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tet bierg er meget høgræ en Moysi berg er

","englishForm": "

Mount Sinai

","editionPage": "34","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Moysi Berg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Moisi Bjargh","sourcePage": "24","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.53914","longitude": "33.97496","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351820/jabal-musa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biblical_Mount_Sinai","location": "

Mount Sinai

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8875,"count": "541","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

mit ponnæ veyen er en kyrkæ, som heder te trætyuæ martirum

","englishForm": "

Church of the Forty Martyrs

","editionPage": "34","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Trætyuæ Martirum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thritjughe Martyrum","sourcePage": "24","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Al Arbain

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.53333","longitude": "33.95","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/361551/al-arba-in.html","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Church of the Forty Martyrs

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In his edition, Lorenzen emends to førrætyuæ 'forty'.

"}, {"id": 8873,"count": "543","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tet bierg, som hedher || sancte Katerine biergæ

","englishForm": "

Mount Catherine

","editionPage": "34","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Katerine Biergæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Katerine Bjargh","sourcePage": "23-24","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.51","longitude": "33.95463","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/353913/mount-catherine.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Catherine","location": "

Mount Catherine

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8871,"count": "545","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran tet bierghæ som kalles Moysy

","englishForm": "

Mount Sinai

","editionPage": "34","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Moysy [Bierghæ]","lemmaFormAttestation": "Moisi [Bjargh]","sourcePage": "23","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.53914","longitude": "33.97496","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351820/jabal-musa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biblical_Mount_Sinai","location": "

Mount Sinai

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8869,"count": "547","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ponnæ bierget oppæmer ter er en kapellæ, som sigs at varæ Moysy

","englishForm": "

Chapel of God in the Highest

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Moysy [Kapellæ]","lemmaFormAttestation": "Moisi [Kapel]","sourcePage": "23","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Chapel of Moses

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.5391","longitude": "33.974943","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?params=28.5391_N_33.974943_E_region:EG_type:city&pagename=Moseskapelle_(Sinai)&language=de","wikipediaLink": "https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moseskapelle_(Sinai)","location": "

Chapel of God in the Highest

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8867,"count": "549","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ponnæ ten enæ sidæ ved bierget ter er en vingard, som kalles rosen stæphis

","englishForm": "

Rosin Staphis

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rosen Stæphis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rosen Stæphis","sourcePage": "23","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "field","localityTypeOfName": "field name","locationNotes": "

The Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse mentions a vineyard on Mount Horeb.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","showAsLocatedIn": "1493","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Rosin Staphis

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In his edition, Lorenzen emends to Rosin Staphis, two Latin plant names. This form is found in a postmedieval version of  Mandevilles Rejse, where as Latin parallel texts have rosin scaphis and iosui scophis.

"}, {"id": 8865,"count": "551","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

stæden kallæ te Oreb

","englishForm": "

Mount Horeb

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Oreb","lemmaFormAttestation": "Horeb","sourcePage": "23","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse the place called Oreb is located in the vicinity of Saint Catherine's Monastery in Sinai.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.53914","longitude": "33.97496","showAsLocatedIn": "133","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Mount Horeb

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8863,"count": "553","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en capell, som kalles Helye prophete, oc stæden kallæ te Oreb

","englishForm": "

Chapel of the Prophet Elijah

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Helye Prophete","lemmaFormAttestation": "Elias Profete","sourcePage": "23","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse a chapel in honour of Elias is mention on Mount Sinai.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.53914","longitude": "33.97496","showAsLocatedIn": "133","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elijah#Mount_Horeb","location": "

Chapel of the Prophet Elijah

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8861,"count": "555","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en skøn kyrkæ j iomffru Marie hedher

","englishForm": "

Chapel of Our Lady of the Steward

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kyrkæ j Iomffru Marie Hedher","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kirkje i Jungfrue Marie Hether","sourcePage": "23","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

The Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse mentions a church in honour of Our Lady.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.53914","longitude": "33.97496","showAsLocatedIn": "133","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Chapel of Our Lady of the Steward

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8859,"count": "557","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ten iordh kallæ tee Betzelell, jd est vmbra dei, gutz skyggæ

","englishForm": "

Shadow of God

","editionPage": "32","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gutz Skyggæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Guths Skygge","sourcePage": "22","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Mandeville, this place within the Church of Saint Catherine in Saint Catherine's Monastery in Sinai is where Moses saw the burning bush.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.55577","longitude": "33.97613","showAsLocatedIn": "1483","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Burning_bush","location": "

Shadow of God

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8857,"count": "559","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ten iordh kallæ tee Betzelell, jd est vmbra dei, gutz skyggæ

","englishForm": "

Shadow of God

","editionPage": "32","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Vmbra Dei","lemmaFormAttestation": "Umbra Dei","sourcePage": "22","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Mandeville, this place within the Church of Saint Catherine in Saint Catherine's Monastery in Sinai is where Moses saw the burning bush.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.55577","longitude": "33.97613","showAsLocatedIn": "1483","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Burning_bush","location": "

Shadow of God

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8855,"count": "561","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ten iordh kallæ tee Betzelell, jd est vmbra dei, gutz skyggæ

","englishForm": "

Shadow of God

","editionPage": "32","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Betzelell","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betzelel","sourcePage": "22","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Mandeville, this place within the Church of Saint Catherine in Saint Catherine's Monastery in Sinai is where Moses saw the burning bush.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.55577","longitude": "33.97613","showAsLocatedIn": "1483","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Burning_bush","location": "

Shadow of God

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8853,"count": "563","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ter brenner altidh fulmange lamper innæ j || sancte Katerine kyrkæ

","englishForm": "

Church of Saint Catherine

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "32","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Katerine Kyrkæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Katerine Kirkje","sourcePage": "21-22","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.55577","longitude": "33.97613","showAsLocatedIn": "1483","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Church of Saint Catherine

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8851,"count": "565","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Te munkcæ æræ af Arabia oc af Grechen

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grechen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græken","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8849,"count": "567","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Te munkcæ æræ af Arabia oc af Grechen

","englishForm": "

Arabia

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Arabia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Arabia","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Arabian Peninsula

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957698/arabia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabian_Peninsula","location": "

Arabia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8847,"count": "569","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nota, at Sinai kalles ter desertum Syn, oc næden vnner bierget ter er eth stort mwnkæ closter

","englishForm": "

Sinai Desert

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Desertus Syn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Desertus Syn","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "desert","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "29.5","longitude": "34","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/347930/sinai-peninsula.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sinai_Peninsula","location": "

Sinai Desert

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8845,"count": "571","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nota, at Sinai kalles ter desertum Syn, oc næden vnner bierget ter er eth stort mwnkæ closter

","englishForm": "

Mount Sinai

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sinai","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sinai","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.53914","longitude": "33.97496","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351820/jabal-musa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biblical_Mount_Sinai","location": "

Mount Sinai

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8843,"count": "573","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Aff Sinais closter

","englishForm": "

Saint Catherine's Monastery

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sinais Closter","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sinais Kloster","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "monastery","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sacred Monastery of the God-Trodden Mount Sinai

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.55577","longitude": "33.97613","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/350564/saint-catherine-s-monastery.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saint_Catherine%27s_Monastery","location": "

Saint Catherine's Monastery

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8841,"count": "575","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Aff Babilonia oc jn til Sinay er tolf dags ferd

","englishForm": "

Mount Sinai

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sinay","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sinai","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.53914","longitude": "33.97496","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351820/jabal-musa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biblical_Mount_Sinai","location": "

Mount Sinai

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8839,"count": "577","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Aff Babilonia oc jn til Sinay er tolf dags ferd

","englishForm": "

Babylon Fortress

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Babylon Fortress was located in the area known today as Coptic Cairo, thereof the choice of coordinated for visualisation. See also Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography, https://archive.org/stream/dictionaryofgree01smituoft#page/360/mode/2up

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse, the name Babilonia Egipti is said to be used in order to distinguish this lesser Babilon from the larger in presentday Iraq. In the text, Babilonia Egipti is referred to as a large fortified city in the vicinity of Cairo.

","locationDescription": "

Babilonia Aegypti

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.00683","longitude": "31.23053","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11495792/coptic-cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon_Fortress","location": "

Babylon Fortress

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8837,"count": "579","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en long dags ferd jn tel Sinai

","englishForm": "

Mount Sinai

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sinai","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sinai","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.53914","longitude": "33.97496","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351820/jabal-musa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biblical_Mount_Sinai","location": "

Mount Sinai

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8835,"count": "581","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tel fornefnde daal Elym

","englishForm": "

Elim Valley

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Elym","lemmaFormAttestation": "Elim","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

In this project biblical places (in the Middle East) that lack generally accepted identification and coordinates are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elim_(Bible)","location": "

Elim Valley

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8833,"count": "583","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ter nest tel en røfuæræ, som heder Marach

","englishForm": "

Mara

","editionPage": "30-31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Marach","lemmaFormAttestation": "Marak","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

In this project biblical places (in the Middle East) that lack generally accepted identification and coordinates are visualised as located in the Middle East

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Mara

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8831,"count": "585","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ten annen vey er af Babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylon Fortress

","editionPage": "30","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Babylon Fortress was located in the area known today as Coptic Cairo, thereof the choice of coordinated for visualisation. See also Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography, https://archive.org/stream/dictionaryofgree01smituoft#page/360/mode/2up

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse, the name Babilonia Egipti is said to be used in order to distinguish this lesser Babilon from the larger in presentday Iraq. In the text, Babilonia Egipti is referred to as a large fortified city in the vicinity of Cairo.

","locationDescription": "

Babilonia Aegypti

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.00683","longitude": "31.23053","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11495792/coptic-cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon_Fortress","location": "

Babylon Fortress

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8829,"count": "587","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tel ten dall Elym

","englishForm": "

Elim Valley

","editionPage": "30","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Elym","lemmaFormAttestation": "Elim","sourcePage": "20","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

In this project biblical places (in the Middle East) that lack generally accepted identification and coordinates are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elim_(Bible)","location": "

Elim Valley

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8827,"count": "589","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ey langth ter fran, som Israels folk fordom ofuer gik

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "30","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "20","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

I

"}, {"id": 8825,"count": "591","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ter som te faræ ofuer tet rødæ haff

","englishForm": "

Red Sea

","editionPage": "30","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tet Rødæ Haff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Røthe Hav","sourcePage": "20","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "20.26735","longitude": "38.53455","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/350155/red-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_Sea","location": "

Red Sea

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8823,"count": "593","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tel en dal, som heder Elim

","englishForm": "

Elim Valley

","editionPage": "30","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Elim","lemmaFormAttestation": "Elim","sourcePage": "20","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

In this project biblical places (in the Middle East) that lack generally accepted identification and coordinates are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elim_(Bible)","location": "

Elim Valley

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8821,"count": "595","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

En udh af Kair

","englishForm": "

Cairo

","editionPage": "30","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kair","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kair","sourcePage": "20","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.06263","longitude": "31.24967","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/360630/cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cairo","location": "

Cairo

","preposition": "

utaf

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8819,"count": "597","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tuendæ veyæ til Sinay

","englishForm": "

Mount Sinai

","editionPage": "30","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sinay","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sinai","sourcePage": "20","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.53914","longitude": "33.97496","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351820/jabal-musa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biblical_Mount_Sinai","location": "

Mount Sinai

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8817,"count": "599","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

veyen in tel Sinay

","englishForm": "

Mount Sinai

","editionPage": "29","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sinay","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sinai","sourcePage": "19","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.53914","longitude": "33.97496","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351820/jabal-musa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biblical_Mount_Sinai","location": "

Mount Sinai

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8815,"count": "601","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en stad, som heder Merch, oc kalliss eth annet nafn af hetningæ Iacherib (...) ter hetræ te hetningæ (...) Machomet j hans tempell

","englishForm": "

Mecca

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iacherib","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jakerib","sourcePage": "19","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Makkah

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "21.42664","longitude": "39.82563","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/104515/mecca.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mecca","location": "

Mecca

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8813,"count": "603","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en stad, som heder Merch, oc kalliss eth annet nafn af hetningæ Iacherib (...) ter hetræ te hetningæ (...) Machomet j hans tempell

","englishForm": "

Mecca

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Merch","lemmaFormAttestation": "Merk","sourcePage": "19","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Makkah

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "21.42664","longitude": "39.82563","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/104515/mecca.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mecca","location": "

Mecca

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8811,"count": "605","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran Babiloniæ, ter j Egipten er

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "19","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8809,"count": "607","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran Babiloniæ, ter j Egipten er

","englishForm": "

Babylon Fortress

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "19","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Babylon Fortress was located in the area known today as Coptic Cairo, thereof the choice of coordinated for visualisation. See also Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography, https://archive.org/stream/dictionaryofgree01smituoft#page/360/mode/2up

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse, the name Babilonia Egipti is said to be used in order to distinguish this lesser Babilon from the larger in presentday Iraq. In the text, Babilonia Egipti is referred to as a large fortified city in the vicinity of Cairo.

","locationDescription": "

Babilonia Aegypti

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.00683","longitude": "31.23053","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11495792/coptic-cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon_Fortress","location": "

Babylon Fortress

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8807,"count": "609","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hoos ten flodh Nilus

","englishForm": "

Nile

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nilus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nilus","sourcePage": "19","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.16667","longitude": "31.1","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351036/nile-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nile","location": "

Nile

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8805,"count": "611","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j fornefnde Egipten

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "19","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8803,"count": "613","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han vor mek visder j Egipten

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "19","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8801,"count": "615","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

te Nubi te æræ cristnæ ok æræ sortæ som Etiopes

","englishForm": "

Blaman

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "etiopes","lemmaFormAttestation": "etiop","sourcePage": "18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the relevant context in Consolation of the Soul the term blaman is used as an inhabitant designation denoting people from Ethiopia. 

","locationDescription": "

Ethiopian

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "9","longitude": "39.5","showAsLocatedIn": "643","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/People_of_Ethiopia","location": "

Blaman

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8799,"count": "617","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

te Nubi te æræ cristnæ ok æræ sortæ som Etiopes

","englishForm": "

Nubian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "nubi","lemmaFormAttestation": "nubius","sourcePage": "18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "20","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "1473","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nubians","location": "

Nubian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8797,"count": "619","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

syen er tet tolff dags ferd tel Nubiam, eth land som sa heder

","englishForm": "

Nubia

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nubia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nubia","sourcePage": "18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "20","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/350981/nubia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nubia","location": "

Nubia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8795,"count": "621","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran Egipten oc gømmen øtken er trætyuæ dags ferdh

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8793,"count": "623","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tennæ Egipten er fempten dags ferd long

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8791,"count": "625","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther regner gantzæ skiællen j Egipten

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8789,"count": "627","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

stor skadæ j Egipten

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8787,"count": "629","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ta beginder Nilus alt lentæligæ at voxæ

","englishForm": "

Nile

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nilus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nilus","sourcePage": "18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.16667","longitude": "31.1","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351036/nile-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nile","location": "

Nile

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8785,"count": "631","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

intel Alexandriam

","englishForm": "

Alexandria

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Alexandria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Alexandria","sourcePage": "18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.20176","longitude": "29.91582","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/361058/alexandria.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alexandria","location": "

Alexandria

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Latin accusative case.

"}, {"id": 8783,"count": "633","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

gifuer all Egipten vatn oc vædæ

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8781,"count": "635","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j Egipten

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8779,"count": "637","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

om kring Etiopen ok eth land, som kalles Mauritania

","englishForm": "

Mauretania

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mauritania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mauritania","sourcePage": "18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "36.60588","longitude": "2.19182","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378518/mauretania.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mauretania","location": "

Mauretania

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8777,"count": "639","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

om kring Etiopen ok eth land, som kalles Mauritania

","englishForm": "

Ethiopia

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Etiopen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Etiopen","sourcePage": "18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "9","longitude": "39.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/337996/federal-democratic-republic-of-ethiopia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ethiopia","location": "

Ethiopia

","preposition": "

umkring

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8775,"count": "641","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

vnner eth bierich, som heder aloth, melløm Indien || oc Ethiopen

","englishForm": "

Ethiopia

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ethiopen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Etiopen","sourcePage": "17-18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "9","longitude": "39.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/337996/federal-democratic-republic-of-ethiopia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ethiopia","location": "

Ethiopia

","preposition": "

mællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8773,"count": "643","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

vnner eth bierich, som heder aloth, melløm Indien || oc Ethiopen

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indien","sourcePage": "17-18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

mællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8771,"count": "645","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

vnner eth bierich, som heder aloth, melløm Indien || oc Ethiopen

","englishForm": "

Alloche

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Aloth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Aloch","sourcePage": "17-18","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "

This mountain is mentioned in the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse as the place where the Nile comes up from the underground. It is said to lie on the border between India and Ethiopia.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Alloche

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In his edition, Lorenzen emends the form to Aloch based on a parallel text and a Latin version.

"}, {"id": 8769,"count": "647","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ten øtken j ten storæ Indie

","englishForm": "

Thæt Større India

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ten Storæ Indie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn Store Indie","sourcePage": "17","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Parallel to Marco Polo, the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse distinguishes between three Indias: India the Greater, India the Minor, and Middle India

","locationDescription": "

India the Greater

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Names_for_India","location": "

Thæt Større India

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8767,"count": "649","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nilus, som er j Egipten, som kalles eth annet nafn Gyon, hun løber vd aff Paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "17","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8765,"count": "651","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nilus, som er j Egipten, som kalles eth annet nafn Gyon, hun løber vd aff Paradis

","englishForm": "

Nile

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gyon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gyon","sourcePage": "17","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.16667","longitude": "31.1","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351036/nile-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nile","location": "

Nile

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Gyon as an alternate name for the Nile is attested among other places in the Etymologies of Isidore of Seville cf. Bale 2012: 120.

"}, {"id": 8763,"count": "653","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nilus, som er j Egipten, som kalles eth annet nafn Gyon, hun løber vd aff Paradis

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "17","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8761,"count": "655","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nilus, som er j Egipten, som kalles eth annet nafn Gyon, hun løber vd aff Paradis

","englishForm": "

Nile

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nilus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nilus","sourcePage": "17","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.16667","longitude": "31.1","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351036/nile-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nile","location": "

Nile

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8759,"count": "657","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

aff Egypten

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egypten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "17","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8757,"count": "659","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Aff ten flod, som kalles Nilus

","englishForm": "

Nile

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nilus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nilus","sourcePage": "17","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.16667","longitude": "31.1","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351036/nile-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nile","location": "

Nile

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8755,"count": "661","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hoos fornefnde Kair

","englishForm": "

Cairo

","editionPage": "25","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kair","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kair","sourcePage": "16","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.06263","longitude": "31.24967","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/360630/cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cairo","location": "

Cairo

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8753,"count": "663","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran en stad, som heder Enggadi, ligger melløm tet døthæ haff oc Iericho

","englishForm": "

Jericho

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iericho","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jeriko","sourcePage": "16","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.86667","longitude": "35.45","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284899/jericho.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jericho","location": "

Jericho

","preposition": "

mællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8751,"count": "665","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran en stad, som heder Enggadi, ligger melløm tet døthæ haff oc Iericho

","englishForm": "

Dead Sea

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tet Døthæ Haff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Døthe Hav","sourcePage": "16","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.55747","longitude": "35.49545","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/295347/dead-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dead_Sea","location": "

Dead Sea

","preposition": "

mællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8749,"count": "667","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran en stad, som heder Enggadi, ligger melløm tet døthæ haff oc Iericho

","englishForm": "

Ein Gedi

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Enggadi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Engaddi","sourcePage": "16","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.45238","longitude": "35.38443","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/295220/-en-gedi.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ein_Gedi","location": "

Ein Gedi

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8747,"count": "669","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

te træ, som balsamus ponnæ voxer hoos Cair, hent tel Egipten

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "16","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8745,"count": "671","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

te træ, som balsamus ponnæ voxer hoos Cair, hent tel Egipten

","englishForm": "

Cairo

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cair","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kair","sourcePage": "16","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.06263","longitude": "31.24967","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/360630/cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cairo","location": "

Cairo

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8743,"count": "673","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

balsamus af Jndie

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jndie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indie","sourcePage": "16","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8741,"count": "675","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

i tet størræ Jndie land j øtken

","englishForm": "

Thæt Større India

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tet Størræ Jndieland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Større Indieland","sourcePage": "16","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Parallel to Marco Polo, the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse distinguishes between three Indias: India the Greater, India the Minor, and Middle India

","locationDescription": "

India the Greater

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Names_for_India","location": "

Thæt Større India

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8739,"count": "677","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Vden foræ Chair er en mark eller ager

","englishForm": "

Cairo

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Chair","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kair","sourcePage": "16","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.06263","longitude": "31.24967","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/360630/cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cairo","location": "

Cairo

","preposition": "

utenfor

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8737,"count": "679","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ten ager eller mark, som balsamus ponnæ voxer, vdh inden Egipten

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "16","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

utinnen

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8735,"count": "681","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j ten fornefnde stad Cayr

","englishForm": "

Cairo

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cayr","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kair","sourcePage": "15","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.06263","longitude": "31.24967","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/360630/cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cairo","location": "

Cairo

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8733,"count": "683","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j en stad, som heder Leodius

","englishForm": "

Liège

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Leodius","lemmaFormAttestation": "Leodius","sourcePage": "15","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "50.63373","longitude": "5.56749","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2792413/liege.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Li%C3%A8ge","location": "

Liège

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8731,"count": "685","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

efter Tartares clæder seder

","englishForm": "

Tartar

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tartare","lemmaFormAttestation": "tarter","sourcePage": "15","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tatars","location": "

Tartar

","preposition": "

æfter

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8729,"count": "687","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

af Suria oc af Traya

","englishForm": "

Turkey

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Traya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Traja","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298795/republic-of-turkey.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkey","location": "

Turkey

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The identification with Turkey is based on a Latin parallel, that has turchia.

"}, {"id": 8727,"count": "689","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

af Suria oc af Traya

","englishForm": "

Syria

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Suria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Suria","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "38","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/163843/syrian-arab-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syria","location": "

Syria

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8725,"count": "691","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tyuæ tusennæ væpnæræ aff Egypten enæ

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egypten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8723,"count": "693","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j kryy oc orloff foræ fult ommod Bedoieres

","englishForm": "

Bedouin

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "bedoieres","lemmaFormAttestation": "bedoin","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bedouin","location": "

Bedouin

","preposition": "

amot

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8721,"count": "695","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han van Ackaron

","englishForm": "

Acre

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ackaron","lemmaFormAttestation": "Acharon","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.92814","longitude": "35.07647","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/295721/acre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acre,_Israel","location": "

Acre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8719,"count": "697","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en stad, som hed Tripolis

","englishForm": "

Tripoli

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tripolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tripolis","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "34.43352","longitude": "35.84415","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/266826/tripoli.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tripoli,_Lebanon","location": "

Tripoli

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8717,"count": "699","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

forderuædæ mongæ Saracener

","englishForm": "

Saracen

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "saracener","lemmaFormAttestation": "saracene","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saracen","location": "

Saracen

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8715,"count": "701","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ind j Suriam

","englishForm": "

Syria

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Suria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Suria","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "38","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/163843/syrian-arab-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syria","location": "

Syria

","preposition": "

ini

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Latin accusative case.

"}, {"id": 8713,"count": "703","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ta rukta Eduardus, koning vdh af England

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "England","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængland","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

utaf

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8711,"count": "705","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sanctum Lodwicum, koning j Frankæ rygæ

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankærygæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8709,"count": "707","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

meth Turkes hielpp

","englishForm": "

Turk

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "turke","lemmaFormAttestation": "tyrk","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "35","showAsLocatedIn": "805","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkish_people","location": "

Turk

","preposition": "

mæth

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8707,"count": "709","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han vanner thet hellyæ land fran the cristnæ

","englishForm": "

Holy Land

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Hellyæ Land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Helaghe Land","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holy_Land","location": "

Holy Land

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8705,"count": "711","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tet trediæ herskap teth vor Egipten

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8703,"count": "713","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tet annet herskap vor Barbarorum oc Affrichorum oppæ thet hyspanskæ haff. oc tørress høxtæ stad hed Marukæ

","englishForm": "

Marrakesh

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Marukæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Maruke","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.63416","longitude": "-7.99994","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2542997/marrakesh.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Marrakesh","location": "

Marrakesh

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

For a time being, Marrakesh was the capital of the Almohad Caliphate, to which probably is referred here.

"}, {"id": 8701,"count": "715","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tet annet herskap vor Barbarorum oc Affrichorum oppæ thet hyspanskæ haff. oc tørress høxtæ stad hed Marukæ

 

","englishForm": "

Atlantic Ocean

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Hyspanskæ Haff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Hispanske Hav","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of North Atlantic Ocean are used

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "40,","longitude": "-40","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3411923/north-atlantic-ocean.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Atlantic_Ocean","location": "

Atlantic Ocean

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8699,"count": "717","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tet annet herskap vor Barbarorum oc Affrichorum oppæ thet hyspanskæ haff. oc tørress høxtæ stad hed Marukæ

 

","englishForm": "

African

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "affrichi","lemmaFormAttestation": "africus","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","showAsLocatedIn": "265","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ethnic_groups_of_Africa","location": "

African

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8697,"count": "719","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tet annet herskap vor Barbarorum oc Affrichorum oppæ thet hyspanskæ haff. oc tørress høxtæ stad hed Marukæ

","englishForm": "

Berber

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "barbari","lemmaFormAttestation": "barbarus","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.95337","longitude": "9.97559","showAsLocatedIn": "803","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berbers","location": "

Berber

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Given the geographical context, the form barbarorum probably refers to the Berbers.

"}, {"id": 8695,"count": "721","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Fførstæ Chalippen woræ Caldej oc Arabie; tørres høxtæ stad hed Baldugh

","englishForm": "

Baghdad

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Baldugh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Baldak","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.34058","longitude": "44.40088","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98182/baghdad.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baghdad","location": "

Baghdad

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8693,"count": "723","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Fførstæ Chalippen woræ Caldej oc Arabie; tørres høxtæ stad hed Baldugh

","englishForm": "

Arab

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "arabie","lemmaFormAttestation": "arabius","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","showAsLocatedIn": "102","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabs","location": "

Arab

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Since Caldej is interpreted as inhabitant designation, Arabie most probably is also.

"}, {"id": 8691,"count": "725","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Fførstæ Chalippen woræ Caldej oc Arabie; tørres høxtæ stad hed Baldugh

","englishForm": "

Chaldean

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "caldej","lemmaFormAttestation": "kaldæus","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.4727","longitude": "45","showAsLocatedIn": "1115","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chaldea","location": "

Chaldean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Caldej corresponds to the plural nominative of the Latin inhabitant designation Chaldaei, it is therefore here interpreted as an inhabitant designation, not as a place name.

"}, {"id": 8689,"count": "727","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Fførstæ Chalippen woræ Caldej oc Arabie; tørres høxtæ stad hed Baldugh

","englishForm": "

Rashidun Caliphate

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Chalippen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kaliffen","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rashidun_Caliphate","location": "

Rashidun Caliphate

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In his edition, Lorenzen emends to Chalipp[h]en. – The Rashidun Caliphate was the first of four caliphates. It covered among other areas the Arabian Peninsula and modern-day Iraq.

"}, {"id": 8687,"count": "729","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Chalipphen vor fordom try herskap

","englishForm": "

Abbasid Caliphate

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Chalipphen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kaliffen","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abbasid_Caliphate","location": "

Abbasid Caliphate

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8685,"count": "731","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ofuer alt Chalipphen

","englishForm": "

Abbasid Caliphate

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Chalipphen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kaliffen","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abbasid_Caliphate","location": "

Abbasid Caliphate

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8683,"count": "733","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "113","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503408","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "246r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","work": "Sju vise mästare","workNotes": "

Also known as The Seven Wise Masters and Septem Sapientes. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Sju vise mästare).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a young prince must defend himself against his stepmother's false accusations. His teachers, the Seven Sages, tell different stories about the untrustworthiness of women and thus confute her accusations. Translated from Latin, possibly at Vadstena Abbey.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1887-1889","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8681,"count": "735","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en ærligh konung j frankæriko

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "https://litteraturbanken.se/forfattare/Anonym/titlar/NamnlosOchValentin/sida/2/faksimil","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503438","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankærike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wolf 1934","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Wolf 1934","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8679,"count": "737","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

en ærligh konung j frankarike

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1851301","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "349","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1846","work": "Namnlös och Valentin","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Namnlös och Valentin).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The prose tale follows the reunion of the twins Namnlös and Valentin after having been separated at birth. It also tells the story of their mother Queen Phila and her misadventures. The OSw. version was translated from Low German, but the tale is known in serveral European languages (ultimately deriving from a now lost Old French original).

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1846","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8677,"count": "739","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ofuer Arabiam, som er eth stort rygæ

","englishForm": "

Arabia

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Arabia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Arabia","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Arabian Peninsula

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957698/arabia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabian_Peninsula","location": "

Arabia

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8675,"count": "741","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ofuer Hallappe j Marsutye land, som Damascus er j

","englishForm": "

Damascus

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Damascus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Damascus","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.5102","longitude": "36.29128","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/170654/damascus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Damascus","location": "

Damascus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8673,"count": "743","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ofuer Hallappe j Marsutye land, som Damascus er j

","englishForm": "

Syria

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Marsutyeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Marsutiland","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "38","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/163843/syrian-arab-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syria","location": "

Syria

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form corresponds to Marsilie land in another Danish version of Mandevilles Rejse, and to terra Machsurie in Latin versions. Eventhough the Old Danish from in M 307 is probably corrupted, the context indicate that the interpretation as Syria is an educated guess.

"}, {"id": 8671,"count": "745","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ofuer Hallappe j Marsutye land, som Damascus er j

","englishForm": "

Aleppo

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hallappe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hallappe","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Halab

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "36.25","longitude": "37.61667","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/170062/aleppo-governorate.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aleppo_Governorate","location": "

Aleppo

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8669,"count": "747","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ofuer alt Iødæland, som fordom vor Dauid oc hans søn Salomon

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iødæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jutheland","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8667,"count": "749","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Kanopat, oc tet er Egipten

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8665,"count": "751","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Kanopat, oc tet er Egipten

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kanopat","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kanopat","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8663,"count": "753","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Cayr er en keysæræ stad

","englishForm": "

Cairo

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cayr","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kair","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.06263","longitude": "31.24967","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/360630/cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cairo","location": "

Cairo

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8661,"count": "755","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ten tid [hun] flidæ ind j Egipten

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

ini

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8659,"count": "757","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ter er en skøn kyrkæ af iomfru Maria vdh j ten stad (...) och sigs, at sancta Barbaræ ligger j ten sammæ kyrkæ

","englishForm": "

Al Kanisah al Mu'allaqah

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kyrkæ af Iomfru Maria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kirkje af Jungfrue Maria","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse a church in Cairo named after the Holy Virgin is mentioned, presumably this church is meant. However, in the text mention is made of the remains of Saint Barbara pointing at another church near to Saint Virgin Mary's Coptic Orthodox Church, namely the Coptic Orthodox Church of St. Barbara, cf. geonames.

","locationDescription": "

Saint Virgin Mary's Coptic Orthodox Church

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.00521","longitude": "31.23023","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7923016/al-kanisah-al-mu-allaqah.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Hanging_Church","location": "

Al Kanisah al Mu'allaqah

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8657,"count": "759","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther nest kommer han tel || Babiloniam fornefnde oc tell Chayr

","englishForm": "

Cairo

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Chayr","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kair","sourcePage": "12-13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.06263","longitude": "31.24967","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/360630/cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cairo","location": "

Cairo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8655,"count": "761","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther nest kommer han tel || Babiloniam fornefnde oc tell Chayr

","englishForm": "

Babylon Fortress

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "12-13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Babylon Fortress was located in the area known today as Coptic Cairo, thereof the choice of coordinated for visualisation. See also Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography, https://archive.org/stream/dictionaryofgree01smituoft#page/360/mode/2up

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse, the name Babilonia Egipti is said to be used in order to distinguish this lesser Babilon from the larger in presentday Iraq. In the text, Babilonia Egipti is referred to as a large fortified city in the vicinity of Cairo.

","locationDescription": "

Babilonia Aegypti

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.00683","longitude": "31.23053","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11495792/coptic-cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon_Fortress","location": "

Babylon Fortress

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8653,"count": "763","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ta kommer hand jn j Egypten, som te ter kallæ Kanopat, oc som[mæ] kallet mersen

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mersen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mersen","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8651,"count": "765","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ta kommer hand jn j Egypten, som te ter kallæ Kanopat, oc som[mæ] kallet mersen

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kanopat","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kanopat","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8649,"count": "767","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ta kommer hand jn j Egypten, som te ter kallæ Kanopat, oc som[mæ] kallet mersen

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egypten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

ini

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8647,"count": "769","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ten longæ wyltkomssæ, oc ter er ey vden sand oc er vfruk[t]sommælik. Hun kalles ter abyleth

","englishForm": "

Abilech

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Abyleth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Abilet","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "desert","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Abilech

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8645,"count": "771","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tet land, som heder Surya

","englishForm": "

Syria

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Surya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Suria","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "38","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/163843/syrian-arab-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syria","location": "

Syria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8643,"count": "773","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en by, som heder Dayre

","englishForm": "

Deir al-Balah

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Dayre","lemmaFormAttestation": "Dayre","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.41783,","longitude": "34.35033","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281141/dayr-al-balah.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Deir_al-Balah","location": "

Deir al-Balah

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse this place is located near to Gaza, it is thus reasonable that Deir al-Balah is intended.

"}, {"id": 8641,"count": "775","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran Iherusalem oc tel Gazan Palestinorum

","englishForm": "

Gaza

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gazan Palestinorum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gazan Palaestinorum","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.50161","longitude": "34.46672","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281133/gaza.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gaza_City","location": "

Gaza

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8639,"count": "777","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran Iherusalem oc tel Gazan Palestinorum

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8637,"count": "779","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Babiloniæ Egypti er en stord, fast stad, men ter ey longt fran er end størræ stadh, som heder Kayr

","englishForm": "

Cairo

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kayr","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kair","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.06263","longitude": "31.24967","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/360630/cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cairo","location": "

Cairo

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8635,"count": "781","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Babiloniæ Egypti er en stord, fast stad

","englishForm": "

Babylon Fortress

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia Egypti","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia Aegypti","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Babylon Fortress was located in the area known today as Coptic Cairo, thereof the choice of coordinated for visualisation. See also Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography, https://archive.org/stream/dictionaryofgree01smituoft#page/360/mode/2up

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse, the name Babilonia Egipti is said to be used in order to distinguish this lesser Babilon from the larger in presentday Iraq. In the text, Babilonia Egipti is referred to as a large fortified city in the vicinity of Cairo.

","locationDescription": "

Babilonia Aegypti

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.00683","longitude": "31.23053","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11495792/coptic-cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon_Fortress","location": "

Babylon Fortress

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8633,"count": "783","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

keysæren af Kathay, som kalles Grantkan

","englishForm": "

Cathay

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kathay","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kataj","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse describes the empire of Cathay based on the accounts of Marco Polo, where Cathay refers to northern China.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "105","showAsLocatedIn": "1177","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cathay","location": "

Cathay

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8631,"count": "785","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

keysæren af Kathay, som kalles Grantkan

","englishForm": "

Cathay

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kathay","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kataj","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse describes the empire of Cathay based on the accounts of Marco Polo, where Cathay refers to northern China.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "105","showAsLocatedIn": "1177","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cathay","location": "

Cathay

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8629,"count": "787","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ey er oc tet storæ Babiloniæ vnder soldanens herskap

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8627,"count": "789","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han kalles forty Babylonia Egipti eller Babilonia then myndre, at man skal vidæ, at teth er ikkæ ten storæ Babylonia, ter som vor herræ gioræ sith vnder met allæ honnæ tungæ mool

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babylonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8625,"count": "791","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han kalles forty Babylonia Egipti eller Babilonia then myndræ, at man skal vidæ, at teth er ikkæ ten storæ Babylonia

","englishForm": "

Babylon Fortress

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia then Myndræ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia thæn Mindre","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Babylon Fortress was located in the area known today as Coptic Cairo, thereof the choice of coordinated for visualisation. See also Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography, https://archive.org/stream/dictionaryofgree01smituoft#page/360/mode/2up

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse, the name Babilonia Egipti is said to be used in order to distinguish this lesser Babilon from the larger in presentday Iraq. In the text, Babilonia Egipti is referred to as a large fortified city in the vicinity of Cairo.

","locationDescription": "

Babilonia Aegypti

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.00683","longitude": "31.23053","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11495792/coptic-cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon_Fortress","location": "

Babylon Fortress

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8623,"count": "793","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han kalles forty Babylonia Egipti eller Babilonia then myndræ, at man skal vidæ, at teth er ikkæ ten storæ Babylonia

","englishForm": "

Babylon Fortress

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babylonia Egipti","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia Aegypti","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Babylon Fortress was located in the area known today as Coptic Cairo, thereof the choice of coordinated for visualisation. See also Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography, https://archive.org/stream/dictionaryofgree01smituoft#page/360/mode/2up

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse, the name Babilonia Egipti is said to be used in order to distinguish this lesser Babilon from the larger in presentday Iraq. In the text, Babilonia Egipti is referred to as a large fortified city in the vicinity of Cairo.

","locationDescription": "

Babilonia Aegypti

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.00683","longitude": "31.23053","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11495792/coptic-cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon_Fortress","location": "

Babylon Fortress

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8621,"count": "795","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

vatn, som kalles Nili

","englishForm": "

Nile

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nilus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nilus","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.16667","longitude": "31.1","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351036/nile-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nile","location": "

Nile

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Possibly in Latin genitive case.

"}, {"id": 8619,"count": "797","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

af Alexandriæ ofuer land far man jn tel Babyloniam Egipti

","englishForm": "

Babylon Fortress

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babylonia Egipti","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia Aegypti","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Babylon Fortress was located in the area known today as Coptic Cairo, thereof the choice of coordinated for visualisation. See also Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography, https://archive.org/stream/dictionaryofgree01smituoft#page/360/mode/2up

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse, the name Babilonia Egipti is said to be used in order to distinguish this lesser Babilon from the larger in presentday Iraq. In the text, Babilonia Egipti is referred to as a large fortified city in the vicinity of Cairo.

","locationDescription": "

Babilonia Aegypti

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.00683","longitude": "31.23053","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11495792/coptic-cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon_Fortress","location": "

Babylon Fortress

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8617,"count": "799","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

af Alexandriæ ofuer land far man jn tel Babyloniam Egipti

","englishForm": "

Alexandria

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Alexandria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Alexandria","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.20176","longitude": "29.91582","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/361058/alexandria.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alexandria","location": "

Alexandria

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8615,"count": "801","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Alexandria hafuer trætyuæ mylæ j lengen ok thy j breden

","englishForm": "

Alexandria

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Alexandria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Alexandria","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.20176","longitude": "29.91582","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/361058/alexandria.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alexandria","location": "

Alexandria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8613,"count": "803","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en flod, som kalles Nili

","englishForm": "

Nile

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nilus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nilus","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.16667","longitude": "31.1","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351036/nile-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nile","location": "

Nile

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nili probably reflects a Latin genitive.

"}, {"id": 8611,"count": "805","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ter nest kommer man j en hafn, som kalles illexandrie Egypti, oc ter er en stad, som er meget sterk

","englishForm": "

Alexandria

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Illexandrie Egypti","lemmaFormAttestation": "Alexandria Egypti","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.20176","longitude": "29.91582","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/361058/alexandria.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alexandria","location": "

Alexandria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In his edition, Lorenzen emends the form to Allexandrie Egypti

"}, {"id": 8609,"count": "807","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ten førstæ hafn, han for j Egypten, hun heder Dammiete. Ter vor fordom end sterk stad (...) hetningennæ (...) bygdæ en annen lenger fran hafuet, som nw hafuer tet sammæ nafn

","englishForm": "

Damietta

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Dammiete","lemmaFormAttestation": "Dammiete","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.41648","longitude": "31.81332","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/358048/damietta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Damietta","location": "

Damietta

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse refers to a port named Dammiete, that previously was a fortified city. As the city was conquered by heathens, these build a new city with the same name further from the coast.

"}, {"id": 8607,"count": "809","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ten førstæ hafn, han for j Egypten, hun heder Dammiete

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egypten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8605,"count": "811","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ladæ tet helly land oc Iherusalem væræ ponnæ then venstræ handh

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8603,"count": "813","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ladæ tet helly land oc Iherusalem væræ ponnæ then venstræ handh

","englishForm": "

Holy Land

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tet Helly Land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Helaghe Land","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holy_Land","location": "

Holy Land

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8601,"count": "815","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Af Cypren oc tel Egypten skal man faræ tel skyps

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egypten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipten","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8599,"count": "817","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Af Cypren oc tel Egypten skal man faræ tel skyps

","englishForm": "

Cyprus

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cypren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cypren","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35.00304","longitude": "32.98791","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/146670/cyprus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyprus","location": "

Cyprus

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8597,"count": "819","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

leydæ at veruæ inte[l] Synay

","englishForm": "

Mount Sinai

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Synay","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sinai","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.53914","longitude": "33.97496","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351820/jabal-musa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biblical_Mount_Sinai","location": "

Mount Sinai

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Possibly referring to Sinai Peninsula.

"}, {"id": 8595,"count": "821","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fremdeles tel Synay

","englishForm": "

Mount Sinai

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Synay","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sinai","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.53914","longitude": "33.97496","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351820/jabal-musa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biblical_Mount_Sinai","location": "

Mount Sinai

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Possibly referring to Sinai Peninsula.

"}, {"id": 8593,"count": "823","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tel Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8591,"count": "825","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Sommæ pelægrimæ faræ genesten af Cypren oc sa intel Babyloniam

","englishForm": "

Babylon Fortress

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babylonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Babylon Fortress was located in the area known today as Coptic Cairo, thereof the choice of coordinated for visualisation. See also Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography, https://archive.org/stream/dictionaryofgree01smituoft#page/360/mode/2up

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse, the name Babilonia Egipti is said to be used in order to distinguish this lesser Babilon from the larger in presentday Iraq. In the text, Babilonia Egipti is referred to as a large fortified city in the vicinity of Cairo.

","locationDescription": "

Babilonia Aegypti

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.00683","longitude": "31.23053","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11495792/coptic-cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon_Fortress","location": "

Babylon Fortress

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Perhaps the country, not the city of Babylonia is intended.

"}, {"id": 8589,"count": "827","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Sommæ pelægrimæ faræ genesten af Cypren oc sa intel Babyloniam

","englishForm": "

Cyprus

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cypren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cypren","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35.00304","longitude": "32.98791","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/146670/cyprus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyprus","location": "

Cyprus

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8587,"count": "829","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

soldannen af Babyloniæ

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babylonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8585,"count": "831","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Mangæ pelæ grimæ begæræ at søgæ sancte Katerine bierghæ for aflad skildh

","englishForm": "

Mount Sinai

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Katerine Bierghæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Katarina Bjarghe","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28.53914","longitude": "33.97496","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351820/jabal-musa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biblical_Mount_Sinai","location": "

Mount Sinai

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8583,"count": "833","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

trennæ veyyæ in tel tet hellyæ land

","englishForm": "

Holy Land

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tet Hellyæ Land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Helaghe Land","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holy_Land","location": "

Holy Land

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8581,"count": "835","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Vey aff Cipren eller af Iherusalem oc intel Babiloniam, som er j Egipti land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptiland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8579,"count": "837","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Vey aff Cipren eller af Iherusalem oc intel Babiloniam, som er j Egipti land

","englishForm": "

Babylon Fortress

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Babylon Fortress was located in the area known today as Coptic Cairo, thereof the choice of coordinated for visualisation. See also Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography, https://archive.org/stream/dictionaryofgree01smituoft#page/360/mode/2up

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse, the name Babilonia Egipti is said to be used in order to distinguish this lesser Babilon from the larger in presentday Iraq. In the text, Babilonia Egipti is referred to as a large fortified city in the vicinity of Cairo.

","locationDescription": "

Babilonia Aegypti

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "30.00683","longitude": "31.23053","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11495792/coptic-cairo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon_Fortress","location": "

Babylon Fortress

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8577,"count": "839","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Vey aff Cipren eller af Iherusalem oc intel Babiloniam, som er j Egipti land

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8575,"count": "841","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Vey aff Cipren eller af Iherusalem oc intel Babiloniam, som er j Egipti land

","englishForm": "

Cyprus

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cipren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cypren","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35.00304","longitude": "32.98791","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/146670/cyprus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyprus","location": "

Cyprus

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8573,"count": "843","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then vey fram tel Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8571,"count": "845","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j [...] forscrefne Tartaria voxer lidet korn

","englishForm": "

Tartary

","editionPage": "16","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tartaria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tartaria","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tartary","location": "

Tartary

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8569,"count": "847","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nogræ øør om kringh, som kalles Rowsya, nisland, tetakro baykon oc Restan

","englishForm": "

Restan

","editionPage": "16","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Restan","lemmaFormAttestation": "Restan","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse four islands surrounding Tartary are mentioned: Rowsya, nisland, tetakro baykonand Restan. In a Latin version these islands are referred to as insulas, regiones et terras 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Restan

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8567,"count": "849","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nogræ øør om kringh, som kalles Rowsya, nisland, tetakro baykon oc Restan

","englishForm": "

Tetakro Bajkon

","editionPage": "16","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tetakro Baykon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tetakro Bajkon","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse four islands surrounding Tartary are mentioned: Rowsya, nisland, tetakro baykonand Restan. In a Latin version these islands are referred to as insulas, regiones et terras 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Tetakro Bajkon

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8565,"count": "851","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nogræ øør om kringh, som kalles Rowsya, nisland, tetakro baykon oc Restan

","englishForm": "

Nisland

","editionPage": "16","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nisland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nisland","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse four islands surrounding Tartary are mentioned: Rowsya, nisland, tetakro baykonand Restan. In a Latin version these islands are referred to as insulas, regiones et terras 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Nisland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8563,"count": "853","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nogræ øør om kringh, som kalles Rowsya, nisland, tetakro baykon oc Restan

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "16","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rowsya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rovsia","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse four islands surrounding Tartary are mentioned: Rowsya, nisland, tetakro baykon and Restan. In a Latin version these islands are referred to as insulas, regiones et terras.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8561,"count": "855","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tettæ sammæ Tartaria er eth vselth landh

","englishForm": "

Tartary

","editionPage": "16","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tartaria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tartaria","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tartary","location": "

Tartary

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8559,"count": "857","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

allæ herræ och førstæ, som besydennæ æræ j tennæ førstæ Tartaria

","englishForm": "

Tartary

","editionPage": "16","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tartaria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tartaria","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tartary","location": "

Tartary

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8557,"count": "859","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

wegr oystra vm ryzaland | oc gricland fara til ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "66","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759655","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ierusalem (OGut.)","sourcePage": "47v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 64","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","work": "Gutasagan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Gutasagan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A saga written in Gutnish about the pre-Christian history of Gotland beginning with its discovery by Þieluar. The text, composed in the thirteenth century, is preserved in a single manuscript (Stockholm, National Library, B 64, c. 1350). Furthermore, the Norse World project makes use of the medieval translations of the saga into Old Danish (Copenhagen, Royal Library, NKS 480 8vo, 1500-1525) and Old Swedish (Stockholm, National Library, D 2, 1400-1523).

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8555,"count": "861","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

wegr oystra vm ryzaland | oc gricland fara til ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "66","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759655","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gricland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grekland (OGut.)","sourcePage": "47v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 64","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","work": "Gutasagan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Gutasagan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A saga written in Gutnish about the pre-Christian history of Gotland beginning with its discovery by Þieluar. The text, composed in the thirteenth century, is preserved in a single manuscript (Stockholm, National Library, B 64, c. 1350). Furthermore, the Norse World project makes use of the medieval translations of the saga into Old Danish (Copenhagen, Royal Library, NKS 480 8vo, 1500-1525) and Old Swedish (Stockholm, National Library, D 2, 1400-1523).

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

um

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8553,"count": "863","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

wegr oystra vm ryzaland | oc gricland fara til ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "66","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759655","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ryzaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzaland (OGut.)","sourcePage": "47v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 64","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","work": "Gutasagan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Gutasagan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A saga written in Gutnish about the pre-Christian history of Gotland beginning with its discovery by Þieluar. The text, composed in the thirteenth century, is preserved in a single manuscript (Stockholm, National Library, B 64, c. 1350). Furthermore, the Norse World project makes use of the medieval translations of the saga into Old Danish (Copenhagen, Royal Library, NKS 480 8vo, 1500-1525) and Old Swedish (Stockholm, National Library, D 2, 1400-1523).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

um

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8551,"count": "865","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

pilagrimar til helga la | nz ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "66","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759655","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ierusalem (OGut.)","sourcePage": "47v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 64","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","work": "Gutasagan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Gutasagan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A saga written in Gutnish about the pre-Christian history of Gotland beginning with its discovery by Þieluar. The text, composed in the thirteenth century, is preserved in a single manuscript (Stockholm, National Library, B 64, c. 1350). Furthermore, the Norse World project makes use of the medieval translations of the saga into Old Danish (Copenhagen, Royal Library, NKS 480 8vo, 1500-1525) and Old Swedish (Stockholm, National Library, D 2, 1400-1523).

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8549,"count": "867","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

pilagrimar til helga la | nz ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Holy Land

","editionPage": "66","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759655","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Helga land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Helga land (OGut.)","sourcePage": "47v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 64","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","work": "Gutasagan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Gutasagan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A saga written in Gutnish about the pre-Christian history of Gotland beginning with its discovery by Þieluar. The text, composed in the thirteenth century, is preserved in a single manuscript (Stockholm, National Library, B 64, c. 1350). Furthermore, the Norse World project makes use of the medieval translations of the saga into Old Danish (Copenhagen, Royal Library, NKS 480 8vo, 1500-1525) and Old Swedish (Stockholm, National Library, D 2, 1400-1523).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holy_Land","location": "

Holy Land

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8547,"count": "869","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

til | ierzlafs .j. hulmgarþi |

","englishForm": "

Velikiy Novgorod

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759655","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hulmgarþr","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hulmgarþr (OGut.)","sourcePage": "46r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 64","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","work": "Gutasagan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Gutasagan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Holmgardher

","workDescription": "

A saga written in Gutnish about the pre-Christian history of Gotland beginning with its discovery by Þieluar. The text, composed in the thirteenth century, is preserved in a single manuscript (Stockholm, National Library, B 64, c. 1350). Furthermore, the Norse World project makes use of the medieval translations of the saga into Old Danish (Copenhagen, Royal Library, NKS 480 8vo, 1500-1525) and Old Swedish (Stockholm, National Library, D 2, 1400-1523).

","latitude": "58.52131","longitude": "31.27104","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/519336/velikiy-novgorod.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Veliky_Novgorod","location": "

Velikiy Novgorod

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8545,"count": "871","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

quam helgi olauir ku | nungr flyandi af norwegi

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759655","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norwegr","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norvegr (OGut.)","sourcePage": "46r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 64","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","work": "Gutasagan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Gutasagan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A saga written in Gutnish about the pre-Christian history of Gotland beginning with its discovery by Þieluar. The text, composed in the thirteenth century, is preserved in a single manuscript (Stockholm, National Library, B 64, c. 1350). Furthermore, the Norse World project makes use of the medieval translations of the saga into Old Danish (Copenhagen, Royal Library, NKS 480 8vo, 1500-1525) and Old Swedish (Stockholm, National Library, D 2, 1400-1523).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8543,"count": "873","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

af grica kunungi

","englishForm": "

Greek

","editionPage": "63","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759655","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "gricakunungr","lemmaFormAttestation": "grekakunungr (OGut.)","sourcePage": "44r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 64","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","work": "Gutasagan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Gutasagan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A saga written in Gutnish about the pre-Christian history of Gotland beginning with its discovery by Þieluar. The text, composed in the thirteenth century, is preserved in a single manuscript (Stockholm, National Library, B 64, c. 1350). Furthermore, the Norse World project makes use of the medieval translations of the saga into Old Danish (Copenhagen, Royal Library, NKS 480 8vo, 1500-1525) and Old Swedish (Stockholm, National Library, D 2, 1400-1523).

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greeks","location": "

Greek

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8541,"count": "875","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

quamu til griclanzs

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "63","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759655","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gricland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grekland (OGut.)","sourcePage": "44r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 64","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","work": "Gutasagan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Gutasagan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A saga written in Gutnish about the pre-Christian history of Gotland beginning with its discovery by Þieluar. The text, composed in the thirteenth century, is preserved in a single manuscript (Stockholm, National Library, B 64, c. 1350). Furthermore, the Norse World project makes use of the medieval translations of the saga into Old Danish (Copenhagen, Royal Library, NKS 480 8vo, 1500-1525) and Old Swedish (Stockholm, National Library, D 2, 1400-1523).

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8539,"count": "877","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

foru vpp at | watni þi sum haitir dyna Oc vpp ginum | ryza land

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "63","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759655","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ryzaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzaland (OGut.)","sourcePage": "44r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 64","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","work": "Gutasagan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Gutasagan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A saga written in Gutnish about the pre-Christian history of Gotland beginning with its discovery by Þieluar. The text, composed in the thirteenth century, is preserved in a single manuscript (Stockholm, National Library, B 64, c. 1350). Furthermore, the Norse World project makes use of the medieval translations of the saga into Old Danish (Copenhagen, Royal Library, NKS 480 8vo, 1500-1525) and Old Swedish (Stockholm, National Library, D 2, 1400-1523).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8537,"count": "879","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

foru vpp at | watni þi sum haitir dyna Oc vpp ginum | ryza land

","englishForm": "

Daugava River

","editionPage": "63","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759655","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Dyna","lemmaFormAttestation": "Dyna (OGut.)","sourcePage": "44r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 64","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","work": "Gutasagan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Gutasagan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

For more information on the trade route from the Varangians to the Greeks, see e.g. Larsson 2011.

","locationDescription": "

Zapadnaya Dvina

","workDescription": "

A saga written in Gutnish about the pre-Christian history of Gotland beginning with its discovery by Þieluar. The text, composed in the thirteenth century, is preserved in a single manuscript (Stockholm, National Library, B 64, c. 1350). Furthermore, the Norse World project makes use of the medieval translations of the saga into Old Danish (Copenhagen, Royal Library, NKS 480 8vo, 1500-1525) and Old Swedish (Stockholm, National Library, D 2, 1400-1523).

","latitude": "57.06164","longitude": "24.0265","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/619322/daugava.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Daugava","location": "

Daugava River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8535,"count": "881","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

foru .j. aina oy wiþr aistland sum haitir | dagaiþi.

","englishForm": "

Hiiumaa

","editionPage": "63","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759655","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Dagaiþi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Dagaiþ (OGut.)","sourcePage": "44r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 64","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","work": "Gutasagan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Gutasagan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Dagö

","workDescription": "

A saga written in Gutnish about the pre-Christian history of Gotland beginning with its discovery by Þieluar. The text, composed in the thirteenth century, is preserved in a single manuscript (Stockholm, National Library, B 64, c. 1350). Furthermore, the Norse World project makes use of the medieval translations of the saga into Old Danish (Copenhagen, Royal Library, NKS 480 8vo, 1500-1525) and Old Swedish (Stockholm, National Library, D 2, 1400-1523).

","latitude": "58.86139","longitude": "22.57528","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/592132/hiiumaa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hiiumaa","location": "

Hiiumaa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8533,"count": "883","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

foru .j. aina oy wiþr aistland sum haitir | dagaiþi.

","englishForm": "

Estonia

","editionPage": "63","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759655","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Aistland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Aistland (OGut.)","sourcePage": "44r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 64","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","work": "Gutasagan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Gutasagan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A saga written in Gutnish about the pre-Christian history of Gotland beginning with its discovery by Þieluar. The text, composed in the thirteenth century, is preserved in a single manuscript (Stockholm, National Library, B 64, c. 1350). Furthermore, the Norse World project makes use of the medieval translations of the saga into Old Danish (Copenhagen, Royal Library, NKS 480 8vo, 1500-1525) and Old Swedish (Stockholm, National Library, D 2, 1400-1523).

","latitude": "59","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1905-1907","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/453733/republic-of-estonia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonia","location": "

Estonia

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8531,"count": "885","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[keysæren] af tet øffræ Indieland

","englishForm": "

Thæt Øvre Indialand

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tet Øffræ Indieland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Øvre Indialand","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

India Superior

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dragon%27s_Tail_(peninsula)","location": "

Thæt Øvre Indialand

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8529,"count": "887","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ten førstæ keysæræ ofuer all Tartare land

","englishForm": "

Tartary

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tartareland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tartareland","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tartary","location": "

Tartary

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8527,"count": "889","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eth vnth land, so som er tet førstæ tatæren. The hedæ forty te førstæ, ath vdh fran tøm kom ten førstæ keysæræ ofuer all Tartare land

","englishForm": "

Tartary

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tet Førstæ Tatæren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Fyrste Tartaren","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tartary","location": "

Tartary

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Lorenzen in his edition emends to Tartaren

"}, {"id": 8525,"count": "891","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tessæ effter screfnæ land ok rygæ, som er Kaykon oc Lituanie

","englishForm": "

Lithuania

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lituanie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lituanie","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "55.41667","longitude": "24","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/597427/republic-of-lithuania.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuania","location": "

Lithuania

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8523,"count": "893","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tessæ effter screfnæ land ok rygæ, som er Kaykon oc Lituanie

","englishForm": "

Kajkon

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kaykon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kajkon","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse, this country is mentioned between Prussia and Lithuania.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Kajkon

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8521,"count": "895","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j gømmen tielskæland, j gømmen Bemen, j gømmen Prytzen oc ind j the hetenskæ land

","englishForm": "

Prussia

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Prytzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Prytsen","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

For the sake for graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for East Prussia on the map to show the locality of Prussia.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "54","longitude": "21","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/772636/east-prussia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prussia_(region)","location": "

Prussia

","preposition": "

genem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8519,"count": "897","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j gømmen tielskæland, j gømmen Bemen, j gømmen Prytzen oc ind j the hetenskæ land

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

genem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8517,"count": "899","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j gømmen tielskæland, j gømmen Bemen, j gømmen Prytzen oc ind j the hetenskæ land

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tielskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

genem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In his edition, Lorenzen emends to Tidskæland.

"}, {"id": 8515,"count": "901","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tel Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8513,"count": "903","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Veyyen af Frankæ rygæ oc Flandren ofuer land oc tel Jherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8511,"count": "905","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Veyyen af Frankæ rygæ oc Flandren ofuer land oc tel Jherusalem

","englishForm": "

Flanders

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Flandren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Flandren","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "51","longitude": "4.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3337388/flanders.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flanders","location": "

Flanders

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8509,"count": "907","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Veyyen af Frankæ rygæ oc Flandren ofuer land oc tel Jherusalem

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankærygæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Possibly the inhabitant designation franke 'Frenchman'.

"}, {"id": 8507,"count": "909","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sien tel Rama oc tel Emaws oc sa intel ten helly stad Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8505,"count": "911","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sien tel Rama oc tel Emaws oc sa intel ten helly stad Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Emmaus

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Emaws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Emaus","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The geographical identification is not clear, other than that it was connected to Jerusalem by a road. Several places have been suggested throughout history.
 

Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are in this project visualised as placed in The Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Emmaus","location": "

Emmaus

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8503,"count": "913","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sien tel Rama oc tel Emaws oc sa intel ten helly stad Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Ramla

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rama","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rama","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.92923","longitude": "34.86563","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/293768/ramla.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ramla","location": "

Ramla

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8501,"count": "915","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok sa tel iopen

","englishForm": "

Jaffa

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iopen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Joppen","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.05043","longitude": "34.75224","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/293253/jaffa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jaffa","location": "

Jaffa

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is emended by the editor to Joppen.

"}, {"id": 8499,"count": "917","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sien skal mand fram at Cesaream Phylippy oc at Ascalonem

","englishForm": "

Ashkelon

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ascalon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ascalon","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Tel Ashqelon

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.65996","longitude": "34.54907","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/293400/tel-ashqelon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ashkelon","location": "

Ashkelon

","preposition": "

at

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8497,"count": "919","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sien skal mand fram at Cesaream Phylippy oc at Ascalonem

","englishForm": "

Horbat Qesari

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cesarea Phylippy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Caesarea Philppi","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Caesarea Maritima

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.50082","longitude": "34.89228","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294716/horbat-qesari.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesarea_Maritima","location": "

Horbat Qesari

","preposition": "

at

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Caesarea Philippi otherwise commonly refers to Banias in Syria (cf. Orbis Latinus 1972, I: 276), but since this location in the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse is located between Gaza and Askhelon, the identification with Caesarea Maritima is more probable. Caesarea Philippi is also a name for Acre (cf. Orbis Latinus 1972, I: 276 and III: 214), but this also not a probable identification, as this city is the starting point of the route described in the text, and thus referred to in the previous part of the text. It might be, however, the reason for the corruption in the Old Danish text.

"}, {"id": 8495,"count": "921","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

end stad, som heder Gaza, ter som samsøn then sterkæ bort bar meth sek portin fra staden

","englishForm": "

Gaza

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gaza","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gaza","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.50161","longitude": "34.46672","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281133/gaza.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gaza_City","location": "

Gaza

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8493,"count": "923","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[one road] fram at Iordanen oc tel Damascum

","englishForm": "

Damascus

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Damascus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Damascus","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.5102","longitude": "36.29128","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/170654/damascus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Damascus","location": "

Damascus

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8491,"count": "925","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[one road] fram at Iordanen oc tel Damascum

","englishForm": "

Jordan

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iordanen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jordanen","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76025","longitude": "35.55792","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294624/jordan-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jordan_River","location": "

Jordan

","preposition": "

at

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8489,"count": "927","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran anthon oc intel Iherusalem er twandæ veyyæ

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8487,"count": "929","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran anthon oc intel Iherusalem er twandæ veyyæ

","englishForm": "

Acre

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Anthon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Anthon","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.92814","longitude": "35.07647","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/295721/acre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acre,_Israel","location": "

Acre

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8485,"count": "931","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ponnæ eth annet byerg ter hoos er end by, heder Saffra, ter som sancti Iohannes oc iacobi, bodæ brødræ, føddæ æræ

","englishForm": "

Shefar'am

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Saffra","lemmaFormAttestation": "Safra","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.80583","longitude": "35.16895","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/293539/shefar-am.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shefa-%27Amr","location": "

Shefar'am

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8483,"count": "933","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran anthon oc hender hafuet ter || [er] teth bergæ Carmelus, som forscrefne sanctus Elyas vdy bodæ

","englishForm": "

Mount Carmel

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Carmelus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Carmelus","sourcePage": "8-9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.72852","longitude": "35.05411","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294579/mount-carmel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Carmel","location": "

Mount Carmel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8481,"count": "935","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran anthon oc hender hafuet ter || [er] teth bergæ Carmelus

","englishForm": "

Acre

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Anthon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Anthon","sourcePage": "8-9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.92814","longitude": "35.07647","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/295721/acre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acre,_Israel","location": "

Acre

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is emended by the editor.

"}, {"id": 8479,"count": "937","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran ten fornefnde hafn tirus oc tel anthon

","englishForm": "

Acre

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Anthon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Anthon","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.92814","longitude": "35.07647","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/295721/acre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acre,_Israel","location": "

Acre

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The forms are emended by the editor to Tyrus and Anchon.

"}, {"id": 8477,"count": "939","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran ten fornefnde hafn tirus oc tel anthon

","englishForm": "

Tyre

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tirus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tyrus","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sour

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.27333","longitude": "35.19389","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/267008/tyre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tyre,_Lebanon","location": "

Tyre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The forms are emended by the editor to Tyrus and Anchon

"}, {"id": 8475,"count": "941","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jtem er Sarepta Sydonis ottæ milæ ter fran øster vdh, te[r] som Helyas fordom opvoktæ en enkkæ hennes søn af dødæ

","englishForm": "

Sarepta

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sarepta Sydonis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sarepta Sidonis","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.4575","longitude": "35.295833","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Sarepta¶ms=33_27_27_N_35_17_45_E_type:landmark","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sarepta","location": "

Sarepta

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8473,"count": "943","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

vden foræ ten sammæ stad ter ligger [] end steen, som Ihesus Christus sadh ponnæ oc predikkædæ foræ sine discypulæ oc foræ folketh

","englishForm": "

En sten som Jesus Christus sat upa ok prædikethe

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "end steen, som Ihesus Christus sadh ponnæ oc predikkædæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "En sten som Jesus Christus sat upa ok prædikethe","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse this stone (where upon the Church of Saint Saviour was founded) is located near to Tyre, hence the coordinates of this city is used for visualization here.

Cf. also Pringle 2009: 220.

","locationDescription": "

A stone that Jesus Christ sat upon and preached

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.27333","longitude": "35.19389","showAsLocatedIn": "683","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

En sten som Jesus Christus sat upa ok prædikethe

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8471,"count": "945","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en kyrkæ, som ter kalledes jn nomine saluatoris

","englishForm": "

Chapel of Saint Saviour

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Saluator","lemmaFormAttestation": "Salvator","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse this church is located in the vicinty of Tyre. The church is said to be build on a stone where Jesus preached to his disciples.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.27333","longitude": "35.19389","showAsLocatedIn": "683","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Chapel of Saint Saviour

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Cf. Pringle 2009: 220.

"}, {"id": 8469,"count": "947","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eth land, som heder Surya

","englishForm": "

Syria

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Surya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Suria","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "38","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/163843/syrian-arab-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syria","location": "

Syria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8467,"count": "949","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ta kalles ten hafn ikkæ nw Tyrus, men hun kalles Swr

","englishForm": "

Tyre

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Swr","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sur","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sour

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.27333","longitude": "35.19389","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/267008/tyre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tyre,_Lebanon","location": "

Tyre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8465,"count": "951","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ta kalles ten hafn ikkæ nw Tyrus, men hun kalles Swr

","englishForm": "

Tyre

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyrus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tyrus","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sour

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.27333","longitude": "35.19389","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/267008/tyre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tyre,_Lebanon","location": "

Tyre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8463,"count": "953","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

melløm Cypren oc ioffe er en hafn, som hedher Tyrus, som fordom vor en mektich oc kostæligh stad

","englishForm": "

Tyre

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyrus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tyrus","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sour

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.27333","longitude": "35.19389","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/267008/tyre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tyre,_Lebanon","location": "

Tyre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This attestation is identified with the city of Tyre eventhough the text refers to it as a harbour, since the text makes it clear that the site was previous a flourishing city, no doubt the same location is intended.

"}, {"id": 8461,"count": "955","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Jak var en hertig j beyareland

","englishForm": "

Bavaria

","editionPage": "231","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Beyareland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Beieraland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "49","longitude": "11.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2951839/bavaria.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bavaria","location": "

Bavaria

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form Beyeraland is normalised after the inhabitant designation beyerar pl. 'Bavarians' as provided in Svenska Akademiens ordbok. Sdw. does not seem to provide any alternative to this spelling.

"}, {"id": 8459,"count": "957","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok nøddis in j pomeren wike

","englishForm": "

Pomerania

","editionPage": "231","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pomeren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pomeren","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3088388/pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pomerania","location": "

Pomerania

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8457,"count": "959","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Eric aff pomerin

","englishForm": "

Pomerania

","editionPage": "230","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pomerin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pomeren","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3088388/pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pomerania","location": "

Pomerania

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8455,"count": "961","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

swa do jak j flensborgh thet sinne

","englishForm": "

Flensburg

","editionPage": "230","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Flensborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Flensborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "54.78431","longitude": "9.43961","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2926271/flensburg.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flensburg","location": "

Flensburg

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8453,"count": "963","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

jak mente ok swa holsten vinna

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "230","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Holsten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holsten","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8451,"count": "965","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thet the mik hente aff mækilborgh

","englishForm": "

Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania

","editionPage": "230","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mækilborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mækelborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Mecklenburg-Vorpommern

","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "53.83333","longitude": "12.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2872567/mecklenburg-western-pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mecklenburg-Vorpommern","location": "

Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8449,"count": "967","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Albrecth mækilborgh

","englishForm": "

Mækelborgh

","editionPage": "230","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mækilborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mækelborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

of Mecklenburg

","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "53.83333","longitude": "12.5","showAsLocatedIn": "439","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Mækelborgh

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8447,"count": "969","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok drunknade wid liungholm j bømilfiord

","englishForm": "

Lyngholmen

","editionPage": "229","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Liungholm","lemmaFormAttestation": "Liungholm","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "60.01762","longitude": "5.28571","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/9052120/lyngholmen.html","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Lyngholmen

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8445,"count": "971","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok drunknade wid liungholm j bømilfiord

","englishForm": "

Bømlafjorden

","editionPage": "229","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bømilfiord","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bomilfiærdher","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "fjord","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Bømla Fjord

","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "59.66278","longitude": "5.35861","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3160808/bomlafjorden.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/B%C3%B8mlafjorden","location": "

Bømlafjorden

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8443,"count": "973","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

osin kom jac til norge aff swenska jord

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "229","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8441,"count": "975","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

norge skane ok got land | komo medh swerige j mina hand

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "229","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8439,"count": "977","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Jak var j norge iij aar

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "227","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8437,"count": "979","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

estland liiffland kurland ok finland | wan jak alt medh sigers hand

","englishForm": "

Finland

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Finland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Finland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "64","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/660013/republic-of-finland.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finland","location": "

Finland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8435,"count": "981","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

estland liiffland kurland ok finland | wan jak alt medh sigers hand

","englishForm": "

Kurzerne

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kurland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kurland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Courland

","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "57","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/460496/kurzeme.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Courland","location": "

Kurzerne

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8433,"count": "983","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

estland liiffland kurland ok finland | wan jak alt medh sigers hand

","englishForm": "

Livonia

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Liiffland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Livland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "58","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/457850/livonija.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Livonia","location": "

Livonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8431,"count": "985","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

estland liiffland kurland ok finland | wan jak alt medh sigers hand

","englishForm": "

Estonia

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Estland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Estland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "59","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/453733/republic-of-estonia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonia","location": "

Estonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8429,"count": "987","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

jak drap konung harald hildetan | ok konung ebbe aff friisen

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Friisen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisen","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of fris 'Frisian' but is here used as a metonym for the country. 

"}, {"id": 8427,"count": "989","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

at en jomfru en son i betleem fik

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Betleem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bethleem","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8425,"count": "991","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Jak betwang ok alemania land

","englishForm": "

Alamannia

","editionPage": "219","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Alemanialand","lemmaFormAttestation": "Alemanialand","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Alamannia is visualised as located in Western Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "

Alemannia

","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "50.21909","longitude": "7.42676","showAsLocatedIn": "801","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alamannia","location": "

Alamannia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8423,"count": "993","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

jak radde ok norge i then stund

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8421,"count": "995","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ysraels konung dauid propheta

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ysrael","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8419,"count": "997","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

myth melløm Cypren oc ioffe er en hafn, som hedher Tyrus

","englishForm": "

Jaffa

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ioffe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Joffe","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.05043","longitude": "34.75224","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/293253/jaffa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jaffa","location": "

Jaffa

","preposition": "

mællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Emended by the editor to "Jaffe".

"}, {"id": 8417,"count": "999","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

myth melløm Cypren oc ioffe er en hafn, som hedher Tyrus

","englishForm": "

Cyprus

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cypren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cypren","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35.00304","longitude": "32.98791","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/146670/cyprus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyprus","location": "

Cyprus

","preposition": "

mællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8415,"count": "1001","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[Jaffa] lygger half annen dags ferdh fran Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8413,"count": "1003","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en hafn, som heder Joppe, som nw kalles joffe

","englishForm": "

Jaffa

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Joffe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Joffe","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.05043","longitude": "34.75224","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/293253/jaffa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jaffa","location": "

Jaffa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Emended by the editor to "Jaffe"

"}, {"id": 8411,"count": "1005","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en hafn, som heder Joppe, som nw kalles joffe

","englishForm": "

Jaffa

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Joppe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Joppe","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.05043","longitude": "34.75224","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/293253/jaffa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jaffa","location": "

Jaffa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8409,"count": "1007","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ho som seyler af Cypren

","englishForm": "

Cyprus

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cypren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cypren","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35.00304","longitude": "32.98791","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/146670/cyprus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyprus","location": "

Cyprus

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8407,"count": "1009","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ther ær oc een abbacia || aff sancti Benedicti orden, som kalles mons crucis

","englishForm": "

Mons Crucis

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mons Crucis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mons Crucis","sourcePage": "7-8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "monastery","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse this Benedictine monastery in Famagusta is mentioned. It has not been possible to locate exactly. The alternate form, Hill of the Holy Cross of the good thief Dysmas, is taken from Bale 2012: 17.

","locationDescription": "

Hill of the Holy Cross of the good thief Dysmas

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35.12054","longitude": "33.93894","showAsLocatedIn": "1379","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Mons Crucis

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8405,"count": "1011","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ter er en hafn, som kalles Famogesta

","englishForm": "

Famagusta

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Famogesta","lemmaFormAttestation": "Famogesta","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "harbour","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

Since the city of Famagusta is referred to as a harbour in the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse, it is registered as a harbour here.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35.12054","longitude": "33.93894","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/146617/famagusta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Famagusta","location": "

Famagusta

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8403,"count": "1013","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Cipren er eth stort land oc skønt

","englishForm": "

Cyprus

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cipren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cypren","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35.00304","longitude": "32.98791","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/146670/cyprus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyprus","location": "

Cyprus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8401,"count": "1015","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ter j melløm synes Sodoma

","englishForm": "

Sodom

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sodoma","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sodoma","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodom_and_Gomorrah","location": "

Sodom

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse Sodom is wrongly placed near Cyprus, due to a misunderstanding of the Latin text, that reads Sachalie (or Sathalie) in itself a corruption of Greek Attaleia (now Antalya). Cf. Bale 2012: 130

"}, {"id": 8399,"count": "1017","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tæden seyler mand och intel Cypren

","englishForm": "

Cyprus

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cypren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cypren","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35.00304","longitude": "32.98791","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/146670/cyprus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyprus","location": "

Cyprus

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8397,"count": "1019","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

oc wan britaniam medh min hand

","englishForm": "

United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Britania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Britania","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "54.75844","longitude": "-2.69531","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2635167/united-kingdom-of-great-britain-and-northern-ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_Kingdom","location": "

United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8395,"count": "1021","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

swa far jak ather j rytzen igen

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzen","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of ryz 'Russian' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 8393,"count": "1023","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hernit rytza konungh giorde mik thet men

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza konung","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza konunger","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8391,"count": "1025","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hernit rytza konung twang jak oc tha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza konung","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza konunger","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8389,"count": "1027","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

oc drap egiptum konung hin starka vesosum

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The attestation is ambiguous and can be interpreted in at least two possible ways. Egiptum in the phrase (drap) egiptum konung 'killed the king of Egypt' can be interpreted as a place name Egyptus in a declined form or as a first element of the asumed compound egyptakonunger 'king of Egypt' (formally 'Egyptians' king'). However, the attested form egiptum is unsatisfactory for both interpretations. 

"}, {"id": 8387,"count": "1029","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok wan ther til medh manlig hand | greciam macedoniam pontum asyam oc yliricum

","englishForm": "

Roman Illyricum

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Yliricum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Illyricum","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the Roman province.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "43.53985","longitude": "16.48413","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8410800/illyricum.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Illyricum_%28Roman_province%29","location": "

Roman Illyricum

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8385,"count": "1031","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok wan ther til medh manlig hand | greciam macedoniam pontum asyam oc yliricum

","englishForm": "

Roman Asia

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Asya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the Roman province.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "37.93682","longitude": "27.34353","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378482/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia_%28Roman_province%29","location": "

Roman Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8383,"count": "1033","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok wan ther til medh manlig hand | greciam macedoniam pontum asyam oc yliricum

","englishForm": "

Roman Bithynia and Pontus

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pontus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pontus","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the Roman province.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "40.76585","longitude": "29.92865","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378484/bithynia-et-pontus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bithynia_and_Pontus","location": "

Roman Bithynia and Pontus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8381,"count": "1035","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok wan ther til medh manlig hand | greciam macedoniam pontum asyam oc yliricum

","englishForm": "

Macedonia

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Macedonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Macedonia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "40.91351","longitude": "22.84058","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6697801/central-macedonia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macedonia_(ancient_kingdom)","location": "

Macedonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8379,"count": "1037","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok wan ther til medh manlig hand | greciam macedoniam pontum asyam oc yliricum

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Grecia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grecia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8377,"count": "1039","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

at jac ville honum ey aff greken driffua

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Greken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Greken","sourcePage": "490","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of greker 'Greek' but is here used as a metonym for the country. In Old Danish the form is more common, see for instance Kalkars ordbog.

"}, {"id": 8375,"count": "1041","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

alla herra ok rike nordan grecara land

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208081","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Grecaraland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grekaraland","sourcePage": "490","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","work": "Lilla rimkrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Lilla rimkrönikan)

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lives of Swedish kings are told in their own voices, as a 451-lined rhymed monologue. Beginning in the mythological past, the Swedish kings until King Christoffer tell the story of their lives and deaths. In the late Middle Ages, the chronicle was expanded several times after the initial ending with King Christoffer's death in 1448.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1865-1868","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

nordhan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8373,"count": "1043","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Rodin (...) ten øø hun hed fordom Colsos, som ten epystola lider, som sanctus Paulus screff tel tøm och kallædæ tøm Colcenses

","englishForm": "

Colossian

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "colcenses","lemmaFormAttestation": "kolossenser","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Epistle_to_the_Colossians

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "35","showAsLocatedIn": "805","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colossae","location": "

Colossian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8371,"count": "1045","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Rodin (...) ten øø hun hed fordom Colsos, som ten epystola lider, som sanctus Paulus screff tel tøm och kallædæ tøm Colcenses

","englishForm": "

Rhodes

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Colsos","lemmaFormAttestation": "Colsos","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "36.44288","longitude": "28.22654","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/400665/rhodes.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhodes","location": "

Rhodes

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to Bale 2012: 16 this corrupted form is based on the Colossus of Rhodes. Paul's Epistle to the Colossians referred to in the text was sent to the congregation in Collossae in Asia Minor.

"}, {"id": 8369,"count": "1047","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en stor øø, som kallis Rodin

","englishForm": "

Rhodes

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rodin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rodin","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "36.44288","longitude": "28.22654","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/400665/rhodes.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhodes","location": "

Rhodes

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8367,"count": "1049","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en øø, som heter Creta

","englishForm": "

Crete

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Creta","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kreta","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35.34194","longitude": "25.14238","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/258763/crete.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Crete","location": "

Crete

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8365,"count": "1051","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fræm at Mirream, ther som han [Saint Nicolas] vor bescop

","englishForm": "

Myra

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mirrea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mirrea","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "36.259","longitude": "29.98474","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6697874/myra.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Myra","location": "

Myra

","preposition": "

at

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8363,"count": "1053","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

end stad, som heder Patera, ter som sanctus Nicholaus vor fødder

","englishForm": "

Patara

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Patera","lemmaFormAttestation": "Patara","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "36.26189","longitude": "29.31461","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11395970/patara.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Patara_(Lycia)","location": "

Patara

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8361,"count": "1055","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ter nest seyler man fran Ephesum oc jntel Pannoniam

","englishForm": "

Panionion

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pannonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pannonia","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse a place called Pannoniam is mentioned, it is not clear whether a region or city is intended. The Classical Panionion used for identification here, was a sacred place. The exact localization of Panionium is disputed.

The context makes it clear that this is not the Central European Pannonia, though the form might be influenced by the latter.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "37.7039","longitude": "27.32995","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/9889292/panionion.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Panionium","location": "

Panionion

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8359,"count": "1057","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ter nest seyler man fran Ephesum oc jntel Pannoniam

","englishForm": "

Ephesus

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ephesus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ephesus","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "37.93972","longitude": "27.34083","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7522155/ephesus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ephesus","location": "

Ephesus

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Latin accusative case.

"}, {"id": 8357,"count": "1059","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Asia thet myndræ (...) the kallæ nw tet land Turchiam tet myndræ

","englishForm": "

Turkey

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Turchiam Tet Myndræ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Turchiam Thæt Mindre","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298795/republic-of-turkey.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkey","location": "

Turkey

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8355,"count": "1061","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tee snødæ hedninggæ, som hedæ Turchi, oc the kallæ nw tet land Turchiam tet myndræ

","englishForm": "

Turk

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "turchi","lemmaFormAttestation": "tyrk","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "35","showAsLocatedIn": "805","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkish_people","location": "

Turk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8353,"count": "1063","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tettæ forscrefnæ landh, som kalles Asia thet myndræ, thet hafuæ nw tee snødæ hedninggæ

","englishForm": "

Asia Minor

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia Thet Myndræ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia Thæt Mindre","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Anatolia

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/323835/anatolia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anatolia","location": "

Asia Minor

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8351,"count": "1065","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok sa tel ephesim

","englishForm": "

Ephesus

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ephesim","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ephesus","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "37.93972","longitude": "27.34083","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7522155/ephesus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ephesus","location": "

Ephesus

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is emended to "Ephesum" by the editor.

"}, {"id": 8349,"count": "1067","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ter nest [foræ] sancti Iohannis ewangeliste øø

","englishForm": "

Patmos

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Iohannis Ewangeliste Øø","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancte Johannes Evangeliste Ø","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Nisí Pátmos

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "37.33199","longitude": "26.54803","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/255687/nisi-patmos.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Patmos","location": "

Patmos

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The author of the Book of Revelation, John of Patmos, is often identified with the author of the Gospel of John.

"}, {"id": 8347,"count": "1069","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en øø, som heder Silo

","englishForm": "

Chios

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Silo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Silo","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "38.41102","longitude": "26.06161","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/259972/nisi-chios.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chios","location": "

Chios

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Silo is probably a misinterpretation of Scio, the Genoese name of the island. Chios was ruled by the the Republic of Genoa from 1304 to 1566.

"}, {"id": 8345,"count": "1071","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

end stad, som heder Banea, ter som sancti Nicolai been liggæ

","englishForm": "

Bari

","editionPage": "11-12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Banea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Banea","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.12066","longitude": "16.86982","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3182351/bari.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bari","location": "

Bari

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is emended to Barrea by the editor of Mandevilles Rejse.

"}, {"id": 8343,"count": "1073","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tel skips fran Constantinopoli

","englishForm": "

Istanbul

","editionPage": "11","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Constantinopolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konstantinopolis","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Constantinople","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.01384","longitude": "28.94966","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745044/istanbul.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Istanbul","location": "

Istanbul

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is in the Latin ablative case.

"}, {"id": 8341,"count": "1075","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

peregrimme mwææ meget saktæræ kommæ tel [] Iherusalem tel vatn en til land

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "11","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8339,"count": "1077","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ter nest kommer han tel en stad, som heder Anchon, som fordom hedh Ptolomaida

","englishForm": "

Acre

","editionPage": "11","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ptolomais","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ptolomais","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.92814","longitude": "35.07647","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/295721/acre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acre,_Israel","location": "

Acre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Acre was previously called Ptolomais. The form Ptolomaida is inflected.

"}, {"id": 8337,"count": "1079","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ter nest kommer han tel en stad, som heder Anchon, som fordom hedh Ptolomaida

","englishForm": "

Acre

","editionPage": "11","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Anchon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Anchon","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.92814","longitude": "35.07647","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/295721/acre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acre,_Israel","location": "

Acre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Acre was formerly called Ptolemais.

"}, {"id": 8333,"count": "1081","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ter nest kommer han tell tessæ efter screfnæ stadher: Laonsam, Gibellam, Turchusam oc Berugh, ther som sies, at sanctæ Jwriæn slo dragen j hiel

","englishForm": "

Berugh

","editionPage": "11","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Berugh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berugh","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

According to the context in the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse this place is probably located in Syria. It is said to be the place where Saint George killed the dragon

","locationDescription": "

Beruch

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "38","showAsLocatedIn": "829","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Berugh

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8331,"count": "1083","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ter nest kommer han tell tessæ efter screfnæ stadher: Laonsam, Gibellam, Turchusam oc Berugh

","englishForm": "

Turchusam

","editionPage": "11","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Turchusam","lemmaFormAttestation": "Turchusam","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

According to the context in the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse this place is probably located in Syria.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "38","showAsLocatedIn": "829","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Turchusam

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to the context in the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse this place is probably located in Syria.

"}, {"id": 8329,"count": "1085","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ter nest kommer han tell tessæ efter screfnæ stadher: Laonsam, Gibellam, Turchusam oc Berugh

","englishForm": "

Gibellam

","editionPage": "11","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gibellam","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gibellam","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

According to the context in the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse this place is probably located in Syria.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "38","showAsLocatedIn": "829","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Gibellam

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8327,"count": "1087","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ter nest kommer han tell tessæ efter screfnæ stadher: Laonsam, Gibellam, Turchusam oc Berugh

 

","englishForm": "

Laonsam

","editionPage": "11","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Laonsam","lemmaFormAttestation": "Laonsam","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

According to the context in the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse this place is probably located in Syria.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "38","showAsLocatedIn": "829","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Laonsam

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8325,"count": "1089","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tet sammæ Antiochia er stor ok mektik

","englishForm": "

Antakya

","editionPage": "11","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Anthiochia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Antiochia","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Antioch on the Orontes

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "36.20655","longitude": "36.15722","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2283111","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antioch","location": "

Antakya

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8323,"count": "1091","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han wart ok konunger i Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "259","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8321,"count": "1093","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han wart ok konunger i Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "259","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8319,"count": "1095","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han wart ok konunger i Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "259","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8317,"count": "1097","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han wart ok konunger i Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "259","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8315,"count": "1099","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han wart konunger i Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "259","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8313,"count": "1101","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

han wart konunger i Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "259","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8311,"count": "1103","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

han wart konunger i Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "259","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8309,"count": "1105","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Dæni ok tyzske i bland

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8307,"count": "1107","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Dæni ok tyzske medh i bland

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8305,"count": "1109","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Dæni ok tyzske i bland

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8303,"count": "1111","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Dæni ok tyzske i bland

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8301,"count": "1113","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Dæni ok tyzske i bland

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8299,"count": "1115","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Dæni ok tyzske i bland

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8297,"count": "1117","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Dæni ok tyzske i bland

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8295,"count": "1119","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

mange tydeske waro ther medh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tydeske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8293,"count": "1121","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

mange tydeske waro ther medh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tydeske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8291,"count": "1123","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

mange tydeske waro ther medh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tydeske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8289,"count": "1125","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

mange tydeske waro ther medh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tydeske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8287,"count": "1127","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

mange tydeske waro ther medh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tydeske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8285,"count": "1129","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

mange tydeske waro ther medh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tydeske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8283,"count": "1131","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

alle vempte ok holsten skogher

","englishForm": "

Holstenskogher

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Holstenskogher","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holstenskogher","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "forest","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Holstein Forrest

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","showAsLocatedIn": "283","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Holstenskogher

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The scribe of the manuscript D 5 has interpreted the expression hosin skoder 'with leg plates' as holsten skogher which can probably be understood as the place name Holstenskogher meaning 'Holstein forest'. It should be noted that the place name is tautological since the generic Holsten- means 'forest'.

"}, {"id": 8281,"count": "1133","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

war han tydisk ælla fin

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tydisk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8279,"count": "1135","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

war han tydisk ælla win

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tydisk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8277,"count": "1137","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

war han tydisk ælla fyn

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tydisk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8275,"count": "1139","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

war han tydisk ælla win

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tydisk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8273,"count": "1141","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

war han tydisk ok war han find

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tydisk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8271,"count": "1143","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

war han tydisk ælla war han findh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tydisk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8269,"count": "1145","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

war han tydisk ælla wind

","englishForm": "

Wend

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "wind","lemmaFormAttestation": "vend","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity the inhabitant designation Wend is here visualised as the region Pomerania, as we have not been able to find a more adequate visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","showAsLocatedIn": "471","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wends","location": "

Wend

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8267,"count": "1147","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

war han tydisk ælla wind

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tydisk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8265,"count": "1149","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en tyzsk han heyt walram skytta

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The edition provides an alternative reading of the German person's first name, wakam.

"}, {"id": 8263,"count": "1151","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en tyzsk han het vakam skytte

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The reading vakam is marked with a question mark in the edition.

"}, {"id": 8261,"count": "1153","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en tyzsk het vakenskitte

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8259,"count": "1155","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ein tyzsk han het wakan skytte

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8257,"count": "1157","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en tyzsk het walram skytta

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8255,"count": "1159","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

en tyzsk het walram skytta

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8253,"count": "1161","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

en tyzsk heyt walram skytta

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8251,"count": "1163","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the grewa sønir aff tytzskaland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzskaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tyskaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8249,"count": "1165","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the grewa sønir aff tytzskaland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzskaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tyskaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8247,"count": "1167","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the grewa sønir aff tytzskaland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzskaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tyskaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8245,"count": "1169","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Twe grewa sønir aff tytzskaland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzskaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tyskaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8243,"count": "1171","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Twe grewa sønir aff tytzskaland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzskaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tyskaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8241,"count": "1173","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Twe grewa sønir aff tytzskaland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzskaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tyskaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8239,"count": "1175","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

æn man saa tha aff oxlo fara

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "204","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oxlo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oxlo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Oxlo forms a separate lemma because it likely originates in the form Opslo, a frequent spelling of the name Oslo during the Middle Ages. The ⟨x⟩ in Oxlo is assumed to go back to ⟨p⟩ in Opslo, cf. the spelling Oxslo and the like in medieval charters.

"}, {"id": 8237,"count": "1177","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

æn man saa tha til oslo fara

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "204","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8235,"count": "1179","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

æn man saa tha til oslo fara

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "204","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8233,"count": "1181","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

æn man saa til oslo fara

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "204","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8231,"count": "1183","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

æn man saa tha til oslo fara

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "204","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8229,"count": "1185","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

æn man saa tha til oslo fara

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "204","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8227,"count": "1187","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

æn man saa tha til oslo fara

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "204","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8225,"count": "1189","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

konung aff Norighe han took tha

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "203","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8223,"count": "1191","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

konung aff Norighe han took tha

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "203","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8221,"count": "1193","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konunghen aff Norighe han took tha

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "203","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8219,"count": "1195","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konung aff Norighe han took tha

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "203","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8217,"count": "1197","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konung aff Norighe han took tha

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "203","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8215,"count": "1199","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

konung aff Norighe han took tha

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "203","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8213,"count": "1201","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Onungin aff Norighe han took tha

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "203","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8211,"count": "1203","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Om mikelsmesso koma the thær | hwo som wet hwar oxlo ær

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "201","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oxlo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oxlo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Oxlo forms a separate lemma because it likely originates in the form Opslo, a frequent spelling of the name Oslo during the Middle Ages. The ⟨x⟩ in Oxlo is assumed to go back to ⟨p⟩ in Opslo, cf. the spelling Oxslo and the like in medieval charters.

"}, {"id": 8209,"count": "1205","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Om mikelsmesso kommo the thær | hwo som wet hwar oslo ær

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "201","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8207,"count": "1207","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Om mikelsmesso kommo the thær | hwo som wet hwar oslo ær

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "201","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8205,"count": "1209","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Om mikelsmesso koma the thær | hwo som wet hwar oslo ær

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "201","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8203,"count": "1211","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Om mikelsmesso koma thær | hwo som wet hwar oslo ær

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "201","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8201,"count": "1213","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Om mikelsmesso kommo the thær | hwo som wet hwar oslo ær

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "201","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8199,"count": "1215","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Om mikelsmesso koma the thær | hwo som weyt hwar oslo ær

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "201","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8197,"count": "1217","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

konungen aff norige redde tha til

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "200","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8195,"count": "1219","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

konungen aff norige redde tha til

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "200","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8193,"count": "1221","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konungen aff norige redde tha til

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "200","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8191,"count": "1223","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konungen aff norige redde tha til

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "200","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8189,"count": "1225","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konungen aff norige redde wel til

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "200","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8187,"count": "1227","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

konungen aff norige redde tha til

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "200","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8185,"count": "1229","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Onungin aff norige redde tha til

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "200","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8183,"count": "1231","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han sætter wtlenzska manna radhom

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "wtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8181,"count": "1233","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han sætter wtlenzska manna radhom

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "wtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8179,"count": "1235","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han sætter wtlenzska manna radhom

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "wtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8177,"count": "1237","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han sætter thyska manna radhom

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thyska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The reading thyska in D 4a and D 3 corresponds to wtlenzska in the rest of the medieval witnesses of the Chronicle of Duke Erik (in this case D 2, Medeltidshandskrift 32, H 131, and D5, since C 62 does not include the passage).

"}, {"id": 8175,"count": "1239","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

han sætter thyska manna radhom

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thyska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The reading thyska in D 4a and D 3 corresponds to wtlenzska in the rest of the medieval witnesses of the Chronicle of Duke Erik (in this case D 2, Medeltidshandskrift 32, H 131, and D5, since C 62 does not include the passage).

"}, {"id": 8173,"count": "1241","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

han sætter wtlenzska manna radhom

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "wtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8171,"count": "1243","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han brenner wikena alla i røther | swa at Norge far seent böter

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8169,"count": "1245","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han brenner wikena alla i røther | swa at Norge far seent böter

","englishForm": "

Viken

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wiken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viken","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Viken is a historical region that does not exist in GeoNames as of the creation of this location. Coordinates for the Oslofjord have been used as Viken was located around this fjord. See also the Norwegian verison of the wikipedia article on Viken for more information. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.34639","longitude": "10.58972","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3143243/oslofjorden.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Viken,_Norway","location": "

Viken

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8167,"count": "1247","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han brenner wikena alla i røther | swa at Norge far seent böter

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8165,"count": "1249","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han brenner wikena alla i røther | swa at Norge far seent böter

","englishForm": "

Viken

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wiken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viken","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Viken is a historical region that does not exist in GeoNames as of the creation of this location. Coordinates for the Oslofjord have been used as Viken was located around this fjord. See also the Norwegian verison of the wikipedia article on Viken for more information. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.34639","longitude": "10.58972","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3143243/oslofjorden.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Viken,_Norway","location": "

Viken

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8163,"count": "1251","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han brenner wikena alla i røther | swa at Norge far seent böter

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8161,"count": "1253","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han brenner wikena alla i røther | swa at Norge far seent böter

","englishForm": "

Viken

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wiken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viken","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Viken is a historical region that does not exist in GeoNames as of the creation of this location. Coordinates for the Oslofjord have been used as Viken was located around this fjord. See also the Norwegian verison of the wikipedia article on Viken for more information. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.34639","longitude": "10.58972","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3143243/oslofjorden.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Viken,_Norway","location": "

Viken

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8159,"count": "1255","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han brenner wikena alla i røther | swa at Norge bider tess seent böter

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8157,"count": "1257","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han brenner wikena alla i røther | swa at Norge bider tess seent böter

","englishForm": "

Viken

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wiken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viken","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Viken is a historical region that does not exist in GeoNames as of the creation of this location. Coordinates for the Oslofjord have been used as Viken was located around this fjord. See also the Norwegian verison of the wikipedia article on Viken for more information. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.34639","longitude": "10.58972","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3143243/oslofjorden.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Viken,_Norway","location": "

Viken

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8155,"count": "1259","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

han brenner wikena alla i røther | swa at Norge fanger tess seent böter

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8153,"count": "1261","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

han brenner wikena alla i røther | swa at Norge far tess seent böter

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8151,"count": "1263","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

han brenner wikena alla i røther | swa at Norge far tess seent böter

","englishForm": "

Viken

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wiken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viken","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Viken is a historical region that does not exist in GeoNames as of the creation of this location. Coordinates for the Oslofjord have been used as Viken was located around this fjord. See also the Norwegian verison of the wikipedia article on Viken for more information. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.34639","longitude": "10.58972","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3143243/oslofjorden.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Viken,_Norway","location": "

Viken

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8149,"count": "1265","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

han brenner wikena alla i røther | swa at Norge fanger tess seent böter

","englishForm": "

Viken

","editionPage": "195","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wiken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viken","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Viken is a historical region that does not exist in GeoNames as of the creation of this location. Coordinates for the Oslofjord have been used as Viken was located around this fjord. See also the Norwegian verison of the wikipedia article on Viken for more information. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.34639","longitude": "10.58972","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3143243/oslofjorden.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Viken,_Norway","location": "

Viken

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8147,"count": "1267","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

En riddare aff tydisland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "194","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tydisland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Þyþiskland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8145,"count": "1269","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

En riddare aff tydisland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "194","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tydisland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Þyþiskland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8143,"count": "1271","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

En riddare aff tydisland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "194","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tydisland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Þyþiskland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8141,"count": "1273","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ein riddare aff tydisland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "194","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tydisland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Þyþiskland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8139,"count": "1275","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

En riddare aff tydisland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "194","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tydisland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Þyþiskland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8137,"count": "1277","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

En riddare aff tydisland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "194","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tydisland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Þyþiskland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8135,"count": "1279","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

En riddare aff tydisland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "194","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tydisland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Þyþiskland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8133,"count": "1281","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the nordmen giffwa swa illa sik

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8131,"count": "1283","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the nordmen giffwa swa illa sik

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8129,"count": "1285","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the nordmen gaffwo swa illa sik

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8127,"count": "1287","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the nordmen gaffwo swa illa sik

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8125,"count": "1289","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the nordmen gaffwo swa illa sik

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8123,"count": "1291","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

the nordmen gaffwo swa illa sik

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8121,"count": "1293","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

nordmæn tapadho ther sigher

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8119,"count": "1295","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

nordmæn tapadho ther sigher

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8117,"count": "1297","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nordmæn tapadho ther sigher

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8115,"count": "1299","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nordmæn tapadho ther sigher

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8113,"count": "1301","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nordmæn tapadho sigher ther

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8111,"count": "1303","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

nordmæn tapadho ther sigher

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8109,"count": "1305","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Normennene tapadho ther sigher

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "normennene","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8107,"count": "1307","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Nordmen giordo ena reso tha

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8105,"count": "1309","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Nordmen giordo ena reso tha

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8103,"count": "1311","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nordmen giordo ena reso tha

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8101,"count": "1313","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nordmen giordo ena reso tha

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8099,"count": "1315","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the Nordmen giordo ena reso tha

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8097,"count": "1317","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the Nordmen giordo ena reso tha

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8095,"count": "1319","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

the Nordmen giordo ena reso tha

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8093,"count": "1321","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The nordmen reddo sik æ mædhan

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8091,"count": "1323","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The nordmen reddo sik æ mædhan

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8089,"count": "1325","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nordmen reddo sik mædhan

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8087,"count": "1327","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The nordmen reddo sik æ mædhan

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8085,"count": "1329","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The nordmen reddo sik och mædhan

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8083,"count": "1331","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

The nordmen reddo sik och mædhan

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8081,"count": "1333","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

The nordmen reddo sik æ mædhan

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8079,"count": "1335","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

thet han innan Norighe atte

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8077,"count": "1337","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

thet han innan Norighe atte

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8075,"count": "1339","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet han innan Norighe atte

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8073,"count": "1341","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet han innan Norighe atte

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8071,"count": "1343","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The han innan Norighe atte

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8069,"count": "1345","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

The han innan Norighe atte

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8067,"count": "1347","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

The han innan Norighe atte

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "192","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8065,"count": "1349","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ffoghotin war ok en Nordman

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordman","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8063,"count": "1351","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ffoghotin war ok en Nordman

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordman","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8061,"count": "1353","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han war en Nordman

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordman","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8059,"count": "1355","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ffoghotin war ok ein Nordman

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordman","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8057,"count": "1357","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ffoghotin war en Nordman

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordman","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8055,"count": "1359","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ffoghotin war en Nordman

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordman","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8053,"count": "1361","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

ffoghotin war ok en Nordman

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordman","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8051,"count": "1363","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

badhe riddara ok riddare nota | wplenzska ok tyzska i bland

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8049,"count": "1365","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

badhe riddara ok riddare nota | wplenzska ok tyzska medh i bland

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8047,"count": "1367","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

badhe riddara ok riddare nota | oc wplenzska ok tyzska i bland

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8045,"count": "1369","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

badhe riddara ok riddare nota | oc wplenzska ok tyzska medh i bland

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8043,"count": "1371","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

badhe riddara ok riddare nota | wplenzska ok tyzska i bland

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8041,"count": "1373","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

badhe riddara ok riddare nota | wplenzska ok tyzska i bland

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8039,"count": "1375","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

badhe riddara ok riddare nota | wplenzska ok tyzska i bland

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "191","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8037,"count": "1377","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j vestra siøn

","englishForm": "

Væsterhavet

","editionPage": "343","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Vestrasiøn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Væstrasiøn","sourcePage": "238r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "strait","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

Væsterhavet, or the Western Sea, is the Swedish collective name for mainly Skagerrak and Kattegatt, but sometimes also incorporates Öresund and the North Sea, in the last case especially the area closest to Denmark (see link). Not to be confused with Vesterhavet, the Danish name for the North sea. 

","locationDescription": "

Skagerak and Kattegatt

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "57.75","longitude": "9","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2960845/skagerrak.html","wikipediaLink": "https://sv.wikipedia.org/wiki/V%C3%A4sterhavet","location": "

Væsterhavet

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8035,"count": "1379","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

til sarborgh

","englishForm": "

Sarpsborg

","editionPage": "341","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sarborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sarpsborgh","sourcePage": "237r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59.28391","longitude": "11.10962","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3140084/sarpsborg.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sarpsborg","location": "

Sarpsborg

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8033,"count": "1381","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

at norges rike var skipt j try

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "324","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8031,"count": "1383","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

han var kommen j then stad | norges krønika siger aff

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "324","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8029,"count": "1385","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j Norges riike

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "324","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8027,"count": "1387","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

kom sa in till norges strand | som heter siæla

","englishForm": "

Sele 

","editionPage": "324","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Siæla","lemmaFormAttestation": "Siæla","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "beach","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The identification of the location is uncertain as there are several other Sele that could be possible.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "60.53139","longitude": "4.89417","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3241073/sele.html","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Sele 

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

There are several places called Sele in Norway that are possible as the context is very vague.

"}, {"id": 8025,"count": "1389","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

kom sa in till norges strand | som heter siæla

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "324","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

in til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8023,"count": "1391","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

medh ængeland

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "324","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ængeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Engeland","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8021,"count": "1393","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till karlsaa

","englishForm": "

Karlsa

","editionPage": "323","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karlsaa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karlsa","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "gulf","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Bay of Cádiz

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "36.5475","longitude": "-6.26917","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/2565261/bahia-de-cadiz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bay_of_C%C3%A1diz","location": "

Karlsa

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8019,"count": "1395","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j Gwnwaldz borg 

","englishForm": "

Gunvaldsborg

","editionPage": "323","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gwnwaldzborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gunvaldsborgh","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

This place is unidentified.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","showAsLocatedIn": "799","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Gunvaldsborg

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8017,"count": "1397","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Grisoppollo oc sæwpalla | medh strid oc storm han van alla

","englishForm": "

Sæupalla

","editionPage": "323","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sæwpalla","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sæupalla","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Hollander's translation of Heimskringla (1964) identified as the Guadalquivir River in Spain (p. 257, note 2).

","locationDescription": "

Seljupollar

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","showAsLocatedIn": "799","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Sæupalla

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Silleiro, Galicia or north of A Guardia, Galicia have both been suggested as possible identifications (Misiego 1968: 271)

"}, {"id": 8015,"count": "1399","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Grisoppollo oc sæwpalla | medh strid oc storm han van alla

","englishForm": "

Grisoppollo

","editionPage": "323","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Grisoppollo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grisoppollo","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Grislupollar

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","showAsLocatedIn": "799","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Grisoppollo

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Castropol in Galicia, Spain has been suggested as an identification (Misiego 1968: 271).

"}, {"id": 8013,"count": "1401","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

van och kantilberg igen

","englishForm": "

Canterbury

","editionPage": "322","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kantilberg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kantilbiærgh","sourcePage": "231v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "51.27904","longitude": "1.07992","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/2653877/canterbury.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canterbury","location": "

Canterbury

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8011,"count": "1403","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

in j gulbrandz dall

","englishForm": "

Gudbrandsdalen

","editionPage": "356","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gulbrandsdal","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gulbrandsdal","sourcePage": "241v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "9.23333","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3154573/gudbrandsdalen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gudbrandsdalen","location": "

Gudbrandsdalen

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

There seems to have been a reinterpretation from god 'good' to gul 'yellow'.

"}, {"id": 8009,"count": "1405","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

helge olaffz frender vaare | bade aff szassen och brwnsvik

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "376","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "247v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8007,"count": "1407","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

helge olaffz frender vaare | bade aff szassen och brwnsvik

","englishForm": "

Saxony

","editionPage": "376","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Szassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sassen","sourcePage": "247v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sachsen

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "51","longitude": "13.25","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/2842566/saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony","location": "

Saxony

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8005,"count": "1409","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

hertigh aff szassen

","englishForm": "

Saxony

","editionPage": "376","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Szassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sassen","sourcePage": "247v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sachsen

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "51","longitude": "13.25","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/2842566/saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony","location": "

Saxony

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 8003,"count": "1411","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

tha hørdis klocker j midil ros

","englishForm": "

Nidaros Cathedral

","editionPage": "376","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Midilros","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nidharos","sourcePage": "247v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Nidarosdomen

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","showAsLocatedIn": "505","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Nidaros Cathedral

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In edition corrected to Nidaros from midil ros or nadil ros (Klemming 1881-1882:380).

"}, {"id": 8001,"count": "1413","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

kalffuer j ægiom

","englishForm": "

Egge

","editionPage": "374","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ægia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Æggia","sourcePage": "247r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "64.02325","longitude": "11.47465","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3158789/egge.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Egge%2C_Nord-Tr%C3%B8ndelag","location": "

Egge

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7999,"count": "1415","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Till stikelstad

","englishForm": "

Stiklestad

","editionPage": "374","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Stikelstad","lemmaFormAttestation": "Stikilstad","sourcePage": "247r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.79599","longitude": "11.55877","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3136779/stiklestad.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stiklestad","location": "

Stiklestad

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7997,"count": "1417","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Tha Norgis men the honum fingo

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "374","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "247r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7995,"count": "1419","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

oc foro heem | om helsinga land til trondhem

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "374","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Trondhem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "247r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7993,"count": "1421","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

thera bud kom til konung iersleff | som sielff j holgard bleff

","englishForm": "

Velikiy Novgorod

","editionPage": "373","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Holgard","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holmgard","sourcePage": "246v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Holmgardher

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "58.52131","longitude": "31.27104","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/519336/velikiy-novgorod.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Veliky_Novgorod","location": "

Velikiy Novgorod

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The missing m in holgard can be explained by a missing nasal stroke.

"}, {"id": 7991,"count": "1423","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

konung j Norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "373","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "246v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7989,"count": "1425","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

twe landzherra aff norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "373","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "246v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7987,"count": "1427","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

xxiiij aar ræd han thet | oc vij aar norge med

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "373","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "246v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7985,"count": "1429","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

swenom bade gaff oc galt | offwer ængeland oc danmarc | var rike knuter oc æ fulstark

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "373","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ængeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Engeland","sourcePage": "246v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7983,"count": "1431","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

aff Norge vt

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "373","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "246v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7981,"count": "1433","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j Norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "372","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "246v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7979,"count": "1435","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

cristkirkio ther star nw oc ææ

","englishForm": "

Christ Church

","editionPage": "372","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Cristkirkia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kristkirkia","sourcePage": "246v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kristkirken

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "60.39299","longitude": "5.32415","showAsLocatedIn": "1329","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Christ_Church,_Bergen","location": "

Christ Church

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7977,"count": "1437","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Then riddare war aff eestland

","englishForm": "

Estonia

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Eestland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Estland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/453733/republic-of-estonia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonia","location": "

Estonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7975,"count": "1439","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Then riddare war aff eestland

","englishForm": "

Estonia

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Eestland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Estland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/453733/republic-of-estonia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonia","location": "

Estonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7973,"count": "1441","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

een riddare aff østerlandh

","englishForm": "

Østerland

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Østerlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Østerland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse world resource Østerland is visualised as located in Asia since the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "

Eastern lands

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Østerland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The manuscript C 62 reads Østerlandh and possibly even Æsterlandh (Pipping 1963: 224) here and thus differs from the rest of the witnesses of Erikskrönikan (The Chronicle of Duke Erik) that read Eestland (Estonia) instead.

"}, {"id": 7971,"count": "1443","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Then riddare war aff eestland

","englishForm": "

Estonia

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Eestland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Estland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/453733/republic-of-estonia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonia","location": "

Estonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7969,"count": "1445","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Then riddare war aff eestland

","englishForm": "

Estonia

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Eestland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Estland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/453733/republic-of-estonia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonia","location": "

Estonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7967,"count": "1447","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Then riddare war aff eestland

","englishForm": "

Estonia

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Eestland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Estland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/453733/republic-of-estonia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonia","location": "

Estonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7965,"count": "1449","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Then riddare war aff eestland

","englishForm": "

Estonia

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Eestland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Estland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/453733/republic-of-estonia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonia","location": "

Estonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7963,"count": "1451","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the matto heller hawa warit i room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "237","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7961,"count": "1453","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the matto heller hawa warit i room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "237","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7959,"count": "1455","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the matto heller hawa warit i room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "237","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7957,"count": "1457","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet matto heller hawa warit i room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "237","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7955,"count": "1459","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the matto heller hawa warit i room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "237","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7953,"count": "1461","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the matto heller hawa warit i room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "237","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7951,"count": "1463","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

the matto heller hawa warit i room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "237","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7949,"count": "1465","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tha war hans nampn i pariis scriwit

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7947,"count": "1467","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tha war hans nampn i pariis scriwit

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7945,"count": "1469","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tho war hans nampn i pariis scriwit

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7943,"count": "1471","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha war hans nampn i pariis scriwit

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7941,"count": "1473","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thok war hans nampn i priss scriwit

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Priss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The variant form Priss for Paris is probably a result of scribal error.

"}, {"id": 7939,"count": "1475","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thok war hans nampn i pariis scriwit

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7937,"count": "1477","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

tho war hans nampn i pariis scriwit

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7935,"count": "1479","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ter nest kommer han tel Antiochiam tet myndræ, som er ten mektistæ stad af Suria

","englishForm": "

Syria

","editionPage": "11","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Suria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Suria","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "38","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/163843/syrian-arab-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syria","location": "

Syria

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7933,"count": "1481","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ter nest kommer han tel Antiochiam tet myndræ, som er ten mektistæ stad af Suria

","englishForm": "

Antakya

","editionPage": "11","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Antiochia tet myndræ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Antiochia thæt mindre","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Antioch on the Orontes

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "36.20655","longitude": "36.15722","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2283111","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antioch","location": "

Antakya

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The text is probably corrupted; the Latin equivalent Antiochia Parva is traditionally used for Antiochia ad Cragum in the Antalya Province, Turkey, where as Antiocia Syriae is present-day Antakya in the Hatay Province.The textual context indicate that the latter is meant.

"}, {"id": 7931,"count": "1483","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en stad, som heder Nik oc ligger j Turchin, som er meget faster meth storæ torn oc mwr om kringh

","englishForm": "

Turkey

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Turchin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Turken","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298795/republic-of-turkey.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkey","location": "

Turkey

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7929,"count": "1485","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en stad, som heder Nik oc ligger j Turchin, som er meget faster meth storæ torn oc mwr om kringh

","englishForm": "

Nik

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nik","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

It has not been possible to identify this place, mentioned in the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "35","showAsLocatedIn": "805","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Nik

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7927,"count": "1487","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ta kommer han j Capadociam, som er eth stort landh oc breth oc fult af høuæ byerghæ

","englishForm": "

Cappadocia

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Capadocia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kappadocia","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "38.65","longitude": "34.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/322954/cappadocia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cappadocia","location": "

Cappadocia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7925,"count": "1489","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eth slot, som heder Sinoplum

","englishForm": "

Sinop

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sinoplus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sinoplum","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "42.02683","longitude": "35.16253","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/739600/sinop.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sinop,_Turkey","location": "

Sinop

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Since the nominative case is expected here, Sinoplum, that otherwise looks like a Latin inflected form, is here used as lemma.

"}, {"id": 7923,"count": "1491","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eth andet sloth, som kalles Puluereall

","englishForm": "

Bafra

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Puluereall","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pulvereal","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "fortification","localityTypeOfName": "name of a man-made feature","locationNotes": "

According to Graesse et al 1972: III:118 the Latin Pulveral can refer to Bafra.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.56778","longitude": "35.90694","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/751335/bafra.html","wikipediaLink": "https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bafra","location": "

Bafra

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This place is interpreted as Bafra eventhough this city is located East of Sinop, the next stop on the journey from Istanbul to Acre in the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse.

"}, {"id": 7921,"count": "1493","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eth fast slot, som heder Ruffineall

","englishForm": "

Rufineal

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ruffineall","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rufineal","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "fortification","localityTypeOfName": "name of a man-made feature","locationNotes": "

It has not been possible to identify this place, mentioned in the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "35","showAsLocatedIn": "805","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Rufineal

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7919,"count": "1495","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

til skips ofuer eth haff, som kalles brachium sancti Georgii

","englishForm": "

Sea of Marmara

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Brachium Sancti Georgii","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brachium Sancti Georgii","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "40.72799","longitude": "28.24974","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/630669/sea-of-marmara.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Marmara_sea","location": "

Sea of Marmara

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Brachium Sancti Georgii (The arm of Saint George) either refers to the strait of Dardanelles, the Bosporus or to the Sea of Marmara. As the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse refers to it as a sea, here the name is interpreted as denoting the latter.

"}, {"id": 7917,"count": "1497","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ho som vel faræ af Constantinopoli ofuer land

","englishForm": "

Istanbul

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Constantinopolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konstantinopolis","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Constantinople","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.01384","longitude": "28.94966","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745044/istanbul.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Istanbul","location": "

Istanbul

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Latin ablative case.

"}, {"id": 7915,"count": "1499","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran Constantinopolis och in tel acharan

","englishForm": "

Acre

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Acharan","lemmaFormAttestation": "Acharon","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.92814","longitude": "35.07647","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/295721/acre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acre,_Israel","location": "

Acre

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The editor has emended to Acharon.

"}, {"id": 7913,"count": "1501","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran Constantinopolis och in tel acharan

","englishForm": "

Istanbul

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Constantinopolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konstantinopolis","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Constantinople","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.01384","longitude": "28.94966","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745044/istanbul.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Istanbul","location": "

Istanbul

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7911,"count": "1503","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

bort go[n]gnæ æræ fran Romæræ kyrkæ

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romæræ","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Formally Romæræ is an inhabitant designation, and therefore it is treated as such here, eventhough it in this case is contained in a noun phrase refering not to a topographical place, but to a confessional institution.

"}, {"id": 7909,"count": "1505","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

allæ te rigæ oc landh, som vnder koningin af Grechen æræ

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grechen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græken","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7907,"count": "1507","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ter vor pannæ screfuet, gretzskæ, ebrayce ok latine

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latine","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7905,"count": "1509","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ter vor pannæ screfuet, gretzskæ, ebrayce ok latine

","englishForm": "

Hebrew language

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "ebrayce","lemmaFormAttestation": "hebraisk","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_language","location": "

Hebrew language

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7903,"count": "1511","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ter vor pannæ screfuet, gretzskæ, ebrayce ok latine

","englishForm": "

Greek language

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "gretzskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "grækesk","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greek_language","location": "

Greek language

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7901,"count": "1513","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j ten foræscrefnæ sancte Sophie kyrkæ

","englishForm": "

Hagia Sophia

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Sophie Kyrkæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Sophie Kirkje","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.0086","longitude": "28.98","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6947665/hagia-sophia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hagia_Sophia","location": "

Hagia Sophia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7899,"count": "1515","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Greken met tessæ land som [h]er efter nefness, som er Calistrum, Colcos, Orthygo, Tesbria, nimos oc flexom, Melo, Trakia oc Macedonia

","englishForm": "

Macedonia

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Macedonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Macedonia","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "40.91351","longitude": "22.84058","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6697801/central-macedonia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macedonia_(ancient_kingdom)","location": "

Macedonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7897,"count": "1517","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Greken met tessæ land som [h]er efter nefness, som er Calistrum, Colcos, Orthygo, Tesbria, nimos oc flexom, Melo, Trakia oc Macedonia

","englishForm": "

Thracia

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Trakia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trakia","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the ancient region that was later a Roman province. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "40.98975","longitude": "27.96055","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378533/thracia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thracia","location": "

Thracia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7895,"count": "1519","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Greken met tessæ land som [h]er efter nefness, som er Calistrum, Colcos, Orthygo, Tesbria, nimos oc flexom, Melo, Trakia oc Macedonia

","englishForm": "

Milos

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Melo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Melo","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "36.67556","longitude": "24.44778","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/256951/milos-island.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Milos","location": "

Milos

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7893,"count": "1521","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Greken met tessæ land som [h]er efter nefness, som er Calistrum, Colcos, Orthygo, Tesbria, nimos oc flexom, Melo, Trakia oc Macedonia

","englishForm": "

Flexon

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Flexom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Flexon","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse a part of the Greek empire is called Flexon or Flexom, it has not been possible to identify this region, and here it is visualized as located in Greece.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Flexon

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7891,"count": "1523","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Greken met tessæ land som [h]er efter nefness, som er Calistrum, Colcos, Orthygo, Tesbria, nimos oc flexom, Melo, Trakia oc Macedonia

","englishForm": "

Minos

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nimos","lemmaFormAttestation": "Minos","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse a part of the Greek empire is called Minos, it has not been possible to identify this region, and here it is visualized as located in Greece.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Minos

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

A Latin source text has Mynos, and the editor emends the manuscript form nimos to Minos.

"}, {"id": 7889,"count": "1525","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Greken met tessæ land som [h]er efter nefness, som er Calistrum, Colcos, Orthygo, Tesbria, nimos oc flexom, Melo, Trakia oc Macedonia

","englishForm": "

Tesbria

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tesbria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tesbria","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse a part of the Greek empire is called Tesbria, it has not been possible to identify this region, and here it is visualized as located in Greece.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Tesbria

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7887,"count": "1527","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Greken met tessæ land som [h]er efter nefness, som er Calistrum, Colcos, Orthygo, Tesbria, nimos oc flexom, Melo, Trakia oc Macedonia

 

","englishForm": "

Nisí Dílos

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Orthygo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ortigo","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse a part of the Greek empire is called Orthygo, possibly this is should be interpreted as Latin Ortygia, an ancient name for the island Delos, but it might also refer to Ortygia, a part of Syracuse in Sicily. Here the first of these alternatives is used for visualization, and eventhough the place is referred to as a country in Mandevilles Rejse, here it is classified as an island.

 

","locationDescription": "

Delos, Ortygia

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "37.39121","longitude": "25.27122","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Nisí Dílos

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

A Latin source text has Ortigo.

"}, {"id": 7885,"count": "1529","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Greken met tessæ land som [h]er efter nefness, som er Calistrum, Colcos, Orthygo, Tesbria, nimos oc flexom, Melo, Trakia oc Macedonia

 

","englishForm": "

Kolkos

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Colcos","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kolkos","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse a part of the Greek empire is called Colcos, it has not been possible to identify this region, and here it is visualized as located in Greece.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Kolkos

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Latin source texts have the forms cholchos and Calchos. 

"}, {"id": 7883,"count": "1531","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Greken met tessæ land som [h]er efter nefness, som er Calistrum, Colcos, Orthygo, Tesbria, nimos oc flexom, Melo, Trakia oc Macedonia

","englishForm": "

Calistrum

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Calistrum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Calistrum","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse a part of the Greek empire is called Calistrum, it has not been possible to identify this region, and here it is visualized as located in Greece.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Calistrum

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7881,"count": "1533","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Greken met tessæ land som [h]er efter nefness, som er Calistrum, Colcos, Orthygo, Tesbria, nimos oc flexom, Melo, Trakia oc Macedonia 

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Greken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græken","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7879,"count": "1535","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han vor tel foren herræ ofuer tessæ efterscrefnæ landh: Rom, Grechen, Asie, Surie, Judee, Egypti, Arabie oc Persie

","englishForm": "

Iran

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Persia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Persia","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Persia

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32","longitude": "53","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/130758/islamic-republic-of-iran.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iran","location": "

Iran

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7877,"count": "1537","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han vor tel foren herræ ofuer tessæ efterscrefnæ landh: Rom, Grechen, Asie, Surie, Judee, Egypti, Arabie oc Persie

","englishForm": "

Arabia

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Arabia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Arabia","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Arabian Peninsula

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957698/arabia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabian_Peninsula","location": "

Arabia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The text speaks of landh 'country', but it is here interpreted in a wider sense 'region' in regard to Arabia.

"}, {"id": 7875,"count": "1539","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han vor tel foren herræ ofuer tessæ efterscrefnæ landh: Rom, Grechen, Asie, Surie, Judee, Egypti, Arabie oc Persie

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egiptus","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7873,"count": "1541","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han vor tel foren herræ ofuer tessæ efterscrefnæ landh: Rom, Grechen, Asie, Surie, Judee, Egypti, Arabie oc Persie

","englishForm": "

Roman Judea

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Judea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Judea","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the Roman province. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.50234","longitude": "34.89324","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378515/iudaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea_(Roman_province)","location": "

Roman Judea

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7871,"count": "1543","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han vor tel foren herræ ofuer tessæ efterscrefnæ landh: Rom, Grechen, Asie, Surie, Judee, Egypti, Arabie oc Persie

","englishForm": "

Roman Syria

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Suria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Syria","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the Roman province.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "36.2019","longitude": "36.15858","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378529/syria.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syria_%28Roman_province%29","location": "

Roman Syria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7869,"count": "1545","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han vor tel foren herræ ofuer tessæ efterscrefnæ landh: Rom, Grechen, Asie, Surie, Judee, Egypti, Arabie oc Persie

","englishForm": "

Roman Asia

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the Roman province.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "37.93682","longitude": "27.34353","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378482/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia_%28Roman_province%29","location": "

Roman Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7867,"count": "1547","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han vor tel foren herræ ofuer tessæ efterscrefnæ landh: Rom, Grechen, Asie, Surie, Judee, Egypti, Arabie oc Persie

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grechen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græken","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7865,"count": "1549","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han vor tel foren herræ ofuer tessæ efterscrefnæ landh: Rom, Grechen, Asie, Surie, Judee, Egypti, Arabie oc Persie

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7863,"count": "1551","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

keysæren af Greken

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Greken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græken","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7861,"count": "1553","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sancti Luce ewangeliste legemmæ, som førdis tid af Britanea Judee

","englishForm": "

Roman Bithynia and Pontus

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Britania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bitania","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the Roman province.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "40.76585","longitude": "29.92865","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378484/bithynia-et-pontus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bithynia_and_Pontus","location": "

Roman Bithynia and Pontus

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This attestation is problematic in several ways. The manuscript form could be interpreted as 'British Jews', but other conjectures are more reasonable. According to tradition Luke the Evangelist died in Bithynia in Asia Minor (Bale 2012: 129), and was later transferred to Constantinople, but other traditions have him burried in Boeotia in Greece before being transferred to Constantinople in 357. Other textual witnesses indicate that Britanea is a mistake for Betanea (of Bethany), but also Judee is a possble mistake for 'Indian'.

"}, {"id": 7859,"count": "1555","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7857,"count": "1557","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

een kostelik kyrke (...) som wydher er j sancte Sophie hedher

","englishForm": "

Hagia Sophia

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Sophie Kyrke","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Sophie Kirkje","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.0086","longitude": "28.98","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6947665/hagia-sophia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hagia_Sophia","location": "

Hagia Sophia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7855,"count": "1559","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J Constantinopoli er ok een kostelik kyrke

","englishForm": "

Istanbul

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Constantinopolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konstantinopolis","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Constantinople","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.01384","longitude": "28.94966","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745044/istanbul.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Istanbul","location": "

Istanbul

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Latin dative or ablative case.

"}, {"id": 7853,"count": "1561","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then annen halffdeel handh er j Paryss j koninghens capellæ aff Franke ryghe

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankeryghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7851,"count": "1563","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then annen halffdeel handh er j Paryss j koninghens capellæ aff Franke ryghe

","englishForm": "

La Sainte Chapelle

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Koninghens Capellæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kunungens Kapel","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Holy Chapel

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "48.8554","longitude": "2.34504","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6452897/la-sainte-chapelle.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sainte-Chapelle","location": "

La Sainte Chapelle

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7849,"count": "1565","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther er ok hans kiortel j constantinopolim

","englishForm": "

Istanbul

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Constantinopolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konstantinopolis","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Constantinople","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.01384","longitude": "28.94966","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745044/istanbul.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Istanbul","location": "

Istanbul

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Other textual witnesses have inconsutilis 'not sewed together' instead of j constantinopolim; the editor has emended the text.

"}, {"id": 7847,"count": "1567","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[C]onstantinopolis thet er een skiøn stadh

","englishForm": "

Istanbul

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Constantinopolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konstantinopolis","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Constantinople","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.01384","longitude": "28.94966","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745044/istanbul.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Istanbul","location": "

Istanbul

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the manuscript the text lacks the initial C.

"}, {"id": 7845,"count": "1569","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha kommer hand tel Constantinopolim

","englishForm": "

Istanbul

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Constantinopolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konstantinopolis","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Constantinople","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.01384","longitude": "28.94966","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745044/istanbul.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Istanbul","location": "

Istanbul

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7843,"count": "1571","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

naghær haffen j Grechen, som kalless Merwth, Vellonie eller Duras

","englishForm": "

Durrës

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Duras","lemmaFormAttestation": "Duras","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "harbour","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.32355","longitude": "19.45469","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3185728/durres.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Durr%C3%ABs","location": "

Durrës

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7841,"count": "1573","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

naghær haffen j Grechen, som kalless Merwth, Vellonie eller Duras

","englishForm": "

Vlorë

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Vellonie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Velonie","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "harbour","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Valona

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "40.4686","longitude": "19.48318","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3183719/vlore.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vlor%C3%AB","location": "

Vlorë

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The editor emends to Vallonie.

"}, {"id": 7839,"count": "1575","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

naghær haffen j Grechen, som kalless Merwth, Vellonie eller Duras

","englishForm": "

Merut

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Merwth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Merut","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "harbour","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

It has not been possible to identify this place, mentioned in the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Merut

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

A Latin source text has miroit, and an English translation has Myrok, none of these have been identified. The modern English translation by Bale 2012: 31 has the form Port Myroch without a note.

"}, {"id": 7837,"count": "1577","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

naghær haffen j Grechen, som kalless Merwth, Vellonie eller Duras

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grechen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græken","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7835,"count": "1579","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nar han faar thædhen aff Cicilia

","englishForm": "

Sicily

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cicilia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sicilia","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "37.5","longitude": "14","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2523118/sicily.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sicily","location": "

Sicily

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7833,"count": "1581","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nagræ abellegardæ j Cicilie

","englishForm": "

Sicily

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cicilia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sicilia","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "37.5","longitude": "14","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2523118/sicily.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sicily","location": "

Sicily

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Cicilie is considered an inflected form, cf. Latin Siciliae dative or genitive case.

"}, {"id": 7831,"count": "1583","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fleræ stædher, som altidh giffwæ eldh oc brennendes lwæ aff them, ok the kalless Golchen (...) och the stædher kalle the ponnæ latynæ caminos infernales

","englishForm": "

Golken

","editionPage": "6-7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Caminos Infernales","lemmaFormAttestation": "Caminos Infernales","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "volcano","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse a group of volcanos is mentioned, it is called Golchen and referred to as caminos infernales in Latin. It has not been possible to identify any of these names.

","locationDescription": "

Caminos Infernales

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "37.5","longitude": "14","showAsLocatedIn": "104","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Golken

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7829,"count": "1585","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fleræ stædher, som altidh giffwæ eldh oc brennendes lwæ aff them, ok the kalless Golchen (...) och the stædher kalle the ponnæ latynæ caminos infernales

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "6-7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latynæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7827,"count": "1587","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fleræ stædher, som altidh giffwæ eldh oc brennendes lwæ aff them, ok the kalless Golchen (...) och the stædher kalle the ponnæ latynæ caminos infernales

","englishForm": "

Golken

","editionPage": "6-7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Golchen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Golken","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "volcano","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse a group of volcanos is mentioned, it is called Golchen and referred to as caminos infernales in Latin. It has not been possible to identify any of these names.

","locationDescription": "

Caminos Infernales

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "37.5","longitude": "14","showAsLocatedIn": "104","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Golken

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

A Latin source text has golchan.

"}, {"id": 7825,"count": "1589","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

intel Ciciliam, oc ther er eth bierghe, som kalless Ethna, och thet brenner altidh

","englishForm": "

Mount Etna

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ethna","lemmaFormAttestation": "Etna","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "volcano","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "37.75029","longitude": "14.99466","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2524810/monte-etna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Etna","location": "

Mount Etna

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7823,"count": "1591","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

intel Ciciliam, oc ther er eth bierghe, som kalless Ethna, och thet brenner altidh

","englishForm": "

Sicily

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cicilia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sicilia","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "37.5","longitude": "14","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2523118/sicily.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sicily","location": "

Sicily

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7821,"count": "1593","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

landh, som er Tussiam, Campaniam, Corsicam, Sardiniam 

","englishForm": "

Sardegna

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sardinia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sardinia","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sardinia

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "9","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2523228/sardegna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sardinia","location": "

Sardegna

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7819,"count": "1595","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

landh, som er Tussiam, Campaniam, Corsicam, Sardiniam 

","englishForm": "

Corse

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Corsica","lemmaFormAttestation": "Korsika","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Corsica

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "42.06153","longitude": "8.9542","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3023519/corse.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Corsica","location": "

Corse

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7817,"count": "1597","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

landh, som er Tussiam, Campaniam, Corsicam, Sardiniam 

","englishForm": "

Campania

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Campania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Campania","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "40.91056","longitude": "14.92053","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3181042/campania.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Campania","location": "

Campania

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7815,"count": "1599","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

landh, som er Tussiam, Campaniam, Corsicam, Sardiniam

","englishForm": "

Toscana

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tussia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tuskia","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Tuscany

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "43.41667","longitude": "11","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3165361/toscana.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tuscany","location": "

Toscana

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

A Latin source text has Thusciam.

"}, {"id": 7813,"count": "1601","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hoo som och vell fare tidh thel skips (...) hand maa uth seylæ aff Marsilia, aff Pisi eller Janua eller Venedi eller aff Room eller aff Neapolis eller andre belæyelige stade

","englishForm": "

Naples

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Neapolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Neapolis","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "40.85216","longitude": "14.26811","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3172394/naples.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Naples","location": "

Naples

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7811,"count": "1603","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hoo som och vell fare tidh thel skips (...) hand maa uth seylæ aff Marsilia, aff Pisi eller Janua eller Venedi eller aff Room eller aff Neapolis eller andre belæyelige stade

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7809,"count": "1605","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hoo som och vell fare tidh thel skips (...) hand maa uth seylæ aff Marsilia, aff Pisi eller Janua eller Venedi eller aff Room eller aff Neapolis eller andre belæyelige stade

 

","englishForm": "

Venice

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Venedi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Venedig","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "45.43713","longitude": "12.33265","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164603/venice.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Venice","location": "

Venice

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7807,"count": "1607","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hoo som och vell fare tidh thel skips (...) hand maa uth seylæ aff Marsilia, aff Pisi eller Janua eller Venedi eller aff Room eller aff Neapolis eller andre belæyelige stade

 

","englishForm": "

Genova

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Janua","lemmaFormAttestation": "Janua","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Genoa

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "44.40478","longitude": "8.94439","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3176219/genoa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Genoa","location": "

Genova

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7805,"count": "1609","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hoo som och vell fare tidh thel skips (...) hand maa uth seylæ aff Marsilia, aff Pisi eller Janua eller Venedi eller aff Room eller aff Neapolis eller andre belæyelige stade

","englishForm": "

Pisa

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pisae","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pisa","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "43.70853","longitude": "10.4036","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3170647/pisa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pisa","location": "

Pisa

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Latin Pisae is a femine a-stem, and the form Pisi corresponds badly with this, and as Pisa occurs before Genoa in the text, the identification is not quite certain.

 

"}, {"id": 7803,"count": "1611","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hoo som och vell fare tidh thel skips (...) hand maa uth seylæ aff Marsilia, aff Pisi eller Janua eller Venedi eller aff Room eller aff Neapolis eller andre belæyelige stade

","englishForm": "

Marseille

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Marsilia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Marsilia","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "43.29695","longitude": "5.38107","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2995469/marseille.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Marseille","location": "

Marseille

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7801,"count": "1613","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther nesth kommer hand tel Constantinopolim, som keyserens aff Grechen hoyxstæ sædhe er

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grechen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græken","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7799,"count": "1615","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther nesth kommer hand tel Constantinopolim, som keyserens aff Grechen hoyxstæ sædhe er

","englishForm": "

Istanbul

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Constantinopolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konstantinopolis","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Constantinople","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.01384","longitude": "28.94966","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745044/istanbul.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Istanbul","location": "

Istanbul

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7797,"count": "1617","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en stad, som hedher Tisme pape, oc saa tell een stadh, som kalless Andronopolim

","englishForm": "

Edirne

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Andronopolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Andronopolis","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Adrianopolis, Adrianople

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.67719","longitude": "26.55597","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/747712/edirne.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Edirne","location": "

Edirne

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7795,"count": "1619","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en stad, som hedher Tisme pape, oc saa tell een stadh, som kalless Andronopolim

","englishForm": "

Tismepape

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tismepape","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tismepape","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The form Tismepape found in the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse could be a scribal corruption of asmepape found in the Latin source text, with initial a read as ti. However, it has not been possible to identify any of these forms. An English translation has Fynepape, identified as Philippopolis, modernday Plovdiv, and as this city makes sense in the textual context, Tismepape is visualised as Plovdiv here.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Tismepape

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The textual context makes it probable that Philippopolis (Plovdiv) is intended.

"}, {"id": 7793,"count": "1621","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

taa kommer hand jndh j Grechen tel een stadh, som hedher Sternes

","englishForm": "

Sternes

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sternes","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sternes","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse a Greek city called Sternes is mentioned, in Latin source texts it is called Stermes or Sternes. It has not been possible to identify any of these with a city in the Balkans. The forms might be corruptions of the Greek city Sérres or the Bulgarian capital Sofia (Lat. Serdica). The textual contexts makes the latter the more possible, since the journey continues to what might be Plovdiv, then to what certainly is Adrianople. Therefore here Sternes is visualized as located in Bulgaria.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "42.69751","longitude": "23.32415","showAsLocatedIn": "1263","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Sternes

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is possible a corruption of Serdica, the Latin form of Sofia, but the mistake is also found in Latin sources. This interpretation however fits well with the textual context.

"}, {"id": 7791,"count": "1623","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

taa kommer hand jndh j Grechen tel een stadh, som hedher Sternes

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grechen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græken","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7789,"count": "1625","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eth landh, som hedher Pynzinares

","englishForm": "

Pynzinares

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pynzinares","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pinsinares","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This country – mentioned in the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse – possibly referres to the land of the Pincenati (as the English version of Mandeville has it). This can be interpreted as the land of the Pechenegs, a nomadic tribe of which, the Byzantine emperor formed a military group stationed in presentday Macedonia, Greece.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pechenegs","location": "

Pynzinares

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Perhaps a misunderstanding of the inhabitant designation pechenegs.

"}, {"id": 7787,"count": "1627","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

een steenbroo, som liggher øwer eth vatn, som hedher Marroi

","englishForm": "

Juzna Morava

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Marroi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Maroj","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse mentions a river called Marroi in Bulgaria. Historically the South Morava has been known as Bulgarian Morava, and it is thus likely that this river, and not the Great Morava, is intended.

","locationDescription": "

South Morava

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "43.69962","longitude": "21.40468","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/789731/juzna-morava.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/South_Morava","location": "

Juzna Morava

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7785,"count": "1629","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ower land maa handh fare thel Kolnæ oc tel Vngheren och fræm ath Bellegrawe ok tel eth landh, som hedher Bulgarie

","englishForm": "

Bulgaria

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bulgarie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bulgarie","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "42.66667","longitude": "25.25","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/732800/republic-of-bulgaria.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bulgaria","location": "

Bulgaria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7783,"count": "1631","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ower land maa handh fare thel Kolnæ oc tel Vngheren och fræm ath Bellegrawe ok tel eth landh, som hedher Bulgarie

","englishForm": "

Belgrade

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bellegrawe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bellegrave","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Beograd

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "44.80401","longitude": "20.46513","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/792680/belgrade.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Belgrade","location": "

Belgrade

","preposition": "

at

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7781,"count": "1633","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ower land maa handh fare thel Kolnæ oc tel Vngheren och fræm ath Bellegrawe ok tel eth landh, som hedher Bulgarie

","englishForm": "

Hungary

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Vngheren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ungern","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/719819/hungary.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary","location": "

Hungary

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7779,"count": "1635","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ower land maa handh fare thel Kolnæ oc tel Vngheren och fræm ath Bellegrawe ok tel eth landh, som hedher Bulgarie

","englishForm": "

Köln

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kolnæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Køln","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Cologne

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "50.93333","longitude": "6.95","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2886242/koeln.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cologne","location": "

Köln

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7777,"count": "1637","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

keyserens stadh j Greken, som kalless Constantinopolim

","englishForm": "

Istanbul

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Constantinopolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konstantinopolis","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Constantinople","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "41.01384","longitude": "28.94966","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745044/istanbul.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Istanbul","location": "

Istanbul

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to the editor's expansion of the abbreviated form, the word is inflected as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 7775,"count": "1639","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

keyserens stadh j Greken, som kalless Constantinopolim

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Greken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græken","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7773,"count": "1641","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[H]wo som vell fare thell Jherusalem aff Engelandh, aff Ybernia, aff Skotlandh, aff Norghe eller aff Galiæ, hand maa uth kese en vey

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "5-6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Galiæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gallia","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7771,"count": "1643","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[H]wo som vell fare thell Jherusalem aff Engelandh, aff Ybernia, aff Skotlandh, aff Norghe eller aff Galiæ, hand maa uth kese en vey

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "5-6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7769,"count": "1645","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[H]wo som vell fare thell Jherusalem aff Engelandh, aff Ybernia, aff Skotlandh, aff Norghe eller aff Galiæ, hand maa uth kese en vey

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "5-6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7767,"count": "1647","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[H]wo som vell fare thell Jherusalem aff Engelandh, aff Ybernia, aff Skotlandh, aff Norghe eller aff Galiæ, hand maa uth kese en vey

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "5-6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ybernia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ibernia","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7765,"count": "1649","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[H]wo som vell fare thell Jherusalem aff Engelandh, aff Ybernia, aff Skotlandh, aff Norghe eller aff Galiæ, hand maa uth kese en vey

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "5-6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7763,"count": "1651","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[H]wo som vell fare thell Jherusalem aff Engelandh, aff Ybernia, aff Skotlandh, aff Norghe eller aff Galiæ, hand maa uth kese en vey

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "5-6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7761,"count": "1653","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran Engelandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "5","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7759,"count": "1655","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

komme tel thet hellie landh

","englishForm": "

Holy Land

","editionPage": "5","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Hellie Landh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Helaghe Land","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holy_Land","location": "

Holy Land

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7757,"count": "1657","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Thæt Større India

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Størræ India","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Større India","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Parallel to Marco Polo, the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse distinguishes between three Indias: India the Greater, India the Minor, and Middle India

","locationDescription": "

India the Greater

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Names_for_India","location": "

Thæt Større India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7755,"count": "1659","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Thæt Mæthele India

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India Thet Medelæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Mæthele India","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Parallel to Marco Polo, the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse distinguishes between three Indias: India the Greater, India the Minor, and Middle India. According to Marco Polo the latter can be identified as Ethiopia.

 

","locationDescription": "

Middle India

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "9","longitude": "39.5","showAsLocatedIn": "643","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Names_for_India","location": "

Thæt Mæthele India

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7753,"count": "1661","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Thæt Mindre India

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Myndre India","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Mindre India","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Parallel to Marco Polo, the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse distinguishes between three Indias: India the Greater, India the Minor, and Middle India

","locationDescription": "

India the Minor

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Names_for_India","location": "

Thæt Mindre India

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7751,"count": "1663","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Amazonia

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Amazonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Amazonia","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Amazonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7749,"count": "1665","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Tartary

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tartaria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tartaria","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tartary","location": "

Tartary

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7747,"count": "1667","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Blamannaland

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ethiopia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Etiopia","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In another context in Consolation of the Soul the term blaman is used as an inhabitant designation denoting people from Ethiopia. For this reason the otherwise unspecified Blamannaland is identified as Ethiopia here, cf. Josephus Antiquities of the Jews telling of a city called Saba in Ethiopia.

","locationDescription": "

Ethiopia

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "9","longitude": "39.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/337996/federal-democratic-republic-of-ethiopia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ethiopia","location": "

Blamannaland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7745,"count": "1669","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Chaldea

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Caldea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kaldæa","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32.4727","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8504910/chaldea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chaldea","location": "

Chaldea

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7743,"count": "1671","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Iran

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Persia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Persia","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Persia

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "32","longitude": "53","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/130758/islamic-republic-of-iran.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iran","location": "

Iran

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7741,"count": "1673","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Arabia

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Arabia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Arabia","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Arabian Peninsula

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957698/arabia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabian_Peninsula","location": "

Arabia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7739,"count": "1675","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Syria

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Suria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Suria","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "38","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/163843/syrian-arab-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syria","location": "

Syria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7737,"count": "1677","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Thæt Øvre Libia

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Libia Thet Offræ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Øvre Libia","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Upper Libya, Libya Superior

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28","longitude": "17","showAsLocatedIn": "106","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Thæt Øvre Libia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7735,"count": "1679","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Thæt Nither Libia

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Libia Thet Nætræ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Nither Libia","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Lower Libya, Libya inferior

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "28","longitude": "17","showAsLocatedIn": "106","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Thæt Nither Libia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7733,"count": "1681","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Thæt Mindre Egipteland

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptælandh Thet Myndre","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Mindre Egipteland","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Lesser Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","showAsLocatedIn": "55","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Thæt Mindre Egipteland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7731,"count": "1683","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Thæt Større Egipteland

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptælandh thet større","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Større Egipteland","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Greater Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","showAsLocatedIn": "55","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Thæt Større Egipteland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7729,"count": "1685","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Armenia

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Armenia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Armenia","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "40.25","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/174982/republic-of-armenia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armenia","location": "

Armenia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7727,"count": "1687","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J forneffnde tidh ford jek j mangæ lande oc rygæ ok øø, som er Turken, Armenia, Egyptæ landh thet større ok myndre, Libia thet nætræ oc offræ, Suria, Arabia, Persia, Caldea ok een stoor deel aff Ethiopia, Tartaria, Amazonia, thet myndre India oc thet medelæ och een stoor deel aff thet størræ India

","englishForm": "

Turkey

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Turken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Turken","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298795/republic-of-turkey.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkey","location": "

Turkey

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7725,"count": "1689","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa bleff iek j the land paa hynsidæ mæreth

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mæreth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7723,"count": "1691","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha fordh iek aff stædh aff Marsiliess haffh

","englishForm": "

Gulf of Lion

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Marsilliess Haffh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Marseilles Hav","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "gulf","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse this place is referred to as Marsiliess haffh (that is 'Sea of Marseille').

","locationDescription": "

Golfe du Lion

","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "43","longitude": "4","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2960849/gulf-of-lion.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gulf_of_Lion","location": "

Gulf of Lion

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form haffh might be a mistake for haffn 'harbour'.

"}, {"id": 7721,"count": "1693","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[J]ek Iohannes aff Mandhewyllæ, riddhere oc oppfoostreth j Engeland j sancti Albani byy

","englishForm": "

St Albans

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Albani Byy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancti Albani By","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "51.75","longitude": "-0.33333","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "www.geonames.org/2638867/st-albans.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/St_Albans","location": "

St Albans

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7719,"count": "1695","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[J]ek Iohannes aff Mandhewyllæ, riddhere oc oppfoostreth j Engeland j sancti Albani byy

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7717,"count": "1697","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[J]ek Iohannes aff Mandhewyllæ, riddhere oc oppfoostreth j Engeland j sancti Albani byy

","englishForm": "

Mandeville

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mandhewyllæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mandeville","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse the author is named Iohannes affh Mandewylle, and this location is used as reference for this attestation. John Mandeville is probably a fictional character, traditionally said to come from the English town of St Albans.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","showAsLocatedIn": "167","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Mandeville","location": "

Mandeville

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7715,"count": "1699","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet hellie land, som Jherusalem jnnen liggher

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "1","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7713,"count": "1701","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet hellie land, som Jherusalem jnnen liggher

","englishForm": "

Holy Land

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Hellie Land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Helaghe Land","sourcePage": "1","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holy_Land","location": "

Holy Land

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7711,"count": "1703","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

seth aff lathyne ok paa danskæ

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "1","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "lathyne","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "1","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7709,"count": "1705","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

omseth ponne latyne

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "1","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latyne","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "1","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7707,"count": "1707","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Iohannes affh Mandewylle

","englishForm": "

Mandeville

","editionPage": "1","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mandewylle","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mandeville","sourcePage": "1","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Mandevilles Rejse the author is named Iohannes affh Mandewylle, and this location is used as reference for this attestation. John Mandeville is probably a fictional character, traditionally said to come from the English town of St Albans.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","showAsLocatedIn": "167","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Mandeville","location": "

Mandeville

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7705,"count": "1709","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ponne galische mool

","englishForm": "

French language

","editionPage": "1","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "galische mool","lemmaFormAttestation": "gallisk mal","sourcePage": "1","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/French_language","location": "

French language

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7703,"count": "1711","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

een stadh, som hedher Leodicia

","englishForm": "

Liège

","editionPage": "1","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Leodicia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Leodicia","sourcePage": "1","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "50.63373","longitude": "5.56749","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2792413/liege.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Li%C3%A8ge","location": "

Liège

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7701,"count": "1713","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thel andre landh paa hynsidhe mæreth

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "1","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mæreth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "1","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The interpretation is based on the textual context.

"}, {"id": 7699,"count": "1715","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet hellie landh, som Jherusalem j liggher

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "1","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "1","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7697,"count": "1717","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

een bogh, som man kaller veyledhere aff Englandh ok tel thet hellie landh

","englishForm": "

Holy Land

","editionPage": "1","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Hellie Landh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Helaghe Land","sourcePage": "1","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holy_Land","location": "

Holy Land

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7695,"count": "1719","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

een bogh, som man kaller veyledhere aff Englandh ok tel thet hellie landh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "1","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængland","sourcePage": "1","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "M 307","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Mandevilles Rejse","workNotes": "

The date of composition is not quite certain, since in one manuscript it is referred to as 1534 (probably a mistake for 1434), in another as 1444.

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is an account of a journey from Europe, through Egypt and the Holy Land to the most remote parts of Asia, which lasted for more than thirty years. The text is at least partly based on literary sources, and in many parts highly fictitious. The Old Danish text is based on a Latin translation of the original French version.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7693,"count": "1721","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hun lather vpp paredyss

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "566","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paredyss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "142r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Prædikener i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Preaching and mass","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains two prothemas followed by five sermons.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7691,"count": "1723","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

aff then werdustæ slecth ther i alt iraselss folk wor

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "557","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Irasel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "139v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Prædikener i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Preaching and mass","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains two prothemas followed by five sermons.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is emended by the editors to israelss.

"}, {"id": 7689,"count": "1725","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

kere venner Te ordh iek begyntæ myn talæ a latinæ for ether

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "553","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latinæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "138v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Prædikener i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Preaching and mass","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains two prothemas followed by five sermons.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7687,"count": "1727","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet sygnætæ lius ther i dagh tendes vpp i betleem

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "542","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Betleem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betlehem","sourcePage": "136r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Prædikener i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Preaching and mass","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains two prothemas followed by five sermons.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7685,"count": "1729","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han er fødh i dauidh koninghs stadh thet er i betleem

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "541","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Betleem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betlehem","sourcePage": "135v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Prædikener i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Preaching and mass","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains two prothemas followed by five sermons.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7683,"count": "1731","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ower marken hoss beth|lehem

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "538","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bethlehem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betlehem","sourcePage": "135r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Prædikener i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Preaching and mass","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains two prothemas followed by five sermons.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7681,"count": "1733","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the andæligæ kledher / ther wor herræ kledæ hannum meth i paradiss

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "538","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "135r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Prædikener i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Preaching and mass","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains two prothemas followed by five sermons.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7679,"count": "1735","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

wi allæ sammen meth hannum / ther fullæ aff paradiss

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "537","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "134v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Prædikener i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Preaching and mass","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains two prothemas followed by five sermons.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7677,"count": "1737","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thennæ man ther for fran iherusalem oc yn til iericho

","englishForm": "

Jericho

","editionPage": "537","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iericho","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jeriko","sourcePage": "134v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Prædikener i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Preaching and mass","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains two prothemas followed by five sermons.

","latitude": "31.86667","longitude": "35.45","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284899/jericho.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jericho","location": "

Jericho

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7675,"count": "1739","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thennæ man ther for fran iherusalem oc yn til iericho

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "537","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "134v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Prædikener i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Preaching and mass","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains two prothemas followed by five sermons.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7673,"count": "1741","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

En man syer han for aff iherusalem oc til iericho

","englishForm": "

Jericho

","editionPage": "537","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iericho","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jeriko","sourcePage": "134v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Prædikener i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Preaching and mass","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains two prothemas followed by five sermons.

","latitude": "31.86667","longitude": "35.45","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284899/jericho.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jericho","location": "

Jericho

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7671,"count": "1743","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

En man syer han for aff iherusalem oc til iericho

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "537","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "134v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Prædikener i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Preaching and mass","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains two prothemas followed by five sermons.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7669,"count": "1745","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thessæ ordh mynnæ kieræ wenner Iek burdhæ myn tale a latine For ether

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "530","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latine","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "133r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Prædikener i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Preaching and mass","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains two prothemas followed by five sermons.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7667,"count": "1747","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Gutz folk syer ysaias propheta skall kommæ till hymmerighes iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "530","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "133r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Prædikener i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Preaching and mass","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains two prothemas followed by five sermons.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7665,"count": "1749","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The ordh kyerestæ venner ther iek sawdhæ till forne poo latinæ for ether

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "514","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latinæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "129r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Prædikener i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Preaching and mass","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains two prothemas followed by five sermons.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7663,"count": "1751","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Iherusalem swarethæ wor herræ

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "469","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "117v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The poem is based on Psalms 101 (in the Vulgate).

"}, {"id": 7661,"count": "1753","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the skwlla predikkæ wor herres nafen y syon oc hans loff i iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "469","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "117v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The poem is based on Psalms 101 (in the Vulgate).

"}, {"id": 7659,"count": "1755","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the skwlla predikkæ wor herres nafen y syon oc hans loff i iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Zion

","editionPage": "469","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sion","sourcePage": "117v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This place name – used as a metonymic synonym for Jerusalem or the biblical lands of Israel – is found in Old Danish poetic translations of The Seven Penitential Psalms in AM 76 8vo. For this reason, it is visualised as located in Israel.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zion","location": "

Zion

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The poem is based on Psalms 101 (in the Vulgate).

"}, {"id": 7657,"count": "1757","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Wor herræ skal op byggæ syon

","englishForm": "

Zion

","editionPage": "466","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sion","sourcePage": "117r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This place name – used as a metonymic synonym for Jerusalem or the biblical lands of Israel – is found in Old Danish poetic translations of The Seven Penitential Psalms in AM 76 8vo. For this reason, it is visualised as located in Israel.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zion","location": "

Zion

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The poem is based on Psalms 101 (in the Vulgate).

"}, {"id": 7655,"count": "1759","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tynæ tyenestæ mæn woctæ wæl syons stenæ oc the skwllæ myskwndæ syons landh

","englishForm": "

Zion

","editionPage": "466","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sion","sourcePage": "117r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This place name – used as a metonymic synonym for Jerusalem or the biblical lands of Israel – is found in Old Danish poetic translations of The Seven Penitential Psalms in AM 76 8vo. For this reason, it is visualised as located in Israel.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zion","location": "

Zion

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Parallel to the noun phrase syons stenæ the phrase syons landh is not considered a compound place name.

The poem is based on Psalms 101 (in the Vulgate).

"}, {"id": 7653,"count": "1761","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tynæ tyenestæ mæn woctæ wæl syons stenæ oc the skwllæ myskwndæ syons landh

","englishForm": "

Zion

","editionPage": "466","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sion","sourcePage": "117r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This place name – used as a metonymic synonym for Jerusalem or the biblical lands of Israel – is found in Old Danish poetic translations of The Seven Penitential Psalms in AM 76 8vo. For this reason, it is visualised as located in Israel.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zion","location": "

Zion

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The poem is based on Psalms 101 (in the Vulgate).

"}, {"id": 7651,"count": "1763","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Stath op ta oc myskwndh syon

","englishForm": "

Zion

","editionPage": "466","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sion","sourcePage": "117r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This place name – used as a metonymic synonym for Jerusalem or the biblical lands of Israel – is found in Old Danish poetic translations of The Seven Penitential Psalms in AM 76 8vo. For this reason, it is visualised as located in Israel.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zion","location": "

Zion

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The poem is based on Psalms 101 (in the Vulgate).

"}, {"id": 7649,"count": "1765","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

gyør myldælich met syon ath iherusalems mwr opbygges

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "462","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "116r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The text is based on Psalms 50 (in the Vulgate).

"}, {"id": 7647,"count": "1767","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

gyør myldælich met syon ath iherusalems mwr opbygges

","englishForm": "

Zion

","editionPage": "462","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sion","sourcePage": "116r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This place name – used as a metonymic synonym for Jerusalem or the biblical lands of Israel – is found in Old Danish poetic translations of The Seven Penitential Psalms in AM 76 8vo. For this reason, it is visualised as located in Israel.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zion","location": "

Zion

","preposition": "

mæth

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The text is based on Psalms 50 (in the Vulgate).

"}, {"id": 7645,"count": "1769","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Dommen worder op i wedret ywer en dall heder vallis Iosaphat

","englishForm": "

Kidron Valley

","editionPage": "274","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Vallis Iosaphat","lemmaFormAttestation": "Vallis Joshafat","sourcePage": "f1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of Kidron Valley are used. Since the early Middle Ages, this valley is commonly identified with the Valley of Josaphat.

","locationDescription": "

Valley of Josaphat

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.77707","longitude": "35.23884","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8259958/kidron-valley.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Valley_of_Josaphat","location": "

Kidron Valley

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7643,"count": "1771","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Europa ær rom rige oc alt thet ther ær norden oc westen fra rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "d5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7641,"count": "1773","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Europa ær rom rige oc alt thet ther ær norden oc westen fra rom

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Romrige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Romrike","sourcePage": "d5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7639,"count": "1775","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Europa ær rom rige oc alt thet ther ær norden oc westen fra rom

","englishForm": "

Europe

","editionPage": "361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Europa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Europa","sourcePage": "d5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255148/europe.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Europe","location": "

Europe

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7637,"count": "1777","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Europa ær romæ rigæ oc alt thet ther nordæn ær oc vester ær fra romæ

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Romæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "90v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7635,"count": "1779","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Europa ær romæ rigæ oc alt thet ther nordæn ær oc vester ær fra romæ

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Romærigæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Romerike","sourcePage": "90v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7633,"count": "1781","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Europa ær romæ rigæ oc alt thet ther nordæn ær oc vester ær fra romæ

","englishForm": "

Europe

","editionPage": "361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Europa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Europa","sourcePage": "90v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255148/europe.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Europe","location": "

Europe

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7631,"count": "1783","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Asia ær østerste i werden

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "d4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7629,"count": "1785","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Asiæ ær østærst i værdæn

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asiæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "90v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7627,"count": "1787","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Affrica er synder i werden

","englishForm": "

Africa

","editionPage": "361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Affrica","lemmaFormAttestation": "Afrika","sourcePage": "d4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255146/africa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Africa","location": "

Africa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7625,"count": "1789","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

affrica ær søndærst i værdæn

","englishForm": "

Africa

","editionPage": "361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Affrica","lemmaFormAttestation": "Afrika","sourcePage": "90v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255146/africa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Africa","location": "

Africa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7623,"count": "1791","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha skildes al wærden i tre løder. then ene lod heder Affrica annen Asia then tredie heder Europa

","englishForm": "

Europe

","editionPage": "358?361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Europa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Europa","sourcePage": "d4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255148/europe.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Europe","location": "

Europe

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7621,"count": "1793","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha skildes al wærden i tre løder. then ene lod heder Affrica annen Asia then tredie heder Europa

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "358?361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "d4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7619,"count": "1795","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha skildes al wærden i tre løder. then ene lod heder Affrica annen Asia then tredie heder Europa

","englishForm": "

Africa

","editionPage": "358?361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Affrica","lemmaFormAttestation": "Afrika","sourcePage": "d4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255146/africa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Africa","location": "

Africa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7617,"count": "1797","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha skildæs all værdæn at i tre lodær een lot hedær affrica oc annæn || asiæ oc thæn thredyæ Æuropa

","englishForm": "

Europe

","editionPage": "358?361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Æuropa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Europa","sourcePage": "90r?90v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255148/europe.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Europe","location": "

Europe

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7615,"count": "1799","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha skildæs all værdæn at i tre lodær een lot hedær affrica oc annæn || asiæ oc thæn thredyæ Æuropa

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "358?361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asiæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "90r?90v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7613,"count": "1801","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha skildæs all værdæn at i tre lodær een lot hedær affrica oc annæn || asiæ oc thæn thredyæ Æuropa

","englishForm": "

Africa

","editionPage": "358?361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Affrica","lemmaFormAttestation": "Afrika","sourcePage": "90r?90v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255146/africa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Africa","location": "

Africa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7611,"count": "1803","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

a eth bierg i eth land hed Armenia

","englishForm": "

Armenia

","editionPage": "350","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Armenia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Armenia","sourcePage": "d3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "40.25","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/174982/republic-of-armenia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armenia","location": "

Armenia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7609,"count": "1805","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

A eet byærg i eth land heet armenia

","englishForm": "

Armenia

","editionPage": "350","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Armenia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Armenia","sourcePage": "88r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "40.25","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/174982/republic-of-armenia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armenia","location": "

Armenia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7607,"count": "1807","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tha føddes ther soo ont folck af so som iøderne ware

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "346","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "iøderne","lemmaFormAttestation": "juthe","sourcePage": "d2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7605,"count": "1809","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha fødæs ther so ondh falk aff so som iødær voræ

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "346","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "iødær","lemmaFormAttestation": "juthe","sourcePage": "87r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7603,"count": "1811","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

[Adam] wort iordet i thet same sted i ebrou ther han wor skapt aa

","englishForm": "

Hebron

","editionPage": "341","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ebrou","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ebron","sourcePage": "d1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.52935","longitude": "35.0938","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/285066/hebron.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebron","location": "

Hebron

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is a common printer's error, it is corrected by the editors to ebron.

"}, {"id": 7601,"count": "1813","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[Adam] vor ioræt i tæn sammæ stæd i ebron ther han vor skapæt

","englishForm": "

Hebron

","editionPage": "341","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ebron","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ebron","sourcePage": "85v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.52935","longitude": "35.0938","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/285066/hebron.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebron","location": "

Hebron

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7599,"count": "1815","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tijl Enoch wor vptagen til paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "341","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "d1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7597,"count": "1817","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

til enoc vor tagæn op til parædiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "341","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parædiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "85v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7595,"count": "1819","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

førde hannum op tijl paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "341","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "d1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7593,"count": "1821","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

førdæ hanum op til pæradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "341","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pæradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "85v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is clearly a scribal error, it is corrected by the editors to parædiis.

"}, {"id": 7591,"count": "1823","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the kommæ aff parædis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "334","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parædis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "84r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7589,"count": "1825","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ther the wore neder kommen af paradijs

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "334","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "c8r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7587,"count": "1827","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther the aff paradiis voræ komnæ

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "334","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "84r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7585,"count": "1829","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

lod them so kastes neder aff paradijs

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "333","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "c8r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7583,"count": "1831","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

lot tøm saa kastæ vth aff parædiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "333","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parædiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "83v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7581,"count": "1833","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

so som thet wore i paradijs

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "330","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "c7v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7579,"count": "1835","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

so som adam vor i parædiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "330","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parædiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "83r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7577,"count": "1837","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

hwilkelvnde sculle theris leffnet haffue weret om the haffde længe waret i paradijs

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "326","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "c6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7575,"count": "1839","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

huaræ skullæ theræ leffnæt hauæ væræt i parædiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "326","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parædiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "82r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7573,"count": "1841","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

mannen worde forthij forkast aff paradijs

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "325","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "c6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7571,"count": "1843","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

mannæn vor forti kast aff parædiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "325","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parædiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "81v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7569,"count": "1845","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Hwore lenge wore the i paradijs

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "325","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "c6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7567,"count": "1847","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

huar længæ voræ the i parædiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "325","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parædiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "81v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7565,"count": "1849","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Huor for lod gud mennen forwynnes i paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "318","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "c5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7563,"count": "1851","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

huor foræ looth gud mannæn for vindæs aff diæfflæn i parædiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "318","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parædiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "80r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7561,"count": "1853","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Haffde the klæder at skyles met i paradijs

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "302","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "c2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7559,"count": "1855","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the gingæ nøgnæ i paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "302","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "76r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7557,"count": "1857","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then timæ adam soff i paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "302","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "76r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7555,"count": "1859","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Tw skip medh tytzska komo tiit

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "187","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tytzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7553,"count": "1861","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Tw skip medh tytzska komo tiit

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "187","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tytzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7551,"count": "1863","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tw skip medh tyskom mannom komo tiit

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyski","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7549,"count": "1865","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tw skip medh tytzska komo tiit

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "187","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tytzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7547,"count": "1867","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tw skip medh tytzska komo tiit

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "187","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tytzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7545,"count": "1869","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Tw skip medh tytzska komo tiit

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "187","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tytzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7543,"count": "1871","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Tw skip medh tytzska komo tiit

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "187","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tytzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7541,"count": "1873","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

han gaff them alle naffn a hebreeskmol

","englishForm": "

Hebrew language

","editionPage": "297","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "hebreesk mol","lemmaFormAttestation": "hebraisk mal","sourcePage": "c1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_language","location": "

Hebrew language

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7539,"count": "1875","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tha skapte ha[n] Adam vthen paradijs oc førde hannum saa ind i paradijs 

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "297","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "c1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7537,"count": "1877","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tha skapte ha[n] Adam vthen paradijs oc førde hannum saa ind i paradijs 

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "297","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "c1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

uten

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7535,"count": "1879","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han gaff tøm allæ samæn naffn / a hebreske mal

","englishForm": "

Hebrew language

","editionPage": "297","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "hebreske mal","lemmaFormAttestation": "hebraisk mal","sourcePage": "74v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_language","location": "

Hebrew language

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The scribe has deleted a mistaken form after the preposition a. The s in hebreske is inserted by the scribe above the line.

"}, {"id": 7533,"count": "1881","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha skop han adam vdæn parædiis oc førdæ hanum saa in i parædiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "297","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parædiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "74v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7531,"count": "1883","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha skop han adam vdæn parædiis oc førdæ hanum saa in i parædiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "297","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parædiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "74v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

uten

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7529,"count": "1885","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tha the tyzska hørdoth sakt

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "185","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7527,"count": "1887","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tyzska tha the hørdoth sakt

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "185","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7525,"count": "1889","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tyzska tha the hørdoth sakt

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "185","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7523,"count": "1891","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tyzska tha the hørdoth sakt

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "185","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7521,"count": "1893","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

tyzska tha the hørdoth sakt

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "185","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7519,"count": "1895","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tog sige somme at iøde land ær i Asia

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "246","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iødeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jutheland","sourcePage": "e4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This attestation is in the part of the Old Danish Lucidarius wherein Africa is discussed.

"}, {"id": 7517,"count": "1897","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The sye sommæ at jødæland ær i Asia

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "246","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "62r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7515,"count": "1899","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The sye sommæ at jødæland ær i Asia

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "246","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jødæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jutheland","sourcePage": "62r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This attestation is in the part of the Old Danish Lucidarius wherein Africa is discussed.

"}, {"id": 7513,"count": "1901","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

iherusalem oc andr[e] stæde som ihesus cristus tolle pi[n]e

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "245","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "e4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Jerusalem is mentioned in the part of the Old Danish Lucidarius, wherein Africa is described.

"}, {"id": 7511,"count": "1903","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jherusalem oc andræ stedher ther ihesus christus toldæ døth oc pinæ

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "245","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "61v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Jerusalem is mentioned in the part of the Old Danish Lucidarius wherein Africa is described.

"}, {"id": 7509,"count": "1905","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

then tredie deell som heder Affrica

","englishForm": "

Africa

","editionPage": "242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Affrica","lemmaFormAttestation": "Afrika","sourcePage": "e4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255146/africa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Africa","location": "

Africa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7507,"count": "1907","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then tridiæ dell aff werdhen som hether Affrica

","englishForm": "

Africa

","editionPage": "242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Affrica","lemmaFormAttestation": "Afrika","sourcePage": "61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255146/africa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Africa","location": "

Africa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7505,"count": "1909","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ther nest ligger Norie oc swerige oc kare-||land

","englishForm": "

Karelia

","editionPage": "242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kareland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karelland","sourcePage": "e3v?e4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Karjala

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/552547/karelia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelia","location": "

Karelia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The other version of the Old Danish Lucidarius has koldæ landh, which is here considered a noun phrase, 'cold contries,' not a place name.

"}, {"id": 7503,"count": "1911","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ther nest ligger Norie oc swerige oc kare-||land

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "e3v?e4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7501,"count": "1913","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ther nest liggher norwæ o[c] swerigæ oc koldæ landh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norwæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7499,"count": "1915","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

En dell aff werdhen ær oc danmark []/ swerighe / oc norrigh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norrigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "61r?60v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The latter part of the text is supplied by the scribe on fol. 60v.

"}, {"id": 7497,"count": "1917","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ther i ær al rom rige som ær wallant franckerige tytzkeland engeland skot-||land

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "241?242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "e3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7495,"count": "1919","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ther i ær al rom rige som ær wallant franckerige tytzkeland engeland skot-||land

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "241?242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "e3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7493,"count": "1921","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ther i ær al rom rige som ær wallant franckerige tytzkeland engeland skot-||land

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "241?242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzkeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "e3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7491,"count": "1923","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ther i ær al rom rige som ær wallant franckerige tytzkeland engeland skot-||land

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "241?242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckerige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "e3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7489,"count": "1925","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ther i ær al rom rige som ær wallant franckerige tytzkeland engeland skot-||land

","englishForm": "

Valland

","editionPage": "241?242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wallant","lemmaFormAttestation": "Valland","sourcePage": "e3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","showAsLocatedIn": "799","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Valland","location": "

Valland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7487,"count": "1927","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ther i ær al rom rige som ær wallant franckerige tytzkeland engeland skot-||land

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "241?242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Romrige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Romrike","sourcePage": "e3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7485,"count": "1929","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Then dell heder Europia

","englishForm": "

Europe

","editionPage": "241?242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Europia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Europia","sourcePage": "e3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255148/europe.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Europe","location": "

Europe

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7483,"count": "1931","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther ær i alt romæ rigæ / walland oc / tythslandh / ængæland / oc skot-||land

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "241?242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "60v?61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7481,"count": "1933","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther ær i alt romæ rigæ / walland oc / tythslandh / ængæland / oc skot-||land

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "241?242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "60v?61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7479,"count": "1935","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther ær i alt romæ rigæ / walland oc / tythslandh / ængæland / oc skot-||land

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "241?242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tythslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "60v?61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7477,"count": "1937","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther ær i alt romæ rigæ / walland oc / tythslandh / ængæland / oc skot-||land

","englishForm": "

Valland

","editionPage": "241?242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Walland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Valland","sourcePage": "60v-61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","showAsLocatedIn": "799","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Valland","location": "

Valland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7475,"count": "1939","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther ær i alt romæ rigæ / walland oc / tythslandh / ængæland / oc skot-||land

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "241?242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Romærigæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Romerike","sourcePage": "60v?61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7473,"count": "1941","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Then annen deel hedher ewropaa

","englishForm": "

Europe

","editionPage": "241","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ewropaa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Europa","sourcePage": "60v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255148/europe.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Europe","location": "

Europe

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7471,"count": "1943","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ther næst lijgger eth land heder seres. Ther giore the thet beste silke (...) Ther endes tha then tredie deel af werden

","englishForm": "

Seres

","editionPage": "241","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Seres","lemmaFormAttestation": "Seres","sourcePage": "e3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Seres is originally the designation of the inhabitants of Serica, it is, however, also used as a name for the country, so in the Old Danish Lucidarius. Here the country is visualised as located in Asia, because in the Lucidarius text it is said to be placed in the most remote part of that continent.

","locationDescription": "

Serica

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Serica","location": "

Seres

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7469,"count": "1945","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ther nest liggher eth landh hedher seras ther gørss best silkæ (...) Ther ændes then tridiæ dell aff werden

","englishForm": "

Seres

","editionPage": "241","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Seras","lemmaFormAttestation": "Seres","sourcePage": "60v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Seres is originally the designation of the inhabitants of Serica, it is, however, also used as a name for the country, so in the Old Danish Lucidarius. Here the country is visualised as located in Asia, because in the Lucidarius text it is said to be placed in the most remote part of that continent.

","locationDescription": "

Serica

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Serica","location": "

Seres

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7467,"count": "1947","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

The qvijnner heder Amazones

","englishForm": "

Amazon

","editionPage": "241","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "amazones","lemmaFormAttestation": "amazone","sourcePage": "e3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

Here the amazons are visualised as located in Asia, since the Old Danish Lucidarius places them there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amazons","location": "

Amazon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7465,"count": "1949","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thee quinnæ hedhæ amazones

","englishForm": "

Amazon

","editionPage": "241","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "amazones","lemmaFormAttestation": "amazone","sourcePage": "60v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

Here the amazons are visualised as located in Asia, since the Old Danish Lucidarius places them there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amazons","location": "

Amazon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7463,"count": "1951","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden ær egipte land i thet land ær eth stoort berg hedær Taricasus

","englishForm": "

Caucasus

","editionPage": "238","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Taricasus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kaukasus","sourcePage": "e3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "42.5","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/573081/caucasus-mountains.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caucasus_Mountains","location": "

Caucasus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Taricasus is here considered a scribal/printer's error (T for C; ri for u) of Caucasus, the form found in the other version of the Old Danish Lucidarius (AM 76 8vo). The text is clearly corrupted, and so is the German source text, cf. Knudsen 1909: 184.

"}, {"id": 7461,"count": "1953","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden ær egipte land i thet land ær eth stoort berg hedær Taricasus

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "238","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egipteland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "e3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7459,"count": "1955","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Sydhen ær egypthæ land j thet land ær et byeregh hether caucasus

","englishForm": "

Caucasus

","editionPage": "238","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Caucasus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kaukasus","sourcePage": "60r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "42.5","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/573081/caucasus-mountains.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caucasus_Mountains","location": "

Caucasus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The text is clearly corrupted, and so is the primary German source, cf. Knudsen 1909: 184.

"}, {"id": 7457,"count": "1957","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Sydhen ær egypthæ land j thet land ær et byeregh hether caucasus

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "238","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egypthæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "60r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7455,"count": "1959","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ther næst ær eth land hedher Palestina

","englishForm": "

Palestine

","editionPage": "237?238","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Palestina","lemmaFormAttestation": "Palestina","sourcePage": "e3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.92157","longitude": "35.20329","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6254930/palestine.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palestine_(region)","location": "

Palestine

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7453,"count": "1961","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ther nest || ær eth landh hether palastina

","englishForm": "

Palestine

","editionPage": "237?238","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Palastina","lemmaFormAttestation": "Palestina","sourcePage": "59v?60r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.92157","longitude": "35.20329","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6254930/palestine.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palestine_(region)","location": "

Palestine

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7451,"count": "1963","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I thet samme land ær Babilonie torn

","englishForm": "

Tower of Babel

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonie Torn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonie Torn","sourcePage": "e2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "tower","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","showAsLocatedIn": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tower_of_Babel","location": "

Tower of Babel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7449,"count": "1965","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

i then kiøpstædh ær babælone tørn

","englishForm": "

Tower of Babel

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babælone Tørn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonie Torn","sourcePage": "59r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "tower","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","showAsLocatedIn": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tower_of_Babel","location": "

Tower of Babel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

By some mistake in the textual transmission in AM 76 8vo the Tower of Babel is placed in the city of Nineveh. The Ghemen print correctly locates the tower in another part of Mesopotania.

"}, {"id": 7447,"count": "1967","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I thet land er en køpsted heder Ninne

","englishForm": "

Nineveh

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ninne","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ninive","sourcePage": "e2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "36.36768","longitude": "43.15667","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/92878/nineveh.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nineveh","location": "

Nineveh

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7445,"count": "1969","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

i thet land ær en kyøpstæth ininæ

","englishForm": "

Nineveh

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Inmæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ninive","sourcePage": "59r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "36.36768","longitude": "43.15667","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/92878/nineveh.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nineveh","location": "

Nineveh

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The manuscript form might read ininæ instead. It is emended to ninnæ by the editors. The Ghemen version of Lucidarius has Ninne, and most probably Nineveh is meant.

"}, {"id": 7443,"count": "1971","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Hwad land ligger næst India land

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indialand","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "e2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

næst

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

A misprinted dot before the place name is emended by the editors.

"}, {"id": 7441,"count": "1973","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

thet merkeligste land ther ligger nest wed thet heder Mesopotania

","englishForm": "

Mesopotania

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mesopotania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mesopotania","sourcePage": "e2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "34.846212","longitude": "43.165283","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2043218","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mesopotamia","location": "

Mesopotania

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7439,"count": "1975","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thet merkælixthæ landh ther liggher nest thet hæther mesopotania

","englishForm": "

Mesopotania

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mesopotania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mesopotania","sourcePage": "59r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "34.846212","longitude": "43.165283","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2043218","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mesopotamia","location": "

Mesopotania

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7437,"count": "1977","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Hwat landh ligher nest indhia landh

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indhialandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "59r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

næst

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7435,"count": "1979","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden han kom neder aff paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "d8v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7433,"count": "1981","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Sydhen han kom wth aff paradyss

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradyss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "56r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

utaf

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7431,"count": "1983","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ene hande eble som flijde met vannet aff paradijs

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "d6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7429,"count": "1985","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eth handhæ eplæ flydher met watnet vth aff paradyss

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradyss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "55v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

utaf

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7427,"count": "1987","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

eth wan heder ganges thet kommer aff paradijs

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "d6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7425,"count": "1989","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

eth wan heder ganges thet kommer aff paradijs

","englishForm": "

Ganges

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ganges","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ganges","sourcePage": "d6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "23.36667","longitude": "90.53333","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1202950/ganges-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ganges","location": "

Ganges

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7423,"count": "1991","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eeth vatn hether ganges thet kommer aff paradys

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradys","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "55v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7421,"count": "1993","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eeth vatn hether ganges thet kommer aff paradys

","englishForm": "

Ganges

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ganges","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ganges","sourcePage": "55v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "23.36667","longitude": "90.53333","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1202950/ganges-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ganges","location": "

Ganges

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7419,"count": "1995","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ther nest er falk som haffuer eij mere en een fod

","englishForm": "

monopod

","editionPage": "218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "monopod [constr.]","lemmaFormAttestation": "monopod [constr.]","sourcePage": "d5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Lucidarius monopods are descriped, and even though they are not named as such, they are registered in this project. They are visualised as located in India because in Lucidarius the people are refered to in a section dealing with the description of India.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monopod_(creature)","location": "

monopod

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7417,"count": "1997","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ther nest ær falk thee hauæ ey mere [æn] æn fodh

","englishForm": "

monopod

","editionPage": "218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "monopod [constr.]","lemmaFormAttestation": "monopod [constr.]","sourcePage": "55r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Lucidarius monopods are descriped, and even though they are not named as such, they are registered in this project. They are visualised as located in India because in Lucidarius the people are refered to in a section dealing with the description of India.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monopod_(creature)","location": "

monopod

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7415,"count": "1999","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ther nest ær ower wettes onth folk (...) Naar there eijgne for elddræ bode fader oc moder vorde sa gamle at the ere vføre tha drepe the them oc syl[t]e them (...) at æde af then sylte mad

","englishForm": "

Cannibal [constr.]

","editionPage": "217?218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "kannibal [constr.]","lemmaFormAttestation": "kannibal [constr.]","sourcePage": "d5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Lucidarius an Indian tribe is descriped as cannibals, and even though they are not named, the attestations are included in this project. They are visualised as located in India because in Lucidarius the people are refered to in a section dealing with the description of India.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Human_cannibalism","location": "

Cannibal [constr.]

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The editors have emended sylte from the printed sylre.

"}, {"id": 7413,"count": "2001","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ther nest ær oueruettes onth falk (...) Ath theris eghen father eller mother worthæ saa gamlæ at the æræ vføræ thaa dræpæ thee them oc sylthæ them (...) ath ædæ aff then syltæ math

","englishForm": "

Cannibal [constr.]

","editionPage": "217?218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "kannibal [constr.]","lemmaFormAttestation": "kannibal [constr.]","sourcePage": "54v?55r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Lucidarius an Indian tribe is descriped as cannibals, and even though they are not named, the attestations are included in this project. They are visualised as located in India because in Lucidarius the people are refered to in a section dealing with the description of India.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Human_cannibalism","location": "

Cannibal [constr.]

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7411,"count": "2003","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ther nest ær falk heder Bragmanes

","englishForm": "

bragman

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "bragmanes","lemmaFormAttestation": "bragman","sourcePage": "d5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bragmanni","location": "

bragman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7409,"count": "2005","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ther nest ær falk hedher bragmanes

","englishForm": "

bragman

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "bragmanes","lemmaFormAttestation": "bragman","sourcePage": "54v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bragmanni","location": "

bragman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7407,"count": "2007","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Sijdhen liger eth land her ær falck i hedher || Macrobij

","englishForm": "

macrobius

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "macrobij","lemmaFormAttestation": "macrobius","sourcePage": "d5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Lucidarius the macrobii are said to live in a land beyond India. The Latin form Macrobii is otherwise used for a people of Ethiopia.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

macrobius

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7405,"count": "2009","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Sydhen liggher eth land ther ær falk i hether machrobii

","englishForm": "

macrobius

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "machrobii","lemmaFormAttestation": "macrobius","sourcePage": "54v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Lucidarius the macrobii are said to live in a land beyond India. The Latin form Macrobii is otherwise used for a people of Ethiopia.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

macrobius

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7403,"count": "2011","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

et ywerwittes stort bierg i havet heder Casprus

","englishForm": "

Caspius

","editionPage": "213?214","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Casprus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Caspius","sourcePage": "d7r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "

Since the exact location of this mountain, that is mentioned in the Old Danish Lucidarius, is unknown, it is here visualized as located in India, which is the topic of the relevant section in Lucidarius.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Caspius

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is here considered as a printer's error.

"}, {"id": 7401,"count": "2013","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eth oueruetes storth biæ||righ thet hæther draspius

","englishForm": "

Caspius

","editionPage": "213?214","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Draspius","lemmaFormAttestation": "Caspius","sourcePage": "53v?54r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "

Since the exact location of this mountain, that is mentioned in the Old Danish Lucidarius, is unknown, it is here visualized as located in India, which is the topic of the relevant section in Lucidarius.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Caspius

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is here considered a scribal error. And the lemma form, as well as the standard form, is therefore based on the other textual witness of the Old Danish Lucidarius. The Ghemen print has "Casprus".

"}, {"id": 7399,"count": "2015","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I india ær serdelis tw land om flodnæ thet ene heder Crisa thet annet her Agera

","englishForm": "

Argera

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Agera","lemmaFormAttestation": "Argera","sourcePage": "d7r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Lucidarius India is divided in two parts: Crise and Argera, both are said to be islands. They are here visualised as located in India.

Both placenames are of Greek origin.

","locationDescription": "

Argyra

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Argera

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7397,"count": "2017","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I india ær serdelis tw land om flodnæ thet ene heder Crisa thet annet her Agera

","englishForm": "

Crise

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Crisa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Crise","sourcePage": "d7r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Lucidarius India is divided in two parts:  Crise and Argera, both are said to be islands. They are here visualised as located in India.

Both placenames have Greek origin.

","locationDescription": "

Chryse

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Crise

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7395,"count": "2019","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I india ær serdelis tw land om flodnæ thet ene heder Crisa thet annet her Agera

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "d7r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7393,"count": "2021","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

India ær serlestes ii landh om fluthen thet enæ hether Crisæ. Thet annet hether argera

","englishForm": "

Argera

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Argera","lemmaFormAttestation": "Argera","sourcePage": "53v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Lucidarius India is divided in two parts: Crise and Argera, both are said to be islands. They are here visualised as located in India.

Both placenames are of Greek origin.

","locationDescription": "

Argyra

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Argera

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7391,"count": "2023","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

India ær serlestes ii landh om fluthen thet enæ hether Crisæ. Thet annet hether argera

","englishForm": "

Crise

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Crisæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Crise","sourcePage": "53v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Lucidarius India is divided in two parts:  Crise and Argera, both are said to be islands. They are here visualised as located in India.

Both placenames have Greek origin.

","locationDescription": "

Chryse

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Crise

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7389,"count": "2025","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

India ær serlestes ii landh om fluthen thet enæ hether Crisæ. Thet annet hether argera

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "53v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7387,"count": "2027","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Sig meg mester meræ aff Indea

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indea","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "d7r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7385,"count": "2029","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Syer mek mestære mere aff indiæ landh

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indiælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "53v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7383,"count": "2031","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

thet ær nest paradijs oc thet want aff paradijs kommer løber først om kring then øø

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "d6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7381,"count": "2033","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

thet ær nest paradijs oc thet want aff paradijs kommer løber først om kring then øø

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "d6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

næst

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7379,"count": "2035","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet ær nest paradyss oc thet watn aff paradyss ryndher først om then øø

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradyss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "53v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7377,"count": "2037","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet ær nest paradyss oc thet watn aff paradyss ryndher først om then øø

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradyss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "53v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

næst

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7375,"count": "2039","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thet ær taprobanes en øø heder saa

","englishForm": "

Sri Lanka

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Taprobane","lemmaFormAttestation": "Taprobane","sourcePage": "d6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Taprobane

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "7.60632","longitude": "80.71648","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1227604/sri-lanka.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sri_Lanka","location": "

Sri Lanka

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The word is inflected as a Latin genitive. The editors have emended to caprobanes.

"}, {"id": 7373,"count": "2041","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thet ær caprobanes en øø saa hether

","englishForm": "

Sri Lanka

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Caprobane","lemmaFormAttestation": "Taprobane","sourcePage": "53r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Taprobane

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "7.60632","longitude": "80.71648","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1227604/sri-lanka.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sri_Lanka","location": "

Sri Lanka

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is inflected in the Latin genitive case.

"}, {"id": 7371,"count": "2043","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

hvat land ligger nest paradijs aff indea land

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indealand","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "d6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7369,"count": "2045","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

hvat land ligger nest paradijs aff indea land

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "d6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

næst

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7367,"count": "2047","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Hwat landh liggher nest paradyss aff india landh

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indialandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "53r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7365,"count": "2049","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Hwat landh liggher nest paradyss aff india landh

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradyss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "53r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

næst

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7363,"count": "2051","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

med dæni ok tyzska i bland | margin man aff fræmada land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "182","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmada land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7361,"count": "2053","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

med dæni ok tyzska i bland | margin man aff fræmada land

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "182","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7359,"count": "2055","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

med dæni ok tyzska medh i bland | margin man aff fræmada land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "182","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmada land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7357,"count": "2057","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

med dæni ok tyzska medh i bland | margin man aff fræmada land

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "182","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7355,"count": "2059","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

dæni ok tyzska medh i bland | fførde han aff fræmada land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "182","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmada land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7353,"count": "2061","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

dæni ok tyzska medh i bland | fførde han aff fræmada land

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "182","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7351,"count": "2063","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

dæni ok tyzska i bland | medh mangh ein man aff fræmada land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "182","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmada land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7349,"count": "2065","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

dæni ok tyzska i bland | medh mangh ein man aff fræmada land

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "182","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7347,"count": "2067","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

dæni ok tyzska medh i bland | margin man aff fræmada land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "182","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmada land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7345,"count": "2069","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

dæni ok tyzska medh i bland | margin man aff fræmada land

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "182","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7343,"count": "2071","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

dæni ok tyzska medh i bland | margin man aff fræmada land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "182","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmada land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7341,"count": "2073","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

dæni ok tyzska medh i bland | margin man aff fræmada land

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "182","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7339,"count": "2075","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

med dæni ok tyzska medh i bland | margin man aff fræmada land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "182","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmada land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7337,"count": "2077","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

med dæni ok tyzska medh i bland | margin man aff fræmada land

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "182","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7335,"count": "2079","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tha flyddo the nordmen alla vegna

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "181","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7333,"count": "2081","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tha flyddo the nordmen alla vegna

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "181","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7331,"count": "2083","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha flyddo nordmen alla vegna

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "181","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7327,"count": "2085","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha flyddo the nordmen alla vegna

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "181","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7325,"count": "2087","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha flyddo the nordmen alla vegna

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "181","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7323,"count": "2089","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha flyddo the nordmen alla vegna

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "181","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7321,"count": "2091","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Thy flyddo tha nordmen alla vegna

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "181","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7319,"count": "2093","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Swa at nordmen matto ey faa them

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "181","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7317,"count": "2095","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Swa at nordmen matto ey faa them

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "181","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7315,"count": "2097","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Swa at nordmen matto ey faa them

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "181","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7313,"count": "2099","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The nordmen a bergit lagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "180","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7311,"count": "2101","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The nordmen a bergit lagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "180","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7309,"count": "2103","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The nordmen a bergit lagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "180","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7307,"count": "2105","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The nordmen a berghe lagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "180","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7305,"count": "2107","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The nordmen a ena berghe lagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "180","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7303,"count": "2109","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

The nordmen a ena berghe lagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "180","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7301,"count": "2111","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

The nordmen a ena berghe lagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "180","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7299,"count": "2113","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

hwar tha waro nordmennene

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "180","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmennene","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7297,"count": "2115","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

hwar the waro nordmennene

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "180","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmennene","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7295,"count": "2117","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hwar the waro nordmennene

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "180","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmennene","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7293,"count": "2119","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hwar the waro nordmennene

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "180","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmennene","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7291,"count": "2121","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hwar the waro nordmennene

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "180","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmennene","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7289,"count": "2123","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

hwar the waro nordmennene

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "180","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmennene","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7287,"count": "2125","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the nordmen gaffwos illa nidh

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7285,"count": "2127","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the nordmen gaffwos illa nidh

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7283,"count": "2129","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the nordmen gaffwos illa nidh

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7281,"count": "2131","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the nordmen gaffwos illa nidh

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7279,"count": "2133","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the nordmen gaffwo sik illa nidh

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7277,"count": "2135","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the nordmen gaffwo sik illa nidh

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7275,"count": "2137","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

the nordmen gaffwo sik illa nidh

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7273,"count": "2139","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

at Nordmen willo medh honom stridha

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7271,"count": "2141","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

at Nordmen willo medh honom stridha

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7269,"count": "2143","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nordmen willo medh honom stridha

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7267,"count": "2145","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at Nordmen willo medh honom stridha

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7265,"count": "2147","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at Nordmen willo medh honom stridha

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7263,"count": "2149","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

at Nordmen willo medh honom stridha

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7261,"count": "2151","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

at Nordmen willo medh honom stridha

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7259,"count": "2153","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Thy foor han til norighis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7257,"count": "2155","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Thy foor han til norighis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7255,"count": "2157","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thy foor han til norighis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7253,"count": "2159","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thy foor han til norighis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7251,"count": "2161","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thy foor han til norighis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7249,"count": "2163","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Thy foor han til norighis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7247,"count": "2165","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Thy foor han til norighis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7245,"count": "2167","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

at Nordmen drogho med litle makt

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7243,"count": "2169","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

at Nordmen drogho med litle makt

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7241,"count": "2171","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at Nordmen drogho med litle makt

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7239,"count": "2173","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at Nordmen drogho med litle makt

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7237,"count": "2175","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at Nordmen the med litle makt

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7235,"count": "2177","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

at Nordmen the med litle makt

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7233,"count": "2179","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

at Nordmen the med litle makt

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7231,"count": "2181","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

nordmæn stodho øwer them høkt

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "177","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7229,"count": "2183","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

nordmæn stodho øwer them høkt

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "177","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7227,"count": "2185","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nordmæn stodho øwer them høkt

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "177","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7225,"count": "2187","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nordmæn stodho øwer them høkt

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "177","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7223,"count": "2189","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nordmæn stodho øwer them høkt

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "177","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7221,"count": "2191","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

nordmæn stodho øwer them høkt

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "177","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7219,"count": "2193","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Nordmennene stodho øwer them høkt

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "177","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmennene","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7217,"count": "2195","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tha the nordmen waro sagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7215,"count": "2197","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tha the nordmen waro sagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7213,"count": "2199","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha the nordmen waro sagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7211,"count": "2201","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha the nordmen waro sagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7209,"count": "2203","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha the nordmen thet sagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7207,"count": "2205","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha the nordmen thet sagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7205,"count": "2207","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

tha the nordmen thet sagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7203,"count": "2209","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Nordmennene som tith lagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmennene","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7201,"count": "2211","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Nordmennene som tith lagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmennene","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7199,"count": "2213","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tith som Nordmennene lagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmennene","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7197,"count": "2215","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tith som Nordmennene lagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmennene","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7195,"count": "2217","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tith som Nordmennene lagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmennene","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7193,"count": "2219","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tith som Nordmennene lagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmennene","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7191,"count": "2221","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

tith som Nordmennene lagho

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmennene","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7189,"count": "2223","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Tha wille konungen aff norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "174","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7187,"count": "2225","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Tha wille konungen aff norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "174","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7185,"count": "2227","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha wille konungen aff norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "174","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7183,"count": "2229","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha wille konungen aff norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "174","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7181,"count": "2231","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha wille konungen aff norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "174","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7179,"count": "2233","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Tha wille konungen aff norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "174","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7177,"count": "2235","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Tha wille konungen aff norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "174","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7175,"count": "2237","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Nordmen tappado sigher thær

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "174","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7173,"count": "2239","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Nordmen tappado sigerin thær

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "174","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7171,"count": "2241","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nordmen tappado sigerin thær

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "174","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7169,"count": "2243","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nordmen tappado sigerin thær

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "174","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7167,"count": "2245","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nordmen tappado sigerin thær

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "174","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7165,"count": "2247","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Nordmen tappado sigerin thær

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "174","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7163,"count": "2249","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Nordmen tappado sigerin thær

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "174","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7161,"count": "2251","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

at nordmen gawo wp eth wiik

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "173","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7159,"count": "2253","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

at nordmen gawo wp eth wiik

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "173","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7157,"count": "2255","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at nordmen gawo wp eth wiik

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "173","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7155,"count": "2257","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at nordmen gawo wp eth wiik

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "173","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7153,"count": "2259","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at nordmen gawo wp eth wiik

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "173","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7151,"count": "2261","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

nordmen gawo wp eth wiik

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "173","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7149,"count": "2263","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

at nordmen gawo wp eth wiik

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "173","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7147,"count": "2265","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

siden sampnadis nordmen saman

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "171","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7145,"count": "2267","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

siden sampdis nordmen saman

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "171","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7143,"count": "2269","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

siden sampnadis nordmen saman

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "172","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7141,"count": "2271","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

siden sampnadis nordmen til saman

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "171","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7139,"count": "2273","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jdhan sampnadis nordmen saman

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "171","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7137,"count": "2275","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

siden sampnados nordmen saman

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "171","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7135,"count": "2277","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Jdhan sampnadis nordmen saman

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "171","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7133,"count": "2279","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Swa skildis han widh nordmen

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7131,"count": "2281","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Swa skildis han widh nordmen

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7129,"count": "2283","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Swa skildis han widh the nordmen

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7127,"count": "2285","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Swa skildis han widh nordmen

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7125,"count": "2287","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Swa skildis han widh nordmen

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7123,"count": "2289","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Swa skildis han widh nordmen

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7121,"count": "2291","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Swa skildis han widh nordmen

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7119,"count": "2293","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tha Normen fiollo swa som græss

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "normen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7117,"count": "2295","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The Normen fiollo swa som græss

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the normen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7115,"count": "2297","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The Normen fiollo swa som græss

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the normen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7113,"count": "2299","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The Normen fiollo swa som græss

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the normen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7111,"count": "2301","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The Normen fiollo som græss

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the normen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7109,"count": "2303","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

The Normen fiollo swa som græss

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the normen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7107,"count": "2305","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

The Normen fiollo som græss

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the normen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7105,"count": "2307","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

J Clementz kirkio

","englishForm": "

Saint Clement's church

","editionPage": "372","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Clementzkirkia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Clementskirkia","sourcePage": "246v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Klemenskirke

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","showAsLocatedIn": "505","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Saint Clement's church

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7103,"count": "2309","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j Tromdhem

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "371","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tromdhem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "246r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7101,"count": "2311","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

op j hedmark

","englishForm": "

Hedmark

","editionPage": "371","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hedmark","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hedmark","sourcePage": "246r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "60.7953","longitude": "11.0827","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3153403/hedmark-fylke.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hedmark","location": "

Hedmark

","preposition": "

Up i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7099,"count": "2313","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

kalffwer j ægiom

","englishForm": "

Egge

","editionPage": "371","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ægia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Æggia","sourcePage": "246r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "64.02325","longitude": "11.47465","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3158789/egge.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Egge%2C_Nord-Tr%C3%B8ndelag","location": "

Egge

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Kalv Arnesson (https://nbl.snl.no/Kalv_Arnesson) was one of King Olav's main opponents.

"}, {"id": 7097,"count": "2315","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till ysland

","englishForm": "

Iceland

","editionPage": "370","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ysland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Island","sourcePage": "246r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "65","longitude": "-18","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2629691/republic-of-iceland.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland","location": "

Iceland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7095,"count": "2317","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

hardaren lag tog han tha fram | æn norge nokan syn forra fan

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "369","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "245v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7093,"count": "2319","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

han giorde Norge mera meen

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "369","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "245v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7091,"count": "2321","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Rike knuter j then thima | gaff tha Norge en annan lima

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "369","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "245v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7089,"count": "2323","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

til niderros

","englishForm": "

Nidaros Cathedral

","editionPage": "368","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Niderros","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nidharos","sourcePage": "245v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Nidarosdomen

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","showAsLocatedIn": "505","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Nidaros Cathedral

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7087,"count": "2325","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Thirgils homalsson j stikilstad

","englishForm": "

Stiklestad

","editionPage": "368","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Stikilstad","lemmaFormAttestation": "Stikilstad","sourcePage": "245r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.79599","longitude": "11.55877","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3136779/stiklestad.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stiklestad","location": "

Stiklestad

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7085,"count": "2327","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Then vagh het sæffhuwth

","englishForm": "

Sæfhuvuþ

","editionPage": "355","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sæffhuwth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sæfhuvuþ","sourcePage": "241v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "road","localityTypeOfName": "hodonym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Sæfhuvuþ

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7083,"count": "2329","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Olaff helge thetta sporde | sidan til oxla sigla torde

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "353","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oxla","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oxlo","sourcePage": "241r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Oxlo forms a separate lemma because it likely originates in the form Opslo, a frequent spelling of the name Oslo during the Middle Ages. The ⟨x⟩ in Oxlo is assumed to go back to ⟨p⟩ in Opslo, cf. the spelling Oxslo and the like in medieval charters.

"}, {"id": 7081,"count": "2331","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

at Nordmen komo swa stor en skare

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7079,"count": "2333","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

at Nordmen komo swa digher skare

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7077,"count": "2335","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at Nordmen komo j sa storan skare

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7075,"count": "2337","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at Nordmen komo swa digher skare

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7073,"count": "2339","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nordmen holdæ en stor skare

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7071,"count": "2341","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha Nordmen komo en stor skare

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7069,"count": "2343","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

at Nordmen komo en digher skare

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7067,"count": "2345","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Nordmæn kommo ther offwer at man forsloo

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7065,"count": "2347","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Nordmæn kommo ther offwer at man forsloo

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7063,"count": "2349","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nordmæn ther offuer kommo som man forsloo

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7061,"count": "2351","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Nordmæn kommo ther offwer at man forsloo

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7059,"count": "2353","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

/ ok ther gik ower en bro | Nordmæn swa at man forsloo

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7057,"count": "2355","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the ræddis normen ey eth kast

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "normen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7055,"count": "2357","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the ræddis normen ey eth kast

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "normen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7053,"count": "2359","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the ræddis før normen ey eth bast

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "normen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7051,"count": "2361","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the ræddis normen ey eth bast

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "normen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7049,"count": "2363","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok ræddis normen ey eth bast

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "normen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7047,"count": "2365","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok ræddis normen ey eth bast

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "normen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7045,"count": "2367","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

ok ræddis normen ey eth bast

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "normen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7043,"count": "2369","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

For akerss hws han sik lagde

","englishForm": "

Akershus castle

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Akersshws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Akershus","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Akershus festning

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.90762","longitude": "10.73667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/11810638/akershus-castle.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Akershus_Fortress","location": "

Akershus castle

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7041,"count": "2371","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

For akerss borg han sik lagde

","englishForm": "

Akershus castle

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Akerssborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Akersborg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Akershus festning

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.90762","longitude": "10.73667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/11810638/akershus-castle.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Akershus_Fortress","location": "

Akershus castle

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7039,"count": "2373","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

For akerss hws han sik lagde

","englishForm": "

Akershus castle

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Akersshws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Akershus","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Akershus festning

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.90762","longitude": "10.73667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/11810638/akershus-castle.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Akershus_Fortress","location": "

Akershus castle

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7037,"count": "2375","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

For akerss borg han sik lagde

","englishForm": "

Akershus castle

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Akerssborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Akersborg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Akershus festning

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.90762","longitude": "10.73667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/11810638/akershus-castle.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Akershus_Fortress","location": "

Akershus castle

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7035,"count": "2377","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

For akerss borg han sik lagde

","englishForm": "

Akershus castle

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Akerssborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Akersborg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Akershus festning

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.90762","longitude": "10.73667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/11810638/akershus-castle.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Akershus_Fortress","location": "

Akershus castle

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7033,"count": "2379","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

For akerss borg han sik lagde

","englishForm": "

Akershus castle

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Akerssborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Akersborg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Akershus festning

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.90762","longitude": "10.73667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/11810638/akershus-castle.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Akershus_Fortress","location": "

Akershus castle

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7031,"count": "2381","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

For akerss hws han sik tha lagde

","englishForm": "

Akershus castle

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Akersshws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Akershus","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Akershus festning

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.90762","longitude": "10.73667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/11810638/akershus-castle.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Akershus_Fortress","location": "

Akershus castle

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7029,"count": "2383","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

thet kænna the æ mædhan norrige star

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norrige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7027,"count": "2385","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the kænna thet æ mædhan norrige star

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norrige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7025,"count": "2387","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the mynnas thet æ medh norrige star

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norrige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7023,"count": "2389","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the kænna thet medh norrige star

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norrige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7021,"count": "2391","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the kænna thet æ mædhan norrige star

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norrige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7019,"count": "2393","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the kænna thet æ mædhan norrige star

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norrige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7017,"count": "2395","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

the kænna thet æ mædhan norrige star

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norrige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7015,"count": "2397","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

kælffwer j ægiom

","englishForm": "

Egge

","editionPage": "367","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ægia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Æggia","sourcePage": "245r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "64.02325","longitude": "11.47465","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3158789/egge.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Egge%2C_Nord-Tr%C3%B8ndelag","location": "

Egge

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Kalv Arnesson (https://nbl.snl.no/Kalv_Arnesson) was one of King Olav's main opponents.

"}, {"id": 7013,"count": "2399","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j Stichilstad

","englishForm": "

Stiklestad

","editionPage": "366","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Stichilstad","lemmaFormAttestation": "Stikilstad","sourcePage": "244v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.79599","longitude": "11.55877","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3136779/stiklestad.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stiklestad","location": "

Stiklestad

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7011,"count": "2401","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

til Stekilstad

","englishForm": "

Stiklestad

","editionPage": "366","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Stekilstad","lemmaFormAttestation": "Stikilstad","sourcePage": "244v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.79599","longitude": "11.55877","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3136779/stiklestad.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stiklestad","location": "

Stiklestad

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7009,"count": "2403","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j trandheem

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "364","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Trandheem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "244r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7007,"count": "2405","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Norge var mik førra got

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "364","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "244r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7005,"count": "2407","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Norge haffuer giort illa mote migh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "364","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "244r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7003,"count": "2409","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j norgis land

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "363","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "243v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 7001,"count": "2411","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Nordmen æro ey gode bida

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "362","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "243v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6999,"count": "2413","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Marge vaare Norgis men | medh Olaff helga høllo æn

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "362","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "243v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6997,"count": "2415","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

før Norge vare the førmen alle

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "362","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "243v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6995,"count": "2417","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

kalffwer j ægiom

","englishForm": "

Egge

","editionPage": "362","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ægia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Æggia","sourcePage": "243v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "64.02325","longitude": "11.47465","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3158789/egge.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Egge%2C_Nord-Tr%C3%B8ndelag","location": "

Egge

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Kalv Arnesson was one of King Olav's main opponents.

"}, {"id": 6993,"count": "2419","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Norgis herra at spøria | the villo medh olaff ørligh børia

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "362","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "243v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6991,"count": "2421","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j gardrike

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "362","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gardrike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Garþrike","sourcePage": "243v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6989,"count": "2423","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

til Norgis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "243r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6987,"count": "2425","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Konung aff gardrike olaffue bød | wlgaria land til konungx øød

","englishForm": "

Old Great Bulgaria

","editionPage": "359","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wlgarialand","lemmaFormAttestation": "Vulgarialand","sourcePage": "242v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Vulgaria

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Old_Great_Bulgaria","location": "

Old Great Bulgaria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6985,"count": "2427","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The normæn kastado mædhan bro

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the normæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6983,"count": "2429","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The normæn kastado mangin bro

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the normæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6981,"count": "2431","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

normæn kastado mangin bro

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "normæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6979,"count": "2433","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The normæn kastado mangh ein bro

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the normæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6977,"count": "2435","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The normæn kastado mangin bro

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the normæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6975,"count": "2437","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

The normæn kastado manga bro

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the normæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6973,"count": "2439","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

The Norman kastado mangin bro

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the norman","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6971,"count": "2441","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Ok wænde ey ater før æn widh oxloo

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oxloo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oxlo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Oxlo forms a separate lemma because it likely originates in the form Opslo, a frequent spelling of the name Oslo during the Middle Ages. The ⟨x⟩ in Oxlo is assumed to go back to ⟨p⟩ in Opslo, cf. the spelling Oxslo and the like in medieval charters.

"}, {"id": 6969,"count": "2443","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Ok wænde ey ater før æn widh oslo

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6967,"count": "2445","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok wænde ey ater før æn widh oslo

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6965,"count": "2447","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok wænde ey ater før widh oslo

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6963,"count": "2449","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok wænde ey ater før widh oslo

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6961,"count": "2451","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ok wænde ey ater før æn widh oslo

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6959,"count": "2453","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Ok wænde ey før æn widh oslo

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6957,"count": "2455","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han took then wægh til norigis laa

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6955,"count": "2457","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han took then wægh til norigis laa

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6953,"count": "2459","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han took then wægh til norigis laa

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6951,"count": "2461","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han took then wægh til norigis laa

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6949,"count": "2463","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han took then wægh til norigis laa

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6947,"count": "2465","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

han took then wægh til norigis laa

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6945,"count": "2467","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

han took then wægh til norigis laa

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6943,"count": "2469","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the a hon flyter millan tweggia landa | Swerighe ok Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "165","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6941,"count": "2471","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the a hon flyter mellan tweggia landa | Swerighe ok Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "165","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6939,"count": "2473","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the a flyter mellan tweggia landa | Swerighe ok Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "165","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6937,"count": "2475","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the a hon flyter millan tweggia landa | Swerighe ok Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "165","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6935,"count": "2477","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han flyter tweggia land i mælle | Swerighe ok Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "165","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6933,"count": "2479","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

han flyter tweggia landa i mælle | Swerighe ok Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "165","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6931,"count": "2481","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

hon flyter tweggia landa i mælle | Swerighe ok Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "165","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6929,"count": "2483","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Tha sende konungen aff Norighe breff

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "164","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6927,"count": "2485","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Tha sende konungen aff Norighe breff

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "164","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6925,"count": "2487","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha sende konungen aff Norighe breff

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "164","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6923,"count": "2489","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha sende konungen aff Norighe breff

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "164","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6921,"count": "2491","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha sende konungen aff Norighe breff

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "164","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6919,"count": "2493","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Tha sende konungen aff Norighe breff

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "164","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6917,"count": "2495","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Tha sende konungen aff Norighe eth breff

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "164","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6915,"count": "2497","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Er paradijs megen iord ommæ

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "d6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6913,"count": "2499","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ær paradyss stort iordmon

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradyss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "53r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6911,"count": "2501","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ther ær een annen øø j mæreth, Ther ær folk vppa, The som ekke ære vden een span langh

","englishForm": "

folk som ære en span lang [constr.]

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "folk som ære een span langh (constr.)","lemmaFormAttestation": "folk som ære en span lang (constr.)","sourcePage": "55v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

This inhabitant designation is visualised as being located in the Indian Ocean because in the Old Danish Sydrak, the people are referred to as living on an island in the sea (mææreth), and as the point-of-view in Sydrak is in southern Central Asia, the Indian Ocean seems the most probable. The reference in Sydrak, however, could just as easily be to the sea in general, or perhaps even to the Great Outer Sea.

","locationDescription": "

People, one span high

","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "-10","longitude": "70","showAsLocatedIn": "1173","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

folk som ære en span lang [constr.]

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6905,"count": "2503","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

medh nokon vtlenzskan man eller hær

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "162","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6903,"count": "2505","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

medh nokon vtlenzskan man eller hær

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "162","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6901,"count": "2507","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

medh nokon vtlenzskan hær

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "162","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6899,"count": "2509","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

medh nokon vtlenzskan hær

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "162","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6897,"count": "2511","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

medh nokon vtlenzskan hær

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "162","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6895,"count": "2513","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

medh nokon vtlenzskan hær

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "162","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6893,"count": "2515","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

medh nokon vtlenzskan hær

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "162","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6891,"count": "2517","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

och hertoghans baner aff sletzwik

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","editionPage": "161","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sletzwik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slesvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "55.166667","longitude": "9.25","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Duchy_of_Schleswig¶ms=55_10_N_9_15_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Schleswig","location": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6889,"count": "2519","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

och hertoghans baner aff sletzwik

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","editionPage": "161","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sletzwik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slesvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "55.166667","longitude": "9.25","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Duchy_of_Schleswig¶ms=55_10_N_9_15_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Schleswig","location": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6887,"count": "2521","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

och hertoghans aff sletzwik

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","editionPage": "161","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sletzwik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slesvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "55.166667","longitude": "9.25","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Duchy_of_Schleswig¶ms=55_10_N_9_15_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Schleswig","location": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6885,"count": "2523","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

och hertoghans baner aff sletzwik

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","editionPage": "161","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sletzwik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slesvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "55.166667","longitude": "9.25","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Duchy_of_Schleswig¶ms=55_10_N_9_15_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Schleswig","location": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6883,"count": "2525","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hertoghans baner aff sletzwik

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","editionPage": "161","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sletzwik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slesvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "55.166667","longitude": "9.25","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Duchy_of_Schleswig¶ms=55_10_N_9_15_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Schleswig","location": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6881,"count": "2527","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hertoghans baner aff sletzwik

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","editionPage": "161","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sletzwik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slesvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "55.166667","longitude": "9.25","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Duchy_of_Schleswig¶ms=55_10_N_9_15_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Schleswig","location": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6879,"count": "2529","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

hertoghans baner aff sletzwik

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","editionPage": "161","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sletzwik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slesvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "55.166667","longitude": "9.25","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Duchy_of_Schleswig¶ms=55_10_N_9_15_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Schleswig","location": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6877,"count": "2531","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

grewans baner war ther kænt | och aff holzeta land

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Holzetaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtztaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6875,"count": "2533","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

grewans baner war ther kænt | aff holzeta land

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Holzetaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtztaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6873,"count": "2535","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

grewans baner war ther kænt | aff holsta land ok annar j bland

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Holstaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtztaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6871,"count": "2537","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

grewans baner war ther kænt | aff holzeta land Ok saa man ther med i bland

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Holzetaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtztaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6869,"count": "2539","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

grewans baner war ther kænt | aff holzeta land

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Holzetaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtztaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6867,"count": "2541","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

grewans baner war ther kænt | aff holzeta land

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Holzetaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtztaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6865,"count": "2543","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

grewans baner war ther kænt | aff holzeta land

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Holzetaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtztaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6863,"count": "2545","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The tyzsko tha sigherin wnno

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6861,"count": "2547","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The tyzsko tha sigherin wnno

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6859,"count": "2549","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The tyzsko tha sigherin wnno

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6857,"count": "2551","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The tyzsko tha sigherin wnno

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6855,"count": "2553","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

The tyzsko tha sigherin wnno

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6853,"count": "2555","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

The tyzsko tha sigherin wnno

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6851,"count": "2557","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Tha wordo the tyzsko alle vrede

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6849,"count": "2559","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Tha wordo the tyzsko alle vrede

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6847,"count": "2561","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha wordo the tyzsko alle vrede

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6845,"count": "2563","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha wordo the tyzsko alle vrede

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6843,"count": "2565","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha wordo the tyzsko alle vrede

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6841,"count": "2567","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Tha wordo the tyzsko alle vrede

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6839,"count": "2569","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Tha wordo the tyzsko alle vrede

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6837,"count": "2571","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Ok slogho en titzskan vmsider

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "en titzskan","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6835,"count": "2573","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Ok slogho en titzskan vmsider

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "en titzskan","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6833,"count": "2575","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok slogho en titzskan swa vmsider

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "en titzskan","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6831,"count": "2577","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok slogho ein titzskan vmsider

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ein titzskan","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6829,"count": "2579","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok slogho en titzskan swa vmsider

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "en titzskan","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6827,"count": "2581","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ok slogho en titzskan swa vmsider

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "en titzskan","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6825,"count": "2583","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Ok slogho en titzskan swa vmsider

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "en titzskan","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6823,"count": "2585","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Swa liffdo the tytzske wider them

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tytzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6821,"count": "2587","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Swa liffdo the tytzske wider them

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tytzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6819,"count": "2589","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Swa liffdo the tytzske wider them

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tytzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6817,"count": "2591","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Swa liffdo the tytzske wider them

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tytzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6815,"count": "2593","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Swa liffdo the tytzske wider them

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tytzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6813,"count": "2595","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Swa liffdo the tytzske wider them

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tytzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6811,"count": "2597","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Swa liffdo the tytzske wider them

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tytzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6809,"count": "2599","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the tyzsko han haffde thær

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "158","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6807,"count": "2601","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the tyzsko han haffde thær

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "158","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6805,"count": "2603","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the tyzsko han haffde thær

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "158","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6803,"count": "2605","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the tyzsko han haffde thær

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "158","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6801,"count": "2607","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

the tyzsko han haffde thær

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "158","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tyzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6799,"count": "2609","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok møtte konungenom innan kraxøø

","englishForm": "

Kråkerøy

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kraxøø","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kraksø","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kragerø

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.18169","longitude": "10.92378","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3149388/krakeroy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kr%C3%A5ker%C3%B8y","location": "

Kråkerøy

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6797,"count": "2611","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok møtha konungenom innan kraxøø

","englishForm": "

Kråkerøy

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kraxøø","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kraksø","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kragerø

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.18169","longitude": "10.92378","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3149388/krakeroy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kr%C3%A5ker%C3%B8y","location": "

Kråkerøy

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6795,"count": "2613","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok møtte konungenom i krakø

","englishForm": "

Kråkerøy

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Krakø","lemmaFormAttestation": "Krakø","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kragerø

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.18169","longitude": "10.92378","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3149388/krakeroy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kr%C3%A5ker%C3%B8y","location": "

Kråkerøy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6793,"count": "2615","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok møtte konungenom i krakø

","englishForm": "

Kråkerøy

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Krakø","lemmaFormAttestation": "Krakø","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kragerø

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.18169","longitude": "10.92378","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3149388/krakeroy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kr%C3%A5ker%C3%B8y","location": "

Kråkerøy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6791,"count": "2617","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok møtte konungenom i kraxøø

","englishForm": "

Kråkerøy

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kraxøø","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kraksø","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kragerø

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.18169","longitude": "10.92378","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3149388/krakeroy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kr%C3%A5ker%C3%B8y","location": "

Kråkerøy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6789,"count": "2619","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok møtte konungenom i kraxøø

","englishForm": "

Kråkerøy

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kraxøø","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kraksø","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kragerø

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.18169","longitude": "10.92378","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3149388/krakeroy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kr%C3%A5ker%C3%B8y","location": "

Kråkerøy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6787,"count": "2621","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

ok møtte konungenom i kraxøø

","englishForm": "

Kråkerøy

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kraxøø","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kraksø","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kragerø

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.18169","longitude": "10.92378","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3149388/krakeroy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kr%C3%A5ker%C3%B8y","location": "

Kråkerøy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6785,"count": "2623","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Om olaffs messo til norigis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6783,"count": "2625","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Om olaffs messo til norigis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6781,"count": "2627","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Om olaffs messo til norigis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6779,"count": "2629","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Om olaffs messo til norigis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6777,"count": "2631","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Om olaffs messo til norigis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6775,"count": "2633","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Om olaffs messo til norigis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6773,"count": "2635","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Om olaffs messo til norigis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6771,"count": "2637","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

foor hertogh waldemar til tytzland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6769,"count": "2639","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

foor hertogh waldemar til tytzland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6767,"count": "2641","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

foor hertogh waldemar til tytzland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6765,"count": "2643","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

foor hertogh waldemar til tytzland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6763,"count": "2645","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

foor hertogh waldemar til tytzland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6761,"count": "2647","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

foor hertogh waldemar til tytzland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6759,"count": "2649","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

foor hertogh waldemar til tytzland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "153","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6757,"count": "2651","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

norghes konung tha han war gladh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6755,"count": "2653","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

norghes konung tha han war gladh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6753,"count": "2655","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

norghes konung tha han war gladh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6751,"count": "2657","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

norghes konung tha han war gladh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6749,"count": "2659","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han wille i norighe wara

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6747,"count": "2661","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han wille i norighe wara

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6745,"count": "2663","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han wille i norighe wara

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6743,"count": "2665","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han wille i norighe wara

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6741,"count": "2667","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han wille i norighe fara

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6739,"count": "2669","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

han wille i norighe fara

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6737,"count": "2671","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

han wille i norighe fara

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6735,"count": "2673","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The waro tha til norgis ridhne

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "136","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6733,"count": "2675","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The waro tha til norgis ridhne

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "136","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6731,"count": "2677","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The waro tha til norgis ridhne

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "136","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6729,"count": "2679","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The waro tha til norgis ridhne

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "136","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6727,"count": "2681","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The waro tha til norgis ridhne

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "136","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6725,"count": "2683","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

The waro tha til norgis ridhne

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "136","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6723,"count": "2685","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

The waro tha til norghe ridhne

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "136","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6721,"count": "2687","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ther wexte vp aff eth stoort ærlikit skønt thræ | oc stodh j mang hundradha aar | alt til thes konug salomon loth byggia mønstrit j iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mønstrit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mønstrit","sourcePage": "186","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6719,"count": "2689","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thin fæmpta glædhy kom thik tha | thu blomstrande roos aff iericho Gladhlika vthgig aff bethleem | til mønstrit innan iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mønstrit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mønstrit","sourcePage": "130","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6717,"count": "2691","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

tha hon bar sin son aff bethleem til iherusalem j mønstrith

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "158","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mønstrit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mønstrit","sourcePage": "130","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6715,"count": "2693","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc piltin ihesus bleff qwar j mønstreno

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mønstrit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mønstrit","sourcePage": "131","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6713,"count": "2695","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

israels sunom

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "150","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "123","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6711,"count": "2697","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Eentidh stodh war herra j mønstreno j iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "141","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mønstrit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mønstrit","sourcePage": "117","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6709,"count": "2699","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thentidh rsraels moghe war j ødhkninne

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "103","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rsrael","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "86","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6707,"count": "2701","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han later tha ater byggia mønstrit j iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "98","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mønstrit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mønstrit","sourcePage": "82","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6705,"count": "2703","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

iwdhanna gudh

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdhana","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6703,"count": "2705","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

om iwdhanna gudh ohøfwelika tala

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdhana","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "

um

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6701,"count": "2707","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

the thri iwdhiske piltane

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "11","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdhiske","lemmaFormAttestation": "iudhisker","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jewish

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6699,"count": "2709","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

wi ærum af iwdhiske slekt

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdhisk","lemmaFormAttestation": "iudhisker","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jewish

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6697,"count": "2711","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

badh han innirlika israels gudh

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6695,"count": "2713","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

rekna israels mogha

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6693,"count": "2715","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

engin af allom israels magha

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6691,"count": "2717","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha børiadho iudhane

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "172","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "142","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6689,"count": "2719","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc bødh ath iudhane skuldo hempna sik ofwer sina fianda | oc dræpa alla the som iudhana willo hafwa dræpit

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "172","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhana","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "142","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6687,"count": "2721","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc bødh ath iudhane skuldo hempna sik ofwer sina fianda | oc dræpa alla the som iudhana willo hafwa dræpit

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "172","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "142","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6685,"count": "2723","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at engin skulde iudhana dræpa

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "172","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhana","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "142","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6683,"count": "2725","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at een iwdhe heth mardocheus

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "141","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6681,"count": "2727","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at drotningen war aff iwdha slækt

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdha slækt","lemmaFormAttestation": "iudha slækt","sourcePage": "140","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6679,"count": "2729","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

mædhan then iwdhen mardocheus forsmadhe han

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdhen","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "140","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6677,"count": "2731","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at han skulde sampna alla the iwdha j susis waro

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdha","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "140","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6675,"count": "2733","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konungxsins dom | som gifwin war ofwer hænna slækt iudhana

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhana","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "139","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6673,"count": "2735","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha sørghdho iudhane oc græto ower alla mato

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "139","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6671,"count": "2737","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

At alle iudhe vnge och gamble | qwinnor oc barn | skuldo dræpas

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "139","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6669,"count": "2739","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

for thy | iwdha hafdho førra fordarfwat thet folkit | som kalladhis amalechite | aff hwilko folke aman war fødder

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdha","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "139","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6667,"count": "2741","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha han hørdhe at han war een iudhe | wardh han hatugher oc wredher | oppa alla the iudha j landeno waro

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudha","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "139","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6665,"count": "2743","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha han hørdhe at han war een iudhe | wardh han hatugher oc wredher | oppa alla the iudha j landeno waro

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "139","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6663,"count": "2745","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at ther war een iudhe heth mardochius

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "138","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6661,"count": "2747","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc forbødh hænne at sighia Thet at hon war fødh af iudha slækt

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudha slækt","lemmaFormAttestation": "iudha slækt","sourcePage": "137","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6659,"count": "2749","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

J them tymanom war j sama stadhenom susis een iudhe heth mardocheus

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "137","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6657,"count": "2751","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

til paradis ere iorderigis menniske vmvligt at komme

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "d8r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6655,"count": "2753","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thil paradyss ær jørdrighæ menyskæ vmwælicth at kommæ

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradyss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "52v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6653,"count": "2755","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

mve men eij komme genest aff India oc tijl paradijs

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "d8r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6651,"count": "2757","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

mve men eij komme genest aff India oc tijl paradijs

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "d8r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6649,"count": "2759","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Kan man ey komæ aff india oc genesten til paradys

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradys","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "52v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6647,"count": "2761","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Kan man ey komæ aff india oc genesten til paradys

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "52v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6645,"count": "2763","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Er India stort

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "206-209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "d8r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6643,"count": "2765","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ær India. || storth.

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "206-209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "52r-v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6641,"count": "2767","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

thet samme land India ligger saa langt fra alle lande at engen man fanger seglet thit mynne stvnd en eth halff aar

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "d8r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6639,"count": "2769","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet sammæ landh india liggher saa lancth fran allæ landh / Ath enghen man fangher thit seyeldh i stekkræ stundh æn eth halleftt aar

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "52r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6637,"count": "2771","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

eth stor want heder indns ther lannet heder effther

","englishForm": "

Indus

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indns","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indus","sourcePage": "d8r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "23.99247","longitude": "67.43444","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1115007/indus-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indus_River","location": "

Indus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form with a misplaced n for u, is corrupted by the printer. In the edition this error is corrected.

lannet refers, of course, to India mentioned above in the text.

"}, {"id": 6635,"count": "2773","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

æth storth wadhen som hether indus Ther thet landh hether æffther

","englishForm": "

Indus

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indus","sourcePage": "52r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "23.99247","longitude": "67.43444","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1115007/indus-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indus_River","location": "

Indus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

thet landh refers, of course, to India mentioned above in the text.

"}, {"id": 6633,"count": "2775","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

eth haff ther heder wendelhaff

","englishForm": "

Vendelhav

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wendelhaff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Vendelhav","sourcePage": "d8r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

This location is mentioned in the Old Danish Lucidarius, where it is one of two large bodies of water surrounding India (the other being the river Indus). Etymologially the Danish form is taken from German Wendelmeer denoting either the Great Outer Sea or the Mediterranean Sea (mare vandalicum). In the case of India, the first of these interpretations makes best sense, and is followed here, and preliminarily with the Indian Ocean chosen as visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

The Ocean, Great Outer Sea

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "-10","longitude": "70","showAsLocatedIn": "1173","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Vendelhav

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6631,"count": "2777","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

æth storth haff Thet hether weldel haff

","englishForm": "

Vendelhav

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Weldelhaff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Vendelhav","sourcePage": "52r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

This location is mentioned in the Old Danish Lucidarius, where it is one of two large bodies of water surrounding India (the other being the river Indus). Etymologially the Danish form is taken from German Wendelmeer denoting either the Great Outer Sea or the Mediterranean Sea (mare vandalicum). In the case of India, the first of these interpretations makes best sense, and is followed here, and preliminarily with the Indian Ocean chosen as visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

The Ocean, Great Outer Sea

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "-10","longitude": "70","showAsLocatedIn": "1173","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Vendelhav

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form weldel haff is here considered a scribal error for wendel haff in correspondance to the form found in the other Danish version of Lucidarius, the Ghemen-print. Less likely is the possiblity that the form is a corruption of an otherwise unknown noun væreldshav.

"}, {"id": 6627,"count": "2779","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thet heder India

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "d8r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6625,"count": "2781","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Hvat land ligger nest paradijs aff the land i Asia ære

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "d7v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6623,"count": "2783","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Hvat land ligger nest paradijs aff the land i Asia ære

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "d7v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

næst

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6621,"count": "2785","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

i gemel Asia flyder fire floder aff en kelle er i paradijs oc flyder om al werden

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "d7v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6619,"count": "2787","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

i gemel Asia flyder fire floder aff en kelle er i paradijs oc flyder om al werden

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "d7v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "

genem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6617,"count": "2789","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thet hether india

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "52r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6615,"count": "2791","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Hwat landh liggher nest paradyss aff thee landhskapp ther i Asia ær

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "52r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6613,"count": "2793","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Hwat landh liggher nest paradyss aff thee landhskapp ther i Asia ær

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradyss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "52r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

næst

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6611,"count": "2795","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

igemmen Asia flydher iiii flodher aff en keldhe ther ær i paradyss och flydher saa om all verdhen

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradyss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "52r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6609,"count": "2797","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

igemmen Asia flydher iiii flodher aff en keldhe ther ær i paradyss och flydher saa om all verdhen

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "52r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "

genem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6607,"count": "2799","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Asia begynnes ther som solen opgoor oc lijger nest paradijs

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "d7v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

næst

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6605,"count": "2801","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Asia begynnes ther som solen opgoor oc lijger nest paradijs

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "d7v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6603,"count": "2803","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Asia byriæs ther som solen opp gaar och liggher nest paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "52r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

næst

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6601,"count": "2805","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Asia byriæs ther som solen opp gaar och liggher nest paradiis

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "52r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6599,"count": "2807","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Sig meg først aff Asia

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "d7v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6597,"count": "2809","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Sier mek først aff asia

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "52r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6595,"count": "2811","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tredie loder soo som Asia Affrica oc Europa

","englishForm": "

Europe

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Europa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Europa","sourcePage": "d7v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255148/europe.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Europe","location": "

Europe

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6593,"count": "2813","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tredie loder soo som Asia Affrica oc Europa

","englishForm": "

Africa

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Affrica","lemmaFormAttestation": "Afrika","sourcePage": "d7v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255146/africa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Africa","location": "

Africa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6591,"count": "2815","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tredie loder soo som Asia Affrica oc Europa

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "d7v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6589,"count": "2817","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

trenæ deelæ sosom ær Asya affrica oc ewropa

","englishForm": "

Europe

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ewropa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Europa","sourcePage": "52r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255148/europe.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Europe","location": "

Europe

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6587,"count": "2819","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

trenæ deelæ sosom ær Asya affrica oc ewropa

","englishForm": "

Africa

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Affrica","lemmaFormAttestation": "Afrika","sourcePage": "52r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255146/africa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Africa","location": "

Africa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6585,"count": "2821","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

trenæ deelæ sosom ær Asya affrica oc ewropa

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "206","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "52r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6583,"count": "2823","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

then wisæste mestere in parijs ær

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "a4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

in

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Latin preposition in is used.

"}, {"id": 6581,"count": "2825","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then visestæ oc clogæstæ mesteræ ther i paris ær

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "193","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paris","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "48v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6575,"count": "2827","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

adam brød guds budh i paradijs. ther øster ære

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "181","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "b7v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6573,"count": "2829","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

adam brøth gutz buth i paradyss ther øster ær

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "181","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradyss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "45v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6571,"count": "2831","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

skulle man leta wt til riin

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "130","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Riin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6569,"count": "2833","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

skulle man leta wt til riin

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "130","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Riin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6567,"count": "2835","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

skulle man læta wt til riin

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "130","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Riin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6565,"count": "2837","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

skulle man lætha wt til riin

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "130","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Riin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6563,"count": "2839","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

skulle man leta wt til riin

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "130","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Riin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6561,"count": "2841","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

skulle man leta wt til riin

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "130","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Riin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6559,"count": "2843","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

skulle man leta wt til riin

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "130","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Riin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6557,"count": "2845","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The toko then vægh til norigis laa

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "127","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6555,"count": "2847","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The toko then vægh til norigis laa

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "127","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6553,"count": "2849","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The toko then vægh til norigis laa

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "127","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6551,"count": "2851","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The toko then vægh til norigis laa

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "127","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6549,"count": "2853","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The toko then wæghin til norigis laa

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "127","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6547,"count": "2855","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

The toko then wæghin til norigis laa

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "127","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6545,"count": "2857","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

The toko then wæghin til norigis laa

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "127","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6541,"count": "2859","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

wtlenzske men tha bado the

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "wtlenzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6539,"count": "2861","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

wtlenzske men tha bado the

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "wtlenzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6537,"count": "2863","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

wtlenzske men thet bado the

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "wtlenzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6535,"count": "2865","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

wtlenzske men thet bado the

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "wtlenzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6533,"count": "2867","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

wtlenzske men thet bado the

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "wtlenzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6531,"count": "2869","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

wtlenzske men thet bado the

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "wtlenzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6529,"count": "2871","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

wtlenzske men the bado the

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "wtlenzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6527,"count": "2873","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

greffuans dotter han tha badh | aff rawensborgh eth hws och en stadh

","englishForm": "

County of Ravensberg

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rawensborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ravensborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Grafschaft Ravensberg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.092164","longitude": "8.570708","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=County_of_Ravensberg¶ms=52_05_31.79_N_8_34_14.55_E_dim:200000_scale:2000000_region:DE-NW_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/County_of_Ravensberg","location": "

County of Ravensberg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6525,"count": "2875","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

greffuans dotter han tha badh | aff rawensborgh eth hws en stadh

","englishForm": "

County of Ravensberg

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rawensborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ravensborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Grafschaft Ravensberg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.092164","longitude": "8.570708","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=County_of_Ravensberg¶ms=52_05_31.79_N_8_34_14.55_E_dim:200000_scale:2000000_region:DE-NW_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/County_of_Ravensberg","location": "

County of Ravensberg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6523,"count": "2877","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

greffuans dotter han tha badh | aff rawensborgh eth hws en stadh

","englishForm": "

County of Ravensberg

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rawensborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ravensborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Grafschaft Ravensberg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.092164","longitude": "8.570708","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=County_of_Ravensberg¶ms=52_05_31.79_N_8_34_14.55_E_dim:200000_scale:2000000_region:DE-NW_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/County_of_Ravensberg","location": "

County of Ravensberg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6521,"count": "2879","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

greffwens dotter han tha badh | aff rawensborgh eth hws ein stadh

","englishForm": "

County of Ravensberg

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rawensborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ravensborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Grafschaft Ravensberg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.092164","longitude": "8.570708","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=County_of_Ravensberg¶ms=52_05_31.79_N_8_34_14.55_E_dim:200000_scale:2000000_region:DE-NW_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/County_of_Ravensberg","location": "

County of Ravensberg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6519,"count": "2881","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

greffuans dotter ther han badh | aff rawenskorgh eth hws en stadh

","englishForm": "

County of Ravensberg

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rawenskorgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ravenskorgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Grafschaft Ravensberg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.092164","longitude": "8.570708","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=County_of_Ravensberg¶ms=52_05_31.79_N_8_34_14.55_E_dim:200000_scale:2000000_region:DE-NW_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/County_of_Ravensberg","location": "

County of Ravensberg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Ravenskorgh (instead of the expected Ravensborgh) is probably a result of a scribal error. However the generic -korgh can also be seen as a re-interpretation of the original -borgh despite the lack of grammatical agreement. The OSw. word korgh(er) is masculinum and is inflected as korghi in dative. It should be taken into account that proper nouns often show abnormal patterns of agreement. For these reasons we infer a new lemma Ravenskorgh for the standard form County of Ravensberg.

"}, {"id": 6517,"count": "2883","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

greffuans dotter ther han badh | aff rawensborgh eth hws en stadh

","englishForm": "

County of Ravensberg

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rawensborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ravensborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Grafschaft Ravensberg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.092164","longitude": "8.570708","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=County_of_Ravensberg¶ms=52_05_31.79_N_8_34_14.55_E_dim:200000_scale:2000000_region:DE-NW_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/County_of_Ravensberg","location": "

County of Ravensberg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6515,"count": "2885","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

grewa dotter ther han badh | aff rawensborgh eth hws en stadh

","englishForm": "

County of Ravensberg

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rawensborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ravensborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Grafschaft Ravensberg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.092164","longitude": "8.570708","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=County_of_Ravensberg¶ms=52_05_31.79_N_8_34_14.55_E_dim:200000_scale:2000000_region:DE-NW_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/County_of_Ravensberg","location": "

County of Ravensberg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6513,"count": "2887","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

J tyzland war een the

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tyzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6511,"count": "2889","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

J tyzland war een the

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tyzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6509,"count": "2891","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J tyzland war een the

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tyzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6507,"count": "2893","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J tyzland war een the

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tyzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6505,"count": "2895","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J tyzland tha waro the

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tyzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6503,"count": "2897","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

J tyzland tha waro the

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tyzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6501,"count": "2899","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

J tyzland war een the

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tyzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6499,"count": "2901","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

fæmpte jwla dagh innan oxlo | Til varfrw kirkio the baro han

","englishForm": "

Mariakirken i Oslo

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Varfrw kirkia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Varfru kirkia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

St. Mary's Church, Oslo

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.903611","longitude": "10.761667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?language=no&pagename=Mariakirken_i_Oslo¶ms=59_54_13_N_10_45_42_E_type:landmark_region:NO-07","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/St._Mary%27s_Church,_Oslo","location": "

Mariakirken i Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6497,"count": "2903","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

fæmpte jwla dagh innan oxlo | Til varfrw kirkio the baro han

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oxlo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oxlo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Oxlo forms a separate lemma because it likely originates in the form Opslo, a frequent spelling of the name Oslo during the Middle Ages. The ⟨x⟩ in Oxlo is assumed to go back to ⟨p⟩ in Opslo, cf. the spelling Oxslo and the like in medieval charters.

"}, {"id": 6495,"count": "2905","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

fæmpte jwla dagh innan osloo | Til varfrw kirkio the han baro

","englishForm": "

Mariakirken i Oslo

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Varfrw kirkia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Varfru kirkia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

St. Mary's Church, Oslo

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.903611","longitude": "10.761667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?language=no&pagename=Mariakirken_i_Oslo¶ms=59_54_13_N_10_45_42_E_type:landmark_region:NO-07","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/St._Mary%27s_Church,_Oslo","location": "

Mariakirken i Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6493,"count": "2907","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

fæmpte jwla dagh innan osloo | Til varfrw kirkio the han baro

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Osloo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6491,"count": "2909","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fæmpte jwla dagh i osloo | Til varfrw kirkio the han baro

","englishForm": "

Mariakirken i Oslo

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Varfrw kirkia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Varfru kirkia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

St. Mary's Church, Oslo

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.903611","longitude": "10.761667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?language=no&pagename=Mariakirken_i_Oslo¶ms=59_54_13_N_10_45_42_E_type:landmark_region:NO-07","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/St._Mary%27s_Church,_Oslo","location": "

Mariakirken i Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6489,"count": "2911","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fæmpte jwla dagh i osloo | Til varfrw kirkio the han baro

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Osloo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6487,"count": "2913","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fæmpte jwla dagh innan osloo | Til varfrw kirkio the han baro

","englishForm": "

Mariakirken i Oslo

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Varfrw kirkia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Varfru kirkia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

St. Mary's Church, Oslo

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.903611","longitude": "10.761667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?language=no&pagename=Mariakirken_i_Oslo¶ms=59_54_13_N_10_45_42_E_type:landmark_region:NO-07","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/St._Mary%27s_Church,_Oslo","location": "

Mariakirken i Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6485,"count": "2915","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fæmpte jwla dagh innan osloo | Til varfrw kirkio the han baro

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Osloo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6483,"count": "2917","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fæmpte jwla dagh i osloo | Til varfrw kirkio the han baro

","englishForm": "

Mariakirken i Oslo

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Varfrw kirkia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Varfru kirkia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

St. Mary's Church, Oslo

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.903611","longitude": "10.761667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?language=no&pagename=Mariakirken_i_Oslo¶ms=59_54_13_N_10_45_42_E_type:landmark_region:NO-07","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/St._Mary%27s_Church,_Oslo","location": "

Mariakirken i Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6481,"count": "2919","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fæmpte jwla dagh i osloo | Til varfrw kirkio the han baro

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Osloo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6479,"count": "2921","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

fæmpte jwla dagh i osloo | Til varfrw kirkio the han baro

","englishForm": "

Mariakirken i Oslo

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Varfrw kirkia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Varfru kirkia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

St. Mary's Church, Oslo

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.903611","longitude": "10.761667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?language=no&pagename=Mariakirken_i_Oslo¶ms=59_54_13_N_10_45_42_E_type:landmark_region:NO-07","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/St._Mary%27s_Church,_Oslo","location": "

Mariakirken i Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6477,"count": "2923","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

fæmpte jwla dagh i osloo | Til varfrw kirkio the han baro

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Osloo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6475,"count": "2925","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

trende mol so som er gresk ebraæsk oc latijne mol

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latijnemol","lemmaFormAttestation": "latinemal","sourcePage": "b3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6473,"count": "2927","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

trende mol so som er gresk ebraæsk oc latijne mol

","englishForm": "

Hebrew language

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "ebraæsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "hebraisk","sourcePage": "b3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_language","location": "

Hebrew language

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6471,"count": "2929","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

trende mol so som er gresk ebraæsk oc latijne mol

","englishForm": "

Greek language

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "gresk","lemmaFormAttestation": "grækesk","sourcePage": "b3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greek_language","location": "

Greek language

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6469,"count": "2931","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

trennæ hannæ twnghæ maal / sosom ær grezkæ / ebray[s]kæ / oc latinæ maal

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latinæmaal","lemmaFormAttestation": "latinemal","sourcePage": "43r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6467,"count": "2933","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

trennæ hannæ twnghæ maal / sosom ær grezkæ / ebray[s]kæ / oc latinæ maal

","englishForm": "

Hebrew language

","editionPage": "170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "ebraykæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "hebraisk","sourcePage": "43r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_language","location": "

Hebrew language

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Text emended by the editors.

"}, {"id": 6465,"count": "2935","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

trennæ hannæ twnghæ maal / sosom ær grezkæ / ebray[s]kæ / oc latinæ maal

","englishForm": "

Greek language

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "170","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "grezkæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "grækesk","sourcePage": "43r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greek_language","location": "

Greek language

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6463,"count": "2937","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Werden er skifft i trende løder som ær Asia Affrica oc Europa

","englishForm": "

Europe

","editionPage": "169-170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Europa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Europa","sourcePage": "b6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255148/europe.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Europe","location": "

Europe

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6461,"count": "2939","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Werden er skifft i trende løder som ær Asia Affrica oc Europa

","englishForm": "

Africa

","editionPage": "169-170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Affrica","lemmaFormAttestation": "Afrika","sourcePage": "b6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255146/africa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Africa","location": "

Africa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6459,"count": "2941","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Werden er skifft i trende løder som ær Asia Affrica oc Europa

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "169-170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "b6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6457,"count": "2943","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

werdhen ær || skifth i trennæ delæ sosom ær Asyæ Affricæ oc Ewropæ

","englishForm": "

Europe

","editionPage": "169-170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ewropæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Europa","sourcePage": "42v-43r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255148/europe.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Europe","location": "

Europe

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The three place names are highlighted in the source.

"}, {"id": 6455,"count": "2945","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

werdhen ær || skifth i trennæ delæ sosom ær Asyæ Affricæ oc Ewropæ

","englishForm": "

Africa

","editionPage": "169-170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Affricæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Afrika","sourcePage": "42v-43r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255146/africa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Africa","location": "

Africa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The three place names are highlighted in the source.

"}, {"id": 6453,"count": "2947","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

werdhen ær || skifth i trennæ delæ sosom ær Asyæ Affricæ oc Ewropæ

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "169-170","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asyæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "42v-43r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The three place names are highlighted in the source.

"}, {"id": 6451,"count": "2949","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

pilatus ther pontius hed tijl øgæ naffn ther han wor høffting

","englishForm": "

Pontius

","editionPage": "165","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pontius","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pontius","sourcePage": "b5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The interpretation that Pontius Pilate was named after Bithynia and Pontus is found in the Old Swedish Consolation of the Soul (and its MLG source), where as Pilate rather had his name from the Roman Pontia family that he most probably belonged to. In the Norse World project bynames without obvious connection to a geographical locality per se, are only excerpted where the connection is made explicit in the textual context. Thus Pontius is only excerpted where this connection is stated, not everytime Pilate is mentioned in the texts.

","locationDescription": "

of Bithynia and Pontus

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "40.76585","longitude": "29.92865","showAsLocatedIn": "301","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pontius_Pilate","location": "

Pontius

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

the text has hau (emended by the editors).

"}, {"id": 6449,"count": "2951","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

pylatus ther poncius heth til eth naffn han war høfdyngh

","englishForm": "

Pontius

","editionPage": "165","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Poncius","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pontius","sourcePage": "41v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The interpretation that Pontius Pilate was named after Bithynia and Pontus is found in the Old Swedish Consolation of the Soul (and its MLG source), where as Pilate rather had his name from the Roman Pontia family that he most probably belonged to. In the Norse World project bynames without obvious connection to a geographical locality per se, are only excerpted where the connection is made explicit in the textual context. Thus Pontius is only excerpted where this connection is stated, not everytime Pilate is mentioned in the texts.

","locationDescription": "

of Bithynia and Pontus

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "40.76585","longitude": "29.92865","showAsLocatedIn": "301","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pontius_Pilate","location": "

Pontius

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6447,"count": "2953","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

thet faller eij so a word mool a latijne

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latijne","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "a8r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6445,"count": "2955","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

met nadis tijt frelste han israels falck fraa egipte laud

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptelaud","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "a8r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The edition emends to egipte land

"}, {"id": 6443,"count": "2957","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

met nadis tijt frelste han israels falck fraa egipte laud

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "a8r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6441,"count": "2959","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

myth i nathen frelsæthe han yraelss folk fran egytthæ landh

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egytthælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "35r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The edition emends to egypthæ landh.

"}, {"id": 6439,"count": "2961","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

myth i nathen frelsæthe han yraelss folk fran egytthæ landh

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Yrael","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "35r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The edition emends to ysraelss.

"}, {"id": 6437,"count": "2963","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

fæmpte jwla i osloo | Til varfrw kirkio the han baro

","englishForm": "

Mariakirken i Oslo

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Varfrw kirkia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Varfru kirkia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

St. Mary's Church, Oslo

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.903611","longitude": "10.761667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?language=no&pagename=Mariakirken_i_Oslo¶ms=59_54_13_N_10_45_42_E_type:landmark_region:NO-07","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/St._Mary%27s_Church,_Oslo","location": "

Mariakirken i Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6435,"count": "2965","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

fæmpte jwla i osloo | Til varfrw kirkio the han baro

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Osloo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6433,"count": "2967","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha gørthæ greker hanum thet til spoth

","englishForm": "

Greek

","editionPage": "133","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "greker","lemmaFormAttestation": "græk","sourcePage": "33v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greeks","location": "

Greek

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The other Old Danish version of Lucidarius, the Ghemen-print, reads greuen (the count).

"}, {"id": 6431,"count": "2969","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Til oxlo til then stadh

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oxlo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oxlo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Oxlo forms a separate lemma because it likely originates in the form Opslo, a frequent spelling of the name Oslo during the Middle Ages. The ⟨x⟩ in Oxlo is assumed to go back to ⟨p⟩ in Opslo, cf. the spelling Oxslo and the like in medieval charters.

"}, {"id": 6429,"count": "2971","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Til oslo til then stadh

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6427,"count": "2973","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Til oslo in j then stadh

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6425,"count": "2975","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Til oslo til then stadh

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6423,"count": "2977","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Til oslo til then stadh

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6421,"count": "2979","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Til oslo til then stadh

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6419,"count": "2981","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Til oslo til then stadh

","englishForm": "

Oslo

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oslo","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oslo","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.91273","longitude": "10.74609","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/3143244/oslo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo","location": "

Oslo

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6417,"count": "2983","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

han wor fonghen i een stad hedher anthiochia

","englishForm": "

Antakya

","editionPage": "133","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Anthiochia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Antiochia","sourcePage": "a7r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Her begynes Lucidarius, LN 135","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Antioch on the Orontes

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "36.20655","longitude": "36.15722","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2283111","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antioch","location": "

Antakya

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6415,"count": "2985","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han war fangen i en stadh som hether antiochia

","englishForm": "

Antakya

","editionPage": "133","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Antiochia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Antiochia","sourcePage": "33v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Antioch on the Orontes

","workDescription": "

In contrast to the Old Swedish version, the Old Danish Lucidarius is based on the German Lucidarius from Henry the Lion's court. The Old Danish text exists in two versions, one in the manuscript AM 76 8vo, and one in a Ghemen-print from 1510.

","latitude": "36.20655","longitude": "36.15722","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2283111","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antioch","location": "

Antakya

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6413,"count": "2987","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok hertogen til norigis reedh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6411,"count": "2989","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok hertogen til norigis reedh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6409,"count": "2991","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok hertogen til norigis reedh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6407,"count": "2993","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok hertogen til norigis reedh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6405,"count": "2995","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok hertogen til norigis reedh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6403,"count": "2997","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok hertogen til norigis reedh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6401,"count": "2999","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

ok hertogen til norigis reedh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6399,"count": "3001","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

konungsins dotter aff Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6397,"count": "3003","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

konungsins dotter aff Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6395,"count": "3005","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konungsins dotter aff Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6393,"count": "3007","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konungsins dotter aff Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6391,"count": "3009","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konungsins dotter aff Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6389,"count": "3011","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

konungsins dotter aff Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6387,"count": "3013","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

konungsins dotter aff Norighe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6385,"count": "3015","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Tha foro rytzane alle heem

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "104","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6383,"count": "3017","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Tha foro rytzane alle heem

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "104","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6381,"count": "3019","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha foro ridza alle heem

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "104","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ridza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The i-reading of OSw. ryz 'Russian' is unique to this manuscript of The Chornicle of Duke Erik. 

"}, {"id": 6379,"count": "3021","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha foro rytzane alle heem

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "104","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6377,"count": "3023","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha foro rytzane alle heem

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "104","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6375,"count": "3025","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Tha foro rytzane alle heem

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "104","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6373,"count": "3027","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Tha foro rytzane alle heem

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "104","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6371,"count": "3029","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

O rosa in iherico

","englishForm": "

Jericho

","editionPage": "122","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherico","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jeriko","sourcePage": "31r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "31.86667","longitude": "35.45","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284899/jericho.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jericho","location": "

Jericho

","preposition": "

in

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Latin preposition in is used.

This attestation is found in the poem O rosa in iherico (O, Rose in Jericho).

"}, {"id": 6369,"count": "3031","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

O rosa in iherico

","englishForm": "

Jericho

","editionPage": "121","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherico","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jeriko","sourcePage": "30v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "31.86667","longitude": "35.45","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284899/jericho.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jericho","location": "

Jericho

","preposition": "

in

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Latin preposition in is used.

This attestation is found in the poem O rosa in iherico (O, Rose in Jericho)

"}, {"id": 6367,"count": "3033","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

at rytzane kunno them ey wt faa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "103","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6365,"count": "3035","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

at rytzane kunno them ey wt faa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "103","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6363,"count": "3037","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at ridze kunno them ey wt faa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "103","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ridze","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The i-reading of OSw. ryz 'Russian' is unique to this manuscript of The Chornicle of Duke Erik. 

"}, {"id": 6361,"count": "3039","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at rytzane kunno them ey wt faa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "103","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6359,"count": "3041","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at rytzane kunno them ey wt faa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "103","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6357,"count": "3043","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

at rytzane kunno them ey wt faa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "103","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6355,"count": "3045","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

at rytzane kunno them ey faa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "103","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6353,"count": "3047","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han haffde rytza kleder vpa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza kleder","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza klædhe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6351,"count": "3049","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han haffde rytza kleder vpa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza kleder","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza klædhe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6349,"count": "3051","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han haffde rytza kleder paa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza kleder","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza klædhe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6347,"count": "3053","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han haffde rytza kleder vpa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza kleder","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza klædhe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6345,"count": "3055","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han haffde rytza kleder vpa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza kleder","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza klædhe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6343,"count": "3057","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

han haffde rytza kleder vpa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza kleder","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza klædhe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6341,"count": "3059","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

han haffde rytza kleder vpa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza kleder","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza klædhe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6339,"count": "3061","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en rytz skøt han med sitt spiwt

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytz","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6337,"count": "3063","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en rytz skøt han med sitt spiwt

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytz","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6335,"count": "3065","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en rytz skøt han med sitt spiwt

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytz","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6333,"count": "3067","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en rytz skøt han med sitt spiwt

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytz","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6331,"count": "3069","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en rytz skøt han med eth spiwt

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytz","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6329,"count": "3071","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

en rytz skøt han med eth spiwt

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytz","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6327,"count": "3073","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

en rytz skøt han med eth spiwt

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytz","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6325,"count": "3075","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Herra sten talade til rytzana swa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzana","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6323,"count": "3077","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Herra sten talade til rytzana swa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzana","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6321,"count": "3079","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Herra sten talade til rytzana swa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzana","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6319,"count": "3081","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Herra sten talade til rytzana swa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzana","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6317,"count": "3083","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Herra sten talar til rytzana swa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzana","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6315,"count": "3085","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Herra sten talar til rytzana swa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzana","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6313,"count": "3087","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Herra sten talade til rytzana swa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzana","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6311,"count": "3089","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sancte pether appostel i rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "27r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Forskellige småtekster i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Miscellaneous","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains various smaller texts in Old Danish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This attestation is from an indulgence for fasting on twelve Fridays.

"}, {"id": 6307,"count": "3091","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hun lot en keyseræ skodhæ / y romære stath

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "69","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Romærestath","lemmaFormAttestation": "Romerestath","sourcePage": "17v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6305,"count": "3093","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

som han in patmos insula soo

","englishForm": "

Patmos

","editionPage": "69","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Patmos Insula","lemmaFormAttestation": "Patmos Insula","sourcePage": "17v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Nisí Pátmos

","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "37.33199","longitude": "26.54803","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/255687/nisi-patmos.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Patmos","location": "

Patmos

","preposition": "

in

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This attestation is from the poem Crist vndhæ megh (Christ Grant Me).

The Latin preposition in is used.

"}, {"id": 6303,"count": "3095","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hennes halss er hwidher oc vener ath se / en dauitz thorn thet boldhæ

","englishForm": "

Tower of David

","editionPage": "69","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Dauitz Thorn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Davids Torn","sourcePage": "17v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "tower","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

This attestation is from the poem Crist vndhæ megh (Christ Grant Me).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "31.776111","longitude": "35.227778","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Tower_of_David¶ms=31_46_34_N_35_13_40_E_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tower_of_David","location": "

Tower of David

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This attestation is from the poem Crist vndhæ megh (Christ Grant Me).

"}, {"id": 6301,"count": "3097","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

carmelus bergh thet høwæ / thet gywer fruct oc yrther till grødhæ

","englishForm": "

Mount Carmel

","editionPage": "66","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Carmelusbergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Carmelusbjargh","sourcePage": "17r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "32.72852","longitude": "35.05411","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294579/mount-carmel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Carmel","location": "

Mount Carmel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This attestation is from the poem Crist vndhæ megh (Christ Grant Me).

"}, {"id": 6299,"count": "3099","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en stadh som hether slauonia i hispania landh

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hispanialandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hispanialand","sourcePage": "10r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Forskellige småtekster i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Miscellaneous","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains various smaller texts in Old Danish.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6297,"count": "3101","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en stadh som hether slauonia i hispania landh

","englishForm": "

Slavonia

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Slauonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slavonia","sourcePage": "10r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Forskellige småtekster i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Miscellaneous","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

This city is visualised as located in Spain, since in the manuscript AM 76 8vo it is said to be a Spanish city. Presumably the text is corrupted.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains various smaller texts in Old Danish.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","showAsLocatedIn": "171","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Slavonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Presumably the text is corrupted.

"}, {"id": 6295,"count": "3103","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hun veth verdens ændhæ

","englishForm": "

World's End

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Verdens Ændhæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Værelds Ænde","sourcePage": "2r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

World's End

","preposition": "

vither

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This attestation is found in the poem Reth elscuens dydh (The True Virtue of Love).

"}, {"id": 6293,"count": "3105","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ware iek en veth then helliæ graff

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1776534","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Helliæ Graff","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "2r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 76 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","work": "Digte i AM 76 8vo","workNotes": "","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The manuscript AM 76 8vo contains seven poems, as these are primarily of religious character, the texts are here ascribed to the genre Devotional works.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Kroon et al. 1993","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

vither

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This attestation is found in the poem Reth elscuens dydh (The True Virtue of Love).

"}, {"id": 6291,"count": "3107","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Doch ære wii sa goth Som j fremmedhe landh

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "183","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fremmedhe landh","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmethe land","sourcePage": "119v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6289,"count": "3109","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok fulde Hanum wth aff paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "182","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "118v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

utaf

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6287,"count": "3111","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nw war engen syndh j paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "181","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "118v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6285,"count": "3113","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thentidh flodhen gik ower all jorden, war hun ok tha j paradiis?

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "181","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "118v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6283,"count": "3115","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok war wt kast af paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "156","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "102v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6281,"count": "3117","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Adam war ekke skapt j paradiis, Men j then stedh, Som kalles ebron

","englishForm": "

Ebron

","editionPage": "156","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ebron","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ebron","sourcePage": "102v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In some medieval tradition Ebron is said to be the place where Adam was created and/or burried. The place is possibly identical with the modernday city of Hebron, but since the mythical place clearly was not a city, in this project attestations regarding the life of Adam in Ebron are attributed to this fictional place (here concieved as a region) rather than to Hebron.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebron#Religious_traditions","location": "

Ebron

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6279,"count": "3119","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Adam war ekke skapt j paradiis, Men j then stedh, Som kalles ebron

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "156","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "102v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6277,"count": "3121","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Then tiidh Adam war wt drewen aff paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "156","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "102r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6275,"count": "3123","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

adam war wt drewen aff paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "155","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "102r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6273,"count": "3125","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then frucht, || j paradiis war

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "147","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "96r-v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6271,"count": "3127","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hwat æblæ wor thet, som adam oodh først j paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "147","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "96r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6269,"count": "3129","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

een anne[n] syndh (...) hun kalles zodomiticum. Ok gudh looth for then syndh syw howeth stædher sænkkes j affgrwnden

","englishForm": "

Sodomy

","editionPage": "137","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "zodomiticum","lemmaFormAttestation": "sodomiticum","sourcePage": "90r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The form equals the Latin adjective Sodomiticus.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","showAsLocatedIn": "52","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Sodomy

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Latin declension of the adjective sodomiticus (neutr./masc. accusative or neutr. vocative/nominative) fits badly with the Old Danish fem. pronominal hun 'she'.

"}, {"id": 6267,"count": "3131","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hans maal war hebrayske

","englishForm": "

Hebrew language

","editionPage": "129","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "hebrayske","lemmaFormAttestation": "hebraisk","sourcePage": "85r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_language","location": "

Hebrew language

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6265,"count": "3133","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet kalles thet dødhe haff

","englishForm": "

Dead Sea

","editionPage": "123","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Dødhe Haff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Døthe Hav","sourcePage": "81v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "31.55747","longitude": "35.49545","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/295347/dead-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dead_Sea","location": "

Dead Sea

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6263,"count": "3135","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Een annen ær soort ok kalles thet soorte mæær

","englishForm": "

Black Sea

","editionPage": "123","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Soorte Mæær","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Svarte Mær","sourcePage": "81v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "43","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/630673/black-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Black_Sea","location": "

Black Sea

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6261,"count": "3137","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

serdeles ær werden skifft J trennæ parthiæ, Som hedhe Jndia, Affrica, Asya. Men doch ær ekke vden eet landh, Fforthij ath haffwet ær ekke sa dypt, ath ther [jo ær] jordh vnder

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "77r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6259,"count": "3139","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

serdeles ær werden skifft J trennæ parthiæ, Som hedhe Jndia, Affrica, Asya. Men doch ær ekke vden eet landh, Fforthij ath haffwet ær ekke sa dypt, ath ther [jo ær] jordh vnder

","englishForm": "

Africa

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Affrica","lemmaFormAttestation": "Afrika","sourcePage": "77r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255146/africa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Africa","location": "

Africa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6257,"count": "3141","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

serdeles ær werden skifft J trennæ parthiæ, Som hedhe Jndia, Affrica, Asya. Men doch ær ekke vden eet landh, Fforthij ath haffwet ær ekke sa dypt, ath ther [jo ær] jordh vnder

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jndia","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "77r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6255,"count": "3143","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ther ær een søø, Som hedher thet soorte haff

","englishForm": "

Black Sea

","editionPage": "115","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Soorte Haff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Svarte Hav","sourcePage": "76v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "43","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/630673/black-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Black_Sea","location": "

Black Sea

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6253,"count": "3145","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

togh fynnes thet ekke j alle landæ, vden serdeles j thet østen

","englishForm": "

Østerland

","editionPage": "115","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Østen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Østen","sourcePage": "76v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse world resource Østerland is visualised as located in Asia since the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "

Eastern lands

","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Østerland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might be the corner of the world, the East.

"}, {"id": 6251,"count": "3147","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j thet østen ær then werdigste stedh, pa iorden ær

","englishForm": "

Østerland

","editionPage": "114","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Østen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Østen","sourcePage": "75v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse world resource Østerland is visualised as located in Asia since the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "

Eastern lands

","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Østerland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might be the corner of the world, the East.

"}, {"id": 6249,"count": "3149","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Flodhen kom aff jorden aff thet østen

","englishForm": "

Østerland

","editionPage": "114","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Østen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Østen","sourcePage": "75v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse world resource Østerland is visualised as located in Asia since the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "

Eastern lands

","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Østerland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might be the corner of the world, the East.

"}, {"id": 6247,"count": "3151","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet fedhæ aff een draghe, Som the finne jn jndia

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jndia","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "71r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

in

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

With the Latin preposition in.

"}, {"id": 6245,"count": "3153","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j thet store jndia J then stadh, som heder stranon, Ok then stadh bygde een koningh mellom tw biergh, Ok han heet stranon

","englishForm": "

Stranon

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Stranon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Stranon","sourcePage": "71r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Sydrak this city in India is said to be named after its founder (seemingly a descendant to Sem). In the Middle Low German version of the text edited by Jellinghaus, the city and the king are called Stavon, and Jellinghaus 1904: 220 argues that this in some way refers to the Greek geographer Strabo.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","showAsLocatedIn": "69","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Stranon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6243,"count": "3155","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hun gørs j thet store jndia J then stadh, som heder stranon

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Store Jndia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Store India","sourcePage": "71r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6241,"count": "3157","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the reser skule byggæ een stadh ok eet høght torn, Som skal hedhe babell

","englishForm": "

Tower of Babel

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babell","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babel","sourcePage": "49v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "tower","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","showAsLocatedIn": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tower_of_Babel","location": "

Tower of Babel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

It is not certain whether babell refers to the city or the tower (or both), in the Middle Low German version, however, the relative clause is extended with information on the tower's height. Note that Genesis 11,9 in a similar manner as here speaks of "a city and a tower", and that Babel also is the Hebrew name for Babylon.

"}, {"id": 6237,"count": "3159","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The skule were aff atskillige twngæmaall

","englishForm": "

Foreign language

","editionPage": "66","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "atskillige twngæmaall","lemmaFormAttestation": "atskillighe tungemal","sourcePage": "44r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Foreign_language","location": "

Foreign language

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6233,"count": "3161","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

engelen for paradiis porth

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "55","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "36v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6231,"count": "3163","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han gik igen j ebron

","englishForm": "

Ebron

","editionPage": "51","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ebron","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ebron","sourcePage": "34r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In some medieval tradition Ebron is said to be the place where Adam was created and/or burried. The place is possibly identical with the modernday city of Hebron, but since the mythical place clearly was not a city, in this project attestations regarding the life of Adam in Ebron are attributed to this fictional place (here concieved as a region) rather than to Hebron.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebron#Religious_traditions","location": "

Ebron

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6229,"count": "3165","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then mwr (...) Som gaar om paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "33v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

um

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6227,"count": "3167","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sa dreff han them wt aff paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "33v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6225,"count": "3169","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

een mwr aff eldh omkringh paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "33v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

umkring

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6223,"count": "3171","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

til none tiidh wore thee wt dreffwen aff paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "33v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6221,"count": "3173","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

adam war j paradiis syw stwnder

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "33v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6219,"count": "3175","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ffør the synnedhe, tha sowæ the gudh j paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "33v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6217,"count": "3177","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J thet paradiis wor adam sæth

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "49","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "33r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"hide","notes": ""}, {"id": 6215,"count": "3179","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha war han sæth j paradiis, Fforthii thet ær een lystigh stedh J thet østen

","englishForm": "

Østerland

","editionPage": "49","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Østen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Østen","sourcePage": "33r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse world resource Østerland is visualised as located in Asia since the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "

Eastern lands

","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Østerland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might be the corner of the world, the East.

"}, {"id": 6213,"count": "3181","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha war han sæth j paradiis, Fforthii thet ær een lystigh stedh J thet østen

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "49","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "32v-33r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6211,"count": "3183","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Adam han wor giordh j ebron

","englishForm": "

Ebron

","editionPage": "49","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ebron","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ebron","sourcePage": "32v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In some medieval tradition Ebron is said to be the place where Adam was created and/or burried. The place is possibly identical with the modernday city of Hebron, but since the mythical place clearly was not a city, in this project attestations regarding the life of Adam in Ebron are attributed to this fictional place (here concieved as a region) rather than to Hebron.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebron#Religious_traditions","location": "

Ebron

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6209,"count": "3185","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok sa sætte han werden thessæ naffn: Consciam, Carboam, gamaff, Trosiell, Damesis, pa thet Ath fæm twngæ maal skulde opfyllæ fiiræ partæ j werden

","englishForm": "

Damesis

","editionPage": "49","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Damesis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Damesis","sourcePage": "32r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Sydrak the world is said to consist of five parts, with names given by God: Ok sa sætte han werden thessæ naffn: Consciam, Carboam, gamaff, Trosiell, Damesis. This reflects the Middle Low German version: he satte namen den vier partyen der werlt: Consaam, Corboam, Gumaf, Corthiel, Samesis (Jellinghaus 1904: 44).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Damesis

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6207,"count": "3187","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok sa sætte han werden thessæ naffn: Consciam, Carboam, gamaff, Trosiell, Damesis, pa thet Ath fæm twngæ maal skulde opfyllæ fiiræ partæ j werden

","englishForm": "

Trosiel

","editionPage": "49","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Trosiell","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trosiel","sourcePage": "32r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Sydrak the world is said to consist of five parts, with names given by God: Ok sa sætte han werden thessæ naffn: Consciam, Carboam, gamaff, Trosiell, Damesis. This reflects the Middle Low German version: he satte namen den vier partyen der werlt: Consaam, Corboam, Gumaf, Corthiel, Samesis (Jellinghaus 1904: 44).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Trosiel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6205,"count": "3189","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok sa sætte han werden thessæ naffn: Consciam, Carboam, gamaff, Trosiell, Damesis, pa thet Ath fæm twngæ maal skulde opfyllæ fiiræ partæ j werden

","englishForm": "

Gamav

","editionPage": "49","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gamaff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gamav","sourcePage": "32r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Sydrak the world is said to consist of five parts, with names given by God: Ok sa sætte han werden thessæ naffn: Consciam, Carboam, gamaff, Trosiell, Damesis. This reflects the Middle Low German version: he satte namen den vier partyen der werlt: Consaam, Corboam, Gumaf, Corthiel, Samesis (Jellinghaus 1904: 44).

 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Gamav

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6203,"count": "3191","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok sa sætte han werden thessæ naffn: Consciam, Carboam, gamaff, Trosiell, Damesis, pa thet Ath fæm twngæ maal skulde opfyllæ fiiræ partæ j werden

 

 

","englishForm": "

Carboam

","editionPage": "49","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Carboam","lemmaFormAttestation": "Carboam","sourcePage": "32r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Sydrak the world is said to consist of five parts, with names given by God: Ok sa sætte han werden thessæ naffn: Consciam, Carboam, gamaff, Trosiell, Damesis. This reflects the Middle Low German version: he satte namen den vier partyen der werlt: Consaam, Corboam, Gumaf, Corthiel, Samesis (Jellinghaus 1904: 44).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Carboam

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6201,"count": "3193","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok sa sætte han werden thessæ naffn: Consciam, Carboam, gamaff, Trosiell, Damesis, pa thet Ath fæm twngæ maal skulde opfyllæ fiiræ partæ j werden

","englishForm": "

Consciam

","editionPage": "49","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Consciam","lemmaFormAttestation": "Consciam","sourcePage": "32r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Sydrak the world is said to consist of five parts, with names given by God: Ok sa sætte han werden thessæ naffn: Consciam, Carboam, gamaff, Trosiell, Damesis. This reflects the Middle Low German version: he satte namen den vier partyen der werlt: Consaam, Corboam, Gumaf, Corthiel, Samesis (Jellinghaus 1904: 44).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Consciam

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6197,"count": "3195","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

koning aff jndia

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jndia","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "17v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6195,"count": "3197","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J widhe well, Ath iegh then mektigeste koningh ær j thet østen

","englishForm": "

Østerland

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Østen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Østen","sourcePage": "17r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse world resource Østerland is visualised as located in Asia since the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "

Eastern lands

","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Østerland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might be the corner of the world, the East.

"}, {"id": 6193,"count": "3199","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eet stoort partiæ Aff jndia

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jndia","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "17r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6191,"count": "3201","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ath injga aff jndiam ffor orlogh skyldh

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "25","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "17r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6189,"count": "3203","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

koningh bochtws war koning j eet stoort landh, Som ligger j mellem jndien ok thet store persiam, Som kalles Satorien

","englishForm": "

Satorien

","editionPage": "25","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Satorien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Satorien","sourcePage": "17r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This form in the Old Danish Sydrak resembles the MLG form Sattorien, that according to Jellinghaus 1904: 216 is a corruption of Boctrien a name based on the fictional king of the place, Boctus.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Satorien

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to Jellinghaus 1904: 216 the MLG form Sattorien is a corruption of Boctrien a name based on the fictional king of the place, Boctus.

"}, {"id": 6187,"count": "3205","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

koningh bochtws war koning j eet stoort landh, Som ligger j mellem jndien ok thet store persiam, Som kalles Satorien

","englishForm": "

Iran

","editionPage": "25","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Store Persia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Store Persia","sourcePage": "17r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Persia

","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "32","longitude": "53","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/130758/islamic-republic-of-iran.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iran","location": "

Iran

","preposition": "

imællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Persiam is the Latin singular accusative.

"}, {"id": 6185,"count": "3207","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

koningh bochtws war koning j eet stoort landh, Som ligger j mellem jndien ok thet store persiam, Som kalles Satorien

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "25","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jndien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indien","sourcePage": "17r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

imællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6183,"count": "3209","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha ware mange mæstere j Collecten

","englishForm": "

Toledo

","editionPage": "25","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Collecten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kollekten","sourcePage": "16v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "39.8581","longitude": "-4.02263","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510409/toledo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Toledo,_Spain","location": "

Toledo

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6181,"count": "3211","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han gik j scolæ j Collecten

","englishForm": "

Toledo

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Collecten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kollekten","sourcePage": "16r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "39.8581","longitude": "-4.02263","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510409/toledo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Toledo,_Spain","location": "

Toledo

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6179,"count": "3213","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

een patriarche Aff antiochia

","englishForm": "

Antakya

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Antiochia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Antiochia","sourcePage": "16r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Antioch on the Orontes

","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "36.20655","longitude": "36.15722","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2283111","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antioch","location": "

Antakya

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6177,"count": "3215","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

een man j keyserens gardh Aff antiochia

","englishForm": "

Antakya

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Antiochia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Antiochia","sourcePage": "16r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Antioch on the Orontes

","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "36.20655","longitude": "36.15722","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2283111","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antioch","location": "

Antakya

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6175,"count": "3217","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han sætte henne wt pa latine

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latine","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "16r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6173,"count": "3219","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j grabrødhræ j palerne

","englishForm": "

Palermo

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Palerne","lemmaFormAttestation": "Palerne","sourcePage": "16r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "38.13205","longitude": "13.33561","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2523920/palermo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palermo","location": "

Palermo

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

cf. Orbis Latinus 1972 III:96.

"}, {"id": 6171,"count": "3221","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

een klerk, Then som wel kunne sarracenes ok latine

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latine","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "16r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6169,"count": "3223","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

een klerk, Then som wel kunne sarracenes ok latine

","englishForm": "

Saracen

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "sarracenes","lemmaFormAttestation": "saracenes","sourcePage": "16r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saracen","location": "

Saracen

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6167,"count": "3225","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

koningen aff twnes

","englishForm": "

Tunisia

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Twnes","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tunes","sourcePage": "16r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "34","longitude": "9","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2464461/republic-of-tunisia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tunisia","location": "

Tunisia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Identification uncertain.

"}, {"id": 6165,"count": "3227","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

koningen aff twnes

","englishForm": "

Tunisia

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Twnes","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tunes","sourcePage": "15v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "34","longitude": "9","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2464461/republic-of-tunisia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tunisia","location": "

Tunisia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Identification uncertain.

"}, {"id": 6163,"count": "3229","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

koning aff hispanien

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hispanien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hispanien","sourcePage": "15v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6161,"count": "3231","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

koning aff twnes

","englishForm": "

Tunisia

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Twnes","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tunes","sourcePage": "15v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "34","longitude": "9","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2464461/republic-of-tunisia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tunisia","location": "

Tunisia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Identification uncertain.

"}, {"id": 6159,"count": "3233","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thennæ koning aff twnes

","englishForm": "

Tunisia

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Twnes","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tunes","sourcePage": "15v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "34","longitude": "9","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2464461/republic-of-tunisia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tunisia","location": "

Tunisia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Identification uncertain.

"}, {"id": 6157,"count": "3235","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han war koning j twnes J keyser frederiks tiidh

","englishForm": "

Tunisia

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Twnes","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tunes","sourcePage": "15v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "34","longitude": "9","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2464461/republic-of-tunisia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tunisia","location": "

Tunisia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The identification of this form is uncertain. The MLG source text has Thunes.

"}, {"id": 6155,"count": "3237","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

looth koningen henne wtsættæ aff latine ok pa Sarracenes maall

","englishForm": "

Saracen

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "sarracenes maall","lemmaFormAttestation": "saracenes mal","sourcePage": "15v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saracen","location": "

Saracen

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6153,"count": "3239","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

looth koningen henne wtsættæ aff latine ok pa Sarracenes maall

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latine","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "15v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6151,"count": "3241","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

koningen j hispanien

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hispanien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hispanien","sourcePage": "15v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6149,"count": "3243","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ennoneus, Som paa thentiidh wor herræ ower twnes

","englishForm": "

Tunisia

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Twnes","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tunes","sourcePage": "15v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "34","longitude": "9","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2464461/republic-of-tunisia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tunisia","location": "

Tunisia

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The identification of this form is uncertain. The MLG source text has Thunes.

"}, {"id": 6147,"count": "3245","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

koningen j hispannien

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hispannien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hispanien","sourcePage": "15v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6145,"count": "3247","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha fwnne the thenne bogh Ok sætte henne wth aff grekesk oc pa latinæ

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latinæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "15v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6143,"count": "3249","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha fwnne the thenne bogh Ok sætte henne wth aff grekesk oc pa latinæ

","englishForm": "

Greek language

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "grekesk","lemmaFormAttestation": "grækesk","sourcePage": "15v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greek_language","location": "

Greek language

","preposition": "

utaf

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6141,"count": "3251","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han (...) wort martir j Collecten

","englishForm": "

Toledo

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Collecten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kollekten","sourcePage": "15v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "39.8581","longitude": "-4.02263","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510409/toledo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Toledo,_Spain","location": "

Toledo

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The identification is based on the MLG, French and Italien parallel texts, the Old Danish form is a scribal mistake, that, however, is persistent in the text, thus the lemmaform is respected here, it equals–by the way–that of the noun kollekt 'collect'.

"}, {"id": 6139,"count": "3253","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han war cristen Ok war sendh til hispanien

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hispanien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hispanien","sourcePage": "15v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6137,"count": "3255","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ærchebiscopp aff Sabach, Hwilket i foordom tiidh heet samaria

","englishForm": "

Samaria

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Samaria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Samaria","sourcePage": "15r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "32.25","longitude": "35.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284584/samaria.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Samaria_(ancient_city)","location": "

Samaria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6135,"count": "3257","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ærchebiscopp aff Sabach, Hwilket i foordom tiidh heet samaria

","englishForm": "

Samaria

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sabach","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sabach","sourcePage": "15r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "32.25","longitude": "35.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284584/samaria.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Samaria_(ancient_city)","location": "

Samaria

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6133,"count": "3259","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thennæ wort heel giordh aff syn sywghe j jordans flodh

","englishForm": "

Jordan

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jordansflodh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jordansfloth","sourcePage": "15r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "31.76025","longitude": "35.55792","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294624/jordan-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jordan_River","location": "

Jordan

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6131,"count": "3261","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

een mandz macht aff Caldea

","englishForm": "

Chaldea

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Caldea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kaldæa","sourcePage": "15r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "32.4727","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8504910/chaldea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chaldea","location": "

Chaldea

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6129,"count": "3263","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Then stadh iherusalem, skal han stande til ewigh tiidh

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "13r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6127,"count": "3265","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

war hun ok tha j paradiis?

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "16","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "11r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6125,"count": "3267","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The som ære wdj paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "16","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "11r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

uti

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6123,"count": "3269","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

adam war wt drewen aff paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/772485","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "8v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 236 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","work": "Sydrak","workNotes": "

Year of composition taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A philosophical dialogue between Sidrach and the heathen king Bochtus concerning theological, moral, and natural issues. The text is translated from Middle Low German.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Knudsen 1921-1932","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6121,"count": "3271","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

brionia walskæ rower

","englishForm": "

valsker, valsk

","editionPage": "XCV","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1978394","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "walskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "valsk","sourcePage": "35v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 710 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Kristensen 1908-1920","work": "Botanisk Glossar i Thott 710 4to","workNotes": "

Date of composition from the edition by Marius Kristensen 1908-20: xciv.

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

This adjective is used where it is uncertain whether Italian or French is refered to by the Old Danish valsk or Old Swedish valsker.

","locationDescription": "

Walhaz

","workDescription": "

A short botanical glossary containing 31 Latin headwords from Arnoglossa to Barago. The majority of the articles have Danish equivalents.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","showAsLocatedIn": "799","warning": "OK","edition": "Kristensen 1908-1920","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Walhaz","location": "

valsker, valsk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6117,"count": "3273","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Sende iak bud till misser land

","englishForm": "

Landkreis Meißen

","editionPage": "149","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Misserland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mitserland","sourcePage": "107r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Meissen

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.22501","longitude": "13.50776","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2872153/landkreis-meissen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meissen_(district)","location": "

Landkreis Meißen

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6115,"count": "3275","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

I rome stad hoess pawen iak war

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "149","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Romestad","lemmaFormAttestation": "Romestath","sourcePage": "107r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6113,"count": "3277","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Han wnthe mik alle dytmerskæ land

","englishForm": "

Dithmarschen

","editionPage": "149","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Dytmerskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ditmærskeland","sourcePage": "107r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.11671","longitude": "9.02549","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2936765/dithmarschen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dithmarschen","location": "

Dithmarschen

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6111,"count": "3279","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Ther effter foer iak heden till rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "149","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "106v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6109,"count": "3281","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Iak gaff hannwm henne konnig aff skotland

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "147","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "105v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6107,"count": "3283","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till wiborrig i finlande

","englishForm": "

Finland

","editionPage": "147","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Finland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Finland","sourcePage": "105r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "64","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/660013/republic-of-finland.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finland","location": "

Finland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6105,"count": "3285","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till wiborrig i finlande

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "147","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wiborrig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viburgh","sourcePage": "105r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6103,"count": "3287","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

foer til prysen swa fage

","englishForm": "

Prussia

","editionPage": "147","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Prysen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Prytsen","sourcePage": "105r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

For the sake for graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for East Prussia on the map to show the locality of Prussia.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54","longitude": "21","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/772636/east-prussia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prussia_(region)","location": "

Prussia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6101,"count": "3289","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Swa bleff iak konning i trondhem | till norges konnings wære

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "146","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "104v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6099,"count": "3291","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Swa bleff iak konning i trondhem | till norges konnings wære

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "146","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Trondhem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "104v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6097,"count": "3293","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Iak lagde myn skyb for wiborrig ind

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "146","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wiborrig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viburgh","sourcePage": "104r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The other textual witness of the Old Danish Rhymed Chronicle clearly refers to Visby on Gotland (nowadays in Sweden and therefore not excerpted in this project). This is in accordance with what is otherwise known of the life of Eric of Pomerania. The current form in the manuscript B 77, however, could be interpreted as Vyborg, and is therefore included in the database.

"}, {"id": 6095,"count": "3295","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Swa folde the hannwm till wiborrig ind

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "145","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wiborrig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viburgh","sourcePage": "104r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The other textual witness of the Old Danish Rhymed Chronicle clearly refers to Visby on Gotland (nowadays in Sweden and therefore not excerpted in this project). This is in accordance with what is otherwise known of the life of Eric of Pomerania. The current form in the manuscript B 77, however, could be interpreted as Vyborg, and is therefore included in the database.

"}, {"id": 6093,"count": "3297","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

for wiborigh monne han lende

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "144","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wiborigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viburgh","sourcePage": "103r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The other textual witnesses of the Old Danish Rhymed Chronicle clearly  refer to Visby on Gotland (nowadays in Sweden and therefore not excerpted in this project). This is in accordance with what is otherwise known of the life of Eric of Pomerania. The current form in the manuscript B 77, however, could be interpreted as Vyborg, and is therefore included in the database.

"}, {"id": 6091,"count": "3299","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Sa for iak aff danmark wt [...] jak først i wiborg steddes

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "144","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wiborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viburgh","sourcePage": "103r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The other textual witness of the Old Danish Rhymed Chronicle has wisborig refering to Visby on Gotland (nowadays in Sweden and therefore not excerpted in this project). This is in accordance with what is otherwise known of the life of Eric of Pomerania. The current form in the manuscript B 77, however, could be interpreted as Vyborg, and is therefore included in the database.

"}, {"id": 6089,"count": "3301","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

pa ryn en palasgreue

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "145","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ryn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "103v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6087,"count": "3303","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

I Bæyer war iak en hertwg køn

","englishForm": "

Bavaria

","editionPage": "145","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bæyer","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bæjer","sourcePage": "103v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49","longitude": "11.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2951839/bavaria.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bavaria","location": "

Bavaria

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6085,"count": "3305","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Cristoffer a beyeren

","englishForm": "

Bavaria

","editionPage": "145","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Beyeren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bæjern","sourcePage": "103v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49","longitude": "11.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2951839/bavaria.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bavaria","location": "

Bavaria

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6083,"count": "3307","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

tha foer iak till pommer land

","englishForm": "

Pomerania

","editionPage": "145","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pommerland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pomerland","sourcePage": "103v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3088388/pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pomerania","location": "

Pomerania

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6081,"count": "3309","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Swa lade the tyske for københaffn

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "144","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyske","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "102v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6079,"count": "3311","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Pa femmeren lod iak tyskæ sla

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "144","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "102v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6077,"count": "3313","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Pa femmeren lod iak tyskæ sla

","englishForm": "

Fehmarn

","editionPage": "144","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Femmeren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Femern","sourcePage": "102v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Femern

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.47283","longitude": "11.14895","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2927579/fehmarn.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fehmarn","location": "

Fehmarn

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6075,"count": "3315","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

I pommern wor iak hertwg boll

","englishForm": "

Pomerania

","editionPage": "143","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pommern","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pomern","sourcePage": "102v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3088388/pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pomerania","location": "

Pomerania

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6073,"count": "3317","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Cristoffer som pommeren

","englishForm": "

Pomerania

","editionPage": "143","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pommeren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pomern","sourcePage": "102v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3088388/pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pomerania","location": "

Pomerania

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Emended by the editor to "Erik som kom aff pommeren".

"}, {"id": 6071,"count": "3319","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

oc erffde norge till danmark

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "142","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "101v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6069,"count": "3321","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

oc norges rige meth slette

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "142","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "101r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6067,"count": "3323","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

oc norge meth hannum erffde

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "141","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "100v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6065,"count": "3325","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

koning haghen a norges rige

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "141","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "100v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6063,"count": "3327","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

hawde norghe vndher sin hond

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "141","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "100r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6061,"count": "3329","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

af tyskæ men

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "139","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "98v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6059,"count": "3331","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Sa for iak til fymmers land

","englishForm": "

Fehmarn

","editionPage": "139","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Fymmersland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Femernsland","sourcePage": "98v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Femern

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.47283","longitude": "11.14895","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2927579/fehmarn.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fehmarn","location": "

Fehmarn

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6057,"count": "3333","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

ther van iak traneker | Som tyska hawde sek til hondæ

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "139","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "98v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6055,"count": "3335","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

sek skref af vendis lande

","englishForm": "

Wend

","editionPage": "139","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "vende","lemmaFormAttestation": "vind","sourcePage": "98r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity the inhabitant designation Wend is here visualised as the region Pomerania, as we have not been able to find a more adequate visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","showAsLocatedIn": "471","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wends","location": "

Wend

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6053,"count": "3337","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

.iii. grewer af stathyn

","englishForm": "

Szczecin

","editionPage": "139","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Stathyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Stætin","sourcePage": "98r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Stettin

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.42894","longitude": "14.55302","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3083829/szczecin.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Szczecin","location": "

Szczecin

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6051,"count": "3339","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

først brende iak lankto pale

","englishForm": "

Poland

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lanktopale","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landtopolen","sourcePage": "98r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/798544/republic-of-poland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poland","location": "

Poland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6049,"count": "3341","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Thre resær giorde iak til tyskæ land

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "98r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6047,"count": "3343","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

hertwgen a mekelburg

","englishForm": "

Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mekelburg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Meklenburgh","sourcePage": "97v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Mecklenburg-Vorpommern

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.83333","longitude": "12.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2872567/mecklenburg-western-pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mecklenburg-Vorpommern","location": "

Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6045,"count": "3345","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Sa for iak til then hælige graff

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Hælige Graff","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "97v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6043,"count": "3347","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Sa wan iak ther nest frysæland

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frysæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisland","sourcePage": "97v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6041,"count": "3349","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

the tyske hawde slotten footh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyske","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "97r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6039,"count": "3351","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Tha for [iak] til keysæren i sleswig

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "137","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "97r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

It is uncertain whether this attestation refers to the region of Schleswig or to the city of the same name.

"}, {"id": 6037,"count": "3353","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

grewe geryth a holzædæ land

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "137","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holzædæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæteland","sourcePage": "96v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6035,"count": "3355","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

grewæ geredh aff holtzedhelandh

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "136","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holtzedhelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæteland","sourcePage": "111v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6033,"count": "3357","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

danskæ oc tyskæ

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "135","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "96r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6031,"count": "3359","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Bodhe thyskæ och danskæ

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "134","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "111r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6029,"count": "3361","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Thy iak haude manga tyskæ ther i

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "135","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "96r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6027,"count": "3363","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thi iek hadhe manghe thyske ther i

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "134","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thyske","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "111r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6025,"count": "3365","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J kwrlandh greb iek beskopp thyghæ

","englishForm": "

Kurzerne

","editionPage": "134","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kwrlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kurland","sourcePage": "110v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Courland

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "57","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/460496/kurzeme.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Courland","location": "

Kurzerne

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is most probably corrupted due to misinterpretation of the source; all other textual witnesses refer to the Danish bishopric Børglum.

"}, {"id": 6023,"count": "3367","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

hertwgen i sassen

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "135","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saksen","sourcePage": "95v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6021,"count": "3369","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hertwghen i sassen

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "134","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saksen","sourcePage": "110v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6019,"count": "3371","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

tyske herræs høg

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "133","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyske","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "95r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6017,"count": "3373","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the tyskæ herris aagh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "109v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6015,"count": "3375","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

the gwttorp belagdo meth storm oc vin

","englishForm": "

Gottorf

","editionPage": "133","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gwttorp","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gottorp","sourcePage": "94v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Gottorp

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.51188","longitude": "9.54082","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2918605/gottorf.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gottorf_Castle","location": "

Gottorf

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6013,"count": "3377","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The gothropp belagdhæ meth macht och sindh

","englishForm": "

Gottorf

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gothropp","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gottorp","sourcePage": "109v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Gottorp

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.51188","longitude": "9.54082","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2918605/gottorf.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gottorf_Castle","location": "

Gottorf

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6011,"count": "3379","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Pa badhæ sydher som tyskæ war

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "133","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "94v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6009,"count": "3381","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

paa bægghæ sidher tha thyskæ wor

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "109r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6007,"count": "3383","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Iak kom i geen meth tyskæ men

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "131","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "94v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "

mæth

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6005,"count": "3385","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa fordh iek ighen meth thyskæ men

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "130","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "109r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "

mæth

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6003,"count": "3387","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

som tha i holsten woræ

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "131","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holsten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæten","sourcePage": "94r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 6001,"count": "3389","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Som tha i holtzedhen woræ

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "130","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holtzedhen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæten","sourcePage": "109r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5999,"count": "3391","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

hæden til tysland loth iak sta

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "131","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tysland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "94r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5997,"count": "3393","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Hædhen tiil thyslandh lodh jeg sthaa

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "130","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thyslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "108v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5995,"count": "3395","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Markgreffwen som war a brandaborg

","englishForm": "

Mark Brandenburg

","editionPage": "131","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Brandaborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brandenburgh","sourcePage": "93v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Margraviate of Brandenburg

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.516221","longitude": "14.051514","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2048529","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Margraviate_of_Brandenburg","location": "

Mark Brandenburg

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5993,"count": "3397","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Markgrewen som wor paa brandheborgh

","englishForm": "

Mark Brandenburg

","editionPage": "130","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Brandheborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brandenburgh","sourcePage": "108r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Margraviate of Brandenburg

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.516221","longitude": "14.051514","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2048529","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Margraviate_of_Brandenburg","location": "

Mark Brandenburg

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5991,"count": "3399","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Han sende honum in i bræmmer stadh

","englishForm": "

Bremen

","editionPage": "129","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bræmmerstadh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bremerestath","sourcePage": "93r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.07516","longitude": "8.80777","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2944388/bremen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bremen","location": "

Bremen

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5989,"count": "3401","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Sa for biscop grand til rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "129","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "92v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "B 77","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5987,"count": "3403","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

hwath wan tidrik van berna

","englishForm": "

Verona

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208466","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Berna","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bern","sourcePage": "D xxv","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1855-1862","work": "Konung Alexander","workNotes": "

This Swedish version belongs to the group of Alexander texts belong to the Historia de preliis Alexandri Magni tradition. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Alexandersagaen).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The 10,000-line-long verse tale follows the life and adventures of Alexander the Great. Translated from Latin at the behest of Bo Jonsson Grip (d. 1386), the Swedish version has an emphasis on griffins that the other European texts do not, maybe because the griffin (Swedish: grip) appeared on Bo Jonsson's family coat of arms.

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1855-1862","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164527/verona.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Verona

","preposition": "

van

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The preposition van is Middle Low German with the same meaning as Old Swedish fran.

"}, {"id": 5985,"count": "3405","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han førdhe hanum indh i bræmærs sticth

","englishForm": "

Prince-Archbishopric of Bremen

","editionPage": "128","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bræmærs Sticth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bremer Stift","sourcePage": "107r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for Bremen on the map to show the locality of Prince-Archbishopric of Bremen eventhough the archbischopric had a greater extent than the modern city.

","locationDescription": "

Fürsterzbistum Bremen

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.07516","longitude": "8.80777","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2944388/bremen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Archbishopric_of_Bremen","location": "

Prince-Archbishopric of Bremen

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5983,"count": "3407","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Saa kom han vth och fordh tiil rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "128","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "107r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5981,"count": "3409","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J wærnæmyndhæ bygdhæ jek eth thorn

","englishForm": "

Warnemünde

","editionPage": "127","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wærnæmyndhæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Varnemynde","sourcePage": "106v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1767","longitude": "12.08402","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2814055/warnemuende.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Warnem%C3%BCnde","location": "

Warnemünde

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5979,"count": "3411","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sthroldswndh jeg twingdhæ

","englishForm": "

Stralsund

","editionPage": "127","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sthroldswndh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Stralsund","sourcePage": "106r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.30911","longitude": "13.0818","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2826287/stralsund.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stralsund","location": "

Stralsund

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5977,"count": "3413","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Rotstok wandh iek

","englishForm": "

Rostock

","editionPage": "127","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rotstok","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rostok","sourcePage": "106r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.0887","longitude": "12.14049","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2844588/rostock.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rostock","location": "

Rostock

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5975,"count": "3415","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha willæ mek tyskæ mæth stridh beqwoldh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "127","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "106r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5973,"count": "3417","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The friiser mek ther tha møtthæ

","englishForm": "

Frisian

","editionPage": "125","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "friiser","lemmaFormAttestation": "frise","sourcePage": "104r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","showAsLocatedIn": "71","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisians","location": "

Frisian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5971,"count": "3419","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha iek kom tiil egdhers stadh

","englishForm": "

Eiderstedt

","editionPage": "125","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egdhersstadh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Eghderstath","sourcePage": "104r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "peninsula","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.35393","longitude": "8.80344","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "www.geonames.org/2931951/eiderstedt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eiderstedt","location": "

Eiderstedt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5969,"count": "3421","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek thæncthæ mek friisen ath windhæ

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "125","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Friisen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisen","sourcePage": "104r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of frise 'Frisian' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 5967,"count": "3423","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The breff myn oldhefadher woldhemar | Paa wændhes righæ forhwærffdhæ

","englishForm": "

Wend

","editionPage": "125","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "wændhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "vind","sourcePage": "104r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity the inhabitant designation Wend is here visualised as the region Pomerania, as we have not been able to find a more adequate visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","showAsLocatedIn": "471","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wends","location": "

Wend

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5965,"count": "3425","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Grewæ adwlps dotther aff holtzedhæ landh

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "125","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holtzedhælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæteland","sourcePage": "103v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5963,"count": "3427","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

førdhe theth saa tiil slæswigh opp | J sancti pædhers kyrkæ 

","englishForm": "

Cathedral of Saint Peter at Schleswig

","editionPage": "124","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Pædhers Kyrkæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Peters Kirkje","sourcePage": "103r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sankt-Petri-Dom zu Schleswig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.513333","longitude": "9.569167","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Schleswig_Cathedral¶ms=54_30_48_N_9_34_09_E_region:DE_type:landmark","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig_Cathedral","location": "

Cathedral of Saint Peter at Schleswig

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5961,"count": "3429","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

førdhe theth saa tiil slæswigh opp | J sancti pædhers kyrkæ 

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "124","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Slæswigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "103r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5959,"count": "3431","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J slætthen lodh han mek sænckæ

","englishForm": "

Schlei

","editionPage": "124","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Slætthen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæen","sourcePage": "102v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slien

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.67627","longitude": "10.00105","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838761/schlei.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schlei","location": "

Schlei

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5957,"count": "3433","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J boren howeth

","englishForm": "

Bornhöved

","editionPage": "123","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Borænhoweth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bornehovith","sourcePage": "101r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.06667","longitude": "10.23333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2946100/bornhoeved.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bornh%C3%B6ved","location": "

Bornhöved

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5955,"count": "3435","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

pawæn i rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "122","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "100v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5953,"count": "3437","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han oss tiil sweryn førdhæ

","englishForm": "

Schwerin

","editionPage": "122","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sweryn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sverin","sourcePage": "100v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.62937","longitude": "11.41316","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2834282/schwerin.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schwerin","location": "

Schwerin

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5951,"count": "3439","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek ræffuell och ry bestriddhæ

","englishForm": "

Riga

","editionPage": "121","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ry","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ri","sourcePage": "100r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56.946","longitude": "24.10589","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/456172/riga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Riga","location": "

Riga

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5949,"count": "3441","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek ræffuell och ry bestriddhæ

","englishForm": "

Tallinn 

","editionPage": "121","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ræffuell","lemmaFormAttestation": "Revel","sourcePage": "100r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Reval

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "59.43696","longitude": "24.75353","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/588409/tallinn.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tallinn","location": "

Tallinn 

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5947,"count": "3443","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

them i liifflandh boo

","englishForm": "

Livonia

","editionPage": "121","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Liifflandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Livland","sourcePage": "99v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "58","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/457850/livonija.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Livonia","location": "

Livonia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5945,"count": "3445","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tiil estlandh lodh iek sthandhæ

","englishForm": "

Estonia

","editionPage": "121","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Estlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Estland","sourcePage": "99v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "59","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/453733/republic-of-estonia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonia","location": "

Estonia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5943,"count": "3447","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

theth staar i thrawæn myndhæ

","englishForm": "

Travemünde

","editionPage": "121","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thrawænmyndhæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Travemynde","sourcePage": "99v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.96304","longitude": "10.8709","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2821480/travemuende.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Travem%C3%BCnde","location": "

Travemünde

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5941,"count": "3449","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eth sloth i dythmerskælandh

","englishForm": "

Dithmarschen

","editionPage": "121","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Dythmerskælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ditmærskeland","sourcePage": "99v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.11671","longitude": "9.02549","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2936765/dithmarschen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dithmarschen","location": "

Dithmarschen

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5939,"count": "3451","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

For hamborghen laa jek eth halffth aar

","englishForm": "

Hamburg

","editionPage": "121","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hamborghen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hamburghen","sourcePage": "99v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.57532","longitude": "10.01534","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2911298/hamburg.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hamburg","location": "

Hamburg

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5937,"count": "3453","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han palatz grewæ wor tha paa ryn

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "121","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ryn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "99r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5935,"count": "3455","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa lodh jek gøræ offuer elffuen en broo

","englishForm": "

Elbe River

","editionPage": "121","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Elffuen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ælven","sourcePage": "99r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.92222","longitude": "8.72222","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2931271/elbe-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elbe","location": "

Elbe River

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5933,"count": "3457","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Alle frisær the thordhe wel bydhe

","englishForm": "

Frisian

","editionPage": "121","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "frisær","lemmaFormAttestation": "frise","sourcePage": "99r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","showAsLocatedIn": "71","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisians","location": "

Frisian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5931,"count": "3459","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j [...]one

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "231","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/7773146","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "One","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "592","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson and Wollin 1997","work": "Herr abboten","workNotes": "

The work is also referred to as Skämtan om alla abbotar or just Skemptan. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Satire).

","genreName": "Miscellaneous","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A satire in the goliardic tradition that mocks an abbot flaunting his vows of poverty and rules about fasting. There is no consensus whether it is an original composition or a translation, or rather a paraphrase, of a Latin text. 

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson and Wollin 1997","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Due to water damage only the end of the place name, established through comparison with the other witness in D 4a, can be read. 

"}, {"id": 5929,"count": "3461","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Sidhen fordh keysæren i holtzædhen ighen

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "121","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holtzædhen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæten","sourcePage": "99r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5927,"count": "3463","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hertwæn aff poln gik mek tiil handh

","englishForm": "

Poland

","editionPage": "120","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Poln","lemmaFormAttestation": "Polen","sourcePage": "98v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/798544/republic-of-poland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poland","location": "

Poland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5925,"count": "3465","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther næsth wandh iek och rytzelandh

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "120","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytseland","sourcePage": "98v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5923,"count": "3467","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Saa wandh iek eth sloth thet hedh stythyn | eth och hedh mutthen vndher handhen myn

","englishForm": "

Maukendorf

","editionPage": "120","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mutthen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Muton","sourcePage": "98v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the ODa. Rhymed Chronicle this castle is mentioned alongside the castle in Szczecin, but its exact location is unknown. The form corresponds to the Sorbian name of Maukendorf, Mucow, hence the coordinates hereof are used here.

","locationDescription": "

Mucow

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.39899","longitude": "14.2957","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2872789/maukendorf.html","wikipediaLink": "https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maukendorf","location": "

Maukendorf

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5921,"count": "3469","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Saa wandh iek eth sloth thet hedh stythyn

","englishForm": "

Szczecin

","editionPage": "120","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Stythyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Stætin","sourcePage": "98v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Stettin

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.42894","longitude": "14.55302","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3083829/szczecin.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Szczecin","location": "

Szczecin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5919,"count": "3471","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Saa lodh iek bygghæ paa dymyn eth sloth | och nedh slo hwensborgh som wor omgoth

","englishForm": "

Nienburg

","editionPage": "120","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hwensborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvensburgh","sourcePage": "98v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.6461","longitude": "9.22086","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862620/nienburg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nienburg,_Lower_Saxony","location": "

Nienburg

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5917,"count": "3473","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j babilone

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "230","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/7773146","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilon","sourcePage": "205","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Wiktorsson and Wollin 1997","work": "Herr abboten","workNotes": "

The work is also referred to as Skämtan om alla abbotar or just Skemptan. Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Satire).

","genreName": "Miscellaneous","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A satire in the goliardic tradition that mocks an abbot flaunting his vows of poverty and rules about fasting. There is no consensus whether it is an original composition or a translation, or rather a paraphrase, of a Latin text. 

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Wiktorsson and Wollin 1997","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is written in the Latin ablative.

"}, {"id": 5915,"count": "3475","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Saa lodh iek bygghæ paa dymyn eth sloth

","englishForm": "

Haus Demmin

","editionPage": "120","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Dymyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Demin","sourcePage": "98v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.9","longitude": "13.033611","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Haus_Demmin&language=de¶ms=53.9_N_13.033611111111_E_dim:200_region:DE-MV_type:landmark","wikipediaLink": "https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Haus_Demmin","location": "

Haus Demmin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Old Danish preposition paa 'on' indicates that dymyn in the text is thought of as an islet or as a river. But as it is impossible to know which, for the sake of simplicity, here the result of the construction, a castle, is used as location.

"}, {"id": 5913,"count": "3477","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hwn konghens dotther aff bræmmæn wor

","englishForm": "

Bremen

","editionPage": "120","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bræmmæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bremen","sourcePage": "98r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.07516","longitude": "8.80777","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2944388/bremen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bremen","location": "

Bremen

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Ghemen print of the Old Danish Rhymed Chronicle has beemen 'Bohemia', and this is more probable given that Bremen is either a city or an archbishopric, not a kingdom. 

"}, {"id": 5911,"count": "3479","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

iek opp elffuen fordh | Och erthenborgh och bytzenborgh slo iek nedh tiil iordh

","englishForm": "

Boizenburg

","editionPage": "120","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bytzenborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bojsenburgh","sourcePage": "98r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.38153","longitude": "10.72375","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2946821/boizenburg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Boizenburg","location": "

Boizenburg

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5909,"count": "3481","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

iek opp elffuen fordh | Och erthenborgh och bytzenborgh slo iek nedh tiil iordh

","englishForm": "

Artlenburg

","editionPage": "120","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Erthenborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ærtenburgh","sourcePage": "98r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.37182","longitude": "10.48793","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2955389/artlenburg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Artlenburg","location": "

Artlenburg

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5907,"count": "3483","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

iek opp elffuen fordh

","englishForm": "

Elbe River

","editionPage": "120","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Elffuen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ælven","sourcePage": "98r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.92222","longitude": "8.72222","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2931271/elbe-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elbe","location": "

Elbe River

","preposition": "

up

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5905,"count": "3485","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek hædhen och jntiil norghe fordh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "120","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "98r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5903,"count": "3487","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

alle landhænæ syn || som nordhen paa ælffuæn støtthæ

","englishForm": "

Elbe River

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ælffuæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ælven","sourcePage": "96v-97r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.92222","longitude": "8.72222","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2931271/elbe-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elbe","location": "

Elbe River

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5901,"count": "3489","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J lybekke stadh wi møtthæ

","englishForm": "

Lübeck

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lybekkæstadh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lybækestath","sourcePage": "96v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.86893","longitude": "10.68729","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2875601/luebeck.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/L%C3%BCbeck","location": "

Lübeck

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5899,"count": "3491","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

keyser fredrich sek screff aff rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "96v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5897,"count": "3493","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J tyslandh wandh iek sidhen dymyn | kamyn wolgosth och saa stythyn | Meth andhræ sloth och stædher

","englishForm": "

Szczecin

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Stythyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Stætin","sourcePage": "96v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Stettin

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.42894","longitude": "14.55302","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3083829/szczecin.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Szczecin","location": "

Szczecin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5895,"count": "3495","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J tyslandh wandh iek sidhen dymyn | kamyn wolgosth och saa stythyn | Meth andhræ sloth och stædher

","englishForm": "

Wolgast

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wolgosth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Volgast","sourcePage": "96v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.05275","longitude": "13.77201","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2806501/wolgast.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wolgast","location": "

Wolgast

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5893,"count": "3497","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J tyslandh wandh iek sidhen dymyn | kamyn wolgosth och saa stythyn | Meth andhræ sloth och stædher

","englishForm": "

Kamien Pomorski

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kamyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kamin","sourcePage": "96v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kammin

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.96849","longitude": "14.77262","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3096765/kamien-pomorski.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kamie%C5%84_Pomorski","location": "

Kamien Pomorski

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5891,"count": "3499","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J tyslandh wandh iek sidhen dymyn | kamyn wolgosth och saa stythyn | Meth andhræ sloth och stædher

","englishForm": "

Demmin

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Dymyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Demin","sourcePage": "96v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.90762","longitude": "13.03142","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2938284/demmin.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Demmin","location": "

Demmin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5889,"count": "3501","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J tyslandh wandh iek sidhen dymyn | kamyn wolgosth och saa stythyn | Meth andhræ sloth och stædher

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "96v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5887,"count": "3503","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Meth herræ skioldh iek offuer wandh | J østherledhen førsth fynlandh

","englishForm": "

Finland

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Fynlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Finland","sourcePage": "96v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "64","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/660013/republic-of-finland.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finland","location": "

Finland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5885,"count": "3505","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Meth herræ skioldh iek offuer wandh | J østherledhen førsth fynlandh

","englishForm": "

Østerlide

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Østherledhen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Østerlithen","sourcePage": "96v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse world resource Østerlide is regarded as located in Northern and Eastern Europe and visualised as located in the Baltic Sea, since in the textual context the areas east of the Baltic are ment.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "18","showAsLocatedIn": "269","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Østerlide

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5883,"count": "3507","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Sidhen fordh iek indh i rytzelandh

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytseland","sourcePage": "96r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

ini

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5881,"count": "3509","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

wi sætthæ ther en mwr wel boldh | Och kalledhen danæ wyrkæ

","englishForm": "

Danevirke

","editionPage": "117-118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Danæwyrkæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Danevirke","sourcePage": "96r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "fortification","localityTypeOfName": "name of a man-made feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.633333","longitude": "9.583333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Danevirke¶ms=54_38_N_9_35_E_region:DE-SH_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danevirke","location": "

Danevirke

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The manuscript has wwr, emended by the editor.

"}, {"id": 5879,"count": "3511","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thyskæ the sadhæ meth mek tiil fadh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "117","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "95v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5877,"count": "3513","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The thyskæ som komme æn leffuendhe i landh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "94r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5875,"count": "3515","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

halff anneth twsendh aff tyske landh

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyskelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "94r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5873,"count": "3517","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tiil rylandh mwnnæ wi gæsthæ

","englishForm": "

Rügen

","editionPage": "113","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rylandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryland","sourcePage": "91v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.41667","longitude": "13.4","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2843325/ruegen-island.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/R%C3%BCgen","location": "

Rügen

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Ghemen print of the Rhymed Chronicle reads rytzland 'Russia', and this might also be intended here. However, the form ryland for Rügen is also found in the very same Ghemen print.

"}, {"id": 5871,"count": "3519","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha wille mek thyskæ vfredhæ

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "113","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "91r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5869,"count": "3521","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha flydhe iek thædhen och tiil sleswigh

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "90r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

It is uncertain whether this attestation aims at the region Schleswig or the city Schleswig. But since king Niels is known to have died in the city of Schleswig, here the latter is used.

"}, {"id": 5867,"count": "3523","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han hertw wor i flandhren tha

","englishForm": "

Flanders

","editionPage": "112","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Flandhren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Flandren","sourcePage": "89r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51","longitude": "4.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3337388/flanders.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flanders","location": "

Flanders

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5865,"count": "3525","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha iek kom tha tiil cipper landh

","englishForm": "

Cyprus

","editionPage": "111","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cipperlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cyprenland","sourcePage": "88r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "35.00304","longitude": "32.98791","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/146670/cyprus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyprus","location": "

Cyprus

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5863,"count": "3527","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j constantinobili jek keysæren fandh

","englishForm": "

Istanbul

","editionPage": "110","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Constantinobil","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konstantinopolis","sourcePage": "87v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Constantinople","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.01384","longitude": "28.94966","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745044/istanbul.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Istanbul","location": "

Istanbul

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5861,"count": "3529","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

iek kom hædhen tiil grekæ landh

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "110","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grekælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grækeland","sourcePage": "87r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5859,"count": "3531","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thi fordh iek sidhen tiil then helghe graff

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "110","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Helghe Graff","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "87r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5857,"count": "3533","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

iek fordh tha hiæm fran rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "110","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "87r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5855,"count": "3535","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en førsthæ i swerigis landh | Och norghes

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "110","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "87r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5853,"count": "3537","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ey wore vndher wtwortis sticth

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/98","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "wtwortis","lemmaFormAttestation": "utvortes","sourcePage": "m2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5851,"count": "3539","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

æy wæræ vndher vdhworthes sticth

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "vdhworthes","lemmaFormAttestation": "utvortes","sourcePage": "86v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5849,"count": "3541","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

erkæbespen aff bræmmen

","englishForm": "

Prince-Archbishopric of Bremen

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bræmmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bremen","sourcePage": "86v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for Bremen on the map to show the locality of Prince-Archbishopric of Bremen eventhough the archbischopric had a greater extent than the modern city.

","locationDescription": "

Fürsterzbistum Bremen

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.07516","longitude": "8.80777","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2944388/bremen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Archbishopric_of_Bremen","location": "

Prince-Archbishopric of Bremen

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5847,"count": "3543","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en stadh han hedh jwlin

","englishForm": "

Wolin

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jwlin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Julin","sourcePage": "86r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.84214","longitude": "14.61465","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3081471/wolin.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wolin_(town)","location": "

Wolin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5845,"count": "3545","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Saa fordhe the them i tyslandh indh

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "86r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5843,"count": "3547","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Saa løsthæ tyskæ och ath prøwæ mith sindh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "109","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "86r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5841,"count": "3549","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

saa klart eth moll | som nogher kwnde haffue dansk elder woll

","englishForm": "

valska, valsk

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/98","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "woll","lemmaFormAttestation": "val","sourcePage": "m1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

This language designation is only used in those cases where it is uncertain whether the attestations valska/valsk refer to Italian or French.

","locationDescription": "

Walhaz

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","showAsLocatedIn": "799","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Walhaz","location": "

valska, valsk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5837,"count": "3551","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa clarth eth mooll | som nogher kwnne haffue dansk eller woll

","englishForm": "

valska, valsk

","editionPage": "108","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "woll","lemmaFormAttestation": "val","sourcePage": "85v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

This language designation is only used in those cases where it is uncertain whether the attestations valska/valsk refer to Italian or French.

","locationDescription": "

Walhaz

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","showAsLocatedIn": "799","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Walhaz","location": "

valska, valsk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5835,"count": "3553","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The bwdhe mek theth i flandhern tiil

","englishForm": "

Flanders

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Flandhern","lemmaFormAttestation": "Flandren","sourcePage": "84r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51","longitude": "4.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3337388/flanders.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flanders","location": "

Flanders

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5833,"count": "3555","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tiil englandh hadhe iek mek tha acth

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "82v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5831,"count": "3557","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek prytzen och kwrlandh tiil danmark wandh

","englishForm": "

Kurzerne

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kwrlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kurland","sourcePage": "82v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Courland

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "57","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/460496/kurzeme.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Courland","location": "

Kurzerne

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5829,"count": "3559","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek prytzen och kwrlandh tiil danmark wandh

","englishForm": "

Prussia

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Prytzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Prytsen","sourcePage": "82v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

For the sake for graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for East Prussia on the map to show the locality of Prussia.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54","longitude": "21","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/772636/east-prussia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prussia_(region)","location": "

Prussia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5827,"count": "3561","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thi fwllæ mig tha the engelskæ fraa

","englishForm": "

English

","editionPage": "103","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "engelskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "ængelsk","sourcePage": "16r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","showAsLocatedIn": "167","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

English

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5825,"count": "3563","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thi fwllæ mek tha the engelskæ fraa

","englishForm": "

English

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "engelskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "ængelsk","sourcePage": "80v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","showAsLocatedIn": "167","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

English

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5823,"count": "3565","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ieg giorde ey reysæ bort vdhen lands

","englishForm": "

Abroad

","editionPage": "103","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "vdhenlands","lemmaFormAttestation": "utenlands","sourcePage": "16r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adverb","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Abroad

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The editor has emended the manuscript form et to ey, this correction is used in the citation here.

"}, {"id": 5821,"count": "3567","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek giordhe æy reyser vdhen landhz

","englishForm": "

Abroad

","editionPage": "102","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "vdhenlandhz","lemmaFormAttestation": "utenlands","sourcePage": "80v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adverb","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Abroad

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5819,"count": "3569","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

iek skullæ fange norige till

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "14v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5817,"count": "3571","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jek skulle fongeth norghe ther tiil

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "98","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "78r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5815,"count": "3573","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

her etwar j englandh gaff mig skat

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "14v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5813,"count": "3575","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

her etwer j englandh gaff mek skath

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "98","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "78r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5811,"count": "3577","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ickæ aldels i tessæ nørræ landh | men so wel i rom och i greker land 

","englishForm": "

Northern lands

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/22","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nørræ Landh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nyrthreland","sourcePage": "b6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Northern lands is visualised as located in Northern Europe because the context of the text places them there. 
 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "61.68987","longitude": "2.90039","showAsLocatedIn": "793","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Northern lands

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5809,"count": "3579","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ickæ aldels i tessæ nørræ landh | men saa wel i rom oc i greker landh

","englishForm": "

Northern lands

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nørræ Landh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nyrthreland","sourcePage": "b4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Fragment of The Rhymed Chronicle, LN 233","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Northern lands is visualised as located in Northern Europe because the context of the text places them there. 
 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "61.68987","longitude": "2.90039","showAsLocatedIn": "793","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Northern lands

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5807,"count": "3581","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Wærmæ landh och ørken øø | Meth andhræ smolandh i westher søø

","englishForm": "

Bjarmaland

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wærmælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bjarmeland","sourcePage": "61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

For the coordinates of Bjarmaland are used those of Arkhangelsk Oblast, since Bjarmaland seems to have been localised mostly within that region.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "64","longitude": "44","showAsLocatedIn": "1081","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bjarmaland","location": "

Bjarmaland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form "Wærmæ landh" most probably is a corruption of "Bjarmeland", but note that the Ghemen print has "Grøn landh", Greenland. The scribe might have thought of the Swedish province Värmland.

"}, {"id": 5805,"count": "3583","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sydhen bleff myn krop till trwndhiem førth

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Trwndhiem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "14r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5803,"count": "3585","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Saa bleff myn kropp tiil thrwndhiæm hænth

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "96","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thrwndhiæm","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "78r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5801,"count": "3587","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hoss sleswig kom jeg meth them j ferdh

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "14r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5799,"count": "3589","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hooss sleswigh kom iek meth them i færdh

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "96","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "77v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5797,"count": "3591","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ther tyskæ hørde at wj hade krij

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "13v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5795,"count": "3593","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha tyske the hørdhe ath wi hadhe krij

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "96","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyske","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "77r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5793,"count": "3595","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ostland wandh ieg

","englishForm": "

Estonia

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ostland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Estland","sourcePage": "13v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "59","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/453733/republic-of-estonia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonia","location": "

Estonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5791,"count": "3597","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Estlandh wandh iek

","englishForm": "

Estonia

","editionPage": "96","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Estlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Estland","sourcePage": "76v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "59","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/453733/republic-of-estonia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonia","location": "

Estonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5789,"count": "3599","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ieg wor j rytzen jnnæ

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytsen","sourcePage": "13v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of ryts 'Russian' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 5787,"count": "3601","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek wor i rytzen indhæ

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "94","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytsen","sourcePage": "76v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of ryts 'Russian' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 5785,"count": "3603","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

soo foor ieg hedhen till england ind

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "England","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "13r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5783,"count": "3605","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa fordh iek hædhen tiil englandh indh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "94","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "76v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5781,"count": "3607","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the norske ordhe tha stooræ j hw

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "norske","lemmaFormAttestation": "norsk","sourcePage": "13r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5779,"count": "3609","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha wordhe norskæ saa storæ i sindh och hw

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "94","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "norskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "norsk","sourcePage": "76r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5777,"count": "3611","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jegh lægdes j rothomago

","englishForm": "

Rouen

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rothomagus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rotomagus","sourcePage": "13r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49.44313","longitude": "1.09932","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2982652/rouen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rouen","location": "

Rouen

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Latin Ablative form.

"}, {"id": 5775,"count": "3613","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek ladhes vdhi rothomagho

","englishForm": "

Rouen

","editionPage": "94","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rothomaghus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rotomagus","sourcePage": "75v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49.44313","longitude": "1.09932","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2982652/rouen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rouen","location": "

Rouen

","preposition": "

uti

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Latin Ablative form

"}, {"id": 5773,"count": "3615","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Greffue rikordh wt aff nomandyn

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nomandyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmandien","sourcePage": "12v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

utaf

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The editor emends to "normandyn"

"}, {"id": 5771,"count": "3617","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Grewæ rikardh vdh aff normandhin

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandhin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmandien","sourcePage": "75r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

utaf

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5769,"count": "3619","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

romer dreffue keyser henrek wth

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romer","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "12r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5767,"count": "3621","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

romæræ dreffue keyser henrik vth

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romæræ","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "74v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5765,"count": "3623","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

meth twsende skyp ieg till england ffoor

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "England","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "12r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5763,"count": "3625","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

meth M skib iek tiil englandh fordh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "74v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5761,"count": "3627","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swerigh oc norye

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norye","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "12r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5759,"count": "3629","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swerighe och norghe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "74v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5757,"count": "3631","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ieg mwn tyskland wynnæ

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyskland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "12r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5755,"count": "3633","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jek mwnne tyslandh windhæ

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "74v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5753,"count": "3635","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Kong aff norye

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "91","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norye","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "11v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5751,"count": "3637","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Konghen aff norghæ mith betzel holth

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "73v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5749,"count": "3639","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Konghen aff norige han wor oc ther

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "91","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "11v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5747,"count": "3641","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konghen aff norghe han wor och ther

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "73v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5745,"count": "3643","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Then sette then mellom bleginge oc norige stor

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "91","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "11v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

mællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is clearly a misunderstanding, most probably for the Swedish region Möre (cf. Hanne Regnar in Danske Studier 1983: 87).

"}, {"id": 5743,"count": "3645","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

mellom bleginghe och norghe staar

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "73r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

mællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is clearly a misunderstanding, most probably for the Swedish region Möre (cf. Hanne Regnar in Danske Studier 1983, p. 87).

"}, {"id": 5741,"count": "3647","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

lande skiell | mellom danmark oc holsten

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holsten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæte","sourcePage": "10v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

mællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5739,"count": "3649","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

landeskiel | mellom danmark och holtzen

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holtzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæte","sourcePage": "72r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

mællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5737,"count": "3651","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thi fik ieg norigæ oc soo england

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "England","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "9v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5735,"count": "3653","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thi fik ieg norigæ oc soo england

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norigæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "9v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5733,"count": "3655","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thi fek iek norghe och saa englandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "86","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "70v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5731,"count": "3657","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thi fek iek norghe och saa englandh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "86","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "70v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5729,"count": "3659","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

till tyskeland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyskeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "9r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5727,"count": "3661","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tiil tyslandh

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "70r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5725,"count": "3663","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok rytzane gingo æ man wid man

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "101","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5723,"count": "3665","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok rytzane gingo æ man wid man

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "101","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5721,"count": "3667","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok ridzo gingo man wid man

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "101","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ridzo","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form ridzo for ryza(r) 'Russians' is grammatically a nominative plural; the ending o with its loss of final r is unique to this manuscript. The i-reading of OSw. ryz 'Russian' is unique to this manuscript of The Chornicle of Duke Erik. 

"}, {"id": 5719,"count": "3669","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok rytzane gingo æ man wid man

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "101","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5717,"count": "3671","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok rytzane gingo æ man wid man

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "101","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5715,"count": "3673","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok rytzane gingo ee man wid man

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "101","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5713,"count": "3675","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

ok rytzane gingo jn man wid man

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "101","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5711,"count": "3677","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

rytzane stormado nat ok dagh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5709,"count": "3679","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

rytzane stormado nat ok dagh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5707,"count": "3681","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzane stormado nat ok dagh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5705,"count": "3683","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzane stormado nat ok dagh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5703,"count": "3685","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzane stormado badhæ nat ok dagh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5701,"count": "3687","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

rytzane stormado badhæ nat ok dagh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5699,"count": "3689","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

rytzane stormado nat ok dagh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "19v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The first word of the line, rytzad, is crossed out in the manuscript, ostensibly by the same scribe.

"}, {"id": 5697,"count": "3691","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

med rytza ok medh thera makt | Tha rytzane komo tha waro æn tha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5695,"count": "3693","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

med rytza ok medh thera makt | Tha rytzane komo tha waro æn tha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5693,"count": "3695","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

med rytza ok medh hera makt | Tha rytzane komo tha varo ok tha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5691,"count": "3697","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

med rytza ok medh hera makt | Tha rytzane komo tha varo ok tha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5689,"count": "3699","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

med rytza ok thera makt | Tha rytzane komo vare een tha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5687,"count": "3701","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

med rytza ok thera makt | Tha rytzane komo vare een tha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5685,"count": "3703","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

med rytza ok medh thera makt | Tha rytzane komo tha waro æn tha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5683,"count": "3705","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

med rytza ok medh thera makt | Tha rytzane komo tha waro æn tha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5681,"count": "3707","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

med rydzom ok thera stora makt | Tha rytzane komo waro the tha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5679,"count": "3709","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

med rydzom ok thera stora makt | Tha rytzane komo waro the tha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzer","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5677,"count": "3711","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

med rydzom ok thera stora makt | Tha rytzane komo waro the tha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5675,"count": "3713","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

med rydzom ok thera stora makt | Tha rytzane komo waro the tha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzer","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5673,"count": "3715","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

med rytzana ok medh thera makt | Tha rytzane komo æn waro the tha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5671,"count": "3717","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

med rytzana ok medh thera makt | Tha rytzane komo æn waro the tha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5669,"count": "3719","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

sidhan vændo rytzane ater bort

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5667,"count": "3721","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

sidhan vændo rytzane ater bort

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5665,"count": "3723","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sidhan vændo rytzane bort

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5663,"count": "3725","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sidhan vændo rytzane ater bort

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5661,"count": "3727","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sidhan vændo sik rydzer ok ridho bort

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzer","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5659,"count": "3729","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

sidhan vændo sik rydzer ok ridho bort

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzer","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5657,"count": "3731","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

sidhan vændo om rytzane ok ridho ater bort

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5655,"count": "3733","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

manga ryzsor giordo the wee | the rytza følgdo them alt med

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5653,"count": "3735","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

manga ryzsor giordo the wee | the rytza følgdo them alt med

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ryzsor ","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5651,"count": "3737","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

marghom rytze giordo the wee | the rytza følgdo them alt med

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5649,"count": "3739","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

marghom rytze giordo the wee | the rytza følgdo them alt med

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytze","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5647,"count": "3741","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

marghom rytze giordo the wee | the rytza følgdo them alt med

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5645,"count": "3743","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

marghom rytze giordo the wee | the rytza følgdo them alt med

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytze","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5643,"count": "3745","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

marghom rytze giordo the wee | the rytza følgdo them alt med

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5641,"count": "3747","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

marghom rytze giordo the wee | the rytza følgdo them alt med

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytze","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5639,"count": "3749","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swo flydæ ieg tha j tyskland jnd

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyskland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "9r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5637,"count": "3751","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

aars ribæ oc hedeby

","englishForm": "

Hedeby

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hedeby","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hetheby","sourcePage": "8v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.49111","longitude": "9.56528","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7576151/haithabu.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hedeby","location": "

Hedeby

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5635,"count": "3753","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hade ieg danmark england oc tyskland frij

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyskland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "8r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5633,"count": "3755","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hade ieg danmark england oc tyskland frij

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "England","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "8r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5631,"count": "3757","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

oc tyske som the haffde offtæ j synd

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyske","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "8r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5629,"count": "3759","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fra sleswig oc till vestær haff

","englishForm": "

Vesterhavet

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Vestærhaff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Væsterhav","sourcePage": "8r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

North Sea

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "55.33333","longitude": "3","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2960848/north-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/North_Sea","location": "

Vesterhavet

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5627,"count": "3761","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fra sleswig oc till vestær haff

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "8r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5625,"count": "3763","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jeg tencker han ffor tha hiem till room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "8r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5623,"count": "3765","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swo bygdæ iek tha sleswig ther j gien

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "7v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the region Schleswig.

"}, {"id": 5621,"count": "3767","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

marghom rydzom giordo the wee | the rytza følgdo them alt med

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5619,"count": "3769","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

marghom rydzom giordo the wee | the rytza følgdo them alt med

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzer","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5617,"count": "3771","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then stadh hans fadher byggæ lood | som sleswig stor danmark emodh | oc kalledhen koln poo syt moll

","englishForm": "

Köln

","editionPage": "81","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Koln","lemmaFormAttestation": "Køln","sourcePage": "7v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Cologne

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "50.93333","longitude": "6.95","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2886242/koeln.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cologne","location": "

Köln

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5615,"count": "3773","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

marghom rydzom giordo the wee | the rytza følgdo them alt med

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5613,"count": "3775","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

marghom rydzom giordo the wee | the rytza følgdo them alt med

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzer","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5611,"count": "3777","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then stadh hans fadher byggæ lood | som sleswig stor danmark emodh | oc kalledhen koln poo syt moll

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "81","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "7v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5609,"count": "3779","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

marghom rytze giordo the wee | the rytza følgdo them alt med

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5607,"count": "3781","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

marghom rytze giordo the wee | the rytza følgdo them alt med

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytze","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5605,"count": "3783","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ængland oc ther till tyskeland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "81","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyskeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "7v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5603,"count": "3785","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ængland oc ther till tyskeland

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "81","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "7v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5601,"count": "3787","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the j hybernæ land bode

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "81","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hybernæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiberneland","sourcePage": "7r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5599,"count": "3789","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

hundrada rytza waro ther

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5597,"count": "3791","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

hundrada rytza waro ther

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5595,"count": "3793","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tydskland wundne the wnner myn hand

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "81","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydskland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "7r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5593,"count": "3795","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hundrada rytza waro ther

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5591,"count": "3797","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hundrada rytza waro ther

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5589,"count": "3799","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hundrada rytza waro j hwærra

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5587,"count": "3801","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hundrada rytza waro j hwærre

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5585,"count": "3803","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hun war j england hiemmæ

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "80","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "England","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "6r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5583,"count": "3805","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

hundrada rytza waro j hware

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5581,"count": "3807","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

huat rytzane willo hawa til handa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "98","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5579,"count": "3809","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

huat rytzane willo hawa til handa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "98","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5577,"count": "3811","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

huat ridza willo hawa för handa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "98","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ridza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The i-reading of OSw. ryz 'Russian' is unique to this manuscript of The Chornicle of Duke Erik. 

"}, {"id": 5575,"count": "3813","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

huat rytzane willo hawa til handa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "98","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5573,"count": "3815","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

huat rytzane willo hawa til handa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "98","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5571,"count": "3817","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

huat rytzane willo hawa til handa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "98","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5569,"count": "3819","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

huat rytzane willo hawa til handa

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "98","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5567,"count": "3821","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

rytzane sampnado sik ater aa ny | Ok karela ok hedne men for thy

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 5565,"count": "3823","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

rytzane sampnado sik ater aa ny | Ok karela ok hedne men for thy

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5563,"count": "3825","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

rytzane sampnado sik ater aff ny | Ok karela ok hedne men for thy

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 5561,"count": "3827","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the engelskæ mig wntfwllæ

","englishForm": "

English

","editionPage": "79","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "engelskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "ængelsk","sourcePage": "6r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","showAsLocatedIn": "167","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

English

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5559,"count": "3829","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

rytzane sampnado sik ater aff ny | Ok karela ok hedne men for thy

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5557,"count": "3831","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzane sampnado sik ater aa ny | Ok karela ok hedne men for thy

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 5555,"count": "3833","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the enghelske mek vndfwllæ

","englishForm": "

English

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "enghelske","lemmaFormAttestation": "ængelsk","sourcePage": "69v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","showAsLocatedIn": "167","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

English

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5553,"count": "3835","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzane sampnado sik ater aa ny | Ok karela ok hedne men for thy

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5551,"count": "3837","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Gorm hin ynske

","englishForm": "

English

","editionPage": "79","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "ynske","lemmaFormAttestation": "ængsk","sourcePage": "6r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","showAsLocatedIn": "167","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

English

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5549,"count": "3839","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzane sampnado sik ater aff ny | Ok karela ok hedne men for thy

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 5547,"count": "3841","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Gorm hindh ynskæ

","englishForm": "

English

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "ynskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "ængsk","sourcePage": "69v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","showAsLocatedIn": "167","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

English

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5545,"count": "3843","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzane sampnado sik ater aff ny | Ok karela ok hedne men for thy

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5543,"count": "3845","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzane sampnado sik tha aff ny | Ok karela ok hedne men for thy

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 5541,"count": "3847","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzane sampnado sik tha aff ny | Ok karela ok hedne men for thy

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5539,"count": "3849","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

mit bwd till room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "79","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "5v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5537,"count": "3851","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

rytzane sampnado sik tha aff ny | Ok karela ok hedne men for thy

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 5535,"count": "3853","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

mith bwth tiil rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "69v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5533,"count": "3855","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

rytzane sampnado sik tha aff ny | Ok karela ok hedne men for thy

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5531,"count": "3857","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j engeland fek ieg cristendom

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "79","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "5v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5529,"count": "3859","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

rytzane sampnado sik tha aff ny | Ok karela ok hedne men for thy

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 5527,"count": "3861","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j englandh fek iek cristhendom

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "69r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5525,"count": "3863","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

rytzane sampnado sik tha aff ny | Ok karela ok hedne men for thy

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5523,"count": "3865","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ffrothe oc soo knwtsøn victor angliæ

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "79","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Anglia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Anglia","sourcePage": "5v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Latin genitive case

"}, {"id": 5521,"count": "3867","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

och The ther ather waro a landzkrono

","englishForm": "

Landskrona

","editionPage": "96","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Landzkrona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landskrona","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Maankruunu

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.9392","longitude": "30.4071","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%9B%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B4%D1%81%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B0#/maplink/0","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maankruunu","location": "

Landskrona

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5519,"count": "3869","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

och The ther ather waro a landzkrono

","englishForm": "

Landskrona

","editionPage": "96","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Landzkrona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landskrona","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Maankruunu

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.9392","longitude": "30.4071","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%9B%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B4%D1%81%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B0#/maplink/0","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maankruunu","location": "

Landskrona

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5517,"count": "3871","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Iegh war j normandiæ landh

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandiælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmandieland","sourcePage": "5v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5515,"count": "3873","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

och The ther ather a landzkrono waro

","englishForm": "

Landskrona

","editionPage": "96","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Landzkrona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landskrona","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Maankruunu

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.9392","longitude": "30.4071","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%9B%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B4%D1%81%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B0#/maplink/0","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maankruunu","location": "

Landskrona

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5513,"count": "3875","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

och The ther ather a landzkrono waro

","englishForm": "

Landskrona

","editionPage": "96","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Landzkrona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landskrona","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Maankruunu

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.9392","longitude": "30.4071","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%9B%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B4%D1%81%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B0#/maplink/0","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maankruunu","location": "

Landskrona

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5511,"count": "3877","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jek wor i normandhiæ landh

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandhiælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmandieland","sourcePage": "69r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5509,"count": "3879","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The ather a landzkrono waro

","englishForm": "

Landskrona

","editionPage": "96","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Landzkrona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landskrona","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Maankruunu

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.9392","longitude": "30.4071","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%9B%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B4%D1%81%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B0#/maplink/0","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maankruunu","location": "

Landskrona

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5507,"count": "3881","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

The ather a landzkrono waro

","englishForm": "

Landskrona

","editionPage": "96","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Landzkrona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landskrona","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Maankruunu

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.9392","longitude": "30.4071","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%9B%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B4%D1%81%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B0#/maplink/0","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maankruunu","location": "

Landskrona

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5505,"count": "3883","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

The ather a landzkrono waro

","englishForm": "

Landskrona

","editionPage": "96","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Landzkrona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landskrona","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Maankruunu

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.9392","longitude": "30.4071","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%9B%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B4%D1%81%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B0#/maplink/0","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maankruunu","location": "

Landskrona

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5503,"count": "3885","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

mellom danske oc franske

","englishForm": "

French

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "franske","lemmaFormAttestation": "frants","sourcePage": "5r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

French

","preposition": "

mællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

the other text witnesses talk about Danes and Swedes

"}, {"id": 5501,"count": "3887","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the prytzen wudnæ oc manghe land | som liggher wti the østræ strand

","englishForm": "

Baltic Sea

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "The Østræ Strand","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn Øster Strand","sourcePage": "5v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "18","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2633321/baltic-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic_Sea","location": "

Baltic Sea

","preposition": "

uti

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5499,"count": "3889","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

I myn tid for aff danmark wth | hwer tridiæ man meth skiold oc spywth || the prytzen wudnæ oc manghe land | som liggher wti the østræ strand

","englishForm": "

Prussia

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Prytzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Prytsen","sourcePage": "5r?v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

For the sake for graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for East Prussia on the map to show the locality of Prussia.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54","longitude": "21","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/772636/east-prussia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prussia_(region)","location": "

Prussia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5497,"count": "3891","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The prytzen wundhe och manghe landh | som ligghæ vdhi then østhræ sthrandh

","englishForm": "

Baltic Sea

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Østhræ Sthrandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn Øster Strand","sourcePage": "68v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "18","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2633321/baltic-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic_Sea","location": "

Baltic Sea

","preposition": "

uti

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5495,"count": "3893","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J myn tiidh fordh aff danmark vth | hwer thredhiæ man meth skioldh och spywth | The prytzen wundhe och manghe landh | som ligghæ vdhi then østhræ sthrandh

","englishForm": "

Prussia

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Prytzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Prytsen","sourcePage": "68v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

For the sake for graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for East Prussia on the map to show the locality of Prussia.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54","longitude": "21","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/772636/east-prussia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prussia_(region)","location": "

Prussia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5493,"count": "3895","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jeg danmarkx oc ænglandes kronæ baar

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ænglande","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "5r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5491,"count": "3897","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jek danmarks och englantz krvnæ boor

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englant","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "68r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5489,"count": "3899","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j frisen skattet mig hwerien mand

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frisen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisen","sourcePage": "5r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of frise 'Frisian' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 5487,"count": "3901","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J frysæn skatthædhæ mek hwæriæ man

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frysæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisen","sourcePage": "68r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of frise 'Frisian' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 5485,"count": "3903","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

I frankerige oc tydske land

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydskeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "5r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5483,"count": "3905","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

I frankerige oc tydske land

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankerige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "5r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5481,"count": "3907","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J frankærighe och tyske landh

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyskelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "68r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5479,"count": "3909","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J frankærighe och tyske landh

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankærighe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "68r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5477,"count": "3911","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hertwg brwn wt aff sleswigh

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "4v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "55.166667","longitude": "9.25","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Duchy_of_Schleswig¶ms=55_10_N_9_15_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Schleswig","location": "

Duchy of Schleswig

","preposition": "

utaf

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is probably a corruption, all the other text witnesses have Braunschweig

"}, {"id": 5475,"count": "3913","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hertw brwn vdh aff brwnswigh

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "67v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

utaf

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5473,"count": "3915","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

alth gønom ryzselandh

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ryzselandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5471,"count": "3917","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

gønom vngaren ok watland

","englishForm": "

Votia

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Watland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Vatland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the modern-day Leningradskaya Oblast are used for the historical region of Votia, a part of Ingria.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/536199/leningradskaya-oblast.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Votes","location": "

Votia

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5469,"count": "3919","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

gønom vngaren ok watland

","englishForm": "

Ingria

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ungaren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ingern","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the modern-day Leningradskaya Oblast are used for the historical region of Ingria and the inhabitant designation Ingrian.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/536199/leningradskaya-oblast.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ingria","location": "

Ingria

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The variant seems to be an adaptation of Ingaren attested in this context in other manuscripts, cf. Scandnavian names ending in -aren.

"}, {"id": 5467,"count": "3921","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

gønom ingaren ok watland

","englishForm": "

Votia

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Watland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Vatland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the modern-day Leningradskaya Oblast are used for the historical region of Votia, a part of Ingria.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/536199/leningradskaya-oblast.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Votes","location": "

Votia

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5465,"count": "3923","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

gønom ingaren ok watland

","englishForm": "

Ingria

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ingaren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ingern","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the modern-day Leningradskaya Oblast are used for the historical region of Ingria and the inhabitant designation Ingrian.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/536199/leningradskaya-oblast.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ingria","location": "

Ingria

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The variant form Ingaren in C 62 is identified as referring to Ingria based on the evidence of D 2 that provides the reading Inger in the same context. The lemma form Ingern is constructed based on the lemma form Inger and an interpretation of the variant form Ingaren as containing a definite form of the place name. 

"}, {"id": 5463,"count": "3925","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

gønom ingaren ok watland

","englishForm": "

Votia

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Watland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Vatland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the modern-day Leningradskaya Oblast are used for the historical region of Votia, a part of Ingria.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/536199/leningradskaya-oblast.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Votes","location": "

Votia

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5461,"count": "3927","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

gønom ingaren ok watland

","englishForm": "

Ingria

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ingaren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ingern","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the modern-day Leningradskaya Oblast are used for the historical region of Ingria and the inhabitant designation Ingrian.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/536199/leningradskaya-oblast.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ingria","location": "

Ingria

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The variant form Ingaren in Medeltidshandskrift 32 is identified as referring to Ingria based on the evidence of D 2 that provides the reading Inger in the same context. The lemma form Ingern is constructed based on the lemma form Inger and an interpretation of the variant form Ingaren as containing a definite form of the place name. 

"}, {"id": 5459,"count": "3929","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

gønom inger ok watland

","englishForm": "

Votia

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Watland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Vatland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the modern-day Leningradskaya Oblast are used for the historical region of Votia, a part of Ingria.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/536199/leningradskaya-oblast.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Votes","location": "

Votia

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5457,"count": "3931","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

gønom inger ok watland

","englishForm": "

Ingria

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Inger","lemmaFormAttestation": "Inger","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the modern-day Leningradskaya Oblast are used for the historical region of Ingria and the inhabitant designation Ingrian.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/536199/leningradskaya-oblast.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ingria","location": "

Ingria

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5455,"count": "3933","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the komme till normandiiin

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandiiin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmandien","sourcePage": "3v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The editor emends to "normandiin".

"}, {"id": 5453,"count": "3935","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the komme tiil normandhyn

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "72","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandhyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmandien","sourcePage": "65v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5451,"count": "3937","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swo for ieg j sleswig jndh

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "71","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "3r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5449,"count": "3939","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa fordh iek tha i sleswigh indh

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "70","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "65r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5447,"count": "3941","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Iegh ffor til keyser lodwig j mætns

","englishForm": "

Mainz

","editionPage": "71","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mætns","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mainz","sourcePage": "3r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49.98419","longitude": "8.2791","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2874225/mainz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mainz","location": "

Mainz

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5445,"count": "3943","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek fordh tiil keyser lodwigh i mæntz

","englishForm": "

Mainz

","editionPage": "70","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mæntz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mainz","sourcePage": "65r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49.98419","longitude": "8.2791","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2874225/mainz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mainz","location": "

Mainz

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5443,"count": "3945","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

soo dreffue the engelsk myn brodher wt

","englishForm": "

English

","editionPage": "69","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "engelsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "ængelsk","sourcePage": "2v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","showAsLocatedIn": "167","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

English

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5441,"count": "3947","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Saa dreffwæ the engelske myn brodher vth

","englishForm": "

English

","editionPage": "68","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "engelske","lemmaFormAttestation": "ængelsk","sourcePage": "64r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","showAsLocatedIn": "167","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

English

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5439,"count": "3949","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ieg them oc theris hoos sleswig sloo

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "69","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "2v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5437,"count": "3951","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek them och theres hooss sleswigh sloo

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "68","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "64r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5435,"count": "3953","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther nest faræ wy tiil tysdske land

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "67","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tysdskeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "2r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

 The form is emeded by the editor to "tydske land"; the scribe originally wrote "tysdke" but deleted this and wrote "tysdske" instead.

"}, {"id": 5433,"count": "3955","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther næsth fordhe wi tiil tyskæ landh

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "66","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyskælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "63r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5431,"count": "3957","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa lodhe wij thedhen tiil england staa

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "67","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "England","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "2r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5429,"count": "3959","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa lodhæ wi thædhen tiil englandh sthaa

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "66","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "63r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5427,"count": "3961","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa faræ wij hedhen til hybernæ land ind

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "67","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hybernæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiberneland","sourcePage": "2r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5425,"count": "3963","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

wi fordhæ hædhen i hybernælandh indh

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "66","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hybernælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiberneland","sourcePage": "63r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5423,"count": "3965","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sidhen bleff ieg grepen i hybernæ land

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "67","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hybernæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiberneland","sourcePage": "1v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5421,"count": "3967","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Sidhen bleff iek greben i hybernælandh

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "66","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hybernælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiberneland","sourcePage": "62v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5419,"count": "3969","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fra danmark oc saa tiil mæret vt

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "67","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mæret","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "1r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5417,"count": "3971","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran danmark och saa tiil mæræth vth

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "66","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mæræth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "62r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5415,"count": "3973","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzen ieg saa ower wandh

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytsen","sourcePage": "1r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of ryts 'Russian' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 5413,"count": "3975","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzen iek och saa offuer wandh

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytsen","sourcePage": "62r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of ryts 'Russian' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 5411,"count": "3977","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the som bodhe i pariis stadh

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "1r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5409,"count": "3979","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The som bodhe i pariis stadh

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "62r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5407,"count": "3981","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

frankerighe wand jeg oc saa

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankerighe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "1r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ericsbergarkivet. SE/RA/720266/05/~/75","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5405,"count": "3983","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Franckæ righe wandh iek och saa

","englishForm": "

French

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "franckæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "franke","sourcePage": "61v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

French

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The noun phrase "Frankæ righe" might as well be interpreted as the place name France, but since it is written as two words in a metrical text, here it is interpreted as a noun phrase with the inhabitant designation French in genitve plural.

"}, {"id": 5403,"count": "3985","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Hans stooræ palatz som wor i thagn

","englishForm": "

Aachen

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thagn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Taken","sourcePage": "61v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "50.77664","longitude": "6.08342","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3247449/aachen.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aachen","location": "

Aachen

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5401,"count": "3987","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Lanthosassæn iek och saa wandh | meth alle the andhræ tyske landh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyske","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "61v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5399,"count": "3989","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Lanthosassæn iek och saa wandh | meth alle the andhræ tyske landh

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lanthosassæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landtosaksen","sourcePage": "61v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5397,"count": "3991","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

wæpnthæ romæræ

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romæræ","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "61v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5395,"count": "3993","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Wærmæ landh och ørken øø | Meth andhræ smolandh i westher søø

","englishForm": "

Atlantic Ocean

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Westhersøø","lemmaFormAttestation": "Væstersjo","sourcePage": "61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of North Atlantic Ocean are used

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "40,","longitude": "-40","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3411923/north-atlantic-ocean.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Atlantic_Ocean","location": "

Atlantic Ocean

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5393,"count": "3995","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

iek tøswer norghe wandh | Saa giordhe iek och wedh skottlandh | Jek englandh wandh och hybernælandh | Och swerighes righe och saa kwrlandh | Wærmæ landh och ørken øø

","englishForm": "

Orkney Islands

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ørkenøø","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ørkenø","sourcePage": "61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "59","longitude": "-3","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2640923/orkney-islands.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Orkney_Islands","location": "

Orkney Islands

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5391,"count": "3997","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

iek tøswer norghe wandh | Saa giordhe iek och wedh skottlandh | Jek englandh wandh och hybernælandh | Och swerighes righe och saa kwrlandh | Wærmæ landh och ørken øø

","englishForm": "

Kurzerne

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kwrlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kurland","sourcePage": "61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Courland

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "57","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/460496/kurzeme.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Courland","location": "

Kurzerne

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5389,"count": "3999","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

iek tøswer norghe wandh | Saa giordhe iek och wedh skottlandh | Jek englandh wandh och hybernælandh | Och swerighes righe och saa kwrlandh | Wærmæ landh och ørken øø

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hybernælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiberneland","sourcePage": "61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5387,"count": "4001","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

iek tøswer norghe wandh | Saa giordhe iek och wedh skottlandh | Jek englandh wandh och hybernælandh | Och swerighes righe och saa kwrlandh | Wærmæ landh och ørken øø

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5385,"count": "4003","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

iek tøswer norghe wandh | Saa giordhe iek och wedh skottlandh | Jek englandh wandh och hybernælandh | Och swerighes righe och saa kwrlandh | Wærmæ landh och ørken øø

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skottlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

vither

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5383,"count": "4005","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

iek tøswer norghe wandh | Saa giordhe iek och wedh skottlandh | Jek englandh wandh och hybernælandh | Och swerighes righe och saa kwrlandh | Wærmæ landh och ørken øø

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5381,"count": "4007","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

egdher flodh | Skullæ bægghes woræ righe ath skiliæ

","englishForm": "

Eider

","editionPage": "61","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egdherflodh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Eghderfloth","sourcePage": "58r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.29614","longitude": "8.93051","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2931963/eider.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eider_(river)","location": "

Eider

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5379,"count": "4009","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Fryslandh och thes liighæ

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "60","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Fryslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisland","sourcePage": "57r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5377,"count": "4011","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sidhen holth iek krij vdhi xxx aar | Meth hanum paa frankæ righæ

","englishForm": "

French

","editionPage": "60","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "frankæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "franke","sourcePage": "57r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

French

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The noun phrase "frankæ righæ" might as well be interpreted as the place name France, but since it is written as two words in a metrical text, here it is interpreted as a noun phrase with the inhabitant designation French in genitve plural.

"}, {"id": 5373,"count": "4013","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha kom keyser karl indh j tyskælandh

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "60","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyskælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "57r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

ini

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5371,"count": "4015","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

meth orloff twingdhæ iek tyskæ landh

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "59","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyskælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "56r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5369,"count": "4017","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han lodh tiil thyslandh standhæ

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "59","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thyslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "55v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5367,"count": "4019","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa segldhæ wi hædhen tiil gwdhmwntz landh

","englishForm": "

Bjarmaland

","editionPage": "52","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gwdhmwntz Landh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Guthmunds land","sourcePage": "48v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

For the coordinates of Bjarmaland are used those of Arkhangelsk Oblast, since Bjarmaland seems to have been localised mostly within that region.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "64","longitude": "44","showAsLocatedIn": "1081","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bjarmaland","location": "

Bjarmaland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In Saxo's Gesta Danorum Thorkil Adelfar is said to travel to Bjarmaland, therefore the noun phrase gutmwntz land here is interpreted as a paraphrase. Guthmund is the name of the king of the place.

"}, {"id": 5365,"count": "4021","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

paa hyn siidhæ norghæs riighæ

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "52","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "48r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5363,"count": "4023","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tiil lwmbardhiæn bestriddhæ the wel | Som liggher j wallandh indhæ

","englishForm": "

Italy

","editionPage": "51","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wallandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Valland","sourcePage": "47r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "42.83333","longitude": "12.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3175395/repubblica-italiana.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italy","location": "

Italy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Wallandh could formally refer to both France and Italy, but the textual context seems to imply that here Italy is refered to.

"}, {"id": 5361,"count": "4025","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tiil lwmbardhiæn bestriddhæ the wel

","englishForm": "

Lombardy

","editionPage": "51","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lwmbardhiæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lombardien","sourcePage": "47r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3174618/lombardia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombardy","location": "

Lombardy

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5359,"count": "4027","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han fordh tiil grekæn

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "48","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grekæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græken","sourcePage": "44v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of græk 'Greek' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 5357,"count": "4029","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha thyskænæ spordhe thet gik mek saa

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "48","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thyskænæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "43r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5355,"count": "4031","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha iek borth i østherledhen dhroo

","englishForm": "

Østerlide

","editionPage": "48","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Østherledhen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Østerlithen","sourcePage": "43r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse world resource Østerlide is regarded as located in Northern and Eastern Europe and visualised as located in the Baltic Sea, since in the textual context the areas east of the Baltic are ment.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "18","showAsLocatedIn": "269","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Østerlide

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5353,"count": "4033","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konghens søn aff liiflandh

","englishForm": "

Livonia

","editionPage": "47","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Liiflandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Livland","sourcePage": "42v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "58","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/457850/livonija.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Livonia","location": "

Livonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5351,"count": "4035","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

iiij brødhræ aff grekæ landh

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "47","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grekælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grækeland","sourcePage": "42v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5349,"count": "4037","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The thyske toghe snarth paa vrodh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "47","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thyske","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "42r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5347,"count": "4039","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fordh saa jndh i rytzælandh

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "47","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytseland","sourcePage": "42r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5345,"count": "4041","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa bødh iek tha the tyskæ stridh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "47","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "42r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5343,"count": "4043","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha iek wor ghreben tiil tyskæ landh

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "46","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyskælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "40v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5341,"count": "4045","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thyske the finghe jwtlandh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "45","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thyske","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "39v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5339,"count": "4047","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa sændhæ iek bwdh i tyslandh indh

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "44","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "39r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5337,"count": "4049","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J norghe tha slo iek kæmppæ tho

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "43","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "37v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5335,"count": "4051","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Wedh slethen bygdhe ieg hede by

","englishForm": "

Schlei

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/56","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Slethen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæen","sourcePage": "f6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slien

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.67627","longitude": "10.00105","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838761/schlei.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schlei","location": "

Schlei

","preposition": "

vither

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5333,"count": "4053","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Wedh slæthen bygdhæ iek hedhæby

","englishForm": "

Hedeby

","editionPage": "43","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hedhæby","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hetheby","sourcePage": "37v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.49111","longitude": "9.56528","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7576151/haithabu.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hedeby","location": "

Hedeby

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5331,"count": "4055","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Wedh slæthen bygdhæ iek hedhæby

","englishForm": "

Schlei

","editionPage": "43","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Slæthen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæen","sourcePage": "37v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slien

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.67627","longitude": "10.00105","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838761/schlei.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schlei","location": "

Schlei

","preposition": "

vither

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5329,"count": "4057","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jek hadhe manghe thyskæ ther j

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "42","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "36r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5327,"count": "4059","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thyske lodh iek och scriffue tiil

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "40","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thyske","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "34v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5325,"count": "4061","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tiil norghe sændhe iek och leffuendhæ røsth

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "40","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "34v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5323,"count": "4063","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thi screff iek tiil konghen aff englandh | Skotlandh fryslandh och hybernæ landh

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "40","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hybernælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiberneland","sourcePage": "34v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5321,"count": "4065","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thi screff iek tiil konghen aff englandh | Skotlandh fryslandh och hybernæ landh

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "40","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Fryslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisland","sourcePage": "34v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5319,"count": "4067","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thi screff iek tiil konghen aff englandh | Skotlandh fryslandh och hybernæ landh

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "40","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "34v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5317,"count": "4069","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thi screff iek tiil konghen aff englandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "40","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "34r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5315,"count": "4071","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hwerth landh och righæ tiil medel haff

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Medelhaff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæthelhav","sourcePage": "33v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5313,"count": "4073","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then stærkæ mwr om romæres stadh

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romære","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "33v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "

um

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5311,"count": "4075","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek folk och sændhæ tiil walskæ landh

","englishForm": "

valsker, valsk

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "walskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "valsk","sourcePage": "33r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

This adjective is used where it is uncertain whether Italian or French is refered to by the Old Danish valsk or Old Swedish valsker.

","locationDescription": "

Walhaz

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","showAsLocatedIn": "799","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Walhaz","location": "

valsker, valsk

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the text this line – that could be translated as "I also send people to Romance lands" – is added to the mention of France two lines earlier, and before the mention of the ransacking of Rome.

"}, {"id": 5309,"count": "4077","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tiil frankæriighæ fordh iek ther næsth

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankæriighæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "33r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5307,"count": "4079","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

skotlandh wandh iek meth herræ skioldh

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "33r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5305,"count": "4081","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa slo iek konghen aff ænghelandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ænghelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "33r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5303,"count": "4083","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ther næsth iek aquithaniam wandh

","englishForm": "

Aquitaine

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Aquithania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Aquitania","sourcePage": "33r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Guyenne","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "44.58333","longitude": "1","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3037349/aquitaine.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aquitaine","location": "

Aquitaine

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5301,"count": "4085","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa fordh iek tha i tyslandh jndh

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "33r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5299,"count": "4087","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

kongh vbbæ greb iek i frysælandh

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frysælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisland","sourcePage": "33r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5297,"count": "4089","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ther næsth iek norghe och swerighe wandh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "39","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "33r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5295,"count": "4091","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en jwnker geff | aff lanthosassen han  sek screff

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lanthosassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landtosaksen","sourcePage": "32r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5293,"count": "4093","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa lodh iek hædhen tiil rytzen sthaa

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytsen","sourcePage": "31v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of ryts 'Russian' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 5291,"count": "4095","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Her kom en røbæræ aff rytzelandh

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytsland","sourcePage": "30v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5289,"count": "4097","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the norskæ ridhæræ

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "norskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "norsk","sourcePage": "30r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5287,"count": "4099","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Sidhen ther effther en stacketh stwndh | sætthæ gwndher i norghæ en hwndh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "30r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5285,"count": "4101","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han norske giordhe fwl banghæ koor

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "norske","lemmaFormAttestation": "norsk","sourcePage": "29v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5283,"count": "4103","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

aff hanum kom norghes konghe slecth

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "24r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5281,"count": "4105","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han asmwndh aff norghæ sidhen ærffdhæ

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "24r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5279,"count": "4107","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en mecthigh kæmppæ j norghe wor

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "23v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5277,"count": "4109","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the kændhe megh vth læntsker sedh

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "vthlæntsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsk","sourcePage": "18v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5275,"count": "4111","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thi sloo iek hanæ wedh haners by

","englishForm": "

Hannover

","editionPage": "25","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hanersby","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hannoverby","sourcePage": "18r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Hanover

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.37052","longitude": "9.73322","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2910831/hannover.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hanover","location": "

Hannover

","preposition": "

vither

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The "n" is hard to read in the manuscript. No inhabitant designation haner is known in the Old Danish corpus, therefore the noun phrase here is considered as a compoud placename.

"}, {"id": 5273,"count": "4113","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The herræ som mwnnæ i sassæn boo

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "25","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sassæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saksen","sourcePage": "17v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5271,"count": "4115","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thyske motthe han inghelwndhe see

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "25","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thyske","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "17v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5269,"count": "4117","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J hybernæ landh wor en kongh saa kargh

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "25","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hybernælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiberneland","sourcePage": "17r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5267,"count": "4119","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hanum sændhæ the tiil romæres stadh

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "25","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romære","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "17r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5265,"count": "4121","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

grekernæ hadhe tha meth romernæ krij

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "25","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romernæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "16v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "

mæth

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5263,"count": "4123","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

grekernæ hadhe tha meth romernæ krij

","englishForm": "

Greek

","editionPage": "25","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "grekernæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "græk","sourcePage": "16v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greeks","location": "

Greek

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5261,"count": "4125","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Hoss constantinobile mwnnæ han boo

","englishForm": "

Istanbul

","editionPage": "25","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Constantinobil","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konstantinopolis","sourcePage": "16v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Constantinople","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.01384","longitude": "28.94966","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745044/istanbul.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Istanbul","location": "

Istanbul

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5259,"count": "4127","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

i grekæn han oc en kæmppæ slo

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "25","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grekæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græken","sourcePage": "16v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of græk 'Greek' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 5257,"count": "4129","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa sændhæ iek hanum tiil rytzelandh

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytseland","sourcePage": "16v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5255,"count": "4131","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

wigher koningh i norghes landh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "16v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5253,"count": "4133","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

norghes koningh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "16r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5251,"count": "4135","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

xij kæmpæ hadhe bygdh i norghe en øø

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "24","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "15v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5249,"count": "4137","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hans søn theth spordhe tiil rytzelandh

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytseland","sourcePage": "15r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5247,"count": "4139","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

om nogh[er] vdlænding dansk man slow 

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/35","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "vdlænding","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlænding","sourcePage": "d5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5245,"count": "4141","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

om nogher vth lændingh dansk man sloo

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "vthlændingh","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlænding","sourcePage": "14v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5243,"count": "4143","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

andhre tho aff fræmædhe landh

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fræmædhe landh","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmethe land","sourcePage": "14r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5241,"count": "4145","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther kom saa thiændhæ aff iødhæ landh

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iødhælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jutheland","sourcePage": "14r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5239,"count": "4147","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek wandh englandh oc hybernæ landh

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hybernælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiberneland","sourcePage": "13v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5237,"count": "4149","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek wandh englandh oc hybernæ landh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "13v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5235,"count": "4151","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tiil norghe fordh iek meth M skiff

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "13v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5233,"count": "4153","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

alle landh tiil ghrekæn laa

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ghrekæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græken","sourcePage": "13v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of græk 'Greek' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 5231,"count": "4155","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

meth alth sith folk i vngherns landh

","englishForm": "

Hungary

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Vnghern","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ungern","sourcePage": "13r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/719819/hungary.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary","location": "

Hungary

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5229,"count": "4157","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then her slo iek i rytzelandh

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytseland","sourcePage": "13r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5227,"count": "4159","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Them slo ieg i then østræ strandh | som løffuer vdhen for blegyngs landh

","englishForm": "

Baltic Sea

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/35","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Østræ Strandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn Øster Strand","sourcePage": "d4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "18","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2633321/baltic-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic_Sea","location": "

Baltic Sea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5225,"count": "4161","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Them slo jek i then østhræ strandh | som løber vdhen foræ bleghings landh

","englishForm": "

Baltic Sea

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Østhræ Strandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn Øster Strand","sourcePage": "12v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "18","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2633321/baltic-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic_Sea","location": "

Baltic Sea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5223,"count": "4163","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hennes fadher i vnghern

","englishForm": "

Hungary

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Vnghern","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ungern","sourcePage": "12v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/719819/hungary.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary","location": "

Hungary

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5221,"count": "4165","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hwn konghens dotther aff vnghern wor

","englishForm": "

Hungary

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Vnghern","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ungern","sourcePage": "12v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/719819/hungary.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary","location": "

Hungary

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5219,"count": "4167","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

alle the landh som stødhæ paa ryn

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ryn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "12v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5217,"count": "4169","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek dro tiil thyslandh meth en her

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thyslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "12r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5215,"count": "4171","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Oc englandh meth vndher dhanes handh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "12r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5213,"count": "4173","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther næsth wandh jek saa hibernlandh

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hibernlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hibernland","sourcePage": "12r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5211,"count": "4175","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek hørwel slo i hørwels haffn | j hollandh mwnnæ then høffdhingh boo

","englishForm": "

Holland

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hollandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holland","sourcePage": "12r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geodata of the province of Zuid Holland (Southern Holland) in the Netherlands is used since no geodata for the historical region of Holland have been found.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "4.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2743698/provincie-zuid-holland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holland","location": "

Holland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Hørwels haffn is supposed to be a harbour on the southern coast of Sjælland (Zealand), therefore this place is not included in the database. Note that the other textual witness to this incident has the form hallandh i.e. Halland in Sweden, and therefore also not excerpted. In other Old Danish sources Holland is used as a name for the Netherlands.

"}, {"id": 5209,"count": "4177","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han wille oss twinghe vndher romæres handh

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romære","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "11v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "

under

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5207,"count": "4179","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Aff rom kom iulius then hællædhe geff

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "11v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5205,"count": "4181","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the bleffue saa storæ i hiærthæ oc hw | Aff lantho sassen som the æræ æn nw

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lanthosassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landtosaksen","sourcePage": "11r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5203,"count": "4183","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

kongh aff norghe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "10v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5201,"count": "4185","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Hertwgher aff norghe wel thøswer fæm

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "10v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5199,"count": "4187","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the fromæsthe ther kwnne i sassen boo

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saksen","sourcePage": "9v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5197,"count": "4189","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thi wille hanum alle ligghæ jmodh | Aff lantho sassen the giordhe oc saa

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lanthosassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landtosaksen","sourcePage": "9v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5195,"count": "4191","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

paa koninghes kampp offuer eghernæ flodh

","englishForm": "

Eider

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Eghernæflodh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Eghderfloth","sourcePage": "9r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.29614","longitude": "8.93051","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2931963/eider.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eider_(river)","location": "

Eider

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5193,"count": "4193","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

paa koninghes kampp offuer eghernæ flodh

","englishForm": "

Kunungkamp

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Koningheskampp","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kunungskamp","sourcePage": "9r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

Since the legendary battle between Offa and the two Saxons is held to have been where the city of Rendsburg is situated today, here the place is visualised as located in this city.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.30663","longitude": "9.66313","showAsLocatedIn": "1019","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Offa_of_Angel","location": "

Kunungkamp

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5191,"count": "4195","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the fromæsthe i sassæn kwnne gaa paa skoo

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sassæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saksen","sourcePage": "8v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5189,"count": "4197","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha wille mek alle ligghe jmodh | aff lantho sassen the giordhe oc saa

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lanthosassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landtosaksen","sourcePage": "8r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5187,"count": "4199","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

meth hwstrvæ myn fek jek skotlandh

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "16","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "7r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5185,"count": "4201","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jek sloo hanum ther oc englandh wandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "16","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "7r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5183,"count": "4203","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Oc førdhe henne tiil englandh meth mek

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "6v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5181,"count": "4205","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther wor i skotlandh en drodningh saa dooll

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "5v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5179,"count": "4207","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

saa segldhe iek tiil englandh ighen

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "5r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5177,"count": "4209","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

før æn iek vth tiil englandh fordh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "3v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

uttil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5175,"count": "4211","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ther næsth han mek tiil englandh screff

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "11","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "1v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5173,"count": "4213","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ther nesth han meg til engeland skref

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "b8v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Fragment of The Rhymed Chronicle, LN 233","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5171,"count": "4215","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tysskæ fik ieg bestrijd igen

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tysskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "b4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Fragment of The Rhymed Chronicle, LN 233","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5169,"count": "4217","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Swenskæ oc tysskæ som hanum gafue skat

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tysskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "b4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Fragment of The Rhymed Chronicle, LN 233","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5167,"count": "4219","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi sende me[g]h grekeren et beliit af g[u]ld

","englishForm": "

Greek

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "grekeren","lemmaFormAttestation": "græk","sourcePage": "b4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Fragment of The Rhymed Chronicle, LN 233","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greeks","location": "

Greek

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5165,"count": "4221","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ickæ aldels i tessæ nørræ landh | men saa wel i rom oc i greker landh

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grekerlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grækerland","sourcePage": "b4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Fragment of The Rhymed Chronicle, LN 233","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5163,"count": "4223","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ickæ aldels i tessæ nørræ landh | men saa wel i rom oc i greker landh

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "b4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Fragment of The Rhymed Chronicle, LN 233","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5161,"count": "4225","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Af lantesassen hertughens søn

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lantesassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landtosaksen","sourcePage": "b1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Fragment of The Rhymed Chronicle, LN 233","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5159,"count": "4227","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Vendes konning hed oc war en skalk

","englishForm": "

Wend

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "vende","lemmaFormAttestation": "vind","sourcePage": "b1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Fragment of The Rhymed Chronicle, LN 233","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity the inhabitant designation Wend is here visualised as the region Pomerania, as we have not been able to find a more adequate visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","showAsLocatedIn": "471","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wends","location": "

Wend

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5141,"count": "4229","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Frode och saa knwtz søn victor anglie

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/421163","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Anglia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Anglia","sourcePage": "69r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 41","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Toldberg 1958","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Toldberg 1958","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Latin genitive case

"}, {"id": 5139,"count": "4231","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Swerighæ Danmark Norgæ 

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/119","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "q6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5137,"count": "4233","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Godfrid aff ghemen i Købmanhaffn by

","englishForm": "

Gemen

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/119","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ghemen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ghemen","sourcePage": "q6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The printer Gotfred of Ghemen (Govert van Ghemen) might have his surname from this place.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.85932","longitude": "6.86474","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921401/gemen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gemen","location": "

Gemen

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

It is not certain that Gotfred of Ghemen had his name from this location.

"}, {"id": 5135,"count": "4235","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha sende ieg bud tijl mitzerland 

","englishForm": "

Landkreis Meißen

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/118","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mitzerland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mitserland","sourcePage": "q5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Meissen

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.22501","longitude": "13.50776","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2872153/landkreis-meissen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meissen_(district)","location": "

Landkreis Meißen

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5133,"count": "4237","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

i Romer stad hooss pawen ieg waar

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/118","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Romerstad","lemmaFormAttestation": "Romerestath","sourcePage": "q5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5131,"count": "4239","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Han gaff meg all ditmerske land 

","englishForm": "

Dithmarschen

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/118","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ditmerskeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ditmærskeland","sourcePage": "q5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.11671","longitude": "9.02549","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2936765/dithmarschen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dithmarschen","location": "

Dithmarschen

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5129,"count": "4241","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ther nest for ieg tha hædhen tijl rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/118","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "q5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5127,"count": "4243","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha køffthe ieg stormer oc holtzeland 

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/118","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holtzeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæteland","sourcePage": "q4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5125,"count": "4245","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha køffthe ieg stormer oc holtzeland 

","englishForm": "

Stormarn

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/118","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Stormer","lemmaFormAttestation": "Stormer","sourcePage": "q4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.76472","longitude": "10.33111","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3249078/kreis-stormarn.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stormarn_(district)","location": "

Stormarn

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5123,"count": "4247","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Henne gaff ieg konning i skotland ind 

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/118","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "q4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5121,"count": "4249","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tijl wiborig wthi fynlande 

","englishForm": "

Finland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/118","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Fynland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Finland","sourcePage": "q4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "64","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/660013/republic-of-finland.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finland","location": "

Finland

","preposition": "

uti

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5119,"count": "4251","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tijl wiborig wthi fynlande 

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/116","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wiborig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viburgh","sourcePage": "q4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5117,"count": "4253","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tijl Norgis konning

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/118","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "q3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5115,"count": "4255","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden bleff iegh tha krwnt wthi trunthem

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/118","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Trunthem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "q3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "

uti

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5113,"count": "4257","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

faren tijl prytzen saa fage

","englishForm": "

Prussia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/118","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Prytzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Prytsen","sourcePage": "q3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

For the sake for graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for East Prussia on the map to show the locality of Prussia.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54","longitude": "21","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/772636/east-prussia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prussia_(region)","location": "

Prussia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5111,"count": "4259","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

twenne greffue dømme | Oldhenboricg oc Delmenhorst 

","englishForm": "

Delmenhorst

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/118","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Delmenhorst","lemmaFormAttestation": "Delmenhorst","sourcePage": "q2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.05087","longitude": "8.62913","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6552848/delmenhorst.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delmenhorst","location": "

Delmenhorst

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5109,"count": "4261","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

twenne greffue dømme | Oldhenboricg oc Delmenhorst 

","englishForm": "

Oldenburg

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/118","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Oldhenboricg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Oldenburgh","sourcePage": "q2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.14068","longitude": "8.21706","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6552850/oldenburg-oldenburg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/County_of_Oldenburg","location": "

Oldenburg

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5107,"count": "4263","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

paa Ryn en palatz greffue 

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/117","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ryn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "q1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5105,"count": "4265","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I Bæyern wor ieg en hertug køn

","englishForm": "

Bavaria

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/117","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bæyern","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bæjern","sourcePage": "q1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49","longitude": "11.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2951839/bavaria.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bavaria","location": "

Bavaria

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5103,"count": "4267","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Cristoffer aff bæyern

","englishForm": "

Bavaria

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/117","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bæyern","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bæjern","sourcePage": "q1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49","longitude": "11.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2951839/bavaria.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bavaria","location": "

Bavaria

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5101,"count": "4269","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa foer ieg ind i pomerland

","englishForm": "

Pomerania

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/116","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pomerland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pomernland","sourcePage": "q1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3088388/pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pomerania","location": "

Pomerania

","preposition": "

ini

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5099,"count": "4271","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden lade tha tydeskæ for københaffn

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/116","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "q1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5097,"count": "4273","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Paa femern lod ieg tydeskæ slaa 

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/116","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "q1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5095,"count": "4275","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Paa femern lod ieg tydeskæ slaa 

","englishForm": "

Fehmarn

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/116","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Femern","lemmaFormAttestation": "Femern","sourcePage": "q1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Femern

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.47283","longitude": "11.14895","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2927579/fehmarn.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fehmarn","location": "

Fehmarn

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5093,"count": "4277","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I Pommern wor iegh en hertug bold 

","englishForm": "

Pomerania

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/116","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pommern","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pomern","sourcePage": "p6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3088388/pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pomerania","location": "

Pomerania

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5091,"count": "4279","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Erick som kom aff pommern

","englishForm": "

Pomerania

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/116","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pommern","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pomern","sourcePage": "p6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3088388/pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pomerania","location": "

Pomerania

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5089,"count": "4281","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

erffde norgæ tijl danmark

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/114","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "p6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5087,"count": "4283","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

norgis rigæ

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/114","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "p5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5085,"count": "4285","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tijl danmark oc norgæ tog han stor traa 

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/114","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "p5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5083,"count": "4287","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Norge saa meth hannum erffde

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/114","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "p5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5081,"count": "4289","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

konning Haghen aff Norgis righe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/114","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "p5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5079,"count": "4291","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Han hadde tha nogher vndher syn hand

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/113","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nogher","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "p5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The editor emends to "norghe".

"}, {"id": 5077,"count": "4293","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Aff tydskæ som thettha hade i hand

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/113","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "p4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5075,"count": "4295","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa foer ieg tha tijl femers land 

","englishForm": "

Fehmarn

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/113","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Femersland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Femernsland","sourcePage": "p3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Femern

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.47283","longitude": "11.14895","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2927579/fehmarn.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fehmarn","location": "

Fehmarn

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5073,"count": "4297","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden wand ieg oc saa traneker | som tydskæ hade them tijl hande

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/113","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "p3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5071,"count": "4299","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

eth men | segh skreff aff wendis lande

","englishForm": "

Wend

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/113","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "wendi","lemmaFormAttestation": "vind","sourcePage": "p3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity the inhabitant designation Wend is here visualised as the region Pomerania, as we have not been able to find a more adequate visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","showAsLocatedIn": "471","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wends","location": "

Wend

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5069,"count": "4301","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

twenne greffuer som wore i stetyn

","englishForm": "

Szczecin

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/113","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Stetyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Stætin","sourcePage": "p3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Stettin

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.42894","longitude": "14.55302","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3083829/szczecin.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Szczecin","location": "

Szczecin

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5067,"count": "4303","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

først brende ieg landto pøle

","englishForm": "

Poland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/113","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Landtopøle","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landtopolen","sourcePage": "p3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/798544/republic-of-poland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poland","location": "

Poland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5065,"count": "4305","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tree reyser giorde ieg tijl tydeske land

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/113","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydeskeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "p3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5063,"count": "4307","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

hertugen aff mekelborg 

","englishForm": "

Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/113","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mekelborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Meklenburgh","sourcePage": "p3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Mecklenburg-Vorpommern

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.83333","longitude": "12.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2872567/mecklenburg-western-pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mecklenburg-Vorpommern","location": "

Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5061,"count": "4309","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden redh ieg tijl then helly graff 

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/113","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Helly Graff","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "p3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5059,"count": "4311","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden wand ieg ther nest friseland 

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/113","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Friseland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisland","sourcePage": "p2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5057,"count": "4313","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Men tydeskæ hade tha slottenne fat

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/113","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "p2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5055,"count": "4315","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha foer ieg fran keyseren oc tijl sleswig 

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/113","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "p2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5053,"count": "4317","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

greue Gerd aff holtzeland

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/113","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holtzeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæteland","sourcePage": "p2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5051,"count": "4319","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Marcgreffuen som wor paa brandeborig 

","englishForm": "

Mark Brandenburg

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/112","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Brandeborig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brandenburgh","sourcePage": "o4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Margraviate of Brandenburg

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.516221","longitude": "14.051514","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2048529","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Margraviate_of_Brandenburg","location": "

Mark Brandenburg

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5049,"count": "4321","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

bode danskæ och tysdkæ thet giorde

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/112","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tysdkæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "p1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The editor emends to "tydskæ".

"}, {"id": 5047,"count": "4323","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ieg hade mange tydeskæ ther ij

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/112","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "p1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5045,"count": "4325","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Paa lohed møttes wij syen i krij 

","englishForm": "

Lohheide

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/112","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lohed","lemmaFormAttestation": "Loheth","sourcePage": "p1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "field","localityTypeOfName": "field name","locationNotes": "

The Old Danish attestation in the Rhymed Chronicle refers Lohed as a heath, hence Lohheide is here interpreted as a fieldname. 

","locationDescription": "

Lo Hede

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.78198","longitude": "9.86025","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2876279/lohheide.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lohheide","location": "

Lohheide

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5043,"count": "4327","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

hertugen i sassen

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/112","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saksen","sourcePage": "p1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5041,"count": "4329","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden bleffue the tydeskæ herris ogh 

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/112","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "p1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5039,"count": "4331","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

The gottrop belaffde meth macth oc sind 

 

","englishForm": "

Gottorf

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/112","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gottrop","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gottorp","sourcePage": "o4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Gottorp

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.51188","longitude": "9.54082","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2918605/gottorf.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gottorf_Castle","location": "

Gottorf

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5037,"count": "4333","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Paa begge sidher ther tha tydeskæ wor

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/112","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "o4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5035,"count": "4335","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa for ieg i ghen meth tydskæ men 

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/112","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "o4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "

mæth

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5033,"count": "4337","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

the greffwer too | som ther i holtzen waare

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/112","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holtzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæte","sourcePage": "o4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5031,"count": "4339","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Hædhen tijl tydeskæland lod ieg staa 

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/112","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydeskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "o4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5029,"count": "4341","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Han førde hannum ind i bremmer stickt

","englishForm": "

Prince-Archbishopric of Bremen

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/111","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bremmer Stickt","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bremer Stift","sourcePage": "o3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for Bremen on the map to show the locality of Prince-Archbishopric of Bremen eventhough the archbischopric had a greater extent than the modern city.

","locationDescription": "

Fürsterzbistum Bremen

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.07516","longitude": "8.80777","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2944388/bremen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Archbishopric_of_Bremen","location": "

Prince-Archbishopric of Bremen

","preposition": "

ini

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5027,"count": "4343","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa kom han wdh oc tog tijl rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/111","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "o3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5025,"count": "4345","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I wærnemynde bygde ieg eth torn 

","englishForm": "

Warnemünde

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/111","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wærnemynde","lemmaFormAttestation": "Varnemynde","sourcePage": "o3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1767","longitude": "12.08402","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2814055/warnemuende.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Warnem%C3%BCnde","location": "

Warnemünde

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5023,"count": "4347","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Strolsund ieg twingde

","englishForm": "

Stralsund

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/111","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Strolsund","lemmaFormAttestation": "Stralsund","sourcePage": "o3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.30911","longitude": "13.0818","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2826287/stralsund.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stralsund","location": "

Stralsund

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5021,"count": "4349","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Rostock wand ieg meth storm oc strijd

","englishForm": "

Rostock

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/111","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rostock","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rostok","sourcePage": "03r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.0887","longitude": "12.14049","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2844588/rostock.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rostock","location": "

Rostock

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5019,"count": "4351","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi for ieg ind i tydeskæ land

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/111","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydeskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "02v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

ini

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5017,"count": "4353","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tha wille meg tydskæ meth krij be[qw]oldh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/111","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "o2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5015,"count": "4355","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

the friser meg ther tha møtæ 

","englishForm": "

Frisian

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "friser","lemmaFormAttestation": "frise","sourcePage": "o1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","showAsLocatedIn": "71","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisians","location": "

Frisian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5013,"count": "4357","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ieg kom tijl egdar stad

","englishForm": "

Eiderstedt

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egdarstad","lemmaFormAttestation": "Eghderstath","sourcePage": "o1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "peninsula","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.35393","longitude": "8.80344","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "www.geonames.org/2931951/eiderstedt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eiderstedt","location": "

Eiderstedt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5011,"count": "4359","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ieg tænctæ meg frisen at winne

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/108","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frisen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisen","sourcePage": "o1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of frise 'Frisian' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 5009,"count": "4361","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

The breff myn oldefadher woldemar | paa wendis rigæ forwerffde 

","englishForm": "

Wend

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/108","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "wendi","lemmaFormAttestation": "vind","sourcePage": "o1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity the inhabitant designation Wend is here visualised as the region Pomerania, as we have not been able to find a more adequate visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","showAsLocatedIn": "471","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wends","location": "

Wend

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5007,"count": "4363","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Greffue Adulfs dotther i holtze land

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/108","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holtzeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæteland","sourcePage": "o1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5005,"count": "4365","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Oc førde them saa tijl sleswig opp | i sanecti pædhers kircke the thet lade

","englishForm": "

Cathedral of Saint Peter at Schleswig

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/105","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sanecti Pædhers Kircke","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Peters Kirkje","sourcePage": "o1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sankt-Petri-Dom zu Schleswig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.513333","longitude": "9.569167","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Schleswig_Cathedral¶ms=54_30_48_N_9_34_09_E_region:DE_type:landmark","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig_Cathedral","location": "

Cathedral of Saint Peter at Schleswig

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The editor has emended the form "sanecti" to "sancti".

"}, {"id": 5003,"count": "4367","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Oc førde them saa tijl sleswig opp | i sanecti pædhers kircke the thet lade

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/107","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "o1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 5001,"count": "4369","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

i slæthen lod han meg sænckæ

","englishForm": "

Schlei

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/107","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Slæthen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæen","sourcePage": "n6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slien

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.67627","longitude": "10.00105","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838761/schlei.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schlei","location": "

Schlei

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4999,"count": "4371","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I borendhweld slos hanthes wær 

","englishForm": "

Bornhöved

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Borendhweld","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bornehovith","sourcePage": "n5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.06667","longitude": "10.23333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2946100/bornhoeved.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bornh%C3%B6ved","location": "

Bornhöved

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4997,"count": "4373","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

pawen i rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "n5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4995,"count": "4375","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

han oss tijl sweryn førde

","englishForm": "

Schwerin

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sweryn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sverin","sourcePage": "n5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.62937","longitude": "11.41316","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2834282/schwerin.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schwerin","location": "

Schwerin

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4993,"count": "4377","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ieg ræffuell oc rij bestrijde 

","englishForm": "

Riga

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rij","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ri","sourcePage": "n5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56.946","longitude": "24.10589","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/456172/riga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Riga","location": "

Riga

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4991,"count": "4379","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ieg ræffuell oc rij bestrijde

","englishForm": "

Tallinn 

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ræffuell","lemmaFormAttestation": "Revel","sourcePage": "n5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Reval

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "59.43696","longitude": "24.75353","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/588409/tallinn.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tallinn","location": "

Tallinn 

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4989,"count": "4381","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa søcthe ieg them i liffland boo

","englishForm": "

Livonia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Liffland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Livland","sourcePage": "n5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "58","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/457850/livonija.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Livonia","location": "

Livonia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4987,"count": "4383","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tijl estland lod ieg stande 

","englishForm": "

Estonia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Estland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Estland","sourcePage": "n5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "59","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/453733/republic-of-estonia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonia","location": "

Estonia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4985,"count": "4385","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ther stoor [i] traffuen myndhæ

","englishForm": "

Travemünde

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Traffuenmyndhæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Travemynde","sourcePage": "n5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.96304","longitude": "10.8709","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2821480/travemuende.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Travem%C3%BCnde","location": "

Travemünde

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The preposition is added by the editor.

"}, {"id": 4983,"count": "4387","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg lod byggæ eth slot i ditmerske land

","englishForm": "

Dithmarschen

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ditmerskeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ditmærskeland","sourcePage": "n4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.11671","longitude": "9.02549","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2936765/dithmarschen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dithmarschen","location": "

Dithmarschen

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4981,"count": "4389","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

For hamborigh ieg eth halt aar laa

","englishForm": "

Hamburg

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hamborigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hamburgh","sourcePage": "n4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.57532","longitude": "10.01534","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2911298/hamburg.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hamburg","location": "

Hamburg

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4979,"count": "4391","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Han Paltzgreffue wor tha paa ryn 

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ryn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "n4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4977,"count": "4393","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden lod ieg giøre offuer elffuen en broo 

","englishForm": "

Elbe River

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Elffuen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ælven","sourcePage": "n4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.92222","longitude": "8.72222","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2931271/elbe-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elbe","location": "

Elbe River

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4975,"count": "4395","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

allæ friser the torde wel bide 

","englishForm": "

Frisian

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "friser","lemmaFormAttestation": "frise","sourcePage": "n4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","showAsLocatedIn": "71","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisians","location": "

Frisian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4973,"count": "4397","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden ind foer keyseren i holtzen i gen

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holtzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæte","sourcePage": "n4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4971,"count": "4399","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg wand oc eth slot thet hed stætyn | och eth hed nutten wndher hande myn | marcgreffuen thet tijl hørde

","englishForm": "

Maukendorf

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nutten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Muton","sourcePage": "n4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the ODa. Rhymed Chronicle this castle is mentioned alongside the castle in Szczecin, but its exact location is unknown. The form corresponds to the Sorbian name of Maukendorf, Mucow, hence the coordinates hereof are used here.

","locationDescription": "

Mucow

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.39899","longitude": "14.2957","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2872789/maukendorf.html","wikipediaLink": "https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maukendorf","location": "

Maukendorf

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The most uncertain identification is based on the Latin form in Annales Ryenses: Mucow.

"}, {"id": 4969,"count": "4401","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg wand oc eth slot thet hed stætyn | och eth hed nutten wndher hande myn

","englishForm": "

Szczecin

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Stætyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Stætin","sourcePage": "n4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Stettin

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.42894","longitude": "14.55302","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3083829/szczecin.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ducal_Castle,_Szczecin","location": "

Szczecin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4967,"count": "4403","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden lod ieg bygge demyn slot | Och ned slo hwerisborig som wor om got 

","englishForm": "

Nienburg

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hwerisborig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvensburgh","sourcePage": "n4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.6461","longitude": "9.22086","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862620/nienburg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nienburg,_Lower_Saxony","location": "

Nienburg

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is probably due to a corruption, cf. Holger Nielsen, Den Danske Rimkrønike (1895-1911), p. 233.

"}, {"id": 4965,"count": "4405","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden lod ieg bygge demyn slot | Och ned slo hwerisborig som wor om got

","englishForm": "

Haus Demmin

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Demyn Slot","lemmaFormAttestation": "Demin Slot","sourcePage": "n4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.9","longitude": "13.033611","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Haus_Demmin&language=de¶ms=53.9_N_13.033611111111_E_dim:200_region:DE-MV_type:landmark","wikipediaLink": "https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Haus_Demmin","location": "

Haus Demmin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4963,"count": "4407","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

konghens dotter aff beemen

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Beemen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "n4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4961,"count": "4409","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ieg op offuer elffuen foer | Oc erthenborg oc bytzenborg ned slo tijl iord

","englishForm": "

Boizenburg

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bytzenborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bojsenburgh","sourcePage": "n4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.38153","longitude": "10.72375","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2946821/boizenburg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Boizenburg","location": "

Boizenburg

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4959,"count": "4411","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ieg op offuer elffuen foer | Oc erthenborg oc bytzenborg ned slo tijl iord

","englishForm": "

Artlenburg

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Erthenborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ærtenburgh","sourcePage": "n4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.37182","longitude": "10.48793","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2955389/artlenburg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Artlenburg","location": "

Artlenburg

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4957,"count": "4413","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ieg op offuer elffuen foer

","englishForm": "

Elbe River

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Elffuen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ælven","sourcePage": "n4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.92222","longitude": "8.72222","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2931271/elbe-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elbe","location": "

Elbe River

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4955,"count": "4415","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg hedhen oc ind tijl norgæ for 

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/106","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "n4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4953,"count": "4417","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Meth reghensborg wthi holtze land 

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/105","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holtzeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæteland","sourcePage": "n3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

uti

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4951,"count": "4419","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Meth reghensborg wthi holtze land 

","englishForm": "

Rendsburg

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/105","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Reghensborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Reghensburgh","sourcePage": "n3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.30663","longitude": "9.66313","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2848245/rendsburg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rendsburg","location": "

Rendsburg

","preposition": "

mæth

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4949,"count": "4421","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ieg mwne dytmerske winde

","englishForm": "

Dithmarschen

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/105","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Dytmerske","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ditmærsken","sourcePage": "n3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.11671","longitude": "9.02549","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2936765/dithmarschen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dithmarschen","location": "

Dithmarschen

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4947,"count": "4423","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Wendes rigæ och holtzeland 

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/105","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holtzeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæteland","sourcePage": "n3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4945,"count": "4425","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Wendes rigæ och holtzeland 

","englishForm": "

Wend

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/105","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "wende","lemmaFormAttestation": "vind","sourcePage": "n3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity the inhabitant designation Wend is here visualised as the region Pomerania, as we have not been able to find a more adequate visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","showAsLocatedIn": "471","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wends","location": "

Wend

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4943,"count": "4427","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

nordhen paa elffuen

","englishForm": "

Elbe River

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/104","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Elffuen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ælven","sourcePage": "n2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.92222","longitude": "8.72222","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2931271/elbe-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elbe","location": "

Elbe River

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4941,"count": "4429","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I Lybeckæ stadh wi ther møthes 

","englishForm": "

Lübeck

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/104","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lybeckæstadh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lybækestath","sourcePage": "n2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.86893","longitude": "10.68729","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2875601/luebeck.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/L%C3%BCbeck","location": "

Lübeck

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4939,"count": "4431","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Keyser Frederick seg screff aff rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/104","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "n2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Since here rom designates The Holy Roman Empire, the coordinates of the city, not the Roman Empire, are used.

"}, {"id": 4937,"count": "4433","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I tydeskæ land wand ieg oc damyn | Camyn walgast[h] oc stettyn | meth andre sloth oc stedher 

","englishForm": "

Szczecin

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/104","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Stettyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Stætin","sourcePage": "n2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Stettin

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.42894","longitude": "14.55302","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3083829/szczecin.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Szczecin","location": "

Szczecin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4935,"count": "4435","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I tydeskæ land wand ieg oc damyn | Camyn walgast[h] oc stettyn | meth andre sloth oc stedher

","englishForm": "

Wolgast

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/104","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Walgasth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Volgast","sourcePage": "n2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.05275","longitude": "13.77201","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2806501/wolgast.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wolgast","location": "

Wolgast

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The print has "walgastk" but this form is emended by the editor.

"}, {"id": 4933,"count": "4437","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I tydeskæ land wand ieg oc damyn | Camyn walgast[h]oc stettyn | meth andre sloth oc stedher

","englishForm": "

Kamien Pomorski

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/104","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Camyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kamin","sourcePage": "n2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kammin

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.96849","longitude": "14.77262","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3096765/kamien-pomorski.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kamie%C5%84_Pomorski","location": "

Kamien Pomorski

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4931,"count": "4439","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I tydeskæ land wand ieg oc damyn | Camyn walgast[h]oc stettyn | meth andre sloth oc stedher

","englishForm": "

Demmin

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/104","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Damyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Demin","sourcePage": "n2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.90762","longitude": "13.03142","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2938284/demmin.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Demmin","location": "

Demmin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4929,"count": "4441","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I tydeskæ land wand ieg oc damyn | Camyn walgast[h] oc stettyn | meth andre sloth oc stedher 

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/104","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydeskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "n2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4927,"count": "4443","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Meth herræ skiold ieg oc offuer wand | I øster [le]th først fyndland 

","englishForm": "

Finland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/104","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Fyndland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Finland","sourcePage": "n2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "64","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/660013/republic-of-finland.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finland","location": "

Finland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4925,"count": "4445","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Meth herræ skiold ieg oc offuer wand | I øster [le]th først fyndland 

","englishForm": "

Østerlide

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/104","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Østerleth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Østerlith","sourcePage": "n2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse world resource Østerlide is regarded as located in Northern and Eastern Europe and visualised as located in the Baltic Sea, since in the textual context the areas east of the Baltic are ment.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "18","showAsLocatedIn": "269","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Østerlide

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The source form "øster wth" could be translated as 'to the east'. However, the preposition "I" ('in') suggests that the text is corrupted, and it is  emended by the editor to "øster [le]th" originally meaning 'eastern way'.

"}, {"id": 4923,"count": "4447","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden for ieg ind wthi i ryland

","englishForm": "

Rügen

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/104","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ryland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryland","sourcePage": "n2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.41667","longitude": "13.4","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2843325/ruegen-island.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/R%C3%BCgen","location": "

Rügen

","preposition": "

inuti

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The latter prepositions – "i" – is probably a printer's error, it is emended by the editor.

"}, {"id": 4921,"count": "4449","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Men wi sættæ ther en mwr wel bold | och kalledhen dane wyrkæ

","englishForm": "

Danevirke

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/104","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Danewyrkæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Danevirke","sourcePage": "n2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "fortification","localityTypeOfName": "name of a man-made feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.633333","longitude": "9.583333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Danevirke¶ms=54_38_N_9_35_E_region:DE-SH_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danevirke","location": "

Danevirke

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4919,"count": "4451","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tydeskæ sade meth meg tijl fadh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/104","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "n2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4917,"count": "4453","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

The tydskæ som komme end lewendis i landh 

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/102","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "n1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4915,"count": "4455","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

hallfæmte twsent skib aff tydeskæ land 

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/102","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydeskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "n1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4913,"count": "4457","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tijl rytzland mwnne wij gestæ

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/100","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytsland","sourcePage": "m5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4911,"count": "4459","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tha willæ meg tydeskæ wfredæ

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/100","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "m5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4909,"count": "4461","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha flyde ieg tædhen oc tijl sleswig

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/99","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "m4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4907,"count": "4463","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Han hertug wor i flanderen tha

","englishForm": "

Flanders

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/99","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Flanderen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Flandren","sourcePage": "m4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51","longitude": "4.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3337388/flanders.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flanders","location": "

Flanders

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4905,"count": "4465","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha ieg kom tha tijl Ciper land 

","englishForm": "

Cyprus

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/98","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ciperland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cyprenland","sourcePage": "m3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "35.00304","longitude": "32.98791","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/146670/cyprus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyprus","location": "

Cyprus

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4903,"count": "4467","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

i Constantinopel ieg keyseren fand 

","englishForm": "

Istanbul

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/98","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Constantinopel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konstantinopolis","sourcePage": "m3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Constantinople","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.01384","longitude": "28.94966","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745044/istanbul.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Istanbul","location": "

Istanbul

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4901,"count": "4469","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ther ieg kom hædhen tijl greke land

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/98","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grekeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grækeland","sourcePage": "m3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4899,"count": "4471","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden foer ieg tha tijl then helli graff 

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/98","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Helli Graff","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "m3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4897,"count": "4473","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ther ieg for tha hiem fra rom 

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/98","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "m2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4895,"count": "4475","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Och tijl en førstæ i swerigis land | och norgis paa myn rættæ sand 

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/98","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "m2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4893,"count": "4477","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Archæbispen aff bremmen

","englishForm": "

Prince-Archbishopric of Bremen

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/98","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bremmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bremen","sourcePage": "m2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for Bremen on the map to show the locality of Prince-Archbishopric of Bremen eventhough the archbischopric had a greater extent than the modern city.

","locationDescription": "

Fürsterzbistum Bremen

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.07516","longitude": "8.80777","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2944388/bremen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Archbishopric_of_Bremen","location": "

Prince-Archbishopric of Bremen

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4891,"count": "4479","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

oc wunde en stad som hed iulin 

","englishForm": "

Wolin

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/98","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iulin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Julin","sourcePage": "m2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.84214","longitude": "14.61465","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3081471/wolin.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wolin_(town)","location": "

Wolin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4889,"count": "4481","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa fore the them i tydeskæland indh 

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/98","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydeskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "m2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4887,"count": "4483","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden løstæde oc tydskæ at prøffue myt sin

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/98","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "m2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4885,"count": "4485","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

the bude meg thet i flanderen tijll

","englishForm": "

Flanders

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/97","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Flanderen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Flandren","sourcePage": "m1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51","longitude": "4.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3337388/flanders.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flanders","location": "

Flanders

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4883,"count": "4487","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

greuen i flanderen

","englishForm": "

Flanders

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/96","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Flanderen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Flandren","sourcePage": "l6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51","longitude": "4.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3337388/flanders.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flanders","location": "

Flanders

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4881,"count": "4489","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tijl ængeland hadde ieg meg tha acth

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/96","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "l6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4879,"count": "4491","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg prytzen och kurland tijl danmark wand 

","englishForm": "

Kurzerne

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/96","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kurland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kurland","sourcePage": "l6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Courland

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "57","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/460496/kurzeme.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Courland","location": "

Kurzerne

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4877,"count": "4493","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg prytzen och kurland tijl danmark wand 

","englishForm": "

Prussia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/96","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Prytzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Prytsen","sourcePage": "l6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

For the sake for graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for East Prussia on the map to show the locality of Prussia.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54","longitude": "21","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/772636/east-prussia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prussia_(region)","location": "

Prussia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4875,"count": "4495","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi fullæ meg tha the ængelskæ fra

","englishForm": "

English

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/95","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "ængelskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "ængelsk","sourcePage": "l5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","showAsLocatedIn": "167","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

English

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4873,"count": "4497","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg giorde ey reyser bort wthen lantz

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/95","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "wthenlantz","lemmaFormAttestation": "utenlands","sourcePage": "l5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4871,"count": "4499","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ieg skullæ norgæ fangæ ther tijl

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/94","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "l3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4869,"count": "4501","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Her Edwerd aff ængeland gaff megh skat

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/94","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "l3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4867,"count": "4503","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Hoss sleswigh kom ieg meth them i fær 

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/93","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "l3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4865,"count": "4505","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha tydskæ hørde at wij hadde kry 

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/93","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "l3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4863,"count": "4507","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Estland wand ieg

","englishForm": "

Estonia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/92","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Estland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Estland","sourcePage": "l2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "59","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/453733/republic-of-estonia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estonia","location": "

Estonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4861,"count": "4509","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ieg wor i rytzen indhe 

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/92","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytsen","sourcePage": "l2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of ryts 'Russian' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 4859,"count": "4511","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa for ieg hedhen tijl ængeland in 

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/92","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "l2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4857,"count": "4513","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

The norskæ wore tha saa store i hw

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/92","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "norskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "norsk","sourcePage": "l2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4855,"count": "4515","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg ladis wthi Rothomago

","englishForm": "

Rouen

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/91","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rothomagus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rotomagus","sourcePage": "l2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49.44313","longitude": "1.09932","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2982652/rouen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rouen","location": "

Rouen

","preposition": "

uti

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Latin Ablative form

"}, {"id": 4853,"count": "4517","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Greffue Rikort wdaff normandyn

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/91","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmandien","sourcePage": "l1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

utaf

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4851,"count": "4519","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Romernæ dreffue keyser Henric wdh

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/91","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romernæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "l1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4849,"count": "4521","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ieg tijl ængeland for 

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/91","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "l1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4847,"count": "4523","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

swerigæ oc norgæ

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/91","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "l1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4845,"count": "4525","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

iag mwnne tydskæland winne

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "Konningen aff norgæ","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "l1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4843,"count": "4527","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Konningen aff norgæ

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/90","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "l1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4841,"count": "4529","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Konninghen aff norgæ

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/90","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "l1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4839,"count": "4531","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Then siættæ mellom blegyng oc norgæ stor

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/90","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "k6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

mællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is clearly a misunderstanding, most probably for the Swedish region Möre (cf. Hanne Regnar in Danske Studier 1983: 87).

"}, {"id": 4837,"count": "4533","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Som myne forældhernæ giorde landis skæll | mellom danmark oc holtzen tesligæ

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/90","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Holtzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtsæte","sourcePage": "k6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "

mællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4835,"count": "4535","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi fick ieg norgæ oc ængland 

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/90","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "k5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4833,"count": "4537","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi fick ieg norgæ oc ængland 

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/90","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "k5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4831,"count": "4539","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tijl tyskæland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/90","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "k5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4829,"count": "4541","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa flyde ieg tha tijl tydskæ land indh 

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/89","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "k4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4827,"count": "4543","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ors rijbæ oc hedeby 

","englishForm": "

Hedeby

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/89","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hedeby","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hetheby","sourcePage": "k4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.49111","longitude": "9.56528","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7576151/haithabu.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hedeby","location": "

Hedeby

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4825,"count": "4545","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

hade ieg danmark ængeland oc tydskland frij

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/89","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydskland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "k4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4823,"count": "4547","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

hade ieg danmark ængeland oc tydskland frij

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/89","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "k4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4821,"count": "4549","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tydeskæ som hadde thet offtæ i sindh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/89","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "k4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4819,"count": "4551","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

fran sleswigh oc saa tijl westher haff 

","englishForm": "

Vesterhavet

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/89","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Westherhaff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Væsterhav","sourcePage": "k4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

North Sea

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "55.33333","longitude": "3","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2960848/north-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/North_Sea","location": "

Vesterhavet

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4817,"count": "4553","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

fran sleswigh oc saa tijl westher haff 

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/89","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "k4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4815,"count": "4555","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

han for tha hiem tijl rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/89","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "k4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4813,"count": "4557","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa bygdæ ieg ther sleswigh i gen

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/89","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "k3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4811,"count": "4559","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Then stadh hans fadher byggæ lodh | som sleswigh staar danmark i modh | [O]ch kalleden kolnæ paa hans maall 

","englishForm": "

Köln

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/89","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kolnæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Køln","sourcePage": "k3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Cologne

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "50.93333","longitude": "6.95","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2886242/koeln.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cologne","location": "

Köln

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

It is not clear if this is a reference to Cologne, to a former name of the city of Schleswig, or to something else.

"}, {"id": 4809,"count": "4561","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Then stadh hans fadher byggæ lodh | som sleswigh staar danmark i modh | [O]ch kalleden kolnæ paa hans maall 

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/89","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "k3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might also designate the region Schleswig.

"}, {"id": 4807,"count": "4563","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ENgeland oc ther tijl tydæskæ landh | meth danskæ men ieg offuer wandh

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/89","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydæskælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "k3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4805,"count": "4565","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ENgeland oc ther tijl tydæskæ landh | meth danskæ men ieg offuer wandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/89","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "k3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4803,"count": "4567","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

them som i hyperne bode

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/88","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hyperne","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hibern","sourcePage": "k3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4801,"count": "4569","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tydskeland wunde the w[n]dher mit woldh

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/88","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydskeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "k3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4799,"count": "4571","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

hwn wor i ængland hiemæ

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/88","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "k2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4797,"count": "4573","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

the ængelskæ meg wndh fwldhe

","englishForm": "

English

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/86","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "ængelskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "ængelsk","sourcePage": "k2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","showAsLocatedIn": "167","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

English

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4795,"count": "4575","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Gorm hynd ynsktæ kallet Orm hardhæ snwdhe Frodes søn

","englishForm": "

English

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/86","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "ynsktæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "ængsk","sourcePage": "k1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","showAsLocatedIn": "167","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

English

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4793,"count": "4577","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa lod ieg faræ mith budh tijl rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/85","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "k1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4791,"count": "4579","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I ængæland fik ieg kristendom

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/85","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "k1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4789,"count": "4581","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

IEgh wor i normandieland

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/84","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandieland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmandieland","sourcePage": "k1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4787,"count": "4583","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

The prytzen wundhe oc mangæ land 
som liggæ wthi then øster strand

","englishForm": "

Baltic Sea

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/83","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Øster Strand","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn Øster Strand","sourcePage": "k1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "18","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2633321/baltic-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic_Sea","location": "

Baltic Sea

","preposition": "

uti

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4785,"count": "4585","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I Myn tijd for aff danmark wdh | hwer triediæ man meth skiold oc spywdh |

The prytzen wundhe oc mangæ land | som liggæ wthi then øster strand

","englishForm": "

Prussia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/83","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Prytzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Prytsen","sourcePage": "k1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

For the sake for graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for East Prussia on the map to show the locality of Prussia.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54","longitude": "21","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/772636/east-prussia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prussia_(region)","location": "

Prussia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4783,"count": "4587","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I myn tijd en dæding wor giorth | mellom danskæ oc franskæ som ær wel sporth

","englishForm": "

French

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "franskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "frants","sourcePage": "k1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

French

","preposition": "

mællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4781,"count": "4589","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

danmarks oc ænglantz krone

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/80","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ænglant","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "k1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4779,"count": "4591","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I frysen skattædæ meg hwer mand

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/80","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frysen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisen","sourcePage": "k1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of frise 'Frisian' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 4777,"count": "4593","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I franckærygæ oc tydæskælandh 

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/80","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydæskælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "k1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4775,"count": "4595","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I franckærygæ oc tydæskælandh

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/80","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckærygæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "k1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4773,"count": "4597","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

hertich brwn wdaff brwnswigh

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/80","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "i6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

utaf

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4771,"count": "4599","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Intijl the komme tijl norman indh | thet gode land meth frwcth oc wijn 

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norman","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmannia","sourcePage": "i5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The editor of the text emends to "Normandi".

"}, {"id": 4769,"count": "4601","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa for ieg meg tijl sleswig indh | ther lod ieg byggæ en kijrkæ 

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/78","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "i5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the region Schleswig.

"}, {"id": 4767,"count": "4603","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg for tijl keyser lodwig i mentz 

","englishForm": "

Mainz

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/78","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mentz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mainz","sourcePage": "i5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49.98419","longitude": "8.2791","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2874225/mainz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mainz","location": "

Mainz

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4765,"count": "4605","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa dreffue the ængelske myn broder wdh 

","englishForm": "

English

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/75","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "ængelske","lemmaFormAttestation": "ængelsk","sourcePage": "i4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","showAsLocatedIn": "167","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

English

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4763,"count": "4607","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg them oc theres hoss sleswig sloo

","englishForm": "

Schleswig

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/75","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sleswig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Slæsvik","sourcePage": "i4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Slesvig

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.52156","longitude": "9.5586","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2838634/schleswig.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig,_Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Schleswig

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4761,"count": "4609","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ther nest fore wi tijl tydeskæ land 

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/74","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydeskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "i4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4759,"count": "4611","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa lode wij thedhen tijl ængland staa

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/74","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "i4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4757,"count": "4613","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa fore wij tijl hyberland indh

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/74","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hyberland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiberland","sourcePage": "i4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4755,"count": "4615","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden bleff ieg greffuen i hyberland

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/73","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hyberland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiberland","sourcePage": "i3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4753,"count": "4617","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Fra danmark oc saa tijl mæret wdh

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/73","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mæret","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "i3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4751,"count": "4619","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Rytzen ieg oc saa offuer wand

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/73","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytsen","sourcePage": "i3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of ryts 'Russian' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 4749,"count": "4621","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

The som bode i parises stad 

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/73","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paris","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "i3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4747,"count": "4623","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Franckerigæ wand ieg oc saa 

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/73","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckerigæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "i3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4745,"count": "4625","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Hans store pallatz som wor i tagæn

","englishForm": "

Aachen

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/73","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tagæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Taken","sourcePage": "i3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "50.77664","longitude": "6.08342","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3247449/aachen.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aachen","location": "

Aachen

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form "tagæn" is a corruption of the German prepositional phrase "to Aken".

"}, {"id": 4743,"count": "4627","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thet lanthosassen ieg och tha wand | meth allæ andræ tydeskæ land

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "i3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4741,"count": "4629","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thet lanthosassen ieg och tha wand | meth allæ andræ tydeskæ land

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/73","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lanthosassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landtosaksen","sourcePage": "i3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4739,"count": "4631","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

wæpnthe romer

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/73","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romer","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "i3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4737,"count": "4633","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Grøn landh och ørken øø | meth andre smaa land i wester søø

","englishForm": "

Atlantic Ocean

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/73","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Westersøø","lemmaFormAttestation": "Væstersjo","sourcePage": "i3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of North Atlantic Ocean are used

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "40,","longitude": "-40","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3411923/north-atlantic-ocean.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Atlantic_Ocean","location": "

Atlantic Ocean

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4735,"count": "4635","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg ængland wand oc hyberland | oc swerigis rygæ oc saa gwlland | Grøn landh och ørken øø | meth andre smaa land i wester søø

","englishForm": "

Orkney Islands

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/73","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ørkenøø","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ørkenø","sourcePage": "i3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "59","longitude": "-3","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2640923/orkney-islands.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Orkney_Islands","location": "

Orkney Islands

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4733,"count": "4637","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg ængland wand oc hyberland | oc swerigis rygæ oc saa gwlland | Grøn landh och ørken øø 

","englishForm": "

Greenland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/73","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grønlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grønland","sourcePage": "i3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "72","longitude": "-40","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3425505/greenland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greenland","location": "

Greenland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4731,"count": "4639","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg ængland wand oc hyberland | oc swerigis rygæ oc saa gwlland | Grøn landh och ørken øø 

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/73","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hyberland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiberland","sourcePage": "i3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4729,"count": "4641","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg ængland wand oc hyberland | oc swerigis rygæ oc saa gwlland | Grøn landh och ørken øø 

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/73","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "i3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4727,"count": "4643","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

saa giorde ieg oc wedh skotlandh 

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/73","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "i3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

vither

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4725,"count": "4645","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ieg norgæ twswer vandh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/73","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "i3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4723,"count": "4647","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I sodan modhe ath egdher flodh | skulle b[æ]ggis wore righe at skilli

","englishForm": "

Eider

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egdherflodh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Eghderfloth","sourcePage": "i1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.29614","longitude": "8.93051","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2931963/eider.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eider_(river)","location": "

Eider

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4721,"count": "4649","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

fryslandh och theslighæ 

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Fryslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisland","sourcePage": "h6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4719,"count": "4651","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden holth ieg krij i xxx aar | meth hannum paa franckærigæ 

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckærigæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "h6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4717,"count": "4653","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi for ieg hannum hoss ælffuen i modh 

","englishForm": "

Elbe River

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/68","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ælffuen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ælven","sourcePage": "h6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.92222","longitude": "8.72222","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2931271/elbe-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elbe","location": "

Elbe River

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4715,"count": "4655","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha kom keyser karll i tydeskæ landh

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/68","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydeskælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "h6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4713,"count": "4657","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Meth orloff twyngde ieg tydeskæ land 

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/68","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydeskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "h6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4711,"count": "4659","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

han lod tijl tydeskæ land standæ

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/67","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydeskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "h5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4709,"count": "4661","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa seglde wij thædhen tijl gutmwntz land

","englishForm": "

Bjarmaland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/67","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gutmwntz land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Guthmunds land","sourcePage": "h1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

For the coordinates of Bjarmaland are used those of Arkhangelsk Oblast, since Bjarmaland seems to have been localised mostly within that region.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "64","longitude": "44","showAsLocatedIn": "1081","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bjarmaland","location": "

Bjarmaland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In Saxo Thorkil Adelfar is said to travel to Bjarmaland, therefore the noun phrase gutmwntz land here is interpreted as a paraphrase. Guthmund is the name of the king of the place.

"}, {"id": 4707,"count": "4663","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa seglde ieg hedhen wdhi then søø | paa hyn syde norgis rigæ

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/67","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "h1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4705,"count": "4665","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tijl lombardyen bestryde the wel | som ligger i walland indhe

","englishForm": "

Italy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/64","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Walland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Valland","sourcePage": "g6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "42.83333","longitude": "12.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3175395/repubblica-italiana.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italy","location": "

Italy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Walland could formally refer to both France and Italy, but the textual context seems to imply that here Italy is refered to.

"}, {"id": 4703,"count": "4667","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tijl lombardyen bestryde the wel | som ligger i walland indhe

","englishForm": "

Lombardy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/64","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lombardyen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lombardien","sourcePage": "g6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3174618/lombardia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombardy","location": "

Lombardy

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4701,"count": "4669","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

han for tijl greken

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/61","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Greken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græken","sourcePage": "g4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of græk 'Greek' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 4699,"count": "4671","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha tydæskæ spurde thet gik meg saa

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/61","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydæskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "g4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4697,"count": "4673","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

i øster ledhen

","englishForm": "

Østerlide

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/61","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Østerledhen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Østerlithen","sourcePage": "g4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse world resource Østerlide is regarded as located in Northern and Eastern Europe and visualised as located in the Baltic Sea, since in the textual context the areas east of the Baltic are ment.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "18","showAsLocatedIn": "269","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Østerlide

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4695,"count": "4675","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

konnings søn aff liffland

","englishForm": "

Livonia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/61","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Liffland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Livland","sourcePage": "g4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "58","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/457850/livonija.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Livonia","location": "

Livonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4693,"count": "4677","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

fyre brødre aff greke landh

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/61","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grekelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grækeland","sourcePage": "g3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4691,"count": "4679","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

The tydeskæ togæ snart paa vrodh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "g3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4689,"count": "4681","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

for saa indh i rytzeland

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/61","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytseland","sourcePage": "g3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

ini

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4687,"count": "4683","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa bødh ieg tha the tydeskæ stridh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/61","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "g3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4685,"count": "4685","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha ieg wor greben tijl tydeskæ landh

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/61","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydeskælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "g2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4683,"count": "4687","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

thydeskæ the fynghe iutlandh

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/59","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "g2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4681,"count": "4689","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa sende ieg budh i rytzland indh

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/58","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytsland","sourcePage": "g1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4679,"count": "4691","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi foor ieg indh i norgis land

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/58","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "g1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4677,"count": "4693","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I norgæ tha slo ieg kempær too 

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/57","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "g1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4675,"count": "4695","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Wedh slethen bygdhe ieg hede by

","englishForm": "

Hedeby

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/56","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hedeby","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hetheby","sourcePage": "f6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.49111","longitude": "9.56528","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7576151/haithabu.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hedeby","location": "

Hedeby

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4673,"count": "4697","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ieg hade ther mangæ tydæskæ

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydæskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "f6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4671,"count": "4699","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Och aldrig hade rønth vtwortis men

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "vtwortis","lemmaFormAttestation": "utvortes","sourcePage": "f5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4669,"count": "4701","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thydeskæ lod ieg oc scriffue tijl

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "f5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4667,"count": "4703","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thil norgæ sænde ieg leffuende røst

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "f5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4665,"count": "4705","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi screff ieg tijl konghen i ængeland | skotland frysland oc hyberland 

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hyberland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiberland","sourcePage": "f5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4663,"count": "4707","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi screff ieg tijl konghen i ængeland | skotland frysland oc hyberland 

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frysland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisland","sourcePage": "f5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4661,"count": "4709","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi screff ieg tijl konghen i ængeland | skotland frysland oc hyberland 

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "f5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4659,"count": "4711","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi screff ieg tijl konghen i ængeland | skotland frysland oc hyberland

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "f5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4657,"count": "4713","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

hwerth land oc rigæ tijl medel haaff 

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Medelhaaff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæthelhav","sourcePage": "f4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4655,"count": "4715","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Then stærckæ mwr om romers stadh

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romer","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "f4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "

um

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4653,"count": "4717","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg sændhe oc folk tijl walskæ landh 

","englishForm": "

valsker, valsk

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "walskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "valsk","sourcePage": "f4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

This adjective is used where it is uncertain whether Italian or French is refered to by the Old Danish valsk or Old Swedish valsker.

","locationDescription": "

Walhaz

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","showAsLocatedIn": "799","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Walhaz","location": "

valsker, valsk

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the text, this line – that could be translated as "I also send people to Romance lands" – is added to the mention of France two lines earlier, and before the mention of the ransacking of Rome.

"}, {"id": 4651,"count": "4719","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tijl frankærighe for ieg ther nesth

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankærighe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "f4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4649,"count": "4721","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Skotland wand ieg meth herre skioldh 

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "f4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4647,"count": "4723","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

saa slo ieg konghen aff ængeland 

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "f4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4645,"count": "4725","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ther nest ieg brytanien wand 

","englishForm": "

Bretagne

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Brytanien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Britannien","sourcePage": "f4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Brittany

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "48.16667","longitude": "-2.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3030293/bretagne.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brittany","location": "

Bretagne

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4643,"count": "4727","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa for ieg tha tijl tydeskæ land indh 

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydeskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "f4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4641,"count": "4729","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Konning wbbe greff ieg i frysæland

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frysæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisland","sourcePage": "f4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4639,"count": "4731","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ther næst ieg norgæ oc swerigæ wandh 

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/54","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "f4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4637,"count": "4733","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

aff lanthosassen han seg skreff 

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lanthosassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landtosaksen","sourcePage": "f3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4635,"count": "4735","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa lodh ieg hædhen ad rytzland staa 

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/53","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytsland","sourcePage": "f3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

at

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4633,"count": "4737","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

her kom en røffuer aff rytzeland 

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/53","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytseland","sourcePage": "f2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4631,"count": "4739","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

the norskæ riddere

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/52","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "norskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "norsk","sourcePage": "f2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4629,"count": "4741","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

sætthæ gunner i norgæ tijl koning en hwndh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/52","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "f2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4627,"count": "4743","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

han norskæ giorde so bangæ kaar 

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/52","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "norskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "norsk","sourcePage": "f2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4625,"count": "4745","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Af hannum kom norgis koningligæ slecth

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "e5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4623,"count": "4747","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

asmwndh han norgæ ærffdhe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/43","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "e4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4621,"count": "4749","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

En mectig kempe i norgæ wor 

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/43","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "e4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4619,"count": "4751","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

The kænde meg vdlændisker seed 

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/39","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "vdlændisker","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsk","sourcePage": "e1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4617,"count": "4753","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi slo ieg hane wed haffner bij 

","englishForm": "

Hannover

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/38","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Haffnerbij","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hannoverby","sourcePage": "e1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Hanover

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.37052","longitude": "9.73322","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2910831/hannover.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hanover","location": "

Hannover

","preposition": "

vither

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Middle Low German translation of the Old Danish Rhymed Chronicle has the form "Hanouers stat", hence the place is interpreted here as Hanover.

"}, {"id": 4615,"count": "4755","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

The herre som mwnne i sassen boo 

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/38","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saksen","sourcePage": "e1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4613,"count": "4757","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thydeskæ mothtæ han oc inghenlunde see

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/38","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "d6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4611,"count": "4759","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I hyberlandh wor oc en koning saa kargh 

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/38","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hyberlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiberland","sourcePage": "d6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4609,"count": "4761","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Hannum sænde the inthil romere stadh

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/38","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Romerestadh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Romerestath","sourcePage": "d6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4607,"count": "4763","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

The greker hade tha meth the romere krij 

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/38","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romere","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "d6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4605,"count": "4765","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

The greker hade tha meth the romere krij 

","englishForm": "

Greek

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/38","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "greker","lemmaFormAttestation": "græk","sourcePage": "d6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greeks","location": "

Greek

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4603,"count": "4767","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

hoss constanthinopel mwnne han bo 

","englishForm": "

Istanbul

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/38","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Constanthinopel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konstantinopolis","sourcePage": "d6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Constantinople","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.01384","longitude": "28.94966","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745044/istanbul.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Istanbul","location": "

Istanbul

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4601,"count": "4769","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

I greken han och en kemppe slo

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/38","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Greken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græken","sourcePage": "d6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of græk 'Greek' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 4599,"count": "4771","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa sændæ ieg hannum tijl rytzælandh 

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/38","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytseland","sourcePage": "d6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4597,"count": "4773","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Her wigher koning i norges landh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/38","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "d6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4595,"count": "4775","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Norgæs koning han hedh assmwndh 

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/37","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "d6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4593,"count": "4777","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Xij kæmper hade bygdh i norgæ en øø 

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/37","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "d5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4591,"count": "4779","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Hans søn thet spurde tijl rytzelandh 

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/36","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytseland","sourcePage": "d5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4589,"count": "4781","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ther kom saa thidendæ aff iøde landh 

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iødelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jutheland","sourcePage": "d5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4587,"count": "4783","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden wandh ieg ængælandh oc hyberland 

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/35","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hyberland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiberland","sourcePage": "d4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4585,"count": "4785","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden wandh ieg ængælandh oc hyberland 

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/35","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "d4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4583,"count": "4787","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tijl norgæ for ieg

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/35","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "d4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4581,"count": "4789","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Allæ landh borth intijl grekæn laa 

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/35","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grekæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græken","sourcePage": "d4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of græk 'Greek' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 4579,"count": "4791","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

alt syth folk i vngrens landh

","englishForm": "

Hungary

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/35","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Vngren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ungern","sourcePage": "d4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/719819/hungary.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary","location": "

Hungary

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4577,"count": "4793","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Then hær slo ieg i rytzeland 

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/35","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytseland","sourcePage": "d4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4575,"count": "4795","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

hennæs fader tijl vnghren

","englishForm": "

Hungary

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/35","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Vnghren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ungern","sourcePage": "d4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/719819/hungary.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary","location": "

Hungary

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4573,"count": "4797","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

koninghens dotther aff vnghren

","englishForm": "

Hungary

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/35","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Vnghren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ungern","sourcePage": "d4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/719819/hungary.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary","location": "

Hungary

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4571,"count": "4799","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

allæ the land som stødhe paa ryn 

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/35","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ryn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "d4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4569,"count": "4801","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg dro tijl thydeskland meth en hær

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/35","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thydeskland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskland","sourcePage": "d3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4567,"count": "4803","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden wanth ieg ther nest hybern landh | och ængæland meth vndher danes handh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/34","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "d3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4565,"count": "4805","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Siden wanth ieg ther nest hybern landh | och ængæland meth vndher danes handh

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/34","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hybernlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hibernland","sourcePage": "d3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4563,"count": "4807","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Han willæ oss twingæ vnder romers hand 

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/34","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romer","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "d3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "

under

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4561,"count": "4809","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

aff rom kom iulius

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/34","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "d3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4559,"count": "4811","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi lod ieg sancka en stor skips hær | han fylthæ all ælffuen som eth kær 

","englishForm": "

Elbe River

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/33","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ælffuen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ælven","sourcePage": "d3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.92222","longitude": "8.72222","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2931271/elbe-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elbe","location": "

Elbe River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4557,"count": "4813","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

The bleffue so store i hiarthæ oc hw | aff lanthosassen som the æræ en nw 

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/33","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lanthosassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landtosaksen","sourcePage": "d3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4555,"count": "4815","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Frotger koning i norgæ

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/32","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "d2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4553,"count": "4817","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Herthwgher aff norgæ wel tøssuær ffem

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/32","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norgæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "d2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4551,"count": "4819","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

the frommestæ ther kunne i sassen bo 

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/29","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saksen","sourcePage": "d2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4549,"count": "4821","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

The willæ tha thagæ hannum rigeth fraa | aff lantosassen the giorde oc saa

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/29","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lantosassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landtosaksen","sourcePage": "d2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4547,"count": "4823","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

paa koningæs kamp offuer egernæ flodh 

","englishForm": "

Eider

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/28","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egernæflodh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Eghderfloth","sourcePage": "d1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.29614","longitude": "8.93051","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2931963/eider.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eider_(river)","location": "

Eider

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4545,"count": "4825","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

paa koningæs kamp offuer egernæ flodh | Ther fichtedæ han meth the kemper too 

","englishForm": "

Kunungkamp

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/28","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Koningæskamp","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kunungskamp","sourcePage": "d1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

Since the legendary battle between Offa and the two Saxons is held to have been where the city of Rendsburg is situated today, here the place is visualised as located in this city.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "54.30663","longitude": "9.66313","showAsLocatedIn": "1019","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Offa_of_Angel","location": "

Kunungkamp

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4543,"count": "4827","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

the frommesthe i sassen kunne boo

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saksen","sourcePage": "d1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4541,"count": "4829","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tha willæ meg allæ liggæ i modh | Aff lanthosassen the giorde oc saa 

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/28","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lanthosassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landtosaksen","sourcePage": "d1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4539,"count": "4831","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

meth hwsfrw myn ieg skothland fandh 

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/26","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skothland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "c6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4537,"count": "4833","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg slo hannum ther oc ængælandh wandh 

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/26","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "c6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4535,"count": "4835","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

førde hænne saa tijl engeland

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/26","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "c6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4533,"count": "4837","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha wor i skothland en drotning sa doll

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/26","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skothland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "c5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4531,"count": "4839","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

So seylde ieg tha tijl ængaland i gen

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/26","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "c5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4529,"count": "4841","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ieg vdh tijl ængæland ffor

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/26","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "c4v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4527,"count": "4843","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

han meg tijl ængæland screff 

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/26","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "c3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4525,"count": "4845","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thydeskæ fik ieg bestrydh i gen 

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/23","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "b6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4523,"count": "4847","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Swenskæ och tydeskæ som hanum gawe skath 

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/23","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydeskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "b6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4521,"count": "4849","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

sodan fick aff fremede land prijs 

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/22","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fremede land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmethe land","sourcePage": "b6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4519,"count": "4851","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi sænde meg grekeren eth beleth aff gwld

","englishForm": "

Greek

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/22","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "grekeren","lemmaFormAttestation": "græk","sourcePage": "b6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greeks","location": "

Greek

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4517,"count": "4853","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ickæ aldels i tessæ nørræ landh | men so wel i rom och i greker land

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/22","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grekerland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grækerland","sourcePage": "b6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4515,"count": "4855","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ickæ aldels i tessæ nørræ landh | men so wel i rom och i greker land 

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/22","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "b6r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4513,"count": "4857","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Sithen styrdhæ ieg meth myn kongelig wand | danmarck swerigæ och tydeskæ land

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/20","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tydeskæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thythiskeland","sourcePage": "b5v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4511,"count": "4859","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Aff lanthæ sassen hertighens søn 

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/15","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lanthæsassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landtosaksen","sourcePage": "b4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4509,"count": "4861","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Wendes koning hed och wor en skalk 

","englishForm": "

Wend

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/15","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "wende","lemmaFormAttestation": "vind","sourcePage": "b4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity the inhabitant designation Wend is here visualised as the region Pomerania, as we have not been able to find a more adequate visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","showAsLocatedIn": "471","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wends","location": "

Wend

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4507,"count": "4863","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Aff hannum fick skotland først thet naffn

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/12","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "b3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4505,"count": "4865","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ieg gaff hannum skotland

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/12","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "b3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4503,"count": "4867","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

koningen aff hellesponti land 

","englishForm": "

Mysie

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/12","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hellespontiland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hellesponteland","sourcePage": "b3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Mysia, Roman Hellespontus

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "40.24599","longitude": "28.25684","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8285551/mysie.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mysia#History","location": "

Mysie

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4501,"count": "4869","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

alle land som skywde paa ryn | paa thenne side tijl oc so paa hyn

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/12","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ryn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "b3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4499,"count": "4871","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi wandh ieg kurland oc rijtzland | engæland skotland och fryseland

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/12","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Fryseland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisland","sourcePage": "b3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4497,"count": "4873","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi wandh ieg kurland oc rijtzland | engæland skotland och fryseland 

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/12","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "b3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4495,"count": "4875","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi wandh ieg kurland oc rijtzland | engæland skotland och fryseland 

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/12","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "b3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4493,"count": "4877","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi wandh ieg kurland oc rijtzland | engæland skotland och fryseland 

 

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/12","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rijtzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rytseland","sourcePage": "b3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4491,"count": "4879","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thi wandh ieg kurland oc rijtzland | engæland skotland och fryseland 

","englishForm": "

Kurzerne

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/12","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kurland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kurland","sourcePage": "b3r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Courland

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "57","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/460496/kurzeme.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Courland","location": "

Kurzerne

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4489,"count": "4881","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

sithen wandh ieg oc mangæ land | I østherledhen thil danes hand 

","englishForm": "

Østerlide

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Østherledhen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Østerlithen","sourcePage": "b2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse world resource Østerlide is regarded as located in Northern and Eastern Europe and visualised as located in the Baltic Sea, since in the textual context the areas east of the Baltic are ment.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "18","showAsLocatedIn": "269","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Østerlide

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4487,"count": "4883","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Konningen aff helysponti land 

","englishForm": "

Mysie

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/10","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Helyspontiland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hellesponteland","sourcePage": "b2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Mysia, Roman Hellespontus

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "40.24599","longitude": "28.25684","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8285551/mysie.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mysia#History","location": "

Mysie

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4485,"count": "4885","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Iegh gram myn fader aff norge dref 

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/10","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norghe","sourcePage": "b2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4483,"count": "4887","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Och xiij oc fyritwe aar | før end troyæborg wundhen waar 

","englishForm": "

Troy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/4","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Troyæborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trojaburgh","sourcePage": "a4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "39.95732","longitude": "26.23909","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298885/troy.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troy","location": "

Troy

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4481,"count": "4889","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha tolæ wor domer for israels folk 

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/4","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "a4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4479,"count": "4891","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

at komme saa i engeland ind

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/3","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "a3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4477,"count": "4893","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha tolæ hade tha i xviij aar | standhet foer israels folk tijl swaar 

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/3","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "a3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4475,"count": "4895","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Som ære iutland bode frysland oc fyn 

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/3","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frysland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisland","sourcePage": "a3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4473,"count": "4897","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Han for meth them the tysdkæ i mod 

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tysdkæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "a3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The editor has corrected the misprinted form to "tydskæ".

"}, {"id": 4471,"count": "4899","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Saa komme tha tydskæ i iutland ind 

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/3","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "a3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4469,"count": "4901","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tijl Gedeon then domer geff | for israhels folk forstandher bleff 

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/3","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Israhel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "a3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4467,"count": "4903","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Kristoffer aff beyern

","englishForm": "

Bavaria

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Beyern","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bæjern","sourcePage": "a2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "49","longitude": "11.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2951839/bavaria.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bavaria","location": "

Bavaria

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4465,"count": "4905","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Erich aff pommeren

","englishForm": "

Pomerania

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/rimkroeniken/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pommeren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pomern","sourcePage": "a1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begynner then danskæ Kronnickæ well offuerseet oc ræth, LN 232","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Rimkrøniken","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

Mythical and real kings of Denmark tell the story of their lives and deaths in rhymed couplets narrated in the first person. The work ends with the death of Christian I in 1481.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","warning": "OK","edition": "Rimkrøniken på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3088388/pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pomerania","location": "

Pomerania

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4463,"count": "4907","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Gotfed aff ghemen

","englishForm": "

Gemen

","editionPage": "348","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ghemen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ghemen","sourcePage": "g8","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The printer Gotfred of Ghemen (Govert van Ghemen) might have his surname from this place.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "51.85932","longitude": "6.86474","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921401/gemen.html","wikipediaLink": "https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gemen","location": "

Gemen

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

It is not certain that Gotfred of Ghemen has his surname from Gemen i Westphalia.

"}, {"id": 4461,"count": "4909","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konningen aff franckerigy

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/14","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckerigy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "255r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4459,"count": "4911","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

the tijd tijl parijs komme

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "346","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "g7","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4457,"count": "4913","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

thy kam til pariiss

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/14","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pariiss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "254r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4455,"count": "4915","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

op tijl frantzen

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "345","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frantzen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frantsen","sourcePage": "g7r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

uptil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of frants 'French' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 4453,"count": "4917","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til franckerigy

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/14","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckerigy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "254r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4451,"count": "4919","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tijl een stad hedær venetia

","englishForm": "

Venice

","editionPage": "345","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Venetia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Venetia","sourcePage": "g7r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "45.43713","longitude": "12.33265","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164603/venice.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Venice","location": "

Venice

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4449,"count": "4921","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "


til jen stad hiede wenacia

","englishForm": "

Venice

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/14","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wenacia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Venetia","sourcePage": "254r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "45.43713","longitude": "12.33265","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164603/venice.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Venice","location": "

Venice

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4447,"count": "4923","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

tijl frantz fare wij tha baade

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "345","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frantz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frants","sourcePage": "g6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4445,"count": "4925","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "


til franckerigy willæ wi fare bode

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/14","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckerigy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "253v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4443,"count": "4927","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

aff aplas borg

","englishForm": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","editionPage": "338","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Aplasborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Aplesburgh","sourcePage": "g2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "

Apolis Castle

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4441,"count": "4929","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff aples borigh

","englishForm": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/13","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Aplesborigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Aplesburgh","sourcePage": "250r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "

Apolis Castle

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4439,"count": "4931","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konningen aff babilon

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/12","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "248v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4437,"count": "4933","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

then iomfrw kommen war aff rijn

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "328","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rijn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "e7","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4435,"count": "4935","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then jomfrw war thydsk kommen fra rin

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/10","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "242v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4433,"count": "4937","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then jomfrw war thydsk kommen fra rin

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/10","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thydsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "242v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4431,"count": "4939","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

thu esth hieme i apelin

","englishForm": "

Apolis

","editionPage": "323","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Apelin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Appelin","sourcePage": "e4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolis

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4429,"count": "4941","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

pa thin gordh i appelin

","englishForm": "

Apolis

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/9","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "appelin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Appelin","sourcePage": "239v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolis

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4427,"count": "4943","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

som man wore inden paradijss

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "321","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "e2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

innen

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4425,"count": "4945","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

som man waræ i parediis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/8","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parediis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "238r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4423,"count": "4947","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ther løber i flodh aff paradijs | Som man pleyer efrantes at kalle

","englishForm": "

Euphrates River

","editionPage": "321","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Efrantes","lemmaFormAttestation": "Eufrat","sourcePage": "e2","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "30.57889","longitude": "47.76572","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/315147/euphrates-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Euphrates","location": "

Euphrates River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4421,"count": "4949","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

ther løber i flodh aff paradijs | Som man pleyer efrantes at kalle

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "321","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "e2","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4419,"count": "4951","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

jet wand aff parediis | som man pleyer ewfrattes at kallæ

","englishForm": "

Euphrates River

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/8","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ewfrattes","lemmaFormAttestation": "Eufrat","sourcePage": "237v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "30.57889","longitude": "47.76572","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/315147/euphrates-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Euphrates","location": "

Euphrates River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4417,"count": "4953","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

jet wand aff parediis | som man pleyer ewfrattes at kallæ

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/8","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parediis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "237v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4415,"count": "4955","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Keiseren aff rom

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "317","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "d4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4413,"count": "4957","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

keyseren aff rom

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/7","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "235v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4411,"count": "4959","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Kongen aff babilon

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "317","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "d3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4409,"count": "4961","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konningen aff babilon

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/7","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "235r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4407,"count": "4963","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Wille ij til babilon ware | yffuer eth stort watn sculle i fare | yffuer een broo oc gømen en porth

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "311","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "c4","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The context indicates that city, not the country Babylonia is designated.

"}, {"id": 4405,"count": "4965","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

tha i wordher babilonia war

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/5","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The context indicates that the city, not the country Babylonia, is designated.

"}, {"id": 4403,"count": "4967","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

i babilon

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "311","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "c4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the country Babylonia.

"}, {"id": 4401,"count": "4969","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

i babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/5","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "231v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 4399,"count": "4971","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

hwn for til babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/5","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "231v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 4397,"count": "4973","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

jen annen veyen bierghet pelis

","englishForm": "

Felis

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/5","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pelis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pelis","sourcePage": "321r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Felis is visualised as located in the Middle East because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Felis

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The other Old Danish version of Floris and Blancheflour lacks this place name.

"}, {"id": 4395,"count": "4975","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tijl babilon wor hvn ført | i eth torn med konsten er giørt

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "310","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "c3","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the country Babylonia.

"}, {"id": 4393,"count": "4977","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

en svndh som heder feer

","englishForm": "

Fær

","editionPage": "310","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Feer","lemmaFormAttestation": "Fær","sourcePage": "c3","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "strait","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Fær is visualised as located in the Middle East because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fær

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4391,"count": "4979","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

jeth swnd ther hiedher fæær

","englishForm": "

Fær

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/5","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Fæær","lemmaFormAttestation": "Fær","sourcePage": "231r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "strait","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Fær is visualised as located in the Middle East because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fær

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4389,"count": "4981","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

hvn foor til babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "311","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "c3v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 4387,"count": "4983","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til babilonia war hwn førd | til jet torn medh kwnst ær giørdh

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/5","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "231r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 4385,"count": "4985","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

til babilon at fare

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "309","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "c2","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the country Babylonia.

"}, {"id": 4383,"count": "4987","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til babilonia ath faræ

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/5","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "230r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 4381,"count": "4989","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Blandag hed en mectigh staad

","englishForm": "

Bandagha

","editionPage": "308","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Blandag","lemmaFormAttestation": "Blandag","sourcePage": "c2r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Has been identified as Baudas, the French form for Bagdad (Noreen 1923:29).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Bandagha

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4379,"count": "4991","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

blandag hiedhe jen mektige stadh

","englishForm": "

Bandagha

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/5","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Blandag","lemmaFormAttestation": "Blandag","sourcePage": "230r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Has been identified as Baudas, the French form for Bagdad (Noreen 1923:29).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Bandagha

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4377,"count": "4993","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

konghen i babilon

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "308","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "c1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 4375,"count": "4995","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konningen aff babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/4","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "230r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4373,"count": "4997","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Ho til babilon wille fare

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "307","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "c1","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 4369,"count": "4999","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

hwo til babilone wil faræ

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/4","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "229v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 4367,"count": "5001","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

war hun solth til babilone

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "307","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "c1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 4365,"count": "5003","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

hun war sold til fremmede landhe

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "307","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fremmede landhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmethe land","sourcePage": "c1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4363,"count": "5005","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then rige konningh aff babilone

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/4","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "229r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4361,"count": "5007","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

hwn worte sold til fræmmede lande

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/4","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fræmmede lande","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmethe land","sourcePage": "229r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4359,"count": "5009","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tre heste ware ladde met florinne

","englishForm": "

Florin

","editionPage": "303","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "florinne","lemmaFormAttestation": "floren","sourcePage": "b2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "coin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "43.77925","longitude": "11.24626","showAsLocatedIn": "887","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Florin_(Italian_coin)","location": "

Florin

","preposition": "

mæth

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4357,"count": "5011","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

tre hestæ war lawd medh florene

","englishForm": "

Florin

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/3","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "florene","lemmaFormAttestation": "floren","sourcePage": "227r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "coin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "43.77925","longitude": "11.24626","showAsLocatedIn": "887","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Florin_(Italian_coin)","location": "

Florin

","preposition": "

mæth

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4355,"count": "5013","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

blantzeflor ær eij i paradijs

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "301","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradijs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "b1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4353,"count": "5015","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

blanszeflor ær ey i parediss

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/3","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parediss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "225v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4351,"count": "5017","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tha kommer ieg til paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "300","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "a8v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4349,"count": "5019","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

tha kommer jech til parædiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/3","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parædiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "225r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4347,"count": "5021","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Aff babilonien en køpmand rijg

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "298","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonien","sourcePage": "a7","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4345,"count": "5023","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff babelonia then konning righ

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/2","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babelonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "223v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 4343,"count": "5025","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

thet land i lomberdij

","englishForm": "

Lombardy

","editionPage": "298","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lomberdij","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lombardi","sourcePage": "a7r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3174618/lombardia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombardy","location": "

Lombardy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4341,"count": "5027","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konningen aff lwmbardi

","englishForm": "

Lombardy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/2","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lwmbardi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lombardi","sourcePage": "223v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3174618/lombardia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombardy","location": "

Lombardy

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4339,"count": "5029","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Thet kar war i troye giort

","englishForm": "

Troy

","editionPage": "298","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Troye","lemmaFormAttestation": "Troja","sourcePage": "a7r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "39.95732","longitude": "26.23909","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298885/troy.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troy","location": "

Troy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4337,"count": "5031","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

thet kar war i troyæ giord

","englishForm": "

Troy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/2","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Troyæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Troja","sourcePage": "223v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "39.95732","longitude": "26.23909","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298885/troy.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troy","location": "

Troy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4335,"count": "5033","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

then strid som for troye borg war

","englishForm": "

Troy

","editionPage": "297","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Troyeborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trojaburgh","sourcePage": "a6","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "39.95732","longitude": "26.23909","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298885/troy.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troy","location": "

Troy

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4333,"count": "5035","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then strid for troyæ borig

","englishForm": "

Troy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/2","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Troyæborig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trojaburgh","sourcePage": "223r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "39.95732","longitude": "26.23909","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298885/troy.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troy","location": "

Troy

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4331,"count": "5037","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Aff babilon en køpman rijg

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "297","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "a6","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the country Babylonia.

"}, {"id": 4329,"count": "5039","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff babelonia jen kiøbmand righ

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/2","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babelonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "223r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 4327,"count": "5041","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Rijge køpman lige hære | aff babilon the komme[n] ære

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "296","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "a6","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the country Babylonia.

"}, {"id": 4325,"count": "5043","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

rige kiøbmend ligge hæræ | 
ther aff babilon kommen æræ

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/2","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "222v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the country Babylonia.

"}, {"id": 4323,"count": "5045","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

then stolte borg mantorie

","englishForm": "

Montarie

","editionPage": "295","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mantorie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mantoria","sourcePage": "a5","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Floris and Blancheflour (the French version) this might be a reference to the city Montoro in Andalusia, Spain (see Grieve 1997:48) but as Spain is in no way referenced in the Swedish and Danish versions this identification has not been used. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Montarie

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4321,"count": "5047","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then stalte borigh mantorie

","englishForm": "

Montarie

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/2","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mantorie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mantoria","sourcePage": "22r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Floris and Blancheflour (the French version) this might be a reference to the city Montoro in Andalusia, Spain (see Grieve 1997:48) but as Spain is in no way referenced in the Swedish and Danish versions this identification has not been used. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Montarie

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4319,"count": "5049","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Til sibilla aff mantorie

","englishForm": "

Montarie

","editionPage": "294","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mantorie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mantoria","sourcePage": "a4","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Floris and Blancheflour (the French version) this might be a reference to the city Montoro in Andalusia, Spain (see Grieve 1997:48) but as Spain is in no way referenced in the Swedish and Danish versions this identification has not been used. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Montarie

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4317,"count": "5051","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til sibilla aff mantoiræ

","englishForm": "

Montarie

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/2","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mantoiræ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mantoria","sourcePage": "221r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Floris and Blancheflour (the French version) this might be a reference to the city Montoro in Andalusia, Spain (see Grieve 1997:48) but as Spain is in no way referenced in the Swedish and Danish versions this identification has not been used. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Montarie

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4315,"count": "5053","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Til duzborg then store stad

","englishForm": "

Gisdon

","editionPage": "292","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Duzborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Dusburgh","sourcePage": "a3","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

No coordinates are given for this fictional location, because the identification of the place is unknown.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Gisdon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4313,"count": "5055","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til drwssenborigh then gode stad

","englishForm": "

Gisdon

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Drwssenborigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Drussenburgh","sourcePage": "220r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

No coordinates are given for this fictional location, because the identification of the place is unknown.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Gisdon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The identification is taken from the Old Swedish version of the text.

"}, {"id": 4311,"count": "5057","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tijl aplas borg man tijende fraa

","englishForm": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","editionPage": "290","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Aplasborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Aplesburgh","sourcePage": "a1v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "

Apolis Castle

","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4309,"count": "5059","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Han wille til sancte iepss fare

","englishForm": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","editionPage": "289","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Iep","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Ib","sourcePage": "a1","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "42.88064","longitude": "-8.5445","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6452774/cathedral-of-santiago-de-compostela.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Santiago_de_Compostela_Cathedral","location": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4307,"count": "5061","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

han skullæ til sancte jacobs land faræ

","englishForm": "

Galicia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Jacobs Land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Jakobs Land","sourcePage": "219v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Attestations of Sankte Jakobs land are interpreted as Galicia, because Santiago de Compostela is located in this region.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "42.75508","longitude": "-7.86621","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3336902/galicia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galicia_%28Spain%29","location": "

Galicia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4305,"count": "5063","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

jen ridder [aff] franckerigy

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckerigy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "219v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The preposition "aff" is added by the editor.

"}, {"id": 4303,"count": "5065","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

fenix aff aplas

","englishForm": "

Apolis

","editionPage": "289","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Aplas","lemmaFormAttestation": "Aples","sourcePage": "a1","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolis

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4301,"count": "5067","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

fenix aff apples

","englishForm": "

Apolis

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Apples","lemmaFormAttestation": "Aples","sourcePage": "219r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolis

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4299,"count": "5069","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Af babilon en køpmandh righ

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/2994157","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylon","sourcePage": "6v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Fragment of Floris and Blancheflour, LN 66","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Facsimile edition of the Old Danish Flores and Blancheflour in two Ghemen-prints","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Facsimile edition of the Old Danish Flores and Blancheflour in two Ghemen-prints","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the country Babylonia.

"}, {"id": 4297,"count": "5071","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

then stolthæ borgh mantorie

","englishForm": "

Montarie

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/2994157","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mantorie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mantoria","sourcePage": "5r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Fragment of Floris and Blancheflour, LN 66","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Facsimile edition of the Old Danish Flores and Blancheflour in two Ghemen-prints","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Floris and Blancheflour (the French version) this might be a reference to the city Montoro in Andalusia, Spain (see Grieve 1997:48) but as Spain is in no way referenced in the Swedish and Danish versions this identification has not been used. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Facsimile edition of the Old Danish Flores and Blancheflour in two Ghemen-prints","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Montarie

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The "a" of "mantorie" is slightly damaged, it might be an "u".

"}, {"id": 4295,"count": "5073","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Tijl sibiblle af manthorie

","englishForm": "

Montarie

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/2994157","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Manthorie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mantoria","sourcePage": "4r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Fragment of Floris and Blancheflour, LN 66","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Facsimile edition of the Old Danish Flores and Blancheflour in two Ghemen-prints","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Floris and Blancheflour (the French version) this might be a reference to the city Montoro in Andalusia, Spain (see Grieve 1997:48) but as Spain is in no way referenced in the Swedish and Danish versions this identification has not been used. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Facsimile edition of the Old Danish Flores and Blancheflour in two Ghemen-prints","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Montarie

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4293,"count": "5075","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

Til dusborgh en mectig stadh

","englishForm": "

Gisdon

","editionPage": "373","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Dusborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Dusburgh","sourcePage": "2v","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Fragment of Floris and Blancheflour, LN 66","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

No coordinates are given for this fictional location, because the identification of the place is unknown.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Gisdon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The identification is in accordance with the Old Swedish version of the text.

"}, {"id": 4291,"count": "5077","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1100","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "","originalForm": "

En hetning kongæ meget rijg | Sancte iepss land ath ødæ war hans ijdh

","englishForm": "

Galicia

","editionPage": "289","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Iepss Land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Ibs Land","sourcePage": "a1r","sourceDataTypeId": "3","sourceName": "Hær begyndes en historie aff Flores oc Blantzeflor SOm ieg i bogernæ skrevet sa Oc æwentyr the sijæ fraa, LN 67","sourceType": "Early print","sourceTypeName": "Early print","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Attestations of Sankte Jakobs land are interpreted as Galicia, because Santiago de Compostela is located in this region.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "42.75508","longitude": "-7.86621","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3336902/galicia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galicia_%28Spain%29","location": "

Galicia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4289,"count": "5079","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

jen hiedne konning foor medh brand |
ath øde sancte jacobs [landh]

","englishForm": "

Galicia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","externalLinkBio": "https://tekstnet.dk/flores-og-blanseflor/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Jacobs Landh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Jakobs Land","sourcePage": "219r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Flores og Blanseflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Attestations of Sankte Jakobs land are interpreted as Galicia, because Santiago de Compostela is located in this region.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem ("roman idyllique") tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanseflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Danish version is based on a lost Swedish source, which in turn is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway. It is found in one manuscript and two early prints (1509 and [1505–1510]).

","latitude": "42.75508","longitude": "-7.86621","warning": "OK","edition": "Flores og Blanseflor (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3336902/galicia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galicia_%28Spain%29","location": "

Galicia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The first scribe of the manuscript wrote  "sancte jacobs", to which a later scribe added "la landh".

"}, {"id": 4287,"count": "5081","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

swa frampt at rytzane haffdo biit

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4285,"count": "5083","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

swa frampt at rytzane haffdo biit

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4283,"count": "5085","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swa frampt rytzane haffdo biit

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4281,"count": "5087","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swa frampt at rytzane haffdo biit

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4279,"count": "5089","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swa frampt vm rytzane haffdo them biit

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4277,"count": "5091","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

swa frampt vm rytzane haffdo tha biit

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4275,"count": "5093","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

swa frampt vm rytzane haffdo biit

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4273,"count": "5095","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The rytza thoko tha jnnan en dagh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "The rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4271,"count": "5097","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The rytza thoko tha jnnan en dagh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "The rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4269,"count": "5099","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The rytza thoko tha jnnan en dagh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "The rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4267,"count": "5101","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The rytza thoko tha jnnan en dagh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "The rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4265,"count": "5103","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The rytza thoko tha jnnan en dagh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "The rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4263,"count": "5105","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

The rytza thoko tha jnnan en dagh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "The rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4261,"count": "5107","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

The rytza toghot tha jnnan en dagh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "The rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4259,"count": "5109","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

rytza swarado wy wiliom ey ther til

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4257,"count": "5111","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

rytza swarado wy wiliom ther ey til

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4255,"count": "5113","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytza swarado wy vilia ey ther til

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4253,"count": "5115","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytza swarado wy wiliom ther ey til

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4251,"count": "5117","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The rytza swarado wy takum ekke til

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "The rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4249,"count": "5119","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

The rytza swarado wy takum ekke til

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "The rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4247,"count": "5121","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

The rytza swarado wy takum ther ey til

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "The rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4245,"count": "5123","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok hørde thera ryzsor antswar

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ryzsor ","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4243,"count": "5125","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok hørde thera rytza antswar

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4241,"count": "5127","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok hørde thera rytza antswar

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4239,"count": "5129","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok hørde thera rytza antswar

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4237,"count": "5131","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok hørde thera rytza antswar

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4235,"count": "5133","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok hørde thera rytza antswar

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4233,"count": "5135","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

ok hørde thera rytza antswar

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4231,"count": "5137","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Væl tio tusend rytze jnnan en rota

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytze","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4229,"count": "5139","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Væl tio tusend rytze jnnan en rota

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytze","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4227,"count": "5141","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Væl tio tusend rytze vtan jnnan j rota

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytze","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4225,"count": "5143","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Væl tio tusend rytze j en rota

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytze","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4223,"count": "5145","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Væl tio tusend rytze j en rota

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytze","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4221,"count": "5147","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Væl tio tusend rytze jnnan en rota

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytze","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4219,"count": "5149","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

swa at marger rytz fik rødhan swet

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytz","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4217,"count": "5151","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

swa at marger rytz fik rødhan swet

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytz","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4215,"count": "5153","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swa marger rytz fik rødhan swet

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytz","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4213,"count": "5155","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swa at marger rytz fik rødhan swet

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytz","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4211,"count": "5157","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swa at marger rytz sa sin rødhan swet

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytz","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4209,"count": "5159","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

swa at marger rytz saa sik rødhan swet

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytz","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4207,"count": "5161","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

swa at marger rytz fik rødhan swet

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytz","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4205,"count": "5163","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tha war rytzanne kompani

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzanne","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4203,"count": "5165","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tha war rytzanne kompani

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzanne","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4201,"count": "5167","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha waro rytzane kompne

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4199,"count": "5169","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha waro rytzane kompne

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4197,"count": "5171","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha waro rydzerna och thera kompani

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzerna","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4195,"count": "5173","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha waro rydzerna och thera kompani

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzerna","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4193,"count": "5175","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

tha war rytzanne kompani

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzanne","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4191,"count": "5177","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The slogho ther rytzane tha bort fran

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4189,"count": "5179","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The slogho ther rytzane tha bort fran

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4187,"count": "5181","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The slogho rytzane ther bort fran

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4185,"count": "5183","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The slogho tha rytzane ther bort fran

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4183,"count": "5185","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The slogho ther rytzane bort j fran

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4181,"count": "5187","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

The slogho ther rytzane bort j fran

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4179,"count": "5189","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

The slogho tha rytzane ther bort fran

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4177,"count": "5191","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Tha vildo æ rytzane halla sith kry

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4175,"count": "5193","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Tha vildo æ rytzane halla sith krii

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4173,"count": "5195","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha vildo æ rytzane halla sith kry

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4171,"count": "5197","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha vildo æ rytzane halla sith krij

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4169,"count": "5199","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the vildo æ rytzane halla sik kry

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4167,"count": "5201","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Tha vildo æ rytzane halla sik kry

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4165,"count": "5203","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Tha vildo rytzane æ halla sith krii

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4163,"count": "5205","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Ok rytzane lupo fastlika till

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4161,"count": "5207","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Ok rytzane lupo fastlika till

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4159,"count": "5209","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok rytzane lupo starkeliga till

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4157,"count": "5211","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok rytzane lupo fastlika till

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4155,"count": "5213","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok rytzane lupo fastlika till

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4153,"count": "5215","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ok rytzane lupo fastlika till

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4151,"count": "5217","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Ok rytzane lupo ræt fastlika till

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "89","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4149,"count": "5219","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the rytzane waro flere oc wærre

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4147,"count": "5221","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the rytzane waro flere æn wærre

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4145,"count": "5223","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzane waro flere oc wærre

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4143,"count": "5225","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok rytzane waro flere oc wærre

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4141,"count": "5227","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzane waro flere oc wærre

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4139,"count": "5229","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

rytzane waro flere oc wærre

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4137,"count": "5231","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

ok rytzane waro mykit flere oc wærre

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4135,"count": "5233","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

jak tro ath the foro ena rytza færd

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza færd","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza fiærdh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4133,"count": "5235","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

jak tro ath the foro ena rytza færd

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza færd","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza fiærdh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4131,"count": "5237","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jak tro the foro ena rytza færd

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza færd","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza fiærdh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4129,"count": "5239","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jak tro ath the foro ena rytza færd

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza færd","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4127,"count": "5241","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jak tro the rydzer foro ther rytza færd

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza færd","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza fiærdh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4125,"count": "5243","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jak tro the rydzer foro ther rytza færd

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rydzer","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4123,"count": "5245","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

jak tro the rydzer foro ther rytza færd

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza færd","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza fiærdh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4121,"count": "5247","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

jak tro the rydzer foro ther rytza færd

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rydzer","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4119,"count": "5249","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

jak tro the foro ena rytza færd

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza færd","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza fiærdh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4117,"count": "5251","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Then tiid rytzane komo tiith

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4115,"count": "5253","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Then tiid the rytzane komo tiith

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4113,"count": "5255","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Then tiid rytzane komo tiith

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4111,"count": "5257","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Then tiid the rytzane komo tiith

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4109,"count": "5259","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Then tiid rytzane komo tiith

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4107,"count": "5261","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Then tiid rytzane komo tiith

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4105,"count": "5263","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Then tiid rytzane komo tiith

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "88","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4103,"count": "5265","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the rytza giordo aff thørran widh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4101,"count": "5267","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the rytza giordo aff thørran widh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4099,"count": "5269","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the rytza giordo aff thørran widh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4097,"count": "5271","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the rytza giordo aff thørran widh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4095,"count": "5273","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok rydzernæ giordo aff thorrom widh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzernæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4093,"count": "5275","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the rytza giordo tha aff thorrom widh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4091,"count": "5277","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

the rytza giordo aff thørran widh

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4089,"count": "5279","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Tha kommo the ather til pekkinsæær

","englishForm": "

Orekhovyj ostrov

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pekkinsæær","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pækinsar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Pähkinäsaari, Nötö

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.954022","longitude": "31.038522","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?language=fi&pagename=P%C3%A4hkin%C3%A4saari¶ms=59_57_14.48_N_31_02_18.68_E_region:RU_type:landmark","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/P%C3%A4hkin%C3%A4saari","location": "

Orekhovyj ostrov

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4087,"count": "5281","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Tha koma the ather til pækkinsar

","englishForm": "

Orekhovyj ostrov

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pækkinsar","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pækinsar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Pähkinäsaari, Nötö

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.954022","longitude": "31.038522","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?language=fi&pagename=P%C3%A4hkin%C3%A4saari¶ms=59_57_14.48_N_31_02_18.68_E_region:RU_type:landmark","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/P%C3%A4hkin%C3%A4saari","location": "

Orekhovyj ostrov

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4085,"count": "5283","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the koma sidan til pækkinsar

","englishForm": "

Orekhovyj ostrov

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pækkinsar","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pækinsar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Pähkinäsaari, Nötö

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.954022","longitude": "31.038522","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?language=fi&pagename=P%C3%A4hkin%C3%A4saari¶ms=59_57_14.48_N_31_02_18.68_E_region:RU_type:landmark","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/P%C3%A4hkin%C3%A4saari","location": "

Orekhovyj ostrov

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4083,"count": "5285","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha koma the ather til pækkinsar

","englishForm": "

Orekhovyj ostrov

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pækkinsar","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pækinsar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Pähkinäsaari, Nötö

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.954022","longitude": "31.038522","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?language=fi&pagename=P%C3%A4hkin%C3%A4saari¶ms=59_57_14.48_N_31_02_18.68_E_region:RU_type:landmark","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/P%C3%A4hkin%C3%A4saari","location": "

Orekhovyj ostrov

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4081,"count": "5287","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Tha the kommæ ather til pekkinsæær

","englishForm": "

Orekhovyj ostrov

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pekkinsæær","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pækinsar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Pähkinäsaari, Nötö

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.954022","longitude": "31.038522","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?language=fi&pagename=P%C3%A4hkin%C3%A4saari¶ms=59_57_14.48_N_31_02_18.68_E_region:RU_type:landmark","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/P%C3%A4hkin%C3%A4saari","location": "

Orekhovyj ostrov

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4079,"count": "5289","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Tha the kommo ather til pækkinsar

","englishForm": "

Orekhovyj ostrov

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pækkinsar","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pækinsar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Pähkinäsaari, Nötö

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.954022","longitude": "31.038522","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?language=fi&pagename=P%C3%A4hkin%C3%A4saari¶ms=59_57_14.48_N_31_02_18.68_E_region:RU_type:landmark","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/P%C3%A4hkin%C3%A4saari","location": "

Orekhovyj ostrov

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4077,"count": "5291","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Tha the koma ather til pekkinsæær

","englishForm": "

Orekhovyj ostrov

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pekkinsæær","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pækinsar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Pähkinäsaari, Nötö

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.954022","longitude": "31.038522","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?language=fi&pagename=P%C3%A4hkin%C3%A4saari¶ms=59_57_14.48_N_31_02_18.68_E_region:RU_type:landmark","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/P%C3%A4hkin%C3%A4saari","location": "

Orekhovyj ostrov

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4075,"count": "5293","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

karela land the tha sokto

","englishForm": "

Karelia

","editionPage": "86","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karelaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karelaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Karjala

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/552547/karelia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelia","location": "

Karelia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4073,"count": "5295","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

karela land the tha sokto

","englishForm": "

Karelia

","editionPage": "86","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karelaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karelaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Karjala

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/552547/karelia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelia","location": "

Karelia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4071,"count": "5297","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

karela land the tha sokto

","englishForm": "

Karelia

","editionPage": "86","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karelaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karelaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Karjala

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/552547/karelia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelia","location": "

Karelia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4069,"count": "5299","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

karela land the tha sokto

","englishForm": "

Karelia

","editionPage": "86","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karelaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karelaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Karjala

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/552547/karelia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelia","location": "

Karelia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4067,"count": "5301","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

karela land the tha sokto

","englishForm": "

Karelia

","editionPage": "86","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karelaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karelaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Karjala

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/552547/karelia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelia","location": "

Karelia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4065,"count": "5303","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

karela land the tha sokto

","englishForm": "

Karelia

","editionPage": "86","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karelaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karelaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Karjala

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/552547/karelia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelia","location": "

Karelia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4063,"count": "5305","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

karela land the tha sokto

","englishForm": "

Karelia

","editionPage": "86","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karelaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karelaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Karjala

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/552547/karelia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelia","location": "

Karelia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4061,"count": "5307","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

rytzland ligger østan sunnan wiidh | ok karela nordhan at sion them aatskill

","englishForm": "

Karelia

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karelar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Karjala

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/552547/karelia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelia","location": "

Karelia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Formally, the spatial reference karela is an inhabitant designation in plural; however, but is here used as a metonym for the country. According to another interpretation of the spatial reference, it can be analysed as a specific of a place name in genitive plural with the generic -land implicit, see Pipping 1926, p. 470 for details.

"}, {"id": 4059,"count": "5309","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

rytzland ligger østan sunnan wiidh | ok karela nordhan at sion them aatskill

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4057,"count": "5311","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

mizelandh ligger østan sunnan til | ok karela nordhan at sion them aatskill

","englishForm": "

Karelia

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karelar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Karjala

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/552547/karelia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelia","location": "

Karelia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Formally, the spatial reference karela is an inhabitant designation in plural; however, but is here used as a metonym for the country. According to another interpretation of the spatial reference, it can be analysed as a specific of a place name in genitive plural with the generic -land implicit, see Pipping 1926, p. 470 for details.

"}, {"id": 4055,"count": "5313","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

mizelandh ligger østan sunnan til | ok karela nordhan at sion them aatskill

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mizelandh ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In this context the other medieval witnesses of The Chronicle of Duke Erik refer to Russia, that is why the variant is identified as a variant form of Ryzaland 'Russia'. Mizelandh seems to be a scribal error. However, it is possible that Mizelandh denotes another location.

"}, {"id": 4053,"count": "5315","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzland østan sunnan til | ok karela nordhan sion them aatskill

","englishForm": "

Karelia

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karelar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Karjala

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/552547/karelia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelia","location": "

Karelia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Formally, the spatial reference karela is an inhabitant designation in plural; however, but is here used as a metonym for the country. According to another interpretation of the spatial reference, it can be analysed as a specific of a place name in genitive plural with the generic -land implicit, see Pipping 1926, p. 470 for details.

"}, {"id": 4051,"count": "5317","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzland østan sunnan til | ok karela nordhan sion them aatskill

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4049,"count": "5319","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzland ligger østan sunnan til | ok karela nordhan sion them aatskill

","englishForm": "

Karelia

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karelar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Karjala

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/552547/karelia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelia","location": "

Karelia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Formally, the spatial reference karela is an inhabitant designation in plural; however, but is here used as a metonym for the country. According to another interpretation of the spatial reference, it can be analysed as a specific of a place name in genitive plural with the generic -land implicit, see Pipping 1926, p. 470 for details.

"}, {"id": 4047,"count": "5321","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzland ligger østan sunnan til | ok karela nordhan sion them aatskill

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4045,"count": "5323","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzland ligger ther østan sunnan til | ok karela at nordhan swa them aatskill

","englishForm": "

Karelia

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karelar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Karjala

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/552547/karelia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelia","location": "

Karelia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Formally, the spatial reference karela is an inhabitant designation in plural; however, but is here used as a metonym for the country. According to another interpretation of the spatial reference, it can be analysed as a specific of a place name in genitive plural with the generic -land implicit, see Pipping 1926, p. 470 for details.

"}, {"id": 4043,"count": "5325","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzland ligger ther østan sunnan til | ok karela at nordhan swa them aatskill

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4041,"count": "5327","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

rytzland ligger ther østan sunnan til | ok karela nordhan swa at them aatskill

","englishForm": "

Karelia

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karelar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Karjala

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/552547/karelia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelia","location": "

Karelia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Formally, the spatial reference karela is an inhabitant designation in plural; however, but is here used as a metonym for the country. According to another interpretation of the spatial reference, it can be analysed as a specific of a place name in genitive plural with the generic -land implicit, see Pipping 1926, p. 470 for details.

"}, {"id": 4039,"count": "5329","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

rytzland ligger ther østan sunnan til | ok karela nordhan swa at them aatskill

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4037,"count": "5331","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

rytzland ligger østan sunnan til | ok karela nordhan swa at sion them skiil

","englishForm": "

Karelia

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karelar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Karjala

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/552547/karelia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelia","location": "

Karelia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Formally, the spatial reference karela is an inhabitant designation in plural; however, but is here used as a metonym for the country. According to another interpretation of the spatial reference, it can be analysed as a specific of a place name in genitive plural with the generic -land implicit, see Pipping 1926, p. 470 for details.

"}, {"id": 4035,"count": "5333","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

rytzland ligger østan sunnan til | ok karela nordhan swa at sion them skiil

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4031,"count": "5335","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

hwita træskit er som eth haaff

","englishForm": "

Lake Ladoga

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hwita træskit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvita þræsket","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61","longitude": "31.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/537232/lake-ladoga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake_Ladoga","location": "

Lake Ladoga

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4029,"count": "5337","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

hwita træskit er som eth haaff

","englishForm": "

Lake Ladoga

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hwita træskit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvita þræsket","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61","longitude": "31.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/537232/lake-ladoga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake_Ladoga","location": "

Lake Ladoga

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4027,"count": "5339","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hwita træskit er som eth haaff

","englishForm": "

Lake Ladoga

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hwita træskit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvita þræsket","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61","longitude": "31.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/537232/lake-ladoga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake_Ladoga","location": "

Lake Ladoga

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4025,"count": "5341","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hwita træskit er som eth haaff

","englishForm": "

Lake Ladoga

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hwita træskit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvita þræsket","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61","longitude": "31.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/537232/lake-ladoga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake_Ladoga","location": "

Lake Ladoga

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4023,"count": "5343","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hwita træsk er stort som haaff

","englishForm": "

Lake Ladoga

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hwita træsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvita þræsk ","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61","longitude": "31.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/537232/lake-ladoga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake_Ladoga","location": "

Lake Ladoga

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4021,"count": "5345","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hwita træsk er som eth haaff

","englishForm": "

Lake Ladoga

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hwita træsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvita þræsk ","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61","longitude": "31.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/537232/lake-ladoga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake_Ladoga","location": "

Lake Ladoga

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4019,"count": "5347","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

hwita træsk er som eth haaff

","englishForm": "

Lake Ladoga

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hwita træsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvita þræsk ","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61","longitude": "31.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/537232/lake-ladoga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake_Ladoga","location": "

Lake Ladoga

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4017,"count": "5349","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok henne i hwita træsket fora

","englishForm": "

Lake Ladoga

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hwita træsket","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvita þræsket","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61","longitude": "31.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/537232/lake-ladoga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake_Ladoga","location": "

Lake Ladoga

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4015,"count": "5351","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok henne i hwita træsket fora

","englishForm": "

Lake Ladoga

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hwita træsket","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvita þræsket","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61","longitude": "31.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/537232/lake-ladoga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake_Ladoga","location": "

Lake Ladoga

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4013,"count": "5353","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok henne i hwita træsket for

","englishForm": "

Lake Ladoga

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hwita træsket","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvita þræsket","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61","longitude": "31.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/537232/lake-ladoga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake_Ladoga","location": "

Lake Ladoga

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4011,"count": "5355","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok henne i hwita træsket for

","englishForm": "

Lake Ladoga

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hwita træsket","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvita þræsket","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61","longitude": "31.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/537232/lake-ladoga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake_Ladoga","location": "

Lake Ladoga

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4009,"count": "5357","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the wp i hwita træsket for

","englishForm": "

Lake Ladoga

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hwita træsket","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvita þræsket","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61","longitude": "31.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/537232/lake-ladoga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake_Ladoga","location": "

Lake Ladoga

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4007,"count": "5359","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the wp i hwita træsket for

","englishForm": "

Lake Ladoga

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hwita træsket","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvita þræsket","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61","longitude": "31.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/537232/lake-ladoga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake_Ladoga","location": "

Lake Ladoga

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4005,"count": "5361","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

the wp i hwita traskit for

","englishForm": "

Lake Ladoga

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hwita traskit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hvita þræsket","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61","longitude": "31.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/537232/lake-ladoga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake_Ladoga","location": "

Lake Ladoga

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4003,"count": "5363","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tha rytza thetta spordo

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 4001,"count": "5365","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tha rytza thetta spordo

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3999,"count": "5367","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha rytza thetta spordo

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3997,"count": "5369","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha rytza thetta spordo

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3995,"count": "5371","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok rydzenæ the thet spordo

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzenæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3993,"count": "5373","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha rydzenæ the thet spordo

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzenæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3991,"count": "5375","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Tagher the rytza thetta spordo

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3989,"count": "5377","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

swa at nyn raan sunnan nidher | ok swarto aa hon ran nordan widher

","englishForm": "

Okhta

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Swartoaa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Swærtaa","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Svartbäcken

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94694","longitude": "30.40611","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/516041/okhta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okhta_River_(Neva_basin)","location": "

Okhta

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In this case, the place name form Swærtaa is interpreted as a compound containing Swærta and an epexegetic generic -a 'river'. Although the two vowels are expected to merge at the border between the two morphemes, the second vowel is kept in the lemma in order to distinguish the compound form from the simplex Swærta. 

"}, {"id": 3987,"count": "5379","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

swa at nyn raan sunnan nidher | ok swarto aa hon ran nordan widher

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nyn","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyn is in this case interpreted as ending with the definite morpheme -n. For this reason a new lemma form Nyn is introduces for the standard form Neva River.

"}, {"id": 3985,"count": "5381","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

swa at nyn raan sunnan nidher | ok swærto aa hon ran nordan widher

","englishForm": "

Okhta

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Swærtoaa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Swærtaa","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Svartbäcken

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94694","longitude": "30.40611","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/516041/okhta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okhta_River_(Neva_basin)","location": "

Okhta

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In this case, the place name form Swærtaa is interpreted as a compound containing Swærta and an epexegetic generic -a 'river'. Although the two vowels are expected to merge at the border between the two morphemes, the second vowel is kept in the lemma in order to distinguish the compound form from the simplex Swærta. 

"}, {"id": 3983,"count": "5383","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

swa at nyn raan sunnan nidher | ok swærto aa hon ran nordan widher

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nyn","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyn is in this case interpreted as ending with the definite morpheme -n. For this reason a new lemma form Nyn is introduces for the standard form Neva River.

"}, {"id": 3981,"count": "5385","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swa at nyn raan sunnan nidher | ok swærto aa nordan widher

","englishForm": "

Okhta

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Swærtoaa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Swærtaa","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Svartbäcken

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94694","longitude": "30.40611","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/516041/okhta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okhta_River_(Neva_basin)","location": "

Okhta

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In this case, the place name form Swærtaa is interpreted as a compound containing Swærta and an epexegetic generic -a 'river'. Although the two vowels are expected to merge at the border between the two morphemes, the second vowel is kept in the lemma in order to distinguish the compound form from the simplex Swærta. 

"}, {"id": 3979,"count": "5387","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swa at nyn raan sunnan nidher | ok swærto aa nordan widher

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nyn","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyn is in this case interpreted as ending with the definite morpheme -n. For this reason a new lemma form Nyn is introduces for the standard form Neva River.

"}, {"id": 3977,"count": "5389","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swa at nyn hon raan sunnan nidher | ok swerto aa hon ran nordan widher

","englishForm": "

Okhta

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Swertoaa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Swærtaa","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Svartbäcken

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94694","longitude": "30.40611","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/516041/okhta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okhta_River_(Neva_basin)","location": "

Okhta

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In this case, the place name form Swærtaa is interpreted as a compound containing Swærta and an epexegetic generic -a 'river'. Although the two vowels are expected to merge at the border between the two morphemes, the second vowel is kept in the lemma in order to distinguish the compound form from the simplex Swærta. 

"}, {"id": 3975,"count": "5391","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swa at nyn hon raan sunnan nidher | ok swerto aa hon ran nordan widher

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nyn","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyn is in this case interpreted as ending with the definite morpheme -n. For this reason a new lemma form Nyn is introduces for the standard form Neva River.

"}, {"id": 3973,"count": "5393","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swa at nya raan sunnan wider | ok swarthæ ran nordan husit nider

","englishForm": "

Okhta

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Swarthæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Swærta","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Svartbäcken

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94694","longitude": "30.40611","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/516041/okhta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okhta_River_(Neva_basin)","location": "

Okhta

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3971,"count": "5395","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swa at nya raan sunnan wider | ok swarthæ ran nordan husit nider

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nya","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3969,"count": "5397","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

swa at nya hon raan sunnan wider | ok swærta hon ran nordan husit nider

","englishForm": "

Okhta

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Swærta","lemmaFormAttestation": "Swærta","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Svartbäcken

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94694","longitude": "30.40611","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/516041/okhta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okhta_River_(Neva_basin)","location": "

Okhta

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3967,"count": "5399","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

swa at nya hon raan sunnan wider | ok swærta hon ran nordan husit nider

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nya","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3965,"count": "5401","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

swa at nya hon raan sunnan wider | ok swærto aa ran nordan husit nider

","englishForm": "

Okhta

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Swærtoaa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Swærtaa","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Svartbäcken

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94694","longitude": "30.40611","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/516041/okhta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okhta_River_(Neva_basin)","location": "

Okhta

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In this case, the place name form Swærtaa is interpreted as a compound containing Swærta and an epexegetic generic -a 'river'. Although the two vowels are expected to merge at the border between the two morphemes, the second vowel is kept in the lemma in order to distinguish the compound form from the simplex Swærta. 

"}, {"id": 3963,"count": "5403","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

swa at nya hon raan sunnan wider | ok swærto aa ran nordan husit nider

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nya","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3961,"count": "5405","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

mællom nyn ok swarta aa

","englishForm": "

Okhta

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Swartaaa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Swærtaa","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Svartbäcken

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94694","longitude": "30.40611","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/516041/okhta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okhta_River_(Neva_basin)","location": "

Okhta

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In this case, the place name form Swærtaa is interpreted as a compound containing Swærta and an epexegetic generic -a 'river'. Although the two vowels are expected to merge at the border between the two morphemes, the second vowel is kept in the lemma in order to distinguish the compound form from the simplex Swærta. 

"}, {"id": 3959,"count": "5407","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

mællom nyn ok swarta aa

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nyn","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyn is in this case interpreted as ending with the definite morpheme -n. For this reason a new lemma form Nyn is introduces for the standard form Neva River.

"}, {"id": 3957,"count": "5409","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

mællom nyn ok swarto aa

","englishForm": "

Okhta

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Swartoaa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Swærtaa","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Svartbäcken

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94694","longitude": "30.40611","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/516041/okhta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okhta_River_(Neva_basin)","location": "

Okhta

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In this case, the place name form Swærtaa is interpreted as a compound containing Swærta and an epexegetic generic -a 'river'. Although the two vowels are expected to merge at the border between the two morphemes, the second vowel is kept in the lemma in order to distinguish the compound form from the simplex Swærta. 

"}, {"id": 3955,"count": "5411","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

mællom nyn ok swarto aa

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nyn","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyn is in this case interpreted as ending with the definite morpheme -n. For this reason a new lemma form Nyn is introduces for the standard form Neva River.

"}, {"id": 3953,"count": "5413","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

mællom nyn ok swerta aa

","englishForm": "

Okhta

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Swertaaa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Swærtaa","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Svartbäcken

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94694","longitude": "30.40611","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/516041/okhta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okhta_River_(Neva_basin)","location": "

Okhta

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In this case, the place name form Swærtaa is interpreted as a compound containing Swærta and an epexegetic generic -a 'river'. Although the two vowels are expected to merge at the border between the two morphemes, the second vowel is kept in the lemma in order to distinguish the compound form from the simplex Swærta. 

"}, {"id": 3951,"count": "5415","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

mællom nyn ok swerta aa

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nyn","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyn is in this case interpreted as ending with the definite morpheme -n. For this reason a new lemma form Nyn is introduces for the standard form Neva River.

"}, {"id": 3949,"count": "5417","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

mællom nyn ok swerto aa

","englishForm": "

Okhta

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Swertoaa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Swærtaa","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Svartbäcken

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94694","longitude": "30.40611","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/516041/okhta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okhta_River_(Neva_basin)","location": "

Okhta

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In this case, the place name form Swærtaa is interpreted as a compound containing Swærta and an epexegetic generic -a 'river'. Although the two vowels are expected to merge at the border between the two morphemes, the second vowel is kept in the lemma in order to distinguish the compound form from the simplex Swærta. 

"}, {"id": 3947,"count": "5419","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

mællom nyn ok swerto aa

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nyn","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyn is in this case interpreted as ending with the definite morpheme -n. For this reason a new lemma form Nyn is introduces for the standard form Neva River.

"}, {"id": 3945,"count": "5421","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

mællom nyo ok swarthæ aa

","englishForm": "

Okhta

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Swarthæaa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Swærtaa","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Svartbäcken

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94694","longitude": "30.40611","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/516041/okhta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okhta_River_(Neva_basin)","location": "

Okhta

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In this case, the place name form Swærtaa is interpreted as a compound containing Swærta and an epexegetic generic -a 'river'. Although the two vowels are expected to merge at the border between the two morphemes, the second vowel is kept in the lemma in order to distinguish the compound form from the simplex Swærta. 

"}, {"id": 3943,"count": "5423","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

mællom nyo ok swarthæ aa

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nya","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyo can be seen as a weak declension of the simplex river name Nya formed from the adjective ny 'new'.

"}, {"id": 3941,"count": "5425","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

mællom nyo ok swærta aa

","englishForm": "

Okhta

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Swærtaaa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Swærtaa","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Svartbäcken

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94694","longitude": "30.40611","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/516041/okhta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okhta_River_(Neva_basin)","location": "

Okhta

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In this case, the place name form Swærtaa is interpreted as a compound containing Swærta and an epexegetic generic -a 'river'. Although the two vowels are expected to merge at the border between the two morphemes, the second vowel is kept in the lemma in order to distinguish the compound form from the simplex Swærta. 

"}, {"id": 3939,"count": "5427","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

mællom nyo ok swærta aa

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nya","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyo can be seen as a weak declension of the simplex river name Nya formed from the adjective ny 'new'.

"}, {"id": 3937,"count": "5429","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

mællom nyo ok swærta aa

","englishForm": "

Okhta

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Swærtaaa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Swærtaa","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Svartbäcken

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94694","longitude": "30.40611","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/516041/okhta.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okhta_River_(Neva_basin)","location": "

Okhta

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In this case, the place name form Swærtaa is interpreted as a compound containing Swærta and an epexegetic generic -a 'river'. Although the two vowels are expected to merge at the border between the two morphemes, the second vowel is kept in the lemma in order to distinguish the compound form from the simplex Swærta. 

"}, {"id": 3935,"count": "5431","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

mællom nyo ok swærta aa

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nya","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyo can be seen as a weak declension of the simplex river name Nya formed from the adjective ny 'new'.

"}, {"id": 3933,"count": "5433","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

flere godh skip ny æn tha

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ny","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ny","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The simplex form Ny formed from the adjective ny 'new' is seen as a new lemma for the standard form Neva River.

"}, {"id": 3931,"count": "5435","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

flere godh skip nynan tha

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nynan","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nynan","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nynan can in this case be seen as a compound ending in the generic -an 'river' in the definite form. For this reason a new lemma form Nynan is introduces for the standard form Neva River.

"}, {"id": 3929,"count": "5437","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

flere godh skip nyman æn tha

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nyman","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nyman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyman can in this case be seen as a compound ending in the generic -an 'river' in the definite form. For this reason a new lemma form Nyman is introduces for the standard form Neva River.

"}, {"id": 3927,"count": "5439","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

flere godh skip i nyman tha

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nyman","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nyman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyman can in this case be seen as a compound ending in the generic -an 'river' in the definite form. For this reason a new lemma form Nyman is introduces for the standard form Neva River.

"}, {"id": 3925,"count": "5441","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

flere godh skip i nyo æn tha

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nya","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyo can be seen as a weak declension of the simplex river name Nya formed from the adjective ny 'new'.

"}, {"id": 3923,"count": "5443","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

flere godh skip innan nyo æn tha

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nya","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyo can be seen as a weak declension of the simplex river name Nya formed from the adjective ny 'new'.

"}, {"id": 3921,"count": "5445","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

flere godh skip i nyo æn tha

","englishForm": "

Neva River

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nya","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.94444","longitude": "30.31","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/522422/neva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neva_River","location": "

Neva River

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Nyo can be seen as a weak declension of the simplex river name Nya formed from the adjective ny 'new'.

"}, {"id": 3919,"count": "5447","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

adskellige bøger, som er aff Alberto magno, Michaele scoto

","englishForm": "

Scot

","editionPage": "71","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "scotus","lemmaFormAttestation": "skotte","sourcePage": "147v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","showAsLocatedIn": "175","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scot

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Michael Scot: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Michael_Scot

"}, {"id": 3917,"count": "5449","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

och foro tha till landzkrona

","englishForm": "

Landskrona

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Landzkrona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landskrona","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Maankruunu

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.9392","longitude": "30.4071","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%9B%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B4%D1%81%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B0#/maplink/0","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maankruunu","location": "

Landskrona

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3915,"count": "5451","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

och foro tha till landzkrona

","englishForm": "

Landskrona

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Landzkrona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landskrona","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Maankruunu

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.9392","longitude": "30.4071","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%9B%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B4%D1%81%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B0#/maplink/0","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maankruunu","location": "

Landskrona

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3913,"count": "5453","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

foor tha ok bigde landzkrona

","englishForm": "

Landskrona

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Landzkrona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landskrona","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Maankruunu

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.9392","longitude": "30.4071","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%9B%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B4%D1%81%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B0#/maplink/0","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maankruunu","location": "

Landskrona

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3911,"count": "5455","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

och foro tha ok bygdo landzkrona

","englishForm": "

Landskrona

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Landzkrona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landskrona","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Maankruunu

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.9392","longitude": "30.4071","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%9B%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B4%D1%81%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B0#/maplink/0","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maankruunu","location": "

Landskrona

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3909,"count": "5457","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

foor tha bygde landzkrona

","englishForm": "

Landskrona

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Landzkrona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landskrona","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Maankruunu

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.9392","longitude": "30.4071","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%9B%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B4%D1%81%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B0#/maplink/0","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maankruunu","location": "

Landskrona

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3907,"count": "5459","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

foor tha ok bygde landzkrona

","englishForm": "

Landskrona

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Landzkrona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landskrona","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Maankruunu

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.9392","longitude": "30.4071","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%9B%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B4%D1%81%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B0#/maplink/0","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maankruunu","location": "

Landskrona

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3905,"count": "5461","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

foro tha ok bygdo landzkrona

","englishForm": "

Landskrona

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Landzkrona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Landskrona","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Maankruunu

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "59.9392","longitude": "30.4071","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%9B%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B4%D1%81%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B0#/maplink/0","wikipediaLink": "https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maankruunu","location": "

Landskrona

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3903,"count": "5463","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

sidhan marge andre af fræmada land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmada land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3901,"count": "5465","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

sidhan marge andre af fræmada land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmada land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3899,"count": "5467","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sidhan andre af fræmada land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmada land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3897,"count": "5469","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sidhan marge andre af fræmada land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmada land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3895,"count": "5471","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sidhan marge andre af fræmada land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmada land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3893,"count": "5473","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

sidhan marge andre af fræmada land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmada land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3891,"count": "5475","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

sidhan marge andre af fræmada land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmada land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3889,"count": "5477","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

første hynde heder po latine secundina

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "128v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3887,"count": "5479","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

vrt, som kaldes po tiidsk apfel krut

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "62","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tiidsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "120v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Nielsen's edition wrongly has "tiidske".

"}, {"id": 3885,"count": "5481","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

muscus heder po latine ok po tydske bysem

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "61","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "120r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3883,"count": "5483","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

muscus heder po latine ok po tydske bysem

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "61","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "120r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3881,"count": "5485","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

fenum grecum

","englishForm": "

Greek

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "grecus","lemmaFormAttestation": "grækesk","sourcePage": "4r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægeråd","workNotes": "

Year of composition Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text consists of different medical advice.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greek

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3879,"count": "5487","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

en album grecum i: hwid hwndeloort

","englishForm": "

Greek

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "grecus","lemmaFormAttestation": "grækesk","sourcePage": "D5r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "NKS 314b 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greek

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3877,"count": "5489","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

sidhan haffua rytza kæxholm hafft

","englishForm": "

Priozersk

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kæxholm","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kexholm","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kexholm

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61.03928","longitude": "30.12907","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/505230/priozersk.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Priozersk","location": "

Priozersk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to Pipping 1926, p. 436–437, the OSw. lemma form Kekesholm is an adaptation of the Finnish name Käki-salmi ’Göksund’ or 'Cuckoo strait'. In this case, the contracted form Kexholm is iterpreted as a new lemma form.

"}, {"id": 3875,"count": "5491","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

sidhan haffua rytza kæxholm hafft

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3873,"count": "5493","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

sidhan haffua rytza kækisholm hafft

","englishForm": "

Priozersk

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kækisholm","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kexholm","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kexholm

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61.03928","longitude": "30.12907","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/505230/priozersk.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Priozersk","location": "

Priozersk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to Pipping 1926, p. 436–437, the OSw. lemma form Kekesholm is an adaptation of the Finnish name Käki-salmi ’Göksund’ or 'Cuckoo strait'.

"}, {"id": 3871,"count": "5495","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

sidhan haffua rytza kækisholm hafft

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3869,"count": "5497","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sidhan haffua rytza kækeholm hafft

","englishForm": "

Priozersk

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kækeholm","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kiækeholm","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kexholm

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61.03928","longitude": "30.12907","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/505230/priozersk.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Priozersk","location": "

Priozersk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to Pipping 1926, p. 436–437, the OSw. lemma form Kekesholm is an adaptation of the Finnish name Käki-salmi ’Göksund’ or 'Cuckoo strait'. Additionally, Pipping interprets the form Kiækensholm as an adaptation of the assumed Finnish byform containing a reconstructed generic in the genitive case. However, the Norse World project sees the OSw. appellativ kiæke m. ’jaw’ as a more likely source of inspiration for the re-interpretation resulting in two lemma forms, Kiækensholm and Kiækeholm.

"}, {"id": 3867,"count": "5499","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sidhan haffua rytza kækeholm hafft

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3865,"count": "5501","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sidhan haffua rytza kækeholm hafft

","englishForm": "

Priozersk

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kækeholm","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kiækeholm","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kexholm

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61.03928","longitude": "30.12907","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/505230/priozersk.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Priozersk","location": "

Priozersk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to Pipping 1926, p. 436–437, the OSw. lemma form Kekesholm is an adaptation of the Finnish name Käki-salmi ’Göksund’ or 'Cuckoo strait'. Additionally, Pipping interprets the form Kiækensholm as an adaptation of the assumed Finnish byform containing a reconstructed generic in the genitive case. However, the Norse World project sees the OSw. appellativ kiæke m. ’jaw’ as a more likely source of inspiration for the re-interpretation resulting in two lemma forms, Kiækensholm and Kiækeholm.

"}, {"id": 3863,"count": "5503","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sidhan haffua rytza kækeholm hafft

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3861,"count": "5505","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sidhan haffua rydzenæ holmen hafft

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzenæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3859,"count": "5507","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

sidhan haffua rydzenæ holmen hafft

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzenæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3857,"count": "5509","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

sidhan haffua rytza holmen hafft

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3855,"count": "5511","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

j hæll thæs waro och the ryza fægne

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the ryza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3853,"count": "5513","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

j hæll tha varde och the ryza fægne

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the ryza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3851,"count": "5515","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tydzt komen

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "56","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydzt","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "107v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3849,"count": "5517","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

aff bolo armeno

","englishForm": "

Armenian

","editionPage": "56","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "armenus","lemmaFormAttestation": "armenus","sourcePage": "107v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "40.25","longitude": "45","showAsLocatedIn": "849","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armenia","location": "

Armenian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3847,"count": "5519","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

bolus armenus

","englishForm": "

Armenian

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "armenus","lemmaFormAttestation": "armenus","sourcePage": "64v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "40.25","longitude": "45","showAsLocatedIn": "849","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armenia","location": "

Armenian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3845,"count": "5521","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

bolus armenus

","englishForm": "

Armenian

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "armenus","lemmaFormAttestation": "armenus","sourcePage": "63v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "40.25","longitude": "45","showAsLocatedIn": "849","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armenia","location": "

Armenian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

the ODa. noun phrase bolus armenus signifies Armenian bole

"}, {"id": 3843,"count": "5523","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thes waro the ryza fægne

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the ryza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3841,"count": "5525","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j hæll thæs wordo the ryza fægne

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the ryza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3839,"count": "5527","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j hæll thæs waro the ryza fægne

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the ryza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3837,"count": "5529","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j hæll thæs waro the ryza faghne

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the ryza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3835,"count": "5531","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j hæluite warda the ryza fægne

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the ryza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3833,"count": "5533","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

then tha er rytzsker honom er we

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryzker ","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3831,"count": "5535","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

then tha er rytzsker honom er we

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryzker ","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3829,"count": "5537","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then tha er rytzsker honom er we

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryzker ","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3827,"count": "5539","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then tha er rytzsker honom er we

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryzker ","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3825,"count": "5541","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then tha er rytzsker tha worder we

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryzker ","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3823,"count": "5543","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

then tha er rytzsker honom er we

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryzker ","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3821,"count": "5545","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

then tha er rytzsker honom er we

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzsker","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryzker ","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3819,"count": "5547","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

rydzane fingo storan skadha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3817,"count": "5549","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

rydzane fingo storan skadha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3815,"count": "5551","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rydzane fingo storan skadha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3813,"count": "5553","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rydzane fingo storan skadha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rydzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3811,"count": "5555","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytza fingo ther storan skadha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3809,"count": "5557","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

rytza fingo ther storan skadha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3807,"count": "5559","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

rytza fingo ther storan skadha

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3805,"count": "5561","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

then første keyser, som vor i Rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "55","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "106r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3803,"count": "5563","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

som vy læsse vdi the romerske bøger

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "55","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romerske","lemmaFormAttestation": "romersk","sourcePage": "106v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3801,"count": "5565","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

greckes hø

","englishForm": "

Greek

","editionPage": "51","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "greckes","lemmaFormAttestation": "grækesk","sourcePage": "97r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greek

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The ODa. noun phrase grækesk hø signifies the plant fenumgreek

"}, {"id": 3799,"count": "5567","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

greckes hø

","englishForm": "

Greek

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "greckes","lemmaFormAttestation": "grækesk","sourcePage": "95r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greek

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The ODa. noun phrase grækesk hø signifies the plant fenumgreek.

"}, {"id": 3797,"count": "5569","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok rytzane komo alt affbraat

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3795,"count": "5571","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok rytzane komo tha alt før brath

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3793,"count": "5573","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ridza komo tha alt før brath

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ridza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The i-reading of OSw. ryz 'Russian' is unique to this manuscript of The Chornicle of Duke Erik. 

"}, {"id": 3791,"count": "5575","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok rytzane komo tha alt obrath

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3789,"count": "5577","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok rytzane kommæ tha affbraat

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3787,"count": "5579","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok rytzane komo tha alt affbraat

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3785,"count": "5581","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

ok rytzane komo tha affbraat

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3783,"count": "5583","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Ok ryzsa reddo sik mædhan til

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ryzsa ","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3781,"count": "5585","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Ok rytzane reddo sik mædhan til

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3779,"count": "5587","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ridza reddo sik mædhan til

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ridza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The i-reading of OSw. ryz 'Russian' is unique to this manuscript of The Chornicle of Duke Erik. 

"}, {"id": 3777,"count": "5589","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Ok rytzane reddo sik mædhan til

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3775,"count": "5591","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

rytzane reddo sik til

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3773,"count": "5593","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

rytzane reddo sik medh til

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3771,"count": "5595","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Ok rytzane reddo sik mædhan til

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytzane","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3769,"count": "5597","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tydst komen

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "40","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydst","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "73r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to the editor, the word should perhaps be read "tijdst".

"}, {"id": 3767,"count": "5599","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en vrt, som kallis po tiidske wal wurtz ok po latine consolida maior

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "40","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tiidsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "73r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3765,"count": "5601","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en vrt, som kallis po tiidske wal wurtz ok po latine consolida maior

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "40","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "73r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3763,"count": "5603","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en vrt, som po latine heder portulaca ok po tiidske burtzelkrut

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tiidsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "66r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3761,"count": "5605","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en vrt, som po latine heder portulaca ok po tiidske burtzelkrut

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "66r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3759,"count": "5607","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en vrt, som heder boragus po latine ok po tiidske bynsaugen krut

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "34","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tiisk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3757,"count": "5609","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en vrt, som heder boragus po latine ok po tiidske bynsaugen krut

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "34","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "61r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3755,"count": "5611","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

bysem, vrt soo kallis po tiidske

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "34","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tiidsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "60r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3753,"count": "5613","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

them førdo the til viborgh hem

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Viborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3751,"count": "5615","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

them førdo the til viborgh hem

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Viborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3749,"count": "5617","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

them førdo the til viborgh hem

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Viborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3747,"count": "5619","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

them førdo the til viborgh hem

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Viborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3745,"count": "5621","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

them førdo the medh sik til viborgh hem

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Viborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3743,"count": "5623","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

them førdo the medh sik til viborgh hem

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Viborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3741,"count": "5625","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

them førdo the til viborgh medh sik hem

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Viborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3739,"count": "5627","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

kækens holm war tha wnnen

","englishForm": "

Priozersk

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kækens holm","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kiækens holm","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kexholm

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61.03928","longitude": "30.12907","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/505230/priozersk.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Priozersk","location": "

Priozersk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to Pipping 1926, p. 436–437, the OSw. lemma form Kekesholm is an adaptation of the Finnish name Käki-salmi ’Göksund’ or 'Cuckoo strait'. Additionally, Pipping interprets the form Kiækensholm as an adaptation of the assumed Finnish byform containing a reconstructed generic in the genitive case. However, the Norse World project sees the OSw. appellativ kiæke m. ’jaw’ as a more likely source of inspiration for the re-interpretation in question.

"}, {"id": 3737,"count": "5629","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

kækis holm war tha wnnen

","englishForm": "

Priozersk

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kækisholm","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kexholm","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kexholm

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61.03928","longitude": "30.12907","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/505230/priozersk.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Priozersk","location": "

Priozersk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to Pipping 1926, p. 436–437, the OSw. lemma form Kekesholm is an adaptation of the Finnish name Käki-salmi ’Göksund’ or 'Cuckoo strait'.

"}, {"id": 3735,"count": "5631","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

kækens holm wart tha wnnen

","englishForm": "

Priozersk

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kækens holm","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kiækens holm","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kexholm

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61.03928","longitude": "30.12907","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/505230/priozersk.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Priozersk","location": "

Priozersk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to Pipping 1926, p. 436–437, the OSw. lemma form Kekesholm is an adaptation of the Finnish name Käki-salmi ’Göksund’ or 'Cuckoo strait'. Additionally, Pipping interprets the form Kiækensholm as an adaptation of the assumed Finnish byform containing a reconstructed generic in the genitive case. However, the Norse World project sees the OSw. appellativ kiæke m. ’jaw’ as a more likely source of inspiration for the re-interpretation in question.

"}, {"id": 3733,"count": "5633","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

kækins holm war tha wnnen

","englishForm": "

Priozersk

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kækins holm","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kiækens holm","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kexholm

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61.03928","longitude": "30.12907","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/505230/priozersk.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Priozersk","location": "

Priozersk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to Pipping 1926, p. 436–437, the OSw. lemma form Kekesholm is an adaptation of the Finnish name Käki-salmi ’Göksund’ or 'Cuckoo strait'. Additionally, Pipping interprets the form Kiækensholm as an adaptation of the assumed Finnish byform containing a reconstructed generic in the genitive case. However, the Norse World project sees the OSw. appellativ kiæke m. ’jaw’ as a more likely source of inspiration for the re-interpretation in question.

"}, {"id": 3731,"count": "5635","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

kægxholm wart tha wnnen

","englishForm": "

Priozersk

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kægxholm","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kexholm","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kexholm

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61.03928","longitude": "30.12907","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/505230/priozersk.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Priozersk","location": "

Priozersk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to Pipping 1926, p. 436–437, the OSw. lemma form Kekesholm is an adaptation of the Finnish name Käki-salmi ’Göksund’ or 'Cuckoo strait'. In this case, the contracted form Kexholm is iterpreted as a new lemma form.

"}, {"id": 3729,"count": "5637","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

kægxholm han wart tha wnnen

","englishForm": "

Priozersk

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kægxholm","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kexholm","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kexholm

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61.03928","longitude": "30.12907","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/505230/priozersk.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Priozersk","location": "

Priozersk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to Pipping 1926, p. 436–437, the OSw. lemma form Kekesholm is an adaptation of the Finnish name Käki-salmi ’Göksund’ or 'Cuckoo strait'. In this case, the contracted form Kexholm is iterpreted as a new lemma form.

"}, {"id": 3727,"count": "5639","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en anden vrt, som matricaria heder po latine ok po tiidske metren

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "34","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tiidsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "59r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3725,"count": "5641","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en anden vrt, som matricaria heder po latine ok po tiidske metren

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "34","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "59r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3723,"count": "5643","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

fenumgrecum

","englishForm": "

Greek

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "grecus","lemmaFormAttestation": "grækesk","sourcePage": "58v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greek

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Old Danish (and Latin) noun phrase fenum grecum signifies the plant fenugreek.

"}, {"id": 3721,"count": "5645","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tiidz komeyn

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tiidz","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "57v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3719,"count": "5647","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

cicer i: tzyser erbsen

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tzyser","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "57v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3717,"count": "5649","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

then som kallis po latine saphena

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "32","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "56r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3715,"count": "5651","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

apfelkrut, hwilken som kallis po latine prassium

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "30","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "51v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3713,"count": "5653","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

it træ, som kallis po latine edera arborea, ebhaw po tiidske

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tiidsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "47r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3711,"count": "5655","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

it træ, som kallis po latine edera arborea, ebhaw po tiidske

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "47r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3709,"count": "5657","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Kekes holm han war tha wnnen

","englishForm": "

Priozersk

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kekesholm","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kekesholm","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Kexholm

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "61.03928","longitude": "30.12907","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/505230/priozersk.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Priozersk","location": "

Priozersk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to Pipping 1926, p. 436–437, the OSw. lemma form Kekesholm is an adaptation of the Finnish name Käki-salmi ’Göksund’ or 'Cuckoo strait'.

"}, {"id": 3707,"count": "5659","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Han twingade karela swa vm side

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3705,"count": "5661","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Han twingade karela swa vm side

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3703,"count": "5663","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han twingade karela swa vm side

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3701,"count": "5665","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han twingade karela swa vm side

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3699,"count": "5667","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han twingade karela swa om sidher

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3697,"count": "5669","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Han twingade karela swa om sidher

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3695,"count": "5671","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Han twingade karela swa vm side

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3693,"count": "5673","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Rytza æn the haffdo føør

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3691,"count": "5675","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Rytza æn the haffdo føør

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3689,"count": "5677","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Rytza æn the haffdo føør

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3687,"count": "5679","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Rytza æn the haffdo føør

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3685,"count": "5681","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Rytza æn the haffdo føør

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3683,"count": "5683","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Rytza æn the haffdo føør

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3681,"count": "5685","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Rytza æn the haffdo føør

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3679,"count": "5687","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

thet hws heter wiborgh ok ligger öster

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wiborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3677,"count": "5689","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

thet hws heter wiborgh ok ligger öster

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wiborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3675,"count": "5691","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet hws heter wiborgh ok ligger öster

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wiborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3673,"count": "5693","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet hws heter wiborgh ok ligger öster

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wiborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3671,"count": "5695","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet hws heter wiborgh ok ligger öster

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wiborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3669,"count": "5697","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thet hws heter wiborgh ok ligger öster

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wiborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3667,"count": "5699","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Ther hws heter wiborgh ok ligger öster

","englishForm": "

Vyborg

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wiborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Viborg

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.70763","longitude": "28.75283","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/470546/vyborg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vyborg","location": "

Vyborg

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3665,"count": "5701","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

cicer, thet er en vrt, so heder po latin ok po tiidske zyser erbs

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tiidsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "39r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3663,"count": "5703","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

cicer, thet er en vrt, so heder po latin ok po tiidske zyser erbs

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "23","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "39r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3661,"count": "5705","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en vrt, som heder po latine altea ok po tiidske ybsch

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tiidsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "38r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3659,"count": "5707","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en vrt, som heder po latine altea ok po tiidske ybsch

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "22","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "38r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3657,"count": "5709","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

muscus i: bysem po tydske

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydsk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "36v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3655,"count": "5711","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

varm olie aff grekes hø

","englishForm": "

Greek

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "grekes","lemmaFormAttestation": "grækesk","sourcePage": "34r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greek

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The ODa. noun phrase "grækesk hø", Latin ”fenum grecum", signifies the plant fenugreek.

"}, {"id": 3653,"count": "5713","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

grekes hø

","englishForm": "

Greek

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/764881","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "grekes","lemmaFormAttestation": "grækesk","sourcePage": "22r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 245 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","work": "Kvinders Urtegård","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text draws heavily on Eucharius Rösslin's Der Swangern frawen vnd hebammen roszgarten (1513) and comprises a medical text on midwifery with plenty of practical advice. Other parts of the text deal with astrology and medicine.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1930-1940","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greek

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The ODa. noun phrase "grækesk hø", Latin ”fenum grecum", signifies the plant fenugreek.

"}, {"id": 3651,"count": "5715","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Hertugh albrikt aff brwnswik

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3649,"count": "5717","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Hertugh albrikt aff brwnswik

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3647,"count": "5719","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Hertugh albrikt aff brwnswik

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3645,"count": "5721","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Hertugh albrikt aff brwnswik

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3643,"count": "5723","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Hertugh albrikt aff brwnswik

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3641,"count": "5725","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Hertugh albrikt aff brwnswik

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3639,"count": "5727","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Hertugh albrikt aff brwnswik

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3637,"count": "5729","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Hertogen aff brwnswik war ther tha

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3635,"count": "5731","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Hertogen aff brwnswik war ther tha

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3633,"count": "5733","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Hertogen aff brwnswik war ther tha

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3631,"count": "5735","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Hertogen aff brwnswik war ther tha

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3629,"count": "5737","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Hertogen aff brwnswik war ther tha

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3627,"count": "5739","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Hertogen aff brwnswik war ther tha

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3625,"count": "5741","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Hertogen aff brwnswik war ther tha

","englishForm": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Brwnswik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brunsvik","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Braunschweig

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.83333","longitude": "9.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2862926/lower-saxony.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duchy_of_Brunswick-L%C3%BCneburg","location": "

Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3623,"count": "5743","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en förste riddere aff fræmade land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmade land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3621,"count": "5745","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en förste riddere aff fræmade land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmade land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3619,"count": "5747","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en förste riddere aff fræmade land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmade land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3617,"count": "5749","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en förste riddere aff fræmade land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmade land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3615,"count": "5751","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

æn förste riddere aff fræmade land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmade land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3613,"count": "5753","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

en förste riddere aff fræmade land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmade land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3611,"count": "5755","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

en förste riddere aff fræmade land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmade land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3609,"count": "5757","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

hon war grewans dotter aff getskogh

","englishForm": "

County of Gützkow

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Getskogh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Getskogh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Grafschaft Gützkow

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "53.95","longitude": "13.4167","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6550721/guetzkow.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/County_of_G%C3%BCtzkow","location": "

County of Gützkow

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

It is likely that Getskogh refers to County of Gütskow in this context (Jansson 1985 p. 204, Pipping 1926 p. 373).

"}, {"id": 3607,"count": "5759","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

hon war grewans dotter aff getskogh

","englishForm": "

County of Gützkow

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Getskogh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Getskogh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Grafschaft Gützkow

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "53.95","longitude": "13.4167","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6550721/guetzkow.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/County_of_G%C3%BCtzkow","location": "

County of Gützkow

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

It is likely that Getskogh refers to County of Gütskow in this context (Jansson 1985 p. 204, Pipping 1926 p. 373).

"}, {"id": 3605,"count": "5761","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hon war grewans dotter aff getskogh

","englishForm": "

County of Gützkow

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Getskogh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Getskogh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Grafschaft Gützkow

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "53.95","longitude": "13.4167","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6550721/guetzkow.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/County_of_G%C3%BCtzkow","location": "

County of Gützkow

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

It is likely that Getskogh refers to County of Gütskow in this context (Jansson 1985 p. 204, Pipping 1926 p. 373).

"}, {"id": 3603,"count": "5763","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hon war grewans dotter aff getskogh

","englishForm": "

County of Gützkow

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Getskogh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Getskogh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Grafschaft Gützkow

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "53.95","longitude": "13.4167","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6550721/guetzkow.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/County_of_G%C3%BCtzkow","location": "

County of Gützkow

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

It is likely that Getskogh refers to County of Gütskow in this context (Jansson 1985 p. 204, Pipping 1926 p. 373).

"}, {"id": 3601,"count": "5765","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hon war grewans dotter aff getskogh

","englishForm": "

County of Gützkow

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Getskogh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Getskogh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Grafschaft Gützkow

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "53.95","longitude": "13.4167","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6550721/guetzkow.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/County_of_G%C3%BCtzkow","location": "

County of Gützkow

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

It is likely that Getskogh refers to County of Gütskow in this context (Jansson 1985 p. 204, Pipping 1926 p. 373).

"}, {"id": 3599,"count": "5767","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hon war grewans dotter aff getskogh

","englishForm": "

County of Gützkow

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Getskogh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Getskogh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Grafschaft Gützkow

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "53.95","longitude": "13.4167","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6550721/guetzkow.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/County_of_G%C3%BCtzkow","location": "

County of Gützkow

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

It is likely that Getskogh refers to County of Gütskow in this context (Jansson 1985 p. 204, Pipping 1926 p. 373).

"}, {"id": 3597,"count": "5769","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

hon war grewans dotter aff getskogh

","englishForm": "

County of Gützkow

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Getskogh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Getskogh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Grafschaft Gützkow

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "53.95","longitude": "13.4167","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6550721/guetzkow.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/County_of_G%C3%BCtzkow","location": "

County of Gützkow

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

It is likely that Getskogh refers to County of Gütskow in this context (Jansson 1985 p. 204, Pipping 1926 p. 373).

"}, {"id": 3595,"count": "5771","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ati ælske vtlenzska och ey ooss

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "57","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændska","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3593,"count": "5773","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ati ælsken vtlenzska och ey ooss

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "57","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændska","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3591,"count": "5775","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ati ælsken vtlenzska och ey ooss

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "57","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændska","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3589,"count": "5777","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ati ælsken vtlenzska och ey ooss

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "57","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændska","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3587,"count": "5779","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ati ælsken meer vtlenzska æn ooss

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "57","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændska","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3585,"count": "5781","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ati ælsken meer vtlenzska æn ooss

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "57","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændska","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3583,"count": "5783","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

ati ælska meer the vtlenzska mer æn ooss

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "57","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the vtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "the utlændsku","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The adjective utlændsker 'foreigner' in combination with the definite article is in this case used as a substantive.

"}, {"id": 3581,"count": "5785","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok baro wid wtlænske haat

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "wtlænske","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændska","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3579,"count": "5787","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok baro wid vtlændzka haat

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "57","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlændzka","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændska","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3577,"count": "5789","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok varo wid vtlændzka haat

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "57","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlændzka","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændska","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3575,"count": "5791","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok baro wid vtlændzka haat

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "57","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlændzka","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændska","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The adjective utlændsker 'foreigner' is in this case used as a substantive.

"}, {"id": 3573,"count": "5793","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok baro wid the wtlenzsko eth aath

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "57","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the wtlenzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "the utlændsku","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The adjective utlændsker 'foreigner' in combination with the definite article is in this case used as a substantive.

"}, {"id": 3571,"count": "5795","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok baro wid the wtlenzsko eth haat

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "57","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the wtlenzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "the utlændsku","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The adjective utlændsker 'foreigner' in combination with the definite article is in this case used as a substantive.

"}, {"id": 3569,"count": "5797","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

ok baro wid the wtlenzsko eth haat

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "57","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the wtlenzsko","lemmaFormAttestation": "the utlændsku","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The adjective utlændsker 'foreigner' in combination with the definite article is in this case used as a substantive.

"}, {"id": 3567,"count": "5799","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Sidhan haffde han andra som vtlenzska waro

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "56","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3565,"count": "5801","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Sidhan haffde han aldre som vtlenzska waro

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "56","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3563,"count": "5803","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han hade andra fem vtlenzska waro

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "56","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3561,"count": "5805","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Sidhan haffde han andra som vtlenzska waro

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "56","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3559,"count": "5807","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Sidhan haffde han andra ther vtlenzska waro

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "56","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3557,"count": "5809","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Sidhan haffde han andra the vtlenzska waro

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "56","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3555,"count": "5811","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Sidhan haffde han andra the vtlenzska waro

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "56","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3553,"count": "5813","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Han ælskade gerna vtlenska men

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "54","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3551,"count": "5815","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Han ælskade gerna vtlenska men

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "54","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3549,"count": "5817","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han ælskade gerna vtlenska men

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "54","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3547,"count": "5819","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han ælskade gerna vtlenska men

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "54","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3545,"count": "5821","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Han ælskade gerna vtlenska men

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "54","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3543,"count": "5823","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Han ælskade gerna vtlenska men

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "54","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3541,"count": "5825","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Han ælskade gerna vtlenska men

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "54","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændsker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3539,"count": "5827","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

hærtogh magnus han haffde kær ælskoga | j tytzland til enæ jomfrwa

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "45","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3537,"count": "5829","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

hærtogh magnus han kær ælskoga | j tytzland til enæ jomfrwa

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "45","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3535,"count": "5831","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hærtogh magnus haffde kær ælskoga | j tytzland til enæ jomfrwa

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "45","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3533,"count": "5833","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hærtogh magnus haffde kær ælskoga | j tytzland til enæ jomfrwa

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "45","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3531,"count": "5835","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hærtogh magnus haffde kær ælskoga | j tytzland til enæ jomfrvgha

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "45","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3529,"count": "5837","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hærtogh magnus haffde kær ælskoga | j tytzland til enæ jomfrvgha

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "45","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3527,"count": "5839","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

hærtogh magnus haffde kær ælskoga | j tytzland til een jomfrwa

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "45","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tytzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3525,"count": "5841","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

bade tyzska ok dæne

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3523,"count": "5843","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

bade tyzska ok dæne

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3521,"count": "5845","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

bade tyzska ok dæne

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3519,"count": "5847","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

bade tyzska ok dæne

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3517,"count": "5849","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

bade tyzska ok swa dæne

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3515,"count": "5851","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

bade tyzska ok dæne

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3513,"count": "5853","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

bade tyzska ok swa dæne

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "38","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3511,"count": "5855","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Marina hon then jomfrw stolt | fik en herra aff deeffholt

","englishForm": "

Landkreis Diepholz

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Deeffholt","lemmaFormAttestation": "Døvholt","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Diepholz district

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.74917","longitude": "8.73417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3221024/landkreis-diepholz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diepholz_(district)","location": "

Landkreis Diepholz

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3509,"count": "5857","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Marina hon then jomfrw stolt | fik en herra aff deeffholt

","englishForm": "

Landkreis Diepholz

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Deeffholt","lemmaFormAttestation": "Døvholt","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Diepholz district

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.74917","longitude": "8.73417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3221024/landkreis-diepholz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diepholz_(district)","location": "

Landkreis Diepholz

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3507,"count": "5859","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Marina then jomfrw stolt | fik en herra aff deeffholt

","englishForm": "

Landkreis Diepholz

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Deeffholt","lemmaFormAttestation": "Døvholt","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Diepholz district

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.74917","longitude": "8.73417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3221024/landkreis-diepholz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diepholz_(district)","location": "

Landkreis Diepholz

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3505,"count": "5861","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Marina hon then jomfrw stolt | fik en herra aff deeffholt

","englishForm": "

Landkreis Diepholz

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Deeffholt","lemmaFormAttestation": "Døvholt","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Diepholz district

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.74917","longitude": "8.73417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3221024/landkreis-diepholz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diepholz_(district)","location": "

Landkreis Diepholz

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3503,"count": "5863","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Marina var en jomfrw stolt | hon fik en herra aff døffholth

","englishForm": "

Landkreis Diepholz

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Døffholth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Døvholt","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Diepholz district

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.74917","longitude": "8.73417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3221024/landkreis-diepholz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diepholz_(district)","location": "

Landkreis Diepholz

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Old Swedish lemma form Døvholt with the specific døv- probably related to OSw. døver 'deaf' or the like can be interpreted as an adaptation of a corresponding Low German place name form. The place itself is identified as Diepholz or Deefholt in Low German in Lower Saxony.

"}, {"id": 3501,"count": "5865","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Marina var en jomfrw stolt | hon fik en herra aff døffholth

","englishForm": "

Landkreis Diepholz

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Døffholth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Døvholt","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Diepholz district

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.74917","longitude": "8.73417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3221024/landkreis-diepholz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diepholz_(district)","location": "

Landkreis Diepholz

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3499,"count": "5867","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Marina var en jomfrw stolt | hon fik en herra aff deeffholt

","englishForm": "

Landkreis Diepholz

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Deeffholt","lemmaFormAttestation": "Døvholt","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Diepholz district

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "52.74917","longitude": "8.73417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3221024/landkreis-diepholz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diepholz_(district)","location": "

Landkreis Diepholz

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3497,"count": "5869","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Rikitza war hænt medh mykin priss | hon fik hertoghan aff kaliiss

","englishForm": "

Kalisz Voivodeship

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kaliiss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalis","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.74725","longitude": "18.07606","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7530863/kalisz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kalisz_Voivodeship_(1314%E2%80%931793)","location": "

Kalisz Voivodeship

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3495,"count": "5871","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Rikitza war hænt medh mykin priss | hon fik hertoghan aff kaliiss

","englishForm": "

Kalisz Voivodeship

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kaliiss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalis","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.74725","longitude": "18.07606","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7530863/kalisz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kalisz_Voivodeship_(1314%E2%80%931793)","location": "

Kalisz Voivodeship

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3493,"count": "5873","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Rikitza war hænt medh mykin priss | hon fik hertoghan aff kaliiss

","englishForm": "

Kalisz Voivodeship

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kaliiss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalis","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.74725","longitude": "18.07606","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7530863/kalisz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kalisz_Voivodeship_(1314%E2%80%931793)","location": "

Kalisz Voivodeship

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3491,"count": "5875","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Rikitza war hænt medh mykin priss | hon fik hertoghan aff kaliiss

","englishForm": "

Kalisz Voivodeship

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kaliiss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalis","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.74725","longitude": "18.07606","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7530863/kalisz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kalisz_Voivodeship_(1314%E2%80%931793)","location": "

Kalisz Voivodeship

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3489,"count": "5877","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Rikitza war hænt medh mykin priss | hon fik hertoghan aff kaliiss

","englishForm": "

Kalisz Voivodeship

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kaliiss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalis","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.74725","longitude": "18.07606","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7530863/kalisz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kalisz_Voivodeship_(1314%E2%80%931793)","location": "

Kalisz Voivodeship

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3487,"count": "5879","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Rikitza war hænt medh mykin priss | hon fik hertoghan aff kaliiss

","englishForm": "

Kalisz Voivodeship

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kaliiss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalis","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.74725","longitude": "18.07606","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7530863/kalisz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kalisz_Voivodeship_(1314%E2%80%931793)","location": "

Kalisz Voivodeship

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3485,"count": "5881","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Rikitza wart hænt medh mykin priss | hon fik hertoghan aff kaliiss

","englishForm": "

Kalisz Voivodeship

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Kaliiss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalis","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.74725","longitude": "18.07606","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7530863/kalisz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kalisz_Voivodeship_(1314%E2%80%931793)","location": "

Kalisz Voivodeship

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3483,"count": "5883","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han wart slæghin i hæll aff frisa

","englishForm": "

Frisian

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "frisa","lemmaFormAttestation": "fris","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","showAsLocatedIn": "71","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisians","location": "

Frisian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3481,"count": "5885","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

han wart slæghin i hæll aff frisa

","englishForm": "

Frisian

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "frisa","lemmaFormAttestation": "fris","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","showAsLocatedIn": "71","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisians","location": "

Frisian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3479,"count": "5887","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han wart slæghin i hæll aff frisa

","englishForm": "

Frisian

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "frisa","lemmaFormAttestation": "fris","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","showAsLocatedIn": "71","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisians","location": "

Frisian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3477,"count": "5889","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han wart slæghin i hæll aff frisa

","englishForm": "

Frisian

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "frisa","lemmaFormAttestation": "fris","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","showAsLocatedIn": "71","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisians","location": "

Frisian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3475,"count": "5891","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han wart slæghin i hæll aff frisa

","englishForm": "

Frisian

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "frisa","lemmaFormAttestation": "fris","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","showAsLocatedIn": "71","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisians","location": "

Frisian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3473,"count": "5893","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

han wart slæghin i hæll aff frisa

","englishForm": "

Frisian

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "frisa","lemmaFormAttestation": "fris","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","showAsLocatedIn": "71","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisians","location": "

Frisian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3471,"count": "5895","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

han wart slæghin i hæll aff frisa

","englishForm": "

Frisian

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "frisa","lemmaFormAttestation": "fris","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","showAsLocatedIn": "71","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisians","location": "

Frisian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3469,"count": "5897","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok han medh sik til norge førde

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The manuscript D 5 is the only witness of the Erik’s Chronicle that reads norge 'Norway' in this stanza. The rest of the manuscripts including D 2 have reading torney 'tourney'.

"}, {"id": 3467,"count": "5899","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

at karela gøra them ey meera oroo

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "29","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3465,"count": "5901","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

at karela gøra them enga oroo

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "29","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3463,"count": "5903","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

och karela gøra them ey oroo

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "29","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3461,"count": "5905","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

at karela gøra them ey oroo

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "29","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3459,"count": "5907","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

swa at karelen gøra them enga oroo

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "29","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karelen","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3457,"count": "5909","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

swa at karelen gøra them enga oroo

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "29","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karelen","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3455,"count": "5911","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

swa at karela gøra them enga oroo

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "29","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3453,"count": "5913","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok stridde medh rytza ok ingerboo

","englishForm": "

Ingrian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ingerboo","lemmaFormAttestation": "ingerboe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the modern-day Leningradskaya Oblast are used for the historical region of Ingria and the inhabitant designation Ingrian.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "947","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ingria","location": "

Ingrian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3451,"count": "5915","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok stridde medh rytza ok ingerboo

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3449,"count": "5917","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok stridde medh rytza ok ingerboo

","englishForm": "

Ingrian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ingerboo","lemmaFormAttestation": "ingerboe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the modern-day Leningradskaya Oblast are used for the historical region of Ingria and the inhabitant designation Ingrian.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "947","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ingria","location": "

Ingrian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3447,"count": "5919","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

ok stridde medh rytza ok ingerboo

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3445,"count": "5921","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok stridde medh rytza ok ingerboo

","englishForm": "

Ingrian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ingerboo","lemmaFormAttestation": "ingerboe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the modern-day Leningradskaya Oblast are used for the historical region of Ingria and the inhabitant designation Ingrian.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "947","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ingria","location": "

Ingrian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3443,"count": "5923","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok stridde medh rytza ok ingerboo

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3441,"count": "5925","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok stridde medh rytza ok ingerboo

","englishForm": "

Ingrian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ingerboo","lemmaFormAttestation": "ingerboe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the modern-day Leningradskaya Oblast are used for the historical region of Ingria and the inhabitant designation Ingrian.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "947","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ingria","location": "

Ingrian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3439,"count": "5927","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok stridde medh rytza ok ingerboo

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3437,"count": "5929","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok stridde medh rytza ok ingerboo

","englishForm": "

Ingrian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ingerboo","lemmaFormAttestation": "ingerboe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the modern-day Leningradskaya Oblast are used for the historical region of Ingria and the inhabitant designation Ingrian.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "947","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ingria","location": "

Ingrian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3435,"count": "5931","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ok stridde medh rytza ok ingerboo

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3433,"count": "5933","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok stridde medh rytza ok ingerboo

","englishForm": "

Ingrian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ingerboo","lemmaFormAttestation": "ingerboe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the modern-day Leningradskaya Oblast are used for the historical region of Ingria and the inhabitant designation Ingrian.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "947","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ingria","location": "

Ingrian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3431,"count": "5935","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ok stridde medh rytza ok ingerboo

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3429,"count": "5937","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

ok striit medh rytza ok ingerboo

","englishForm": "

Ingrian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ingerboo","lemmaFormAttestation": "ingerboe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the modern-day Leningradskaya Oblast are used for the historical region of Ingria and the inhabitant designation Ingrian.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "947","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ingria","location": "

Ingrian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3427,"count": "5939","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

ok striit medh rytza ok ingerboo

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryz","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3425,"count": "5941","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

thet glæddis karela ok rytza land

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3423,"count": "5943","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

thet glæddis karela ok rytza land

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The attestation karela is in this case interpreted as an inhabitant designation in accusative plural. However, another interpretation, i.e. as a specific of a place name in genitive plural with the generic -land implicit, is also possible, see Pipping 1926, p. 260 for details. The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3421,"count": "5945","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

thet gledde karela ok rytza land

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3419,"count": "5947","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

thet gledde karela ok rytza land

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The attestation karela is in this case interpreted as an inhabitant designation in accusative plural. However, another interpretation, i.e. as a specific of a place name in genitive plural with the generic -land implicit, is also possible, see Pipping 1926, p. 260 for details. The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3417,"count": "5949","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet gledde karela ok rytza land

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3415,"count": "5951","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet gledde karela ok rytza land

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The attestation karela is in this case interpreted as an inhabitant designation in accusative plural. However, another interpretation, i.e. as a specific of a place name in genitive plural with the generic -land implicit, is also possible, see Pipping 1926, p. 260 for details. The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3413,"count": "5953","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet gledde karela ok rytza land

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3411,"count": "5955","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet gledde karela ok rytza land

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The attestation karela is in this case interpreted as an inhabitant designation in accusative plural. However, another interpretation, i.e. as a specific of a place name in genitive plural with the generic -land implicit, is also possible, see Pipping 1926, p. 260 for details. The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3409,"count": "5957","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet gledde karelen ok rytza land

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3407,"count": "5959","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thet gledde karelen ok rytza land

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karelen","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The attestation karelen is in this case interpreted as a definite form of an inhabitant designation in accusative singular. However, another interpretation, i.e. as an inhabitant designation used as a place name, is also possible, cf. corresponding attestations' karela as well as Pipping 1926, p. 260 for details. The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3405,"count": "5961","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thet gledde karelen ok rytza land

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3403,"count": "5963","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thet gledde karelen ok rytza land

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karelen","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The attestation karelen is in this case interpreted as a definite form of an inhabitant designation in accusative singular. However, another interpretation, i.e. as an inhabitant designation used as a place name, is also possible, cf. corresponding attestations' karela as well as Pipping 1926, p. 260 for details. The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3401,"count": "5965","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

thet gledde karela ok rytza land

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rytzaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3399,"count": "5967","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

thet gledde karela ok rytza land

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karela","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The attestation karela is in this case interpreted as an inhabitant designation in accusative plural. However, another interpretation, i.e. as a specific of a place name in genitive plural with the generic -land implicit, is also possible, see Pipping 1926, p. 260 for details. The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3397,"count": "5969","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Swerige haffde mykin vadha | aff karelom ok stoor onadha

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karelar","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3395,"count": "5971","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Swerige haffde mykin vadha | aff karelom ok mykin onadha

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karelar","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3393,"count": "5973","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Swerige haffde mykin vadha | aff karelom ok høgh onadha

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karelar","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3391,"count": "5975","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Swerige haffde mykin vadha | aff karelom ok høgh onadha

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karelar","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3389,"count": "5977","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Swerige haffde mykin vadha | aff karelom høghe onadha

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karelar","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3387,"count": "5979","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Swerige haffde mykin vadha | aff karelom høgha onadha

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karelar","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3385,"count": "5981","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Swerige haffde mykin vadha | aff karelom ok mykin onadha

","englishForm": "

Karelian

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "karelar","lemmaFormAttestation": "karel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "64","longitude": "32","showAsLocatedIn": "943","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karelians","location": "

Karelian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form karel m. in singular is a reconstruction. Only the form in plural karelar is listed in the Sdw. dictionary.

"}, {"id": 3383,"count": "5983","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Jak gør ok nokon lettugha oblid

","englishForm": "

Lithuanian

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "lettugha","lemmaFormAttestation": "lættoghe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish word lættoghe means both Lithuanian and Latvian. The spatial reference is visualised as Eastern Europe.

","locationDescription": "

Latvian

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuanians","location": "

Lithuanian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3381,"count": "5985","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Jak gør ok nokon lettugha ok blydh

","englishForm": "

Lithuanian

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "lettugha","lemmaFormAttestation": "lættoghe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish word lættoghe means both Lithuanian and Latvian. The spatial reference is visualised as Eastern Europe.

","locationDescription": "

Latvian

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuanians","location": "

Lithuanian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3379,"count": "5987","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jak gør io nokon lettugha oblid

","englishForm": "

Lithuanian

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "lettugha","lemmaFormAttestation": "lættoghe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish word lættoghe means both Lithuanian and Latvian. The spatial reference is visualised as Eastern Europe.

","locationDescription": "

Latvian

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuanians","location": "

Lithuanian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3377,"count": "5989","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jak gør io nokon lettugha oblid

","englishForm": "

Lithuanian

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "lettugha","lemmaFormAttestation": "lættoghe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish word lættoghe means both Lithuanian and Latvian. The spatial reference is visualised as Eastern Europe.

","locationDescription": "

Latvian

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuanians","location": "

Lithuanian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3375,"count": "5991","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jak gør æn nokon lettugha oblid

","englishForm": "

Lithuanian

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "lettugha","lemmaFormAttestation": "lættoghe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish word lættoghe means both Lithuanian and Latvian. The spatial reference is visualised as Eastern Europe.

","locationDescription": "

Latvian

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuanians","location": "

Lithuanian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3373,"count": "5993","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Jak gør æn nokon lettugha oblid

","englishForm": "

Lithuanian

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "lettugha","lemmaFormAttestation": "lættoghe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish word lættoghe means both Lithuanian and Latvian. The spatial reference is visualised as Eastern Europe.

","locationDescription": "

Latvian

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuanians","location": "

Lithuanian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3371,"count": "5995","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Jak gør æ nokon lettugha oblid

","englishForm": "

Lithuanian

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "lettugha","lemmaFormAttestation": "lættoghe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish word lættoghe means both Lithuanian and Latvian. The spatial reference is visualised as Eastern Europe.

","locationDescription": "

Latvian

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuanians","location": "

Lithuanian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3369,"count": "5997","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en ther aff lættugha mykyn oc stoor

","englishForm": "

Lithuanian

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "lættugha","lemmaFormAttestation": "lættoghe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish word lættoghe means both Lithuanian and Latvian. The spatial reference is visualised as Eastern Europe.

","locationDescription": "

Latvian

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuanians","location": "

Lithuanian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3367,"count": "5999","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en hær aff lættugha mykyn oc stoor

","englishForm": "

Lithuanian

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "lættugha","lemmaFormAttestation": "lættoghe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish word lættoghe means both Lithuanian and Latvian. The spatial reference is visualised as Eastern Europe.

","locationDescription": "

Latvian

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuanians","location": "

Lithuanian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3365,"count": "6001","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en hær aff lættugha mykyn stoor

","englishForm": "

Lithuanian

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "lættugha","lemmaFormAttestation": "lættoghe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish word lættoghe means both Lithuanian and Latvian. The spatial reference is visualised as Eastern Europe.

","locationDescription": "

Latvian

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuanians","location": "

Lithuanian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3363,"count": "6003","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en hær aff lættugha mykyn oc stoor

","englishForm": "

Lithuanian

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "lættugha","lemmaFormAttestation": "lættoghe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish word lættoghe means both Lithuanian and Latvian. The spatial reference is visualised as Eastern Europe.

","locationDescription": "

Latvian

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuanians","location": "

Lithuanian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3361,"count": "6005","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en hær aff lættugha bade myki[...]

","englishForm": "

Lithuanian

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "lættugha","lemmaFormAttestation": "lættoghe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish word lættoghe means both Lithuanian and Latvian. The spatial reference is visualised as Eastern Europe.

","locationDescription": "

Latvian

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuanians","location": "

Lithuanian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3359,"count": "6007","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

en hær aff lættugha mykyn oc stoor

","englishForm": "

Lithuanian

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "lættugha","lemmaFormAttestation": "lættoghe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish word lættoghe means both Lithuanian and Latvian. The spatial reference is visualised as Eastern Europe.

","locationDescription": "

Latvian

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuanians","location": "

Lithuanian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3357,"count": "6009","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

en hær aff lættugha digher oc stoor

","englishForm": "

Lithuanian

","editionPage": "17","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "lættugha","lemmaFormAttestation": "lættoghe","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish word lættoghe means both Lithuanian and Latvian. The spatial reference is visualised as Eastern Europe.

","locationDescription": "

Latvian

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.72703","longitude": "28.38867","showAsLocatedIn": "795","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lithuanians","location": "

Lithuanian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3355,"count": "6011","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

vplenzska danska nordmen samman | ok thydiska men som vidherla koma

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thydiska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3353,"count": "6013","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

vplenzska danska nordmen samman | ok thydiska men som vidherla koma

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3351,"count": "6015","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

vplenzska danska oc nordmen soma | ok thydiska men som vidherla koma

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thydiska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3349,"count": "6017","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

vplenzska danska oc nordmen soma | ok thydiska men som vidherla koma

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3347,"count": "6019","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

vplenzska nordmen danska soma | ok thydiska men som vidherla koma

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thydiska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3345,"count": "6021","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

vplenzska nordmen danska soma | ok thydiska men som vidherla koma

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3343,"count": "6023","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

vplenzska danska oc nordmen soma | ok thydiska men som vidherla koma

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thydiska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3341,"count": "6025","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

vplenzska danska oc nordmen soma | ok thydiska men som vidherla koma

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3339,"count": "6027","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

vplenzska danska oc nordmen soma | ok thydiska men som widhæ koma

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thydiska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3337,"count": "6029","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

vplenzska danska oc nordmen soma | ok thydiska men som widhæ koma

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3335,"count": "6031","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

vplenzska danska oc nordmen soma | ok thydiska men som widhæ koma

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thydiska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3333,"count": "6033","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

vplenzska danska oc nordmen soma | ok thydiska men som widhæ koma

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3331,"count": "6035","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

vplenzska danska oc nordmen soma | ok thydiska men som vidherla koma

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thydiska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3329,"count": "6037","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

vplenzska danska oc nordmen soma | ok thydiska men som vidherla koma

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3327,"count": "6039","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

jak tror thet rytza konungen mistit

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza konungen","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza konunger","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3325,"count": "6041","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

jak tror thet rytza konungen mistit

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza konungen","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza konunger","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3323,"count": "6043","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jak tror at rytza konungen mistit

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza konungen","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza konunger","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3321,"count": "6045","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jak tror at rytza konungen mistit

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza konungen","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza konunger","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3319,"count": "6047","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jak tror at rytza konunghe[...]

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza konunghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza konunger","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3317,"count": "6049","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

jak tror thet rytza konunger han mistit

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza konunger","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza konunger","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3315,"count": "6051","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

jak tror at rytza konungen mistit

","englishForm": "

Russian

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "rytza konungen","lemmaFormAttestation": "ryza konunger","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","showAsLocatedIn": "789","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russians","location": "

Russian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3313,"count": "6053","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Thet hwss thet heter taffwasta borg

","englishForm": "

Hämeenlinna

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Taffwastaborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tavastaborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Tavastehus

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.99596","longitude": "24.46434","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/659180/haemeenlinna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/H%C3%A4meenlinna","location": "

Hämeenlinna

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The identification of Tavastaborgh is unsure (http://libris.kb.se/bib/7420937 p. 188).

"}, {"id": 3311,"count": "6055","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

Thet hwss thet heter taffwasta borg

","englishForm": "

Hämeenlinna

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Taffwastaborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tavastaborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Tavastehus

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.99596","longitude": "24.46434","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/659180/haemeenlinna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/H%C3%A4meenlinna","location": "

Hämeenlinna

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The identification of Tavastaborgh is unsure (http://libris.kb.se/bib/7420937 p. 188).

"}, {"id": 3309,"count": "6057","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thet hwss heter taffwesta borg

","englishForm": "

Hämeenlinna

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Taffwestaborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tavastaborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Tavastehus

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.99596","longitude": "24.46434","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/659180/haemeenlinna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/H%C3%A4meenlinna","location": "

Hämeenlinna

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The identification of Tavastaborgh is unsure (http://libris.kb.se/bib/7420937 p. 188).

"}, {"id": 3307,"count": "6059","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thet hwss heyter taffwesta borg

","englishForm": "

Hämeenlinna

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Taffwestaborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tavastaborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Tavastehus

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.99596","longitude": "24.46434","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/659180/haemeenlinna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/H%C3%A4meenlinna","location": "

Hämeenlinna

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The identification of Tavastaborgh is unsure (http://libris.kb.se/bib/7420937 p. 188).

"}, {"id": 3305,"count": "6061","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thet hwss heter tauista borg

","englishForm": "

Hämeenlinna

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tauistaborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tavastaborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Tavastehus

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.99596","longitude": "24.46434","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/659180/haemeenlinna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/H%C3%A4meenlinna","location": "

Hämeenlinna

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The identification of Tavastaborgh is unsure (http://libris.kb.se/bib/7420937 p. 188).

"}, {"id": 3303,"count": "6063","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Thet hwss heter tauista borg

","englishForm": "

Hämeenlinna

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tauistaborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tavastaborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Tavastehus

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.99596","longitude": "24.46434","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/659180/haemeenlinna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/H%C3%A4meenlinna","location": "

Hämeenlinna

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The identification of Tavastaborgh is unsure (http://libris.kb.se/bib/7420937 p. 188).

"}, {"id": 3301,"count": "6065","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Thet hwss heyter taffwesta borg

","englishForm": "

Hämeenlinna

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Taffwestaborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tavastaborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Tavastehus

","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.99596","longitude": "24.46434","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/659180/haemeenlinna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/H%C3%A4meenlinna","location": "

Hämeenlinna

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The identification of Tavastaborgh is unsure (Jansson 1985, p. 188).

"}, {"id": 3299,"count": "6067","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The tawasta drogho tha wndhen

","englishForm": "

Tavastian

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tawasta","lemmaFormAttestation": "tavaster","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.91667","longitude": "24.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "1097","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tavastians","location": "

Tavastian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3297,"count": "6069","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The tawasta tha vndan rommo

","englishForm": "

Tavastian

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tawasta","lemmaFormAttestation": "tavaster","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.91667","longitude": "24.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "1097","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tavastians","location": "

Tavastian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3295,"count": "6071","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The tawasta tha vndan rymdo

","englishForm": "

Tavastian

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tawasta","lemmaFormAttestation": "tavaster","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.91667","longitude": "24.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "1097","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tavastians","location": "

Tavastian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3293,"count": "6073","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The taffwesta tha vndan runno

","englishForm": "

Tavastian

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "taffwesta","lemmaFormAttestation": "tavaster","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.91667","longitude": "24.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "1097","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tavastians","location": "

Tavastian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3291,"count": "6075","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The thauistæ tha vndan runno

","englishForm": "

Tavastian

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thauistæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "tavaster","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.91667","longitude": "24.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "1097","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tavastians","location": "

Tavastian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3289,"count": "6077","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

The tawista tha vndan runno

","englishForm": "

Tavastian

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tawista","lemmaFormAttestation": "tavaster","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.91667","longitude": "24.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "1097","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tavastians","location": "

Tavastian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3287,"count": "6079","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

The taffwesta tha vndan runno

","englishForm": "

Tavastian

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "taffwesta","lemmaFormAttestation": "tavaster","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.91667","longitude": "24.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "1097","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tavastians","location": "

Tavastian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3285,"count": "6081","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The willo gerna thera swerd fresta | vpa the hedna tawasta

","englishForm": "

Tavastian

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tawasta","lemmaFormAttestation": "tavaster","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.91667","longitude": "24.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "1097","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tavastians","location": "

Tavastian

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3283,"count": "6083","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

The willo gerna thera swerd fresta | vpa the hedna tawasta

","englishForm": "

Tavastian

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tawasta","lemmaFormAttestation": "tavaster","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.91667","longitude": "24.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "1097","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tavastians","location": "

Tavastian

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3281,"count": "6085","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The willo thera swerd gerna fresta | vpa the hedna tawasta

","englishForm": "

Tavastian

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tawasta","lemmaFormAttestation": "tavaster","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.91667","longitude": "24.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "1097","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tavastians","location": "

Tavastian

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3279,"count": "6087","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

The willo thera swerd gerna fresta | vpa the hedna taffwesta

","englishForm": "

Tavastian

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "taffwesta","lemmaFormAttestation": "tavaster","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.91667","longitude": "24.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "1097","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tavastians","location": "

Tavastian

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3277,"count": "6089","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

och wilde the gerna sin swærdh fresta | vpa the hedna tawisthe

","englishForm": "

Tavastian

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tawisthe","lemmaFormAttestation": "tavaster","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.91667","longitude": "24.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "1097","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tavastians","location": "

Tavastian

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3275,"count": "6091","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och the willo gerna sin swærdh fresta | vpa the hedna tawista

","englishForm": "

Tavastian

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tawista","lemmaFormAttestation": "tavaster","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.91667","longitude": "24.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "1097","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tavastians","location": "

Tavastian

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3273,"count": "6093","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

The willo thera swerd gerna fresta | vpa the hedna taffwesta

","englishForm": "

Tavastian

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "taffwesta","lemmaFormAttestation": "tavaster","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "60.91667","longitude": "24.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "1097","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tavastians","location": "

Tavastian

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3271,"count": "6095","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Aa karildoss huss

","englishForm": "

Carduel

","editionPage": "263","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karildoss Huss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karildols Hus","sourcePage": "149","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the two Old Danish versions of Yvain the Knight of the Lion, King Arthur's castle has the name Karildos, Karildoll and similar forms.
The identification hereof with Carduel (that might be Carlisle) is taken from Williams & Palmgren 1999's translation of the Old Swedish text.

In the Norse World resource Carduel is visualised as located in United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "54.75844","longitude": "-2.69531","showAsLocatedIn": "807","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carduel","location": "

Carduel

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3269,"count": "6097","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

keyseren af rom ær ower mek

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "253","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "144","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3267,"count": "6099","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Then vegh a edhre høgræ handh | han leder ether j fremmede landh

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fremmede landh","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmethe land","sourcePage": "137","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3265,"count": "6101","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

til karildoss huss

","englishForm": "

Carduel

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karildoss Huss","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karildols Hus","sourcePage": "133","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the two Old Danish versions of Yvain the Knight of the Lion, King Arthur's castle has the name Karildos, Karildoll and similar forms.
The identification hereof with Carduel (that might be Carlisle) is taken from Williams & Palmgren 1999's translation of the Old Swedish text.

In the Norse World resource Carduel is visualised as located in United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "54.75844","longitude": "-2.69531","showAsLocatedIn": "807","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carduel","location": "

Carduel

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3263,"count": "6103","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jech redh til konningh artus | a karildoss heth vppa hans huss

","englishForm": "

Karildols Heth

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karildoss Heth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karildols Heth","sourcePage": "120","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "field","localityTypeOfName": "field name","locationNotes": "

Apparently a heath where King Arthur's castle Carduel is located according to the Old Danish Yvain the Knight of the Lion in the manuscript Stockholm K 4.

In the Norse World resource Karildols Heth is visualised as located in United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland because the context of the text places it there

","locationDescription": "

Carduel Heath

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "54.75844","longitude": "-2.69531","showAsLocatedIn": "807","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Karildols Heth

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3261,"count": "6105","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then ridderæ aff fremmede landh

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "200","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fremmede landh","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmethe land","sourcePage": "115","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3259,"count": "6107","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the Didrik fan berner vel bestodo

","englishForm": "

Verona

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Berner","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bern","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 5","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164527/verona.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Verona

","preposition": "

van

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The preposition van is Middle Low German with the same meaning as Old Swedish fran 'from'.

"}, {"id": 3257,"count": "6109","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

the Didrik fan berner vel bestodo

","englishForm": "

Verona

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Berner","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bern","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "H 131","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164527/verona.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Verona

","preposition": "

van

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The preposition van is Middle Low German with the same meaning as Old Swedish fran 'from'.

"}, {"id": 3255,"count": "6111","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the Didrik fan berner vel bestodo

","englishForm": "

Verona

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Berner","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bern","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 62","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164527/verona.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Verona

","preposition": "

van

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The preposition van is Middle Low German with the same meaning as Old Swedish fran 'from'.

"}, {"id": 3253,"count": "6113","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the Didrik fan berner vel bestodo

","englishForm": "

Verona

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Berner","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bern","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Medeltidshandskrift 32","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164527/verona.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Verona

","preposition": "

van

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The preposition van is Middle Low German with the same meaning as Old Swedish fran 'from'.

"}, {"id": 3251,"count": "6115","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the Didrik fan berner vel bestodo

","englishForm": "

Verona

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Berner","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bern","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164527/verona.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Verona

","preposition": "

van

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The preposition van is Middle Low German with the same meaning as Old Swedish fran 'from'.

"}, {"id": 3249,"count": "6117","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

the Didrik fan berner vel bestodo

","englishForm": "

Verona

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/12347","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Berner","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bern","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Pipping 1963","work": "Erikskrönikan","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Erikskrönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The oldest surviving Swedish chronicle, Erikskrönikan is a rhymed chronicle in knittelvers that recounts the political events in Sweden from 1229 to 1319. It focusses on the years 1250 to 1319 and the life of and events surrounding its protagonist, Erik Magnusson (1282–1318).

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","warning": "OK","edition": "Pipping 1963","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164527/verona.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Verona

","preposition": "

van

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The preposition van is Middle Low German with the same meaning as Old Swedish fran 'from'.

"}, {"id": 3247,"count": "6119","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ride | til karildoshet

","englishForm": "

Karildols Heth

","editionPage": "188","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karildos Het","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karildols Heth","sourcePage": "108","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "field","localityTypeOfName": "field name","locationNotes": "

Apparently a heath where King Arthur's castle Carduel is located according to the Old Danish Yvain the Knight of the Lion in the manuscript Stockholm K 4.

In the Norse World resource Karildols Heth is visualised as located in United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland because the context of the text places it there

","locationDescription": "

Carduel Heath

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "54.75844","longitude": "-2.69531","showAsLocatedIn": "807","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Karildols Heth

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3245,"count": "6121","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han aff britania reedh

","englishForm": "

Bretagne

","editionPage": "179","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Britania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Britannia","sourcePage": "103","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Brittany

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "48.16667","longitude": "-2.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3030293/bretagne.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brittany","location": "

Bretagne

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate Britain.

"}, {"id": 3243,"count": "6123","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konningh artus ey forsømer sik | Ok før hær aff britania

","englishForm": "

Bretagne

","editionPage": "178","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Britania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Britannia","sourcePage": "103","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Brittany

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "48.16667","longitude": "-2.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3030293/bretagne.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brittany","location": "

Bretagne

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate Britain.

"}, {"id": 3241,"count": "6125","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Skulde hun krone j rom bæræ

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "175","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "101","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3239,"count": "6127","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

hwn togh then ridder aff fremmede landh

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://tekstnet.dk/ivan-loeveridder/2/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fremmede landh","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmethe land","sourcePage": "25r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3237,"count": "6129","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

HVn tog then riddere af fremmede land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "172","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fremmede land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmethe land","sourcePage": "99","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3235,"count": "6131","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

then sten vor kommen af indiæ landh

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "155","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indiælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "90","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3233,"count": "6133","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tidich fan berne

","englishForm": "

Verona

","editionPage": "146","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Berne","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bern","sourcePage": "86","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164527/verona.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Verona

","preposition": "

van

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The preposition van is Middle Low German with the same meaning as Old Danish fran 'from'.

"}, {"id": 3231,"count": "6135","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en vey aa myn høgræ hande | ther mek ledde af fremmede land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "135","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fremmede landh","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmethe land","sourcePage": "80","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3229,"count": "6137","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Vppa siit huss i Karildoll

","englishForm": "

Karildal

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karildoll","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karildal","sourcePage": "78","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish version of Yvain the Knight of the Lion in the manuscript Stockholm K 47 as well as in the Old Swedish versions, King Arthur's castle is said to be in karildal, in the Old Danish manuscript Stockholm K 4, on the other hand, karidoll refers to the name of the castle.

In the Norse World resource Karildal is visualised as located in United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland because the context of the text places it there

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "54.75844","longitude": "-2.69531","showAsLocatedIn": "807","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Karildal

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Possibly not a valley but a misunderstanding including the name Karildol (Carduel).

"}, {"id": 3227,"count": "6139","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Then ther tiente konning artus | daglige vppa karildoll hans eget hus

","englishForm": "

Carduel

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karildoll","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karildol","sourcePage": "78","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the two Old Danish versions of Yvain the Knight of the Lion, King Arthur's castle has the name Karildos, Karildoll and similar forms.
The identification hereof with Carduel (that might be Carlisle) is taken from Williams & Palmgren 1999's translation of the Old Swedish text.

In the Norse World resource Carduel is visualised as located in United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "54.75844","longitude": "-2.69531","showAsLocatedIn": "807","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carduel","location": "

Carduel

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3225,"count": "6141","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

J constaninopolim

","englishForm": "

Istanbul

","editionPage": "361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Constantinopolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Constantinopolis","sourcePage": "243r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Constantinople","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "41.01384","longitude": "28.94966","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745044/istanbul.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Istanbul","location": "

Istanbul

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 3223,"count": "6143","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Ther marg iertekne j landit giordis | in till grekin thet vida spordis

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "360","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Grekin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Greken","sourcePage": "243r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

in til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This is formally the definitive singular of greker 'Greek' but is here used as a metonym for the country. In Old Danish the form is more common, see for instance Kalkars ordbog.

"}, {"id": 3221,"count": "6145","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j gardrike

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "360","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gardrike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Garþrike","sourcePage": "243r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3219,"count": "6147","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

til Jherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "359","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Jherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "242v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3217,"count": "6149","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Riddara oc swæna lata førgaa | offwergiffuen ey Norgis rike

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "359","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "242v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3215,"count": "6151","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Konung aff gardrike olaffue bød | wlgaria land til konungx øød

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "359","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gardrike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Garþrike","sourcePage": "242v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3213,"count": "6153","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

at norgis men varo mik ey hull

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "359","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "242v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3211,"count": "6155","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

til gardrike

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "358","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gardrike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Garþrike","sourcePage": "242v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3209,"count": "6157","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Norge tha engen forman haffde

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "358","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "242r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3207,"count": "6159","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

vtaff norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "357","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "242r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3205,"count": "6161","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j rydzland

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "357","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rydzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ryzland","sourcePage": "242r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3203,"count": "6163","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Norgis men the haffdo en sidh 

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "357","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "242r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3201,"count": "6165","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

han foor til gardrike øster

","englishForm": "

Russia

","editionPage": "257","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gardrike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Garþrike","sourcePage": "242r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "60","longitude": "100","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2017370/russian-federation.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gar%C3%B0ar%C3%ADki","location": "

Russia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3199,"count": "6167","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "356","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "241v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3197,"count": "6169","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till hedmark

","englishForm": "

Hedmark

","editionPage": "356","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hedmark","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hedmark","sourcePage": "241v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "60.7953","longitude": "11.0827","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3153403/hedmark-fylke.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hedmark","location": "

Hedmark

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3195,"count": "6171","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

gud nade alle norges sido

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "354","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "240r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3193,"count": "6173","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

offuer norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "353","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "240v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3191,"count": "6175","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

til trondhem

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "352","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Trondhem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "240v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3189,"count": "6177","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j Tonsberg

","englishForm": "

Tønsberg

","editionPage": "352","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tonsberg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tunbiærgh","sourcePage": "240v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59.26754","longitude": "10.40762","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3134331/tonsberg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/T%C3%B8nsberg","location": "

Tønsberg

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3187,"count": "6179","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Til norgis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "352","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "240v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3185,"count": "6181","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

aff norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "351","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "240v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3183,"count": "6183","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

til sarsborgz stad

","englishForm": "

Sarpsborg

","editionPage": "350","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sarsborgzstad","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sarpsborgsstadh","sourcePage": "240r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59.28391","longitude": "11.10962","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3140084/sarpsborg.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sarpsborg","location": "

Sarpsborg

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3181,"count": "6185","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

konung j ængeland

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "348","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ængeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Engeland","sourcePage": "239v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3179,"count": "6187","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j ænglande

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "348","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ænglande","lemmaFormAttestation": "Engeland","sourcePage": "239v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3177,"count": "6189","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

til norgis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "346","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "239r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3175,"count": "6191","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Vlffue iærle j ængeland

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "343","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ængeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Engeland","sourcePage": "238r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3173,"count": "6193","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Æma drotning j ængeland

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "343","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ængeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Engeland","sourcePage": "238r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3171,"count": "6195","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

huru knuther ville Norge vinna

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "341","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "237v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3169,"count": "6197","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

aff ængeland

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "341","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ængeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Engeland","sourcePage": "237r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3167,"count": "6199","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

at knuter konung skal fa norgis rike

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "340","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "237r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3165,"count": "6201","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j Tonsberg

","englishForm": "

Tønsberg

","editionPage": "340","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tonsberg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tunbiærgh","sourcePage": "237v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59.26754","longitude": "10.40762","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3134331/tonsberg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/T%C3%B8nsberg","location": "

Tønsberg

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3163,"count": "6203","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

karll magnus konning af frans

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "131","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frans","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frants","sourcePage": "78","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3161,"count": "6205","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Then skat ther forwm romere giorde

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "131","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romere","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "78","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

"forwm" most probably means 'earlier' (ODa. "forthum"), not 'forum'.

"}, {"id": 3159,"count": "6207","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han frelstæ ok engelandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "131","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "78","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3157,"count": "6209","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

han vaan rom mæt swærd oc brand

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "131","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "78","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3155,"count": "6211","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Artus var konningh aff engelandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "131","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/15179826","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "78","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Brandt 1869-1877 [vol. 2, 1870]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3153,"count": "6213","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j Norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "339","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "237r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3151,"count": "6215","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till norgis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "339","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "237r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3149,"count": "6217","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j ængeland

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "339","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ængeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Engeland","sourcePage": "236v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3147,"count": "6219","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "339","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "236v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3145,"count": "6221","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "338","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "236r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3143,"count": "6223","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

aff orknø

","englishForm": "

Orkney Islands

","editionPage": "337","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Orknø","lemmaFormAttestation": "Orknø","sourcePage": "236r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59","longitude": "-3","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2640923/orkney-islands.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Orkney_Islands","location": "

Orkney Islands

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"hide","notes": ""}, {"id": 3141,"count": "6225","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Segwrder greffua aa olaffz vegna | haffde land j sinom hegnad | furøyar och yslandh | oc ørknø ther j blandh

","englishForm": "

Orkney Islands

","editionPage": "337","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ørknø","lemmaFormAttestation": "Orknø","sourcePage": "236r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59","longitude": "-3","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2640923/orkney-islands.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Orkney_Islands","location": "

Orkney Islands

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3139,"count": "6227","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Segwrder greffua aa olaffz vegna | haffde land j sinom hegnad | furøyar och yslandh | oc ørknø ther j blandh

","englishForm": "

Iceland

","editionPage": "337","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Yslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Island","sourcePage": "236r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "65","longitude": "-18","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2629691/republic-of-iceland.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland","location": "

Iceland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3137,"count": "6229","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Segwrder greffua aa olaffz vegna | haffde land j sinom hegnad | furøyar och yslandh | oc ørknø ther j blandh

","englishForm": "

Faroe Islands

","editionPage": "337","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Furøyar","lemmaFormAttestation": "Færøia","sourcePage": "236r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "-7","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2622320/faroe-islands.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Faroe_Island","location": "

Faroe Islands

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3135,"count": "6231","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

at Norge skal thet lenge kenna

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "334","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "235r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3133,"count": "6233","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

at suerigis konung van norge medh swerdh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "333","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "235r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3131,"count": "6235","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

alla konunga j Norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "333","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "235r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3129,"count": "6237","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j Sarsborgh

","englishForm": "

Sarpsborg

","editionPage": "331","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sarsborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sarpsborgh","sourcePage": "234v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59.28391","longitude": "11.10962","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3140084/sarpsborg.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sarpsborg","location": "

Sarpsborg

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3127,"count": "6239","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till karmswnd

","englishForm": "

Karmsund

","editionPage": "331","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Karmswnd","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karmsund","sourcePage": "234v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59.37651","longitude": "5.29848","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11746738/karmsund.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karmsund","location": "

Karmsund

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3125,"count": "6241","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till yslandh

","englishForm": "

Iceland

","editionPage": "331","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Yslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Island","sourcePage": "234r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "65","longitude": "-18","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2629691/republic-of-iceland.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland","location": "

Iceland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3123,"count": "6243","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

huar swerige oc norge haffua enda

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "330","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "234r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3121,"count": "6245","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till norgis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "329","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "234r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3119,"count": "6247","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Olaff skotkonung ville raada | swerge oc norge rikin bade

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "329","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "233v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3117,"count": "6249","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

færøgia och hielt landh | the [hullo] alle saman eth band

","englishForm": "

Shetland Islands

","editionPage": "329","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hieltlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hiæltland","sourcePage": "233v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Hialtland

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "60.33333","longitude": "-1.33333","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638010/shetland-islands.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shetland","location": "

Shetland Islands

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The word in square brackets is added by Klemming.

"}, {"id": 3115,"count": "6251","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

til øsislo

","englishForm": "

Saaremaa

","editionPage": "321","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Øsisla","lemmaFormAttestation": "Øsysla","sourcePage": "231v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Osel

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "58.41333","longitude": "22.49639","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/588878/saaremaa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saaremaa","location": "

Saaremaa

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3113,"count": "6253","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

færøgia och hielt landh | the [hullo] alle saman eth band

","englishForm": "

Faroe Islands

","editionPage": "329","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Færøgia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Færøia","sourcePage": "233v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "-7","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2622320/faroe-islands.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Faroe_Island","location": "

Faroe Islands

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The word in square brackets is added by Klemming.

"}, {"id": 3111,"count": "6255","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j ysland

","englishForm": "

Iceland

","editionPage": "329","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ysland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Island","sourcePage": "233v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "65","longitude": "-18","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2629691/republic-of-iceland.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland","location": "

Iceland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3109,"count": "6257","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

thet han ræd om Norge alt

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "328","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "233v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3107,"count": "6259","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j Norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "328","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "233v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3105,"count": "6261","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till Tromdheen

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "328","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tromdheem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "233v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Emended to "Trondhem" in the edition. 

"}, {"id": 3103,"count": "6263","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j vikena

","englishForm": "

Viken

","editionPage": "328","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Viken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viken","sourcePage": "233v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Viken is a historical region that does not exist in GeoNames as of the creation of this location. Coordinates for the Oslofjord have been used as Viken was located around this fjord. See also the Norwegian verison of the wikipedia article on Viken for more information. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59.34639","longitude": "10.58972","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3143243/oslofjorden.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Viken,_Norway","location": "

Viken

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3101,"count": "6265","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

fran nidherross

","englishForm": "

Nidaros Cathedral

","editionPage": "327","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nidherross","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nidharos","sourcePage": "233r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Nidarosdomen

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","showAsLocatedIn": "505","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Nidaros Cathedral

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Emended to "nidheross" in the edition. 

"}, {"id": 3099,"count": "6267","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

før vtlenskom

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "327","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenske","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlænske","sourcePage": "233r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3097,"count": "6269","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

vtlenska haffua ey hollit ordh

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "326","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenska","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlænske","sourcePage": "233r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3095,"count": "6271","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

medh vtlenskom

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "326","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenske","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlænske","sourcePage": "232v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3093,"count": "6273","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

epter bleff | thet haffua alt vtlenske mæn | vtan mina tak

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "325","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlenske","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlænske","sourcePage": "232v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3091,"count": "6275","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

iak haffuer vtlændis varit

","englishForm": "

Abroad

","editionPage": "325","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vtlændis","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændis","sourcePage": "232v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adverb","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Abroad

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3089,"count": "6277","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j vikena in

","englishForm": "

Viken

","editionPage": "325","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Viken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viken","sourcePage": "232v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Viken is a historical region that does not exist in GeoNames as of the creation of this location. Coordinates for the Oslofjord have been used as Viken was located around this fjord. See also the Norwegian verison of the wikipedia article on Viken for more information. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59.34639","longitude": "10.58972","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3143243/oslofjorden.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Viken,_Norway","location": "

Viken

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3087,"count": "6279","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till normandia

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "323","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Normandia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Normandia","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3085,"count": "6281","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

tha kom angeland j mera meen

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "323","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Angeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Engeland","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3083,"count": "6283","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till norgis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "323","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3081,"count": "6285","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

konung j norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "323","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3079,"count": "6287","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till norgis

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "323","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3077,"count": "6289","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "323","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "232r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3075,"count": "6291","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

dronningh ower norigæ

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://tekstnet.dk/ivan-loeveridder/5","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Norigæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noreg","sourcePage": "111v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3073,"count": "6293","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff walskæ twnge och pa wort mall

","englishForm": "

French language

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://tekstnet.dk/ivan-loeveridder/5","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "walskæ twnge","lemmaFormAttestation": "valsk tunge","sourcePage": "111v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/French_language","location": "

French language

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Though the adjective valsk could mean both Italien and French, the textual context makes the latter the more probable.

"}, {"id": 3071,"count": "6295","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

før lwnthertwna borg

","englishForm": "

London

","editionPage": "322","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Lwnthertwnaborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lundertunaborg","sourcePage": "231v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "51.50853","longitude": "-0.12574","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2643743/london.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/London","location": "

London

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the Norwegian Saga Óláfs konungs hins helga, which the Swedish tale follows though severely shortened, it is clear that London is the intended reference. 

"}, {"id": 3069,"count": "6297","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

før findland

","englishForm": "

Pomerania

","editionPage": "320","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Findland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Vendland","sourcePage": "231r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3088388/pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pomerania","location": "

Pomerania

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the Norwegian Saga Óláfs konungs hins helga, which the Swedish tale follows though severely shortened, it is clear that Vendland is the intended reference. 

Low German influence may be a reason the place name is written with f instead of v.

"}, {"id": 3067,"count": "6299","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

the konning artus finnæ mowe | i karidols hws

","englishForm": "

Carduel

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://tekstnet.dk/ivan-loeveridder/4/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karidols Hws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karildols Hus","sourcePage": "94r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the two Old Danish versions of Yvain the Knight of the Lion, King Arthur's castle has the name Karildos, Karildoll and similar forms.
The identification hereof with Carduel (that might be Carlisle) is taken from Williams & Palmgren 1999's translation of the Old Swedish text.

In the Norse World resource Carduel is visualised as located in United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "54.75844","longitude": "-2.69531","showAsLocatedIn": "807","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carduel","location": "

Carduel

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3065,"count": "6301","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

medh nordmannom

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "322","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "321v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3063,"count": "6303","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

adilradh | konung aff ængeland

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "322","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ængeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Engeland","sourcePage": "231v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3061,"count": "6305","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till ængeland 

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "322","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ængeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Engeland","sourcePage": "231v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3059,"count": "6307","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till fridzland

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "322","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Fridzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisland","sourcePage": "231v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3057,"count": "6309","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

til finland

","englishForm": "

Finland

","editionPage": "321","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Finland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Finland","sourcePage": "231v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "64","longitude": "26","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/660013/republic-of-finland.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finland","location": "

Finland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3055,"count": "6311","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

mellan swerike oc norges land | stora osæmia var ther j bland

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "320","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "230r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3053,"count": "6313","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "320","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "230r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3051,"count": "6315","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j Norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "319","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "231r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3049,"count": "6317","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

thet gøra torde | Norges men

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "319","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "230v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3047,"count": "6319","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "319","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "230v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3045,"count": "6321","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j Norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "318","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "230v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3043,"count": "6323","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Haralde grønske thet han badh | Vikuswerk och Vestfalla | ther till nampn oc konungx velle

","englishForm": "

Vestfolding

","editionPage": "318","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Vestfalla","lemmaFormAttestation": "Væstfalla","sourcePage": "230v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59.2654","longitude": "10.4159","showAsLocatedIn": "1099","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vestfold","location": "

Vestfolding

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form of the attestation Vestfalla is close to those of Westphalians (see Söderwall Västfal and Västfäling), but Vestfoldings work better in the context as Viken and Vestfold are partly overlapping areas.

"}, {"id": 3041,"count": "6325","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

thet han farer til mampeler

","englishForm": "

Montpellier

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://tekstnet.dk/ivan-loeveridder/4/4","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mampeler","lemmaFormAttestation": "Montpellier","sourcePage": "91r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "43.61092","longitude": "3.87723","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2992166/montpellier.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Montpellier","location": "

Montpellier

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3039,"count": "6327","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

kieszeren aff rom ær øwerth righ

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://tekstnet.dk/ivan-loeveridder/4/4","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "87v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3037,"count": "6329","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

romanz | jen bogh som sa hiedher a franz

","englishForm": "

French language

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://tekstnet.dk/ivan-loeveridder/4/4","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "franz","lemmaFormAttestation": "frants","sourcePage": "85v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/French_language","location": "

French language

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3035,"count": "6331","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

jet rigth hws for them laa | pynnende borigh thet hiedhæ saa

","englishForm": "

Pinende Burgh

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://tekstnet.dk/ivan-loeveridder/4/3","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pynnende Borigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pinende Burgh","sourcePage": "80r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The English translation by Williams and Palmgren 1999: 209 has Wretched Castle. The Old Swedish and Old Danish forms – Pyne borgh, Pinande borgh, and Pinende Burgh  – are, however, better rendered as Castle of Torment.

The location of this fictional place is most uncertain. Here it is visualised as located in Western Europe.

","locationDescription": "

Wretched Castle, Castle of Torment

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "50.21909","longitude": "7.42676","showAsLocatedIn": "801","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Pinende Burgh

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3033,"count": "6333","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

ridhindæ for karidols port

","englishForm": "

Carduel

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://tekstnet.dk/ivan-loeveridder/4/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karidol","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karildol","sourcePage": "72v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the two Old Danish versions of Yvain the Knight of the Lion, King Arthur's castle has the name Karildos, Karildoll and similar forms.
The identification hereof with Carduel (that might be Carlisle) is taken from Williams & Palmgren 1999's translation of the Old Swedish text.

In the Norse World resource Carduel is visualised as located in United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "54.75844","longitude": "-2.69531","showAsLocatedIn": "807","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carduel","location": "

Carduel

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3031,"count": "6335","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

hwn sty a sin hæst oc red | til karidol then gienestæ ledh

","englishForm": "

Carduel

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://tekstnet.dk/ivan-loeveridder/4/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karidol","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karildol","sourcePage": "72r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the two Old Danish versions of Yvain the Knight of the Lion, King Arthur's castle has the name Karildos, Karildoll and similar forms.
The identification hereof with Carduel (that might be Carlisle) is taken from Williams & Palmgren 1999's translation of the Old Swedish text.

In the Norse World resource Carduel is visualised as located in United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "54.75844","longitude": "-2.69531","showAsLocatedIn": "807","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carduel","location": "

Carduel

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3029,"count": "6337","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

koning artus | a karidol appa hans hws

","englishForm": "

Carduel

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://tekstnet.dk/ivan-loeveridder/3/7","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karidol","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karildol","sourcePage": "53r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the two Old Danish versions of Yvain the Knight of the Lion, King Arthur's castle has the name Karildos, Karildoll and similar forms.
The identification hereof with Carduel (that might be Carlisle) is taken from Williams & Palmgren 1999's translation of the Old Swedish text.

In the Norse World resource Carduel is visualised as located in United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "54.75844","longitude": "-2.69531","showAsLocatedIn": "807","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carduel","location": "

Carduel

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3027,"count": "6339","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

stak then ridder aff fremede landh

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://tekstnet.dk/ivan-loeveridder/3/5","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fremede landh","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmethe land","sourcePage": "45v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3025,"count": "6341","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

rolandh | han giorde ey mere met sin handh | aff rwndzefal tha han war ther | en herre ywan giorde her

","englishForm": "

Orreaga

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://tekstnet.dk/ivan-loeveridder/3/5","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rwndzefal","lemmaFormAttestation": "Runtzeval","sourcePage": "44v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "pass","localityTypeOfName": "hodonym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Roncevaux, Roncesvalles

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "43.01667","longitude": "-1.31667","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3111371/orreaga.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Roncevaux_Pass","location": "

Orreaga

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3023,"count": "6343","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Haralde grønske thet han badh | Vikuswerk och Vestfalla | ther till nampn oc konungx velle

","englishForm": "

Vikungs værke

","editionPage": "318","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Vikuswerk","lemmaFormAttestation": "Vikungs værke","sourcePage": "230v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

Viken is a historical region that does not exist in GeoNames as of the creation of this location. Coordinates for the Oslofjord have been used as Viken was located around this fjord. See also the Norwegian verison of the wikipedia article on Viken for more information. 

 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59.34639","longitude": "10.58972","showAsLocatedIn": "755","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Viken,_Norway","location": "

Vikungs værke

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form Vikuswerk can easily be explained by a forgotten nasal stroke.

"}, {"id": 3021,"count": "6345","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till tonbergh

","englishForm": "

Tønsberg

","editionPage": "318","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tonbergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tunbiærgh","sourcePage": "230v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59.26754","longitude": "10.40762","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3134331/tonsberg.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/T%C3%B8nsberg","location": "

Tønsberg

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3019,"count": "6347","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Hakan som var hakans son | ræd tromdheem alt eensam

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "318","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tromdheem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "230v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Emended to "Trondhem" in the edition. 

"}, {"id": 3017,"count": "6349","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j vikene

","englishForm": "

Viken

","editionPage": "317","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Viken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viken","sourcePage": "203r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Viken is a historical region that does not exist in GeoNames as of the creation of this location. Coordinates for the Oslofjord have been used as Viken was located around this fjord. See also the Norwegian verison of the wikipedia article on Viken for more information. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59.34639","longitude": "10.58972","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3143243/oslofjorden.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Viken,_Norway","location": "

Viken

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3015,"count": "6351","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

offuer trondhem

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "317","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Trondhem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "230r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3013,"count": "6353","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "317","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "230r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3011,"count": "6355","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

at vikungx verka honum til konung giorde

","englishForm": "

Vikungs værke

","editionPage": "316","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Vikungx verka","lemmaFormAttestation": "Vikungs værke","sourcePage": "230r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

Viken is a historical region that does not exist in GeoNames as of the creation of this location. Coordinates for the Oslofjord have been used as Viken was located around this fjord. See also the Norwegian verison of the wikipedia article on Viken for more information. 

 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "59.34639","longitude": "10.58972","showAsLocatedIn": "755","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Viken,_Norway","location": "

Vikungs værke

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place is identified by Söderwall. 

"}, {"id": 3009,"count": "6357","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

om Tromdheem

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "317","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tromdheem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "230r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "

um

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Emended to "Trondhem" in the edition. 

"}, {"id": 3007,"count": "6359","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

før norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "316","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "230r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3005,"count": "6361","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j trondhem

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "316","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Trondhem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "230r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3003,"count": "6363","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

tha trondhems men the varo thes var

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "316","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Trondhem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "230r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 3001,"count": "6365","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

honum glømer norge aldrig om aaller

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "316","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "229v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2999,"count": "6367","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

koningh artus haude ladet tha | ridder och swenne thet for staa | ath the skulle all til howe ride | til karildols hus ther hanom bide

","englishForm": "

Carduel

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/3/3","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karildols Hus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karildols Hus","sourcePage": "36v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the two Old Danish versions of Yvain the Knight of the Lion, King Arthur's castle has the name Karildos, Karildoll and similar forms.
The identification hereof with Carduel (that might be Carlisle) is taken from Williams & Palmgren 1999's translation of the Old Swedish text.

In the Norse World resource Carduel is visualised as located in United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "54.75844","longitude": "-2.69531","showAsLocatedIn": "807","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carduel","location": "

Carduel

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2997,"count": "6369","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

han aff britanya redh

","englishForm": "

Bretagne

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/3/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Britanya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Britannia","sourcePage": "29v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Brittany

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "48.16667","longitude": "-2.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3030293/bretagne.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brittany","location": "

Bretagne

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2995,"count": "6371","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

koningh artus ey sømde sigh och foor met her aff brita[ni]a

","englishForm": "

Bretagne

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/3/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Britania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Britannia","sourcePage": "29r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Brittany

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "48.16667","longitude": "-2.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3030293/bretagne.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brittany","location": "

Bretagne

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The manuscript has the form "britaina" emended by the editor. The form might designate Britain.

"}, {"id": 2993,"count": "6373","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

thet hwn skulle krone j rom ath bere | hwn matte ey fonge høgre ere

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/2/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "27r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2991,"count": "6375","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then stien var kommen aff jndia landh

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/2/5","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jndialandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "15r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2989,"count": "6377","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

j Norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "315","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "229v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2987,"count": "6379","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Smefrid finzska

","englishForm": "

Finnish

","editionPage": "315","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "finzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "finska","sourcePage": "229v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "64","longitude": "26","showAsLocatedIn": "769","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finland","location": "

Finnish

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2985,"count": "6381","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Trondhem var tha bygder breder

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "315","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Trondhem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "229v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2983,"count": "6383","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

konunga j norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "314","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "229r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2981,"count": "6385","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

om norges landh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "314","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "229r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2979,"count": "6387","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Olaff tryggeson vtan meen | bygde køpstaff Troondheem

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "314","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Troondheem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "229r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the edition køpstaff is emended to køpstadh.

"}, {"id": 2977,"count": "6389","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

ret som iech war j parediis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/2/3","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Parediis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "9v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2975,"count": "6391","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

opo sith hus i karildal

","englishForm": "

Karildal

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karildal","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karildal","sourcePage": "1v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish version of Yvain the Knight of the Lion in the manuscript Stockholm K 47 as well as in the Old Swedish versions, King Arthur's castle is said to be in karildal, in the Old Danish manuscript Stockholm K 4, on the other hand, karidoll refers to the name of the castle.

In the Norse World resource Karildal is visualised as located in United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland because the context of the text places it there

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "54.75844","longitude": "-2.69531","showAsLocatedIn": "807","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Karildal

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2973,"count": "6393","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then ther thiente koningh artus
dauligh poo karildos hus

","englishForm": "

Carduel

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karildos Hus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karildols Hus","sourcePage": "1v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the two Old Danish versions of Yvain the Knight of the Lion, King Arthur's castle has the name Karildos, Karildoll and similar forms.
The identification hereof with Carduel (that might be Carlisle) is taken from Williams & Palmgren 1999's translation of the Old Swedish text.

In the Norse World resource Carduel is visualised as located in United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "54.75844","longitude": "-2.69531","showAsLocatedIn": "807","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carduel","location": "

Carduel

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2971,"count": "6395","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

karl magnus koni[n]g aff frandsz

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frandsz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frants","sourcePage": "1r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2969,"count": "6397","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then skath ther romere giorde

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romere","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "1r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2967,"count": "6399","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

Och frelsedh engeland aff høghe kiere

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "1r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2965,"count": "6401","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

Han wand rom met swerd oc brand

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "1r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2963,"count": "6403","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

Artus var ien koningh aff engeland

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/ivan-loeveridder/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "1r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Ivan Løveridder","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Sir Ivan, a knight at the court of King Arthur, in his quest to atone for having behaved disgracefully and boasted in the presence of the queen. After many adventures he regains his knightly honour and wins the hand of Laudine. The Old Danish version is translated from Old Swedish.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Ivan Løveridder (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2961,"count": "6405","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konningen [] aff franckerigy

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckerigy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "195v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Persenober og Konstantianobis","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lovestory of Queen Konstantianobis and the French prince Persenober is intertwined with accounts of heathen attacks on France. The story – originating in the French Parténopeus de Blois – was widespread in Europe during the Middle Ages, but the immediate source of this Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2959,"count": "6407","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konghen aff frankerige matte wige

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankerige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Persenober og Konstantianobis","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lovestory of Queen Konstantianobis and the French prince Persenober is intertwined with accounts of heathen attacks on France. The story – originating in the French Parténopeus de Blois – was widespread in Europe during the Middle Ages, but the immediate source of this Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2957,"count": "6409","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konningh i franckerigh

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckerigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Persenober og Konstantianobis","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lovestory of Queen Konstantianobis and the French prince Persenober is intertwined with accounts of heathen attacks on France. The story – originating in the French Parténopeus de Blois – was widespread in Europe during the Middle Ages, but the immediate source of this Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2955,"count": "6411","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

stadhen hiedhe constancia

","englishForm": "

Konstanz

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Constancia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konstanz","sourcePage": "190v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Persenober og Konstantianobis","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lovestory of Queen Konstantianobis and the French prince Persenober is intertwined with accounts of heathen attacks on France. The story – originating in the French Parténopeus de Blois – was widespread in Europe during the Middle Ages, but the immediate source of this Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "47.66033","longitude": "9.17582","warning": "OK","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2885679/konstanz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Konstanz","location": "

Konstanz

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form might designate Constantinopel as in the West Norse Partalopa saga. The Old Danish text version differs from its West Norse counterpart mainly in the proper names, and this difference is respected here. The form Constancia is a common name for Konstanz in the Middle Ages.

"}, {"id": 2953,"count": "6413","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

ther han war kommen til franckerigy

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/7","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckerigy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "183v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Persenober og Konstantianobis","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lovestory of Queen Konstantianobis and the French prince Persenober is intertwined with accounts of heathen attacks on France. The story – originating in the French Parténopeus de Blois – was widespread in Europe during the Middle Ages, but the immediate source of this Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2951,"count": "6415","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

thenne man wil [jech] til franckerigi føræ

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/7","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckerigi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "183v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Persenober og Konstantianobis","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lovestory of Queen Konstantianobis and the French prince Persenober is intertwined with accounts of heathen attacks on France. The story – originating in the French Parténopeus de Blois – was widespread in Europe during the Middle Ages, but the immediate source of this Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2949,"count": "6417","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then konning i franckerig lystæ at ryde

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/3","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckerig","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "171v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Persenober og Konstantianobis","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lovestory of Queen Konstantianobis and the French prince Persenober is intertwined with accounts of heathen attacks on France. The story – originating in the French Parténopeus de Blois – was widespread in Europe during the Middle Ages, but the immediate source of this Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2947,"count": "6419","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konningens syster søn aff frankerige

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankerige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "171r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Persenober og Konstantianobis","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lovestory of Queen Konstantianobis and the French prince Persenober is intertwined with accounts of heathen attacks on France. The story – originating in the French Parténopeus de Blois – was widespread in Europe during the Middle Ages, but the immediate source of this Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2945,"count": "6421","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

i skullæ faræ i fremede landæ

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fremede landæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmethe land","sourcePage": "170v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Persenober og Konstantianobis","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The lovestory of Queen Konstantianobis and the French prince Persenober is intertwined with accounts of heathen attacks on France. The story – originating in the French Parténopeus de Blois – was widespread in Europe during the Middle Ages, but the immediate source of this Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2943,"count": "6423","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

hwn war sa klog oc wiss |
som noger mester i paris

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paris","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "170r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Persenober og Konstantianobis","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lovestory of Queen Konstantianobis and the French prince Persenober is intertwined with accounts of heathen attacks on France. The story – originating in the French Parténopeus de Blois – was widespread in Europe during the Middle Ages, but the immediate source of this Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2941,"count": "6425","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

wed jen stad hiede constancia

","englishForm": "

Konstanz

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/persenober-og-konstantianobis/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Constancia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konstanz","sourcePage": "169v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Persenober og Konstantianobis","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The lovestory of Queen Konstantianobis and the French prince Persenober is intertwined with accounts of heathen attacks on France. The story – originating in the French Parténopeus de Blois – was widespread in Europe during the Middle Ages, but the immediate source of this Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "47.66033","longitude": "9.17582","warning": "OK","edition": "Persenober og Konstantianobis (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2885679/konstanz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Konstanz","location": "

Konstanz

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form might designate Constantinopel as in the West Norse Partalopa saga. The Old Danish text version differs from its West Norse counterpart mainly in the proper names, and this difference is here respected. The form Constancia is a common name for Konstanz in the Middle Ages.

"}, {"id": 2939,"count": "6427","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

sa red the til berne hiem

","englishForm": "

Verona

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/7","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Berne","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bern","sourcePage": "169r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Dværgekongen Laurin","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The story of the fight between Theodoric the Great (Diderik) and the mighty dwarf-king, Laurin, whose rose garden he has despoiled. Although the work is widely attested in German literature in a variety of redactions, the precise source of the Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","warning": "OK","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164527/verona.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Verona

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2937,"count": "6429","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

førræ æn the berner mon hid rendæ

","englishForm": "

Veronese

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "berner","lemmaFormAttestation": "berner","sourcePage": "167r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Dværgekongen Laurin","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The story of the fight between Theodoric the Great (Diderik) and the mighty dwarf-king, Laurin, whose rose garden he has despoiled. Although the work is widely attested in German literature in a variety of redactions, the precise source of the Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","showAsLocatedIn": "99","warning": "OK","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Veronese

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2935,"count": "6431","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

tha ropte didrik berne

","englishForm": "

Veronese

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/5","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "berne","lemmaFormAttestation": "berner","sourcePage": "163r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Dværgekongen Laurin","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The story of the fight between Theodoric the Great (Diderik) and the mighty dwarf-king, Laurin, whose rose garden he has despoiled. Although the work is widely attested in German literature in a variety of redactions, the precise source of the Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","showAsLocatedIn": "99","warning": "OK","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Veronese

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2933,"count": "6433","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

diderik jech wil seye thik |
jech hawer fast hørd aff the berne

","englishForm": "

Veronese

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/5","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "berne","lemmaFormAttestation": "berner","sourcePage": "161r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Dværgekongen Laurin","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The story of the fight between Theodoric the Great (Diderik) and the mighty dwarf-king, Laurin, whose rose garden he has despoiled. Although the work is widely attested in German literature in a variety of redactions, the precise source of the Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","showAsLocatedIn": "99","warning": "OK","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Veronese

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2931,"count": "6435","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

jen wa[l]skæ mylæ i markæn langt

","englishForm": "

valsker, valsk

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/5","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "walskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "valsk","sourcePage": "158r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Dværgekongen Laurin","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

This adjective is used where it is uncertain whether Italian or French is refered to by the Old Danish valsk or Old Swedish valsker.

","locationDescription": "

Walhaz

","workDescription": "

The story of the fight between Theodoric the Great (Diderik) and the mighty dwarf-king, Laurin, whose rose garden he has despoiled. Although the work is widely attested in German literature in a variety of redactions, the precise source of the Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","showAsLocatedIn": "799","warning": "OK","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Walhaz","location": "

valsker, valsk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2929,"count": "6437","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

tha swared diderik aff berne

","englishForm": "

Verona

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/5","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Berne","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bern","sourcePage": "157v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Dværgekongen Laurin","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The story of the fight between Theodoric the Great (Diderik) and the mighty dwarf-king, Laurin, whose rose garden he has despoiled. Although the work is widely attested in German literature in a variety of redactions, the precise source of the Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","warning": "OK","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164527/verona.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Verona

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2927,"count": "6439","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

nw kommer sancte mekel aff paredis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/5","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paredis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "157v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Dværgekongen Laurin","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The story of the fight between Theodoric the Great (Diderik) and the mighty dwarf-king, Laurin, whose rose garden he has despoiled. Although the work is widely attested in German literature in a variety of redactions, the precise source of the Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2925,"count": "6441","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

han skreff seg jen herræ aff berne

","englishForm": "

Verona

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Berne","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bern","sourcePage": "153v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Dværgekongen Laurin","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The story of the fight between Theodoric the Great (Diderik) and the mighty dwarf-king, Laurin, whose rose garden he has despoiled. Although the work is widely attested in German literature in a variety of redactions, the precise source of the Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","warning": "OK","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164527/verona.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Verona

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2923,"count": "6443","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

sterke dyderik aff bærne han kalled seg

","englishForm": "

Verona

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bærne","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bern","sourcePage": "153v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Dværgekongen Laurin","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The story of the fight between Theodoric the Great (Diderik) and the mighty dwarf-king, Laurin, whose rose garden he has despoiled. Although the work is widely attested in German literature in a variety of redactions, the precise source of the Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","warning": "OK","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164527/verona.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Verona

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2921,"count": "6445","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

jen stad som kalles wirona

","englishForm": "

Verona

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wirona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Verona","sourcePage": "153v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Dværgekongen Laurin","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The story of the fight between Theodoric the Great (Diderik) and the mighty dwarf-king, Laurin, whose rose garden he has despoiled. Although the work is widely attested in German literature in a variety of redactions, the precise source of the Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","warning": "OK","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164527/verona.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Verona

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2919,"count": "6447","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

i lwmbardy ther stander jeth hws |
hwilked man kaller berneclws

","englishForm": "

Veroneser Klause

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Berneclws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berner Kluse","sourcePage": "153v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Dværgekongen Laurin","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "fortification","localityTypeOfName": "name of a man-made feature","locationNotes": "

This place is mentioned as a house in the ODa. Dwarf-King Laurin, but this most probably refers to a stronghold, not – in any case – to a urban building.

","locationDescription": "

Chiusa di Ceraino

","workDescription": "

The story of the fight between Theodoric the Great (Diderik) and the mighty dwarf-king, Laurin, whose rose garden he has despoiled. Although the work is widely attested in German literature in a variety of redactions, the precise source of the Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "45.564028","longitude": "10.825758","warning": "OK","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Veroneser_Klause&language=de¶ms=45.564028_N_10.825758_E_dim:10000_region:IT-VR_type:mountain","wikipediaLink": "https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Veroneser_Klause","location": "

Veroneser Klause

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2917,"count": "6449","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

twa skiøna kiørkor. the ena pa konungins væyna oc vighdhis af sancto albino. oc sancto evsebio til hedhir. the andra bygdis pa drøtningena væyna oc vighdhis, sancto petro || til hedhir

","englishForm": "

Sancti Petri

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Petri","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancti Petri","sourcePage": "112-113","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

The exact location of this church is unknown, for this reason here the coordinates of the Lombard town Mortara are used for visualisation. According to tradition the local Abbey of Sant'Albino is the resting place of Amicus and Amelius.

","locationDescription": "

Church of Saint Peter

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "45.2494","longitude": "8.73302","showAsLocatedIn": "809","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mortara,_Lombardy","location": "

Sancti Petri

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The exact location of the church where the dead Amelius was first buried, is unknown.

"}, {"id": 2915,"count": "6451","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

till Norges

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "313","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "229r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2913,"count": "6453","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

200 aar var ysland bygth

","englishForm": "

Iceland

","editionPage": "313","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ysland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Island","sourcePage": "229r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "65","longitude": "-18","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2629691/republic-of-iceland.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland","location": "

Iceland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2911,"count": "6455","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Thaa ysland vor Chrisnad aaret nest

","englishForm": "

Iceland

","editionPage": "313","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ysland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Island","sourcePage": "229r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "65","longitude": "-18","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2629691/republic-of-iceland.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland","location": "

Iceland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2909,"count": "6457","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

til Høkedall

","englishForm": "

Haukadalur

","editionPage": "313","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Høkedall","lemmaFormAttestation": "Høkadal","sourcePage": "229r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "64.32715","longitude": "-20.28602","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3416527/haukadalur.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Haukadalur","location": "

Haukadalur

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2907,"count": "6459","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

i lwmbardy ther stander jeth hws

","englishForm": "

Lombardy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/dvaergekongen-laurin/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lwmbardy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lombardi","sourcePage": "153v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Dværgekongen Laurin","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The story of the fight between Theodoric the Great (Diderik) and the mighty dwarf-king, Laurin, whose rose garden he has despoiled. Although the work is widely attested in German literature in a variety of redactions, the precise source of the Danish version is unknown.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Dværgekongen Laurin (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3174618/lombardia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombardy","location": "

Lombardy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2905,"count": "6461","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konug alexander com nagot nær konung darii land

","englishForm": "

Iran

","editionPage": "119","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Konung Darii Land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kunung Darii Land","sourcePage": "155","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Persia

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "32","longitude": "53","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/130758/islamic-republic-of-iran.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iran","location": "

Iran

","preposition": "

nær

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2903,"count": "6463","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konning ower bemmen och polen land

","englishForm": "

Poland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/10","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Polenland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Polenland","sourcePage": "218r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/798544/republic-of-poland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poland","location": "

Poland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2901,"count": "6465","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "


konning ower bemmen och polen land

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/10","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "218r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2899,"count": "6467","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konningen aff bemmen

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/10","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "216v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2897,"count": "6469","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then herræ aff bemmen

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/10","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "216r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2895,"count": "6471","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then herræ aff bemen land

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/10","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemenland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemenland","sourcePage": "215v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2893,"count": "6473","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then konningh aff polen

","englishForm": "

Poland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Polen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Polen","sourcePage": "214r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/798544/republic-of-poland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poland","location": "

Poland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2891,"count": "6475","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konninghen aff polen

","englishForm": "

Poland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Polen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Polen","sourcePage": "213v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/798544/republic-of-poland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poland","location": "

Poland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2889,"count": "6477","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then herræ aff bemen

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "213v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2887,"count": "6479","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konningen aff bemen

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "213r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2885,"count": "6481","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then herræ aff bemen

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "212r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2883,"count": "6483","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

kongen aff bemen

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "211v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2881,"count": "6485","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

hiedening wil jndh til rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "206v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2879,"count": "6487","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

tha legaten thet fæstæ saa ||
som kongen af bemen bodhe appa

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "https://tekstnet.dk/den-kyske-dronning/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "206r-v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The manuscript has bemen, but since the legate is the Bohemian king in disguise, the manuscript form makes no sense. The editor has emended to polen.

"}, {"id": 2877,"count": "6489","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

jndh til polæn

","englishForm": "

Poland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Polæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Polen","sourcePage": "206r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/798544/republic-of-poland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poland","location": "

Poland

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2875,"count": "6491","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

han strax aff bemen redh

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "206r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2873,"count": "6493","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

myn fadher mæg til polen førde

","englishForm": "

Poland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Polen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Polen","sourcePage": "205v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/798544/republic-of-poland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poland","location": "

Poland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2871,"count": "6495","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konngen aff bemmen

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "205r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2869,"count": "6497","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konning war i bemen landh

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/7","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemenlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemenland","sourcePage": "204v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2867,"count": "6499","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

kongæ i bemen land

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/7","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemenland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemenland","sourcePage": "204v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2861,"count": "6501","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc mykyn moghe aff israels folke

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "399","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "332","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2859,"count": "6503","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thy at synnodaghin thydher a latino | hwilo eller hwilodagher

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "394","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "329","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2853,"count": "6505","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at han medh sinne høghfærdh kan engaledh in i paradiis koma

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "389","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "325","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2851,"count": "6507","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha the waro j wæghenom til paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "389","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "325","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2849,"count": "6509","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han hørdhe oc sighias aff paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "389","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "325","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2845,"count": "6511","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thentidh alexander hafdhe swa om alla werldena farit | Oc wilde ater heem fara j sit fædhernis rike | fingo nokre herra aff macedonia awnd til honom

","englishForm": "

Macedonia

","editionPage": "388","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Macedonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Macedonia","sourcePage": "324","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "40.91351","longitude": "22.84058","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6697801/central-macedonia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macedonia_(ancient_kingdom)","location": "

Macedonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2841,"count": "6513","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc læth kasta sik j mærith medh ene lange lænkio

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "388","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærith","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "324","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2837,"count": "6515","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

han screff om Norge oc yslandh | Swerike danmarch och ængelandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "313","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ængelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Engeland","sourcePage": "229r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

um

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2835,"count": "6517","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Konung porus aff india

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "383","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "320","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2833,"count": "6519","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

han screff om Norge oc yslandh | Swerike danmarch och ængelandh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "313","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "229r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

um

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2831,"count": "6521","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ffoor konung alexander medh enom storum hær til india land 

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "383","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Indialand ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand ","sourcePage": "320","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2829,"count": "6523","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han kom om sidhe til eet stoort watn | som vthfløth aff mærit | ther kunde engin bro ofwer byggias

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "381","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "318","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2823,"count": "6525","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Konung alexander nalkadhis fast konung dari land

","englishForm": "

Iran

","editionPage": "379","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Konung Dari land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Konung Darii land","sourcePage": "317","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Persia

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32","longitude": "53","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/130758/islamic-republic-of-iran.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iran","location": "

Iran

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2821,"count": "6527","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

badh israels gudh sik hielpa

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "379","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "317","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2819,"count": "6529","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

thet waro iodha | oc hafdho ofwergifwit oc forsakat thera gud

","englishForm": "

Red Jew

","editionPage": "379","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iodha","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "317","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Red Jew is visualised as located in Asia because the context of the text places it there.

According to medieval tradition the fictional Red Jews inhabitated an area somewhere in Asia on the other side of the also unreal Sambation river. In contrast to actual medieval Jewish people, this fictional group of people is included in the Norse World database, since a geographical location is implied in the notion of Red Jews.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_Jews","location": "

Red Jew

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to the context of Consolation of the Soul the Jews mentioned in this passage can be identified with so called Red Jews.

"}, {"id": 2817,"count": "6531","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Alexander foor thædhan oc kom ther æpte til eet annat land | Ther waro oc iodha som thit waro drifne att byggia

","englishForm": "

Red Jew

","editionPage": "379","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iodha","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "316","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Red Jew is visualised as located in Asia because the context of the text places it there.

According to medieval tradition the fictional Red Jews inhabitated an area somewhere in Asia on the other side of the also unreal Sambation river. In contrast to actual medieval Jewish people, this fictional group of people is included in the Norse World database, since a geographical location is implied in the notion of Red Jews.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_Jews","location": "

Red Jew

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to the context of Consolation of the Soul the Jews mentioned in this passage can be identified with so called Red Jews.

"}, {"id": 2815,"count": "6533","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Aff Nørges kroneca

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "313","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nørge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "229r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2813,"count": "6535","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Alexander foor thædhan oc kom ther æpte til eet annat land | Ther waro oc iodha som thit waro drifne att byggia

","englishForm": "

Other land

","editionPage": "379","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "annat land","lemmaFormAttestation": "annat land","sourcePage": "316","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Other land

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2811,"count": "6537","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc gaff iodhomen stora friheth

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "379","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iodhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "316","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2809,"count": "6539","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

hwi han giordhe iudhum swa storan hedher

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "379","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudha","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "316","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2807,"count": "6541","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

Han kom norge til Christendom

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "313","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "229r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2805,"count": "6543","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha iudhadhe thet hørdho | wordho the mykyt rædde

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "379","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhadhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "316","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2803,"count": "6545","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Alexander nalkadhis om sidhe iherusalem | ther iudhane bygdo

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "379","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "316","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2801,"count": "6547","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Alexander nalkadhis om sidhe iherusalem | ther iudhane bygdo

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "379","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "316","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2799,"count": "6549","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han kom oc til een mæktoghan stadh | heth Corrintus

","englishForm": "

Ancient Corinth

","editionPage": "379","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Corrintus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Korintus","sourcePage": "316","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Corinth

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "37.90576","longitude": "22.87995","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354442/ancient-corinth.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Corinth","location": "

Ancient Corinth

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2797,"count": "6551","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Konung alexander | foor vth aff macedonia medh myklo folk oc store makt

","englishForm": "

Macedonia

","editionPage": "378","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Macedonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Macedonia","sourcePage": "316","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "40.91351","longitude": "22.84058","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6697801/central-macedonia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macedonia_(ancient_kingdom)","location": "

Macedonia

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2795,"count": "6553","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc romara sændo honom tw thusand riddara

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "378","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "316","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2793,"count": "6555","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

han wilde aff landhet faræ | til then hellige graff

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/4","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Hellige Graff","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "198v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2791,"count": "6557","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

[T]hen koni[n]gh aff polen

","englishForm": "

Poland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/4","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Polen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Polen","sourcePage": "198r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/798544/republic-of-poland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poland","location": "

Poland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2789,"count": "6559","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

han worte tha konning ower bemen land

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/3","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemenland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemenland","sourcePage": "198r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2787,"count": "6561","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

tha han kam til bemen hiem

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/3","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "198r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2785,"count": "6563","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

kongen aff polæn

","englishForm": "

Poland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/3","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Polæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Polen","sourcePage": "197v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/798544/republic-of-poland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poland","location": "

Poland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2783,"count": "6565","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ffan han at ther waro fræmadha budh komen

","englishForm": "

Foreign

","editionPage": "378","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmadha budh","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha buþ","sourcePage": "315","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreign

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2777,"count": "6567","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc thy rymde han hemelika bort aff landeno | oc kom til eet annat land

","englishForm": "

Other land

","editionPage": "374","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "annat land","lemmaFormAttestation": "annat land","sourcePage": "312","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Other land

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2775,"count": "6569","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet war een konung aff egipto land | heeth annectanabus

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "374","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "312","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2773,"count": "6571","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Konung allexander | kalladhis konung philposa son aff macedonia

","englishForm": "

Macedonia

","editionPage": "374","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Macedonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Macedonia","sourcePage": "312","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "40.91351","longitude": "22.84058","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6697801/central-macedonia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macedonia_(ancient_kingdom)","location": "

Macedonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2771,"count": "6573","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

for hunger oc hardha tidh skuld | som war wordhin j iudha landeno

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "372","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iudhalandet","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iudhalandet","sourcePage": "311","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2769,"count": "6575","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc læt belæggia een stadh ther kalladhis rabach

","englishForm": "

Amman

","editionPage": "368","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rabach","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rabat","sourcePage": "308","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Rabbah

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.95522","longitude": "35.94503","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/250441/amman.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amman","location": "

Amman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Old Swedish Consolation of the Soul rely on a Middle Low German version, that reads Rabat (Schmitt 1959: 254). The Old Swedish form rabach is considered a simple misreading by the editor (Henning 1954: 434). The Old Danish text is translated from Old Swedish. Therefore the lemmaforms OSw. Rabat and ODa. Rabat are used here.

"}, {"id": 2767,"count": "6577","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet war een hælagher brodher heth sanctus antonius | aff padua aff sancti francissi reghlo | han war eentidh stadder widh een stadh | ther kallas tuscia

","englishForm": "

Tuskia

","editionPage": "364","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tuscia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tuskia","sourcePage": "305","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the Old Swedish work Själens tröst (Consolation of the Soul), Tuskia or Tuscany is mentioned as a city, which contradicts the assumed type of locality of the geographical entity, region. For this reason, Tuskia (Tuscany) is marked as fictional and the coordinates of Toscana (Tuscany) are used to visualise the fictional locality via the Show as field.

","locationDescription": "

Tuscany

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "43.41667","longitude": "11","showAsLocatedIn": "1093","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Tuskia

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2765,"count": "6579","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet war een hælagher brodher heth sanctus antonius | aff padua aff sancti francissi reghlo | han war eentidh stadder widh een stadh | ther kallas tuscia

","englishForm": "

Padua

","editionPage": "364","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Padua","lemmaFormAttestation": "Padua","sourcePage": "305","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "45.40797","longitude": "11.88586","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3171728/padova.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Padua","location": "

Padua

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2763,"count": "6581","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet war een hertoghe j frislande heth rathodus

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "361","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frisland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisland","sourcePage": "303","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2761,"count": "6583","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j iherusalem palma synno dagh

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "358","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "301","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2755,"count": "6585","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

fram til sin stadh Compostella

","englishForm": "

Santiago de Compostela

","editionPage": "350","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Compostella","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kompostela","sourcePage": "295","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "42.88052","longitude": "-8.54569","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3109642/santiago-de-compostela.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Santiago_de_Compostela","location": "

Santiago de Compostela

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2753,"count": "6587","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

wildo til sancti iacobs

","englishForm": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","editionPage": "349","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Iacobs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Iakobs","sourcePage": "295","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "42.88064","longitude": "-8.5445","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6452774/cathedral-of-santiago-de-compostela.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Santiago_de_Compostela_Cathedral","location": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2751,"count": "6589","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

læth han swa medh glædhy heem til egypto land fara

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "347","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "293","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2749,"count": "6591","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

sændo the til melaan æpter twa archa aff kostelikom steen

","englishForm": "

Milan

","editionPage": "344","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Melaan","lemmaFormAttestation": "Melan","sourcePage": "291","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "45.46427","longitude": "9.18951","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3173435/milan.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Milan","location": "

Milan

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2747,"count": "6593","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc læto ther byggia twa skøna kyrkior | The ena bygdis a konungxsins wegna | oc wighdhis aff sancto albino | sancto eusebio til hedher | The andra bygdis a drotnigenna wegna | oc wighdhis sancto petro til hedher

","englishForm": "

Sancti Petri

","editionPage": "344","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Petri","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancti Petri","sourcePage": "291","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

The exact location of this church is unknown, for this reason here the coordinates of the Lombard town Mortara are used for visualisation. According to tradition the local Abbey of Sant'Albino is the resting place of Amicus and Amelius.

","locationDescription": "

Church of Saint Peter

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "45.2494","longitude": "8.73302","showAsLocatedIn": "809","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mortara,_Lombardy","location": "

Sancti Petri

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2745,"count": "6595","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc læto ther byggia twa skøna kyrkior | The ena bygdis a konungxsins wegna | oc wighdhis aff sancto albino | sancto eusebio til hedher | The andra bygdis a drotnigenna wegna | oc wighd","englishForm": "

Abbey of Sant'Albino

","editionPage": "344","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Albini Sancti Eusebii","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancti Albini Sancti Eusebii","sourcePage": "291","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

The burial place of Amicus and Amelius.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "45.246","longitude": "8.7532","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Abbey_of_Sant%27Albino,_Mortara¶ms=45.2460_N_8.7532_E_type:landmark_region:IT","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abbey_of_Sant%27Albino,_Mortara","location": "

Abbey of Sant'Albino

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The burial place of Amicus and Amelius seems to be the church of Sant'Eusebio founded by Charlemagne in 773. The church later changed its name to Sant'Albino.

"}, {"id": 2743,"count": "6597","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

sænde konung karl budh hem til frankarike

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "344","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "290","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2741,"count": "6599","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konung karl magnus aff frankarike | reste medh hær in j ytaliam mot langobodorum konung desiderio | oc stridde medh honom for romara kyrkio frælse

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "344","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara kyrkia","lemmaFormAttestation": "romara kirkia","sourcePage": "290","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2739,"count": "6601","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konung karl magnus aff frankarike | reste medh hær in j ytaliam mot langobodorum konung desiderio | oc stridde medh honom for romara kyrkio frælse

","englishForm": "

Lombard

","editionPage": "344","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Langobod","lemmaFormAttestation": "Langobard","sourcePage": "290","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Longobard

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","showAsLocatedIn": "203","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombards","location": "

Lombard

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2737,"count": "6603","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konung karl magnus aff frankarike | reste medh hær in j ytaliam mot langobodorum konung desiderio | oc stridde medh honom for romara kyrkio frælse

","englishForm": "

Italy

","editionPage": "344","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ytalia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Italia","sourcePage": "290","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "42.83333","longitude": "12.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3175395/repubblica-italiana.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italy","location": "

Italy

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2735,"count": "6605","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konung karl magnus aff frankarike | reste medh hær in j ytaliam mot langobodorum konung desiderio | oc stridde medh honom for romara kyrkio frælse

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "344","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "290","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2733,"count": "6607","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

belaghdhe bericanos | swa længe at the gawo honom sik wnna

","englishForm": "

Bericanus

","editionPage": "343","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Berican","lemmaFormAttestation": "berikan","sourcePage": "290","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

Inhabitant of Berry.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "60","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Bericanus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2731,"count": "6609","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

wi tokum badhe een dagh j room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "341","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "288","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2729,"count": "6611","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konugxsins dotter aff franka rike til hustru

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "340","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "287","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2727,"count": "6613","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Amicus swaradhe sik wara føddan j bericano | oc karit sik wara gifwit j room aff pawanom sielfwom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "340","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "287","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2725,"count": "6615","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Amicus swaradhe sik wara føddan j bericano | oc karit sik wara gifwit j room aff pawanom sielfwom

","englishForm": "

Berry

","editionPage": "340","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bericano","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berikano","sourcePage": "287","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3033230/berry.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berry,_France","location": "

Berry

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2723,"count": "6617","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

the brewe for stande | ther hanum war send aff fremede lande

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fremede lande","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmethe land","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2721,"count": "6619","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

The førdho han aff room til amelii greua borgh

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "339","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "287","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2719,"count": "6621","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

swa mykyn hunger oc swlt j room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "339","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "286","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2717,"count": "6623","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha the komo til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "339","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "286","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2715,"count": "6625","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Førin mik æn til sancti pethers oc sancti pawals mønster j room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "339","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "286","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2713,"count": "6627","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Førin mik æn til sancti pethers oc sancti pawals mønster j room

","englishForm": "

San Paolo fuori le Mura

","editionPage": "339","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Pawals mønster","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Paulus mønster","sourcePage": "286","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Basilica of Saint Paul Outside the Walls

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.85866","longitude": "12.47704","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3167899/san-paolo-fuori-le-mura.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basilica_of_Saint_Paul_Outside_the_Walls","location": "

San Paolo fuori le Mura

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2711,"count": "6629","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Førin mik æn til sancti pethers oc sancti pawals mønster j room

","englishForm": "

Saint Peter's Basilica

","editionPage": "339","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Pethers","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Peters","sourcePage": "286","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.90221","longitude": "12.45305","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269268/san-pietro-del-vaticano.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/St._Peter%27s_Basilica","location": "

Saint Peter's Basilica

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2709,"count": "6631","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

kongen aff bemen

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2707,"count": "6633","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konge och herræ ower polen landh

","englishForm": "

Poland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Polenlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Polenland","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/798544/republic-of-poland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poland","location": "

Poland

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2705,"count": "6635","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til jen konningh som war i bemen

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2703,"count": "6637","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

førin mik til mit feste j bericano

","englishForm": "

Berry

","editionPage": "338","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bericano","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berikano","sourcePage": "286","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3033230/berry.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berry,_France","location": "

Berry

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2701,"count": "6639","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc foro swa badhe til konung karl j frankarike

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "335","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "283","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2699,"count": "6641","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

I polen war jen konningh righ

","englishForm": "

Poland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/den-kyske-dronning/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Polen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Polen","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Den Kyske Dronning","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Danish romance that was – according to the afterword in Cod. Holm. K 47 – “satte i ryme” (put into rhyme) by Jep Jensen in 1483. It is the story of the queen of Poland who is falsely accused of adultery and expelled from the court. She is helped by her adopted son, the king of Bohemia, whom she finally marries. No intermediate source for this Danish work is known, although it may have its origins in the court of Kazimierz the Great in Poland.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Den kyske dronning (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/798544/republic-of-poland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poland","location": "

Poland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2697,"count": "6643","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

hwat hafwer amicus aff bericano idher giort

","englishForm": "

Berry

","editionPage": "335","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bericano","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berikano","sourcePage": "283","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3033230/berry.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berry,_France","location": "

Berry

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2695,"count": "6645","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

medh sigher oc priis til pariis ridha

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "335","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "283","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2693,"count": "6647","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thæntidh amelius saa bericanos koma fram aff skoghenom ridhande

","englishForm": "

Bericanus

","editionPage": "335","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Berican","lemmaFormAttestation": "berikan","sourcePage": "283","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

Inhabitant of Berry.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "60","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Bericanus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is declined as a Latin accusative plural.

"}, {"id": 2691,"count": "6649","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Æn amelius war annan daghin førra fram aff pariis | oc widh sechanan flodh j eene æng | sat han oc aat medh sinom thiænarom 

","englishForm": "

Seine

","editionPage": "335","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sechananflodh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sechananflodh","sourcePage": "283","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "49.44469","longitude": "0.38177","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2975252/seine.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Seine","location": "

Seine

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The nasal stroke over the final a in the compound Sechana(n)flodh has been expanded as an n contrary to Henning's interpretation (m). This has been done due to the parallel form in the Danish version, viz. Secananfloth, which is not abbreviated. Henning's interpretation is impossible to analyse grammatically as a compound.

"}, {"id": 2689,"count": "6651","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Æn amelius war annan daghin førra fram aff pariis | oc widh sechanam flodh j eene æng | sat han oc aat medh sinom thiænarom 

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "335","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "283","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2687,"count": "6653","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ridh til pariis

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "334","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "283","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2685,"count": "6655","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Jak ær amicus aff bericano

","englishForm": "

Berry

","editionPage": "334","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bericano","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berikano","sourcePage": "283","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3033230/berry.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berry,_France","location": "

Berry

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2683,"count": "6657","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

seet amelium aluernensis grewa son

","englishForm": "

Auvergnat

","editionPage": "334","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "aluernenses","lemmaFormAttestation": "alvernenses","sourcePage": "283","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

According to André Moisan – Répertoire des noms propres.... (1986) Tome II, vol. 4, p. 84 – the form alverni(enses) found in The Consolation of the Soul, equals the inhabitant designation 'auvergnats'.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "3.16667","showAsLocatedIn": "157","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Auvergne","location": "

Auvergnat

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

cf. Moisan 1986: 84.

"}, {"id": 2681,"count": "6659","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

seet min kærasta kompan amicum | riddara aff bericano

","englishForm": "

Berry

","editionPage": "334","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bericano","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berikano","sourcePage": "282","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3033230/berry.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berry,_France","location": "

Berry

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2679,"count": "6661","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Och tha han kom oppa ena daxledh nær pariis

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "282","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

nær

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2677,"count": "6663","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til wan kompan oc win amelium | aluernensis greua son

","englishForm": "

Auvergnat

","editionPage": "333","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "aluernenses","lemmaFormAttestation": "alvernenses","sourcePage": "282","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

According to André Moisan – Répertoire des noms propres.... (1986) Tome II, vol. 4, p. 84 – the form alverni(enses) found in The Consolation of the Soul, equals the inhabitant designation 'auvergnats'.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "3.16667","showAsLocatedIn": "157","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Auvergne","location": "

Auvergnat

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

cf. Moisan 1986: 84.

"}, {"id": 2675,"count": "6665","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

thu hafwer lofwat amelio aluernensi grewa syny

","englishForm": "

Auvergnat

","editionPage": "333","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "aluernenses","lemmaFormAttestation": "alvernenses","sourcePage": "281","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

According to André Moisan – Répertoire des noms propres.... (1986) Tome II, vol. 4, p. 84 – the form alverni(enses) found in The Consolation of the Soul, equals the inhabitant designation 'auvergnats'.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "3.16667","showAsLocatedIn": "157","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Auvergne","location": "

Auvergnat

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

cf. Moisan 1986: 84.

"}, {"id": 2673,"count": "6667","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

cristnadhe han them badha j sancti saluatoris kyrkio widh latran

","englishForm": "

Lateran

","editionPage": "332","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Latran","lemmaFormAttestation": "Latran","sourcePage": "281","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "urban area","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.88688","longitude": "12.5057","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378878/palazzo-del-laterano.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lateran","location": "

Lateran

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2671,"count": "6669","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

cristnadhe han them badha j sancti saluatoris kyrkio widh latran

","englishForm": "

Basilica of Saint John Lateran

","editionPage": "332","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Saluatoris kyrkia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancti Salvatoris kirkia","sourcePage": "281","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Archbasilica of Saint John Lateran

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.8858","longitude": "12.5058","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7602857/basilica-of-st-john-lateran.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Archbasilica_of_St._John_Lateran","location": "

Basilica of Saint John Lateran

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2669,"count": "6671","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aluernesis greue | oc een riddare aff bericano

","englishForm": "

Berry

","editionPage": "332","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bericano","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berikano","sourcePage": "281","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3033230/berry.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berry,_France","location": "

Berry

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2667,"count": "6673","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aluernesis greue | oc een riddare aff bericano

","englishForm": "

Auvergnat

","editionPage": "332","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "aluerneses ","lemmaFormAttestation": "alvernenses","sourcePage": "281","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

According to André Moisan – Répertoire des noms propres.... (1986) Tome II, vol. 4, p. 84 – the form alverni(enses) found in The Consolation of the Soul, equals the inhabitant designation 'auvergnats'.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "3.16667","showAsLocatedIn": "157","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Auvergne","location": "

Auvergnat

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

cf. Moisan 1986: 84.

"}, {"id": 2665,"count": "6675","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han war thydzker | oc j franka rike atte han hema | Han wilde oc til room medh sinom son

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "332","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "280","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2663,"count": "6677","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han war thydzker | oc j franka rike atte han hema | Han wilde oc til room medh sinom son

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "332","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "280","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2661,"count": "6679","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han war thydzker | oc j franka rike atte han hema | Han wilde oc til room medh sinom son

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "332","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thydzker","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "280","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2659,"count": "6681","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

foor oppa wæghin Til room medh honom Tha han kom til een stadh heeth lucha

","englishForm": "

Lucca

","editionPage": "332","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Lucha","lemmaFormAttestation": "Luca","sourcePage": "280","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "43.84369","longitude": "10.50447","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3174530/lucca.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lucca","location": "

Lucca

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2657,"count": "6683","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

foor oppa wæghin Til room medh honom Tha han kom til een stadh heeth lucha

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "332","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "280","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2655,"count": "6685","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

skolin j føra han til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "331","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "280","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2653,"count": "6687","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

pawin aff room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "331","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "280","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2651,"count": "6689","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

tedhis aluarnensi grewa j sømpne

","englishForm": "

Auvergnat

","editionPage": "331","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "aluarnenses","lemmaFormAttestation": "alvernenses","sourcePage": "280","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

According to André Moisan – Répertoire des noms propres.... (1986) Tome II, vol. 4, p. 84 – the form alverni(enses) found in The Consolation of the Soul, equals the inhabitant designation 'auvergnats'.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "3.16667","showAsLocatedIn": "157","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Auvergne","location": "

Auvergnat

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

cf. Moisan 1986: 84.

"}, {"id": 2649,"count": "6691","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

skuldo the føra han til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "331","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "280","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2647,"count": "6693","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Hans fadher war thydzker

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "331","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thydzker","lemmaFormAttestation": "thydhisker","sourcePage": "280","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2645,"count": "6695","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

han screff om Norge oc yslandh | Swerike danmarch och ængelandh

","englishForm": "

Iceland

","editionPage": "313","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Yslandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Island","sourcePage": "229r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "65","longitude": "-18","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2629691/republic-of-iceland.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland","location": "

Iceland

","preposition": "

um

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2643,"count": "6697","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ghi","originalForm": "

sancte olaff j Norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "313","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503403","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "229r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","work": "Olav den heliges saga","workNotes": "

Also known as The Separate (or Independent) Saga of Saint Olaf in order to distinguish it from other West Norse versions.

Jonas Carlquist (1995:141–142) argues that the dating should be further narrowed to 1449–1453.

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A Swedish verse translation of the West Norse saga about King Olaf II of Norway written by Snorri Sturluson c. 1225.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2641,"count": "6699","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

I thøm tyma pipinus war konunger j frankarike føddis een pilter j bericano

","englishForm": "

Berry

","editionPage": "331","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bericano","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berikano","sourcePage": "280","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3033230/berry.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berry,_France","location": "

Berry

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2639,"count": "6701","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

I thøm tyma pipinus war konunger j frankarike føddis een pilter j bericano

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "331","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "280","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2637,"count": "6703","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

fik | pawin oc alth romara radh

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "331","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara radh","lemmaFormAttestation": "romara radh","sourcePage": "280","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2635,"count": "6705","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

for pawanom oc for idher oc mik oc for allo romara radh

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "330","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara radh","lemmaFormAttestation": "romara radh","sourcePage": "279","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2633,"count": "6707","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

vtan foor till room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "330","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "279","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2631,"count": "6709","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

the wildo hona j mærit kasta

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "328","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "278","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2629,"count": "6711","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha the oppa mærit komo

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "328","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "278","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2627,"count": "6713","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at the skuldo hona medh skip ofwer mærit føra

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "328","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "278","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2625,"count": "6715","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han befaladhe sina hustru sinom brodher oc alt romara rike

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "326","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Romararike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Romararike","sourcePage": "276","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2623,"count": "6717","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Keysarin wilde ofwer mærit fara til the hælgho graff

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "326","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "The hælgha graff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Þe hælgha graf","sourcePage": "276","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2621,"count": "6719","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Keysarin wilde ofwer mærit fara til the hælgho graff

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "326","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "276","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2619,"count": "6721","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

I Room war een keysare

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "326","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "276","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2617,"count": "6723","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Hær byrias eet annat aff eene ærlike frw j room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "326","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "276","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2615,"count": "6725","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

O thu chanaans blodh oc ekke iudha

","englishForm": "

Canaan

","editionPage": "323","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Chanaan","lemmaFormAttestation": "Chanaan","sourcePage": "273","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.452281","longitude": "35.45541","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/app/#!/show/2043516","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canaan","location": "

Canaan

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2613,"count": "6727","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

J them stadhenom babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "321","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "271","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2611,"count": "6729","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thentidh iraels folk wnno een stadh som kalladhis iherico

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "320","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Irael","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "271","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2609,"count": "6731","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thentidh iraels folk wnno een stadh som kalladhis iherico

","englishForm": "

Jericho

","editionPage": "320","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherico","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iheriko","sourcePage": "271","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.86667","longitude": "35.45","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284899/jericho.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jericho","location": "

Jericho

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2607,"count": "6733","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j enom stadh heter ræfla

","englishForm": "

Tallinn 

","editionPage": "312","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ræfla","lemmaFormAttestation": "Reval","sourcePage": "265","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Reval

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "59.43696","longitude": "24.75353","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/588409/tallinn.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tallinn","location": "

Tallinn 

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Old Swedish Ræfla is corresponded by Reuele in the Low Middle German version of Consolation of the Soul (Henning 1954: 426). There is a possibility that the Old Swedish form represents Reval, a former name of Tallinn, and thus that the name referes to Tallinn.

"}, {"id": 2603,"count": "6735","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Hon foor til iherusalem medh myklo følghe

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "311","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "264","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2601,"count": "6737","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

The ærlika drotnigen af saba | ther kalladhis Nicaula

","englishForm": "

Sheba

","editionPage": "311","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Saba","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saba","sourcePage": "264","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "15.37954","longitude": "44.70886","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8504929/sheba.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sheba","location": "

Sheba

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2599,"count": "6739","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

The sighildo til offir oc hænto gul oc sølfwer | oc ædhla thræ oc dyra stena | filsben fughla och dywr | oc alt thet siælsynt war | førdho the til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "311","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "264","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2597,"count": "6741","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

The sighildo til offir oc hænto gul oc sølfwer | oc ædhla thræ oc dyra stena | filsben fughla och dywr | oc alt thet siælsynt war | førdho the til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Ophir

","editionPage": "310","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Offir","lemmaFormAttestation": "Offir","sourcePage": "264","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ophir","location": "

Ophir

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2595,"count": "6743","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

swa mykyt gull J iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "310","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "264","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2591,"count": "6745","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Templum æller mønstrit war ey hwæft

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "307","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Templum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Templum","sourcePage": "261","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2589,"count": "6747","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Templum war sielfft fyraslindot

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "306","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Templum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Templum","sourcePage": "261","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2587,"count": "6749","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

the vpbygdo templum

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "306","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Templum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Templum","sourcePage": "261","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2585,"count": "6751","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Templum war alt bygt aff hwitom marmorsten

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "306","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Templum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Templum","sourcePage": "261","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2583,"count": "6753","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc sænde thøm til eet bærgh heet lybanus

","englishForm": "

Mount Lebanon

","editionPage": "306","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Lybanus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Libanus","sourcePage": "261","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "34.29899","longitude": "36.10584","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/9062341/mount-lebanon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Lebanon","location": "

Mount Lebanon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2581,"count": "6755","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Konung yrian aff cyro læt hugga alt tymbrit | j sino rike oc sænde thet nidher til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "306","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "260","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2579,"count": "6757","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Konung yrian aff cyro læt hugga alt tymbrit | j sino rike oc sænde thet nidher til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Tyre

","editionPage": "306","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Cyrus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tyrus","sourcePage": "260","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sour

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.27333","longitude": "35.19389","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/267008/tyre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tyre,_Lebanon","location": "

Tyre

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin dative/ablative. 

Cf. Henning 1954: 425 on the copist's probable misreading of his source.

"}, {"id": 2577,"count": "6759","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Konung salomon loth byggia templom domini Thet ær wars herra mønster j iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "306","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "260","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2575,"count": "6761","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Konung salomon loth byggia templom domini Thet ær wars herra mønster j iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "306","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Templom Domini","lemmaFormAttestation": "Templum Domini","sourcePage": "260","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2571,"count": "6763","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ther æpter foor han til gabaon

","englishForm": "

Gibeon

","editionPage": "305","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gabaon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gabaon","sourcePage": "259","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.85203","longitude": "35.18451","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2338665","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gibeon_(ancient_city)","location": "

Gibeon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2569,"count": "6765","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konungxsins dotter aff egypto

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "305","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "259","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin dative/ablative.

"}, {"id": 2567,"count": "6767","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

læt bidhia om iomfruna abisagh sunamitis

","englishForm": "

Sunamitis

","editionPage": "304","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sunamitis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sunamitis","sourcePage": "259","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

of Shunem

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.60606","longitude": "35.33408","showAsLocatedIn": "1103","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shunem","location": "

Sunamitis

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2565,"count": "6769","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ena skøna iomfru heth abysaagh sunamitis

","englishForm": "

Sunamitis

","editionPage": "304","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sunamitis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sunamitis","sourcePage": "259","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

of Shunem

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.60606","longitude": "35.33408","showAsLocatedIn": "1103","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shunem","location": "

Sunamitis

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2561,"count": "6771","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc sidhan allom som komo aff androm landom

","englishForm": "

Other land

","editionPage": "299","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "andra land","lemmaFormAttestation": "annat land","sourcePage": "254","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Other land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2559,"count": "6773","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ledde thera slækt vth aff egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "303","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "258","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2557,"count": "6775","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

som fore waro j egypto

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "303","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "258","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2555,"count": "6777","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

komo til egyptum

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "302","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "258","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 2553,"count": "6779","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

føra han til egiptum

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "302","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "257","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 2551,"count": "6781","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

hempta thera fadher hustrur oc barn oc allan thera boscap til egipto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "302","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "257","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2549,"count": "6783","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

gudh sænde mik for idher til egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "302","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "257","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2547,"count": "6785","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

æn eentidh fara til egyptum

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "300","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "255","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 2545,"count": "6787","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

symeon ær j fængilsom j egipto

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "300","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "255","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2543,"count": "6789","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

the saghdho sik wara aff canaan land

","englishForm": "

Canaan

","editionPage": "299","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Canaanland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Chanaanland","sourcePage": "254","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.452281","longitude": "35.45541","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/app/#!/show/2043516","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canaan","location": "

Canaan

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2541,"count": "6791","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Naar the komo j egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "299","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "254","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2539,"count": "6793","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

hwete oc alzkona korn ær falt j egyptolande

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "299","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "254","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2537,"count": "6795","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc j egypto land fanz ey fødha

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "298","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "254","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2535,"count": "6797","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

thet hafwa the bii giort j paradiis æro aff them æghla rosum som ther waxa

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "298","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "254","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Level hævet fra Educ.

"}, {"id": 2533,"count": "6799","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Swa som iak ær egypto konunger Swa skal engin j egyptoland røra hand eller foot mot thino budhy

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "296","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "252","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2531,"count": "6801","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Swa som iak ær egypto konunger Swa skal engin j egyptoland røra hand eller foot mot thino budhy

","englishForm": "

Egyptian

","editionPage": "296","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "egypto konunger","lemmaFormAttestation": "egyptakonunger","sourcePage": "252","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","showAsLocatedIn": "55","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Egyptians","location": "

Egyptian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2529,"count": "6803","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

førdho køpmen ioseph til egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "294","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "250","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2527,"count": "6805","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ioseph foor aff ebron oc fan sina brødher j dotaym

","englishForm": "

Dothan

","editionPage": "293","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Dotaym","lemmaFormAttestation": "Dotaim","sourcePage": "249","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.413528","longitude": "35.239861","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Dothan_(ancient_city)¶ms=32_24_48.70_N_35_14_23.50_E_scale:25000_source:wiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dothan_(ancient_city)","location": "

Dothan

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2525,"count": "6807","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ioseph foor aff ebron oc fan sina brødher j dotaym

","englishForm": "

Hebron

","editionPage": "293","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ebron","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ebron","sourcePage": "249","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.52935","longitude": "35.0938","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/285066/hebron.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebron","location": "

Hebron

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2523,"count": "6809","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han foor til egyptum

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "292","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "248","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 2521,"count": "6811","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

han matte til egipto land fara

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "292","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "248","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2519,"count": "6813","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

J them tyma bygde j sodoma habraams brodherson loth at nampne

","englishForm": "

Sodom

","editionPage": "288","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sodoma","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sodoma","sourcePage": "245","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodom_and_Gomorrah","location": "

Sodom

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2517,"count": "6815","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Sodoma synd oc gomorra ær swa stoor oc thung

","englishForm": "

Gomorrah

","editionPage": "288","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gomorra","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gomorra","sourcePage": "245","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodom_and_Gomorrah","location": "

Gomorrah

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2515,"count": "6817","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Sodoma synd oc gomorra ær swa stoor oc thung

","englishForm": "

Sodom

","editionPage": "288","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sodoma","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sodoma","sourcePage": "245","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodom_and_Gomorrah","location": "

Sodom

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2513,"count": "6819","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet ær oc witande at fæm stædher forgingo for skørlifnadzsins synd oc nidher sunko medh folk oc fææ j aff grund | thera nampn waro swa sodoma gomorra. seboim. cela. oc segor

","englishForm": "

Zoara

","editionPage": "288","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Segor","lemmaFormAttestation": "Segor","sourcePage": "245","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

The form Segor is used in the versio vulgata.

","locationDescription": "

Segor

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zoara","location": "

Zoara

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2511,"count": "6821","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet ær oc witande at fæm stædher forgingo for skørlifnadzsins synd oc nidher sunko medh folk oc fææ j aff grund | thera nampn waro swa sodoma gomorra. seboim. cela. oc segor

","englishForm": "

Bela

","editionPage": "288","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Cela","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bela","sourcePage": "245","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Identical with Zoara, Zoar (Genesis 14). In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zoara","location": "

Bela

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The pentapolis mentioned in Genesis 14 consisted of the citys of Sodom, Gomorrah, Zeboim, Adma, and Zoara. In this attestation, as well as in the MLG source (Sela; Schmitt 1959: 197), the city of Adma seems to be confused with the previous name of Zoara, Bela, due to some scribal misunderstanding.

"}, {"id": 2509,"count": "6823","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet ær oc witande at fæm stædher forgingo for skørlifnadzsins synd oc nidher sunko medh folk oc fææ j aff grund | thera nampn waro swa sodoma gomorra. seboim. cela. oc segor

","englishForm": "

Zeboim

","editionPage": "288","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Seboim","lemmaFormAttestation": "Seboim","sourcePage": "245","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zeboim_(Hebrew_Bible)","location": "

Zeboim

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2507,"count": "6825","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet ær oc witande at fæm stædher forgingo for skørlifnadzsins synd oc nidher sunko medh folk oc fææ j aff grund | thera nampn waro swa sodoma gomorra. seboim. cela. oc segor

","englishForm": "

Gomorrah

","editionPage": "288","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gomorra","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gomorra","sourcePage": "245","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodom_and_Gomorrah","location": "

Gomorrah

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2505,"count": "6827","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet ær oc witande at fæm stædher forgingo for skørlifnadzsins synd oc nidher sunko medh folk oc fææ j aff grund | thera nampn waro swa sodoma gomorra. seboim. cela. oc segor

","englishForm": "

Sodom

","editionPage": "288","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sodoma","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sodoma","sourcePage": "245","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodom_and_Gomorrah","location": "

Sodom

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2503,"count": "6829","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Vtan paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "287","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "244","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

utan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2501,"count": "6831","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

somlike aff israels synom

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "281","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "240","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2499,"count": "6833","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ther æpter foor herodes til cesaream

","englishForm": "

Horbat Qesari

","editionPage": "276","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Cesarea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cesarea","sourcePage": "235","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Caesarea Maritima

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.50082","longitude": "34.89228","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294716/horbat-qesari.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesarea_Maritima","location": "

Horbat Qesari

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 2497,"count": "6835","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

sænde han til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "276","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "235","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2495,"count": "6837","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc thy foor han til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "275","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "234","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2493,"count": "6839","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ther for nidhan j bethlem oc ther om kring

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "274","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bethlem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bethleem","sourcePage": "233","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2491,"count": "6841","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

kom ater heem aff room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "274","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "233","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2489,"count": "6843","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

foor sin wægh til egyptum

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "274","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "233","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 2487,"count": "6845","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

fly medh them til egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "274","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "233","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2485,"count": "6847","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

bleff tw aar j room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "274","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "233","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2483,"count": "6849","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ffik han budh aff room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "274","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "233","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2481,"count": "6851","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

som fødder war j iudha lande

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "273","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iudhaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iudhaland","sourcePage": "232","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2479,"count": "6853","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

The foro til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "273","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "232","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2477,"count": "6855","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ffarin rasklika til iudha land

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "273","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iudhaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iudhaland","sourcePage": "232","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2475,"count": "6857","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

the hælgho thre konunga j østra landum oppa eno høgho bærghe

","englishForm": "

Østerland

","editionPage": "273","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Østraland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Østerland","sourcePage": "232","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse world resource Østerland is visualised as located in Asia since the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "

Eastern lands

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Østerland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2473,"count": "6859","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

The foro til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "273","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "232","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2471,"count": "6861","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Konung herodes ascholonita haffdhe syu sønir

","englishForm": "

Ascalonita

","editionPage": "273","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ascholonita","lemmaFormAttestation": "Askalonita","sourcePage": "232","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

of Ascalon, of Ashkelon

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.65996","longitude": "34.54907","showAsLocatedIn": "1101","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ashkelon","location": "

Ascalonita

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2469,"count": "6863","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thæn første heth herodes ascolonita

","englishForm": "

Ascalonita

","editionPage": "273","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ascolonita","lemmaFormAttestation": "Askalonita","sourcePage": "232","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

of Ascalon, of Ashkelon

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.65996","longitude": "34.54907","showAsLocatedIn": "1101","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ashkelon","location": "

Ascalonita

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2467,"count": "6865","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

wildo somlike iudha ater byggia stadhin iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "272","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "232","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2465,"count": "6867","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

tytus hafdhe nidhir brutit oc fordarfwat iherusalem Ffoor han ater heem til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "272","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "231","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2463,"count": "6869","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

tytus hafdhe nidhir brutit oc fordarfwat iherusalem Ffoor han ater heem til room

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "272","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "231","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2461,"count": "6871","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

løste han oc ledde han til arimathiam

","englishForm": "

Arimathea

","editionPage": "272","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Arimathia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Arimatia","sourcePage": "231","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Otherwise undocumented city in Judea known from the name of Joseph of Arimathea. Identified by Eusebius of Caesarea with Ramathaim-Zophim. 

Due to the uncertainty, the place is here visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arimathea","location": "

Arimathea

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 2459,"count": "6873","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han swaradhe oc saghdhe sik wara ioseph aff arimathia

","englishForm": "

Arimathea

","editionPage": "272","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Arimathia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Arimatia","sourcePage": "231","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Otherwise undocumented city in Judea known from the name of Joseph of Arimathea. Identified by Eusebius of Caesarea with Ramathaim-Zophim. 

Due to the uncertainty, the place is here visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arimathea","location": "

Arimathea

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2457,"count": "6875","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thridhia are æpter at iherusalem war belaghdher

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "271","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "231","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2455,"count": "6877","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

J them thyma war een riik fru j iherusalem heth maria

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "271","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "230","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2453,"count": "6879","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tytus laagh tw aar for iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "271","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "230","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2451,"count": "6881","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ffor han til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "270","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "229","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2449,"count": "6883","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc badh han liggia for iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "270","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "229","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2447,"count": "6885","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

baro honom vis budh oc breff | aff romara radh

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "270","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara radh","lemmaFormAttestation": "romara radh","sourcePage": "229","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2445,"count": "6887","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

kom ssændebudhin aff room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "270","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "229","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2443,"count": "6889","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

giffwa badhe stædher oc land | vnder romara wald

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "270","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara wald","lemmaFormAttestation": "romara vald","sourcePage": "229","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "

under

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2441,"count": "6891","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Keysarin aff room ær dødher | Oc alt romara radh | hafwer idher til keysara walt

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "270","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara radh","lemmaFormAttestation": "romara radh","sourcePage": "229","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2439,"count": "6893","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Keysarin aff room ær dødher | Oc alt romara radh | hafwer idher til keysara walt

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "270","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "229","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2437,"count": "6895","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

belaghdhe een annan stadh | heth iotapata

","englishForm": "

Yodefat

","editionPage": "269","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iotapata","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iotapata","sourcePage": "229","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Yodfat, Jotapata

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.83196","longitude": "35.27755","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/293163/yodefat.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yodfat","location": "

Yodefat

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2435,"count": "6897","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Jherusalem war swa starklika bygdir

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "269","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Jherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "228","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2433,"count": "6899","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc waro medh godhum fridh | annan wæghin iordanem

","englishForm": "

Jordan

","editionPage": "269","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iordanes","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iordanes","sourcePage": "228","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76025","longitude": "35.55792","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294624/jordan-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jordan_River","location": "

Jordan

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 2431,"count": "6901","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Wæspasianus foor aff room medh mykle makt | oc kom for stadhin iherusalem pasca nath

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "269","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "228","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2429,"count": "6903","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Wæspasianus foor aff room medh mykle makt | oc kom for stadhin iherusalem pasca nath

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "269","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "228","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2427,"count": "6905","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af fordarfwa iudha | thy at the waro romarum falske oc onde

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "269","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "228","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2425,"count": "6907","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

hans dødh ofwer iudhana hempna | Oc ffoor til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "269","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "228","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2423,"count": "6909","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han swaradhe sik wara aff iherusalem | j iudha land

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "268","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iudhaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iudhaland","sourcePage": "228","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2421,"count": "6911","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han swaradhe sik wara aff iherusalem | j iudha land

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "268","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "228","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2419,"count": "6913","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

widh eet land heter galicia J thy landeno war swa sidher | At alle the ther wrdho skipbruta | waro thes herrans eyghne | som landit hafdhe

","englishForm": "

Galicia

","editionPage": "268","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Galicia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Galicia","sourcePage": "228","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Attestations of Sankte Jakobs land are interpreted as Galicia, because Santiago de Compostela is located in this region.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "42.75508","longitude": "-7.86621","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3336902/galicia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galicia_%28Spain%29","location": "

Galicia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2417,"count": "6915","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thy vthsænde han een mærkelikin man heth albanus til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "268","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "228","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2415,"count": "6917","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc kastadho han j tybris

","englishForm": "

Tiber

","editionPage": "268","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tybris","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tiberis","sourcePage": "227","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Tiberis","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.74032","longitude": "12.23371","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3165709/tiber-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tiber","location": "

Tiber

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2413,"count": "6919","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

fara medh sik til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "267","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "227","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2411,"count": "6921","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ffar til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "266","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "226","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2409,"count": "6923","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at j iherusalem war een prophete heth ihesus

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "266","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "226","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2407,"count": "6925","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc Ffoor ater til room 

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "266","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "226","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2405,"count": "6927","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc giordhe han til foghota j iherusalem ofwer iudhana

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "266","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "226","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2403,"count": "6929","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Aff thy landeno fik han thet || nampnit | at han heth poncius pylatus

","englishForm": "

Pontius

","editionPage": "266","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Poncius","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pontius","sourcePage": "226","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The interpretation that Pontius Pilate was named after Bithynia and Pontus is found in the Old Swedish Consolation of the Soul (and its MLG source), where as Pilate rather had his name from the Roman Pontia family that he most probably belonged to. In the Norse World project bynames without obvious connection to a geographical locality per se, are only excerpted where the connection is made explicit in the textual context. Thus Pontius is only excerpted where this connection is stated, not everytime Pilate is mentioned in the texts.

","locationDescription": "

of Bithynia and Pontus

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "40.76585","longitude": "29.92865","showAsLocatedIn": "301","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pontius_Pilate","location": "

Pontius

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2401,"count": "6931","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc thy sændo the han ofwer mærit til eeth land ther kalladhis pontus

","englishForm": "

Roman Bithynia and Pontus

","editionPage": "266","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pontus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pontus","sourcePage": "225","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the Roman province.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "40.76585","longitude": "29.92865","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378484/bithynia-et-pontus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bithynia_and_Pontus","location": "

Roman Bithynia and Pontus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2399,"count": "6933","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc thy sændo the han ofwer mærit til eeth land ther kalladhis pontus

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "266","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "225","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2397,"count": "6935","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ther aff waro romarane mykyt bedrøfdhe

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "266","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romarane","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "225","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2395,"count": "6937","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konungxsins son aff frankarike j room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "265","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "225","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2393,"count": "6939","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konungxsins son aff frankarike j room

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "265","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "225","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2391,"count": "6941","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

for then skat han war romarum skylogher

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "265","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "225","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2389,"count": "6943","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

vtan sændin til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "265","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "225","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2387,"count": "6945","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thentidh romara | gato hans darskap oc ontzko ey længer lidhit

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "265","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "225","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2385,"count": "6947","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

stikka eld oppa room j syu ændom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "264","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "224","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2383,"count": "6949","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc then delin aff room | kalladhe han latran | som thydher a waart maal | fiælladher frødhir

","englishForm": "

Lateran

","editionPage": "264","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Latran","lemmaFormAttestation": "Latran","sourcePage": "224","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "urban area","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.88688","longitude": "12.5057","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378878/palazzo-del-laterano.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lateran","location": "

Lateran

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The translator of the Consolation of the Soul has fetched the information on Lateran from one of its Old Swedish sources, C 528. 

"}, {"id": 2381,"count": "6951","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc then delin aff room | kalladhe han latran | som thydher a waart maal | fiælladher frødhir

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "264","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "224","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2379,"count": "6953","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Nero læt mura sino barne eet torn | annan wægh tybrim

","englishForm": "

Tiber

","editionPage": "264","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tybris","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tiberis","sourcePage": "224","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Tiberis","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.74032","longitude": "12.23371","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3165709/tiber-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tiber","location": "

Tiber

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 2377,"count": "6955","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

redh nero eentidh fram at ene gatu j rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "264","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "224","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2375,"count": "6957","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han læt oc otalika ædhla romara afflifwa

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "263","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "223","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2373,"count": "6959","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han giordhe romirska rike fwlt aff faghro

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "263","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Romirska rike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Romerska riket","sourcePage": "223","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2371,"count": "6961","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han war een keysare j room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "263","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "223","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2369,"count": "6963","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

I Room war een keysare heth minerua

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "262","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "222","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2367,"count": "6965","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc komo til een stadh heter rauenna

","englishForm": "

Ravenna

","editionPage": "262","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rauenna","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ravenna","sourcePage": "222","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "44.41344","longitude": "12.20121","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169561/ravenna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ravenna","location": "

Ravenna

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2365,"count": "6967","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

byriadhe konugin abimelech ørløgha oppa stadhin sichim | Oc wan stadhin

","englishForm": "

Shechem

","editionPage": "258","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sichim","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sichim","sourcePage": "219","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The geographical identification of Shechem as a site situated close to the town of Nablus (Flavia Neapolis) is taken from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shechem

","locationDescription": "

Sichem

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.22111","longitude": "35.25444","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/282615/nablus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shechem","location": "

Shechem

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2363,"count": "6969","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Hørin j herra aff sichim

","englishForm": "

Shechem

","editionPage": "258","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sichim","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sichim","sourcePage": "219","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The geographical identification of Shechem as a site situated close to the town of Nablus (Flavia Neapolis) is taken from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shechem

","locationDescription": "

Sichem

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.22111","longitude": "35.25444","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/282615/nablus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shechem","location": "

Shechem

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2361,"count": "6971","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ther æpter kom folkit saman aff stadhenom sychim oc waldo abimelech til konung oppa ene mark vtan stadhin

","englishForm": "

Shechem

","editionPage": "258","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sychim","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sichim","sourcePage": "218","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The geographical identification of Shechem as a site situated close to the town of Nablus (Flavia Neapolis) is taken from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shechem

","locationDescription": "

Sichem

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.22111","longitude": "35.25444","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/282615/nablus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shechem","location": "

Shechem

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2359,"count": "6973","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

vnbødh enom mæktoghom iudha heet gedeon

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "256","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "217","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2357,"count": "6975","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

the ørløghadho oppa iudhana oc forhæriadho thera land

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "256","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "217","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2355,"count": "6977","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thentidh kom iudhane saman

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "256","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "217","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2353,"count": "6979","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

han stridde oc oppa iudhana oc byriadhe hæria thera land

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "256","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "217","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2351,"count": "6981","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Affwi een iudhinna hafwer oss fullelika skempt

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "255","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhinna","lemmaFormAttestation": "iudhinna","sourcePage": "216","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2349,"count": "6983","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

och iudhane følghdho æpte

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "255","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "216","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2347,"count": "6985","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

sampnadho iudhane alla thera makt

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "255","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "216","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2345,"count": "6987","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

gag til the iudhiska qwinnonna

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "254","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhiska","lemmaFormAttestation": "iudhisker","sourcePage": "215","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jewish

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2343,"count": "6989","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at iudhane hafwa thera gudh giort wredhan

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "254","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "215","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2341,"count": "6991","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

taka han oc føran til stadhin betuliam

","englishForm": "

Bethulia

","editionPage": "253","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Betulia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betulia","sourcePage": "214","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethulia","location": "

Bethulia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 2339,"count": "6993","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Judhane komo wth oc løsto achor oc leddo han in j stadhin

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "253","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "judhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "214","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2337,"count": "6995","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

skal iak lata dræpa thik medh iudhomen

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "253","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "214","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2335,"count": "6997","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Jak skal sænda thik in til iudhanna j thera stadh

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "253","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "214","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "

in til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2333,"count": "6999","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han frælste them aff egypto land | oc ledde them gynom thet rødha hafwit

","englishForm": "

Red Sea

","editionPage": "253","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Thet rødha hafwit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rødha havet","sourcePage": "214","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "20.26735","longitude": "38.53455","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/350155/red-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_Sea","location": "

Red Sea

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2331,"count": "7001","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han frælste them aff egypto land | oc ledde them gynom thet rødha hafwit

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "253","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "214","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2327,"count": "7003","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thentidh iudhane thet forstodho satto the sik til wærio

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "253","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "214","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2325,"count": "7005","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther ær thet bierg, pa hwilket war herræ fastedhe i firæ tiuæ dawæ ogh fyra tiua natter

","englishForm": "

Thæt bjargh, upa hvilik Varhærre fastedhe i fjuretjughe daghe ok fjuretjughe næter

","editionPage": "225","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet bierg, pa hwilket Warherræ fastedhe i firætiuæ dawæ ogh fyratiuæ dawæ ogh fyra tiua natter","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt bjargh, upa hvilik Varhærre fastedhe i fjuretjughe daghe ok fjuretjughe næter","sourcePage": "197v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Mount of Temptation

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.87447","longitude": "35.43039","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/282443/jabal-al-qarantal.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_of_Temptation","location": "

Thæt bjargh, upa hvilik Varhærre fastedhe i fjuretjughe daghe ok fjuretjughe næter

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2323,"count": "7007","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Iordan ær fra Iherusalem ensæ fæm godhe milæ

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "225","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "197v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2321,"count": "7009","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Iordan ær fra Iherusalem ensæ fæm godhe milæ

","englishForm": "

Jordan

","editionPage": "225","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iordan","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jordan","sourcePage": "197v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76025","longitude": "35.55792","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294624/jordan-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jordan_River","location": "

Jordan

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2319,"count": "7011","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Nw ær at tale om Iordan

","englishForm": "

Jordan

","editionPage": "225","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iordan","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jordan","sourcePage": "197v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76025","longitude": "35.55792","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294624/jordan-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jordan_River","location": "

Jordan

","preposition": "

um

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2317,"count": "7013","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

wden stadhen wel so lanct som eet armbørst scud ær then stedh, som Maria Magdalena com || om mood war herræ

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath som Maria Magdalena kom mot Varhærre

","editionPage": "225","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som Maria Magdalena com mood war herræ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath som Maria Magdalena kom mot Varhærre","sourcePage": "197r-v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Place where Jesus met Mary Magdalene

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mary_Magdalene","location": "

Thæn stath som Maria Magdalena kom mot Varhærre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2315,"count": "7015","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Wden widh stadhen ar Marthe hws

","englishForm": "

House of Martha

","editionPage": "225","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Marthe Hws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Martha Hus","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

According to the Gospels of Luke and John, Martha's house in located in Bethany.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77078","longitude": "35.26917","showAsLocatedIn": "685","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Martha","location": "

House of Martha

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2313,"count": "7017","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

I Betania ær Symonis hws then spidalskæ man

","englishForm": "

House of Simon the Leper

","editionPage": "225","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Symonis Hws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Simeons Hus","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

According to the Gospels of Matthew and Mark, Simon the Leper lived in a house in Bethany.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77078","longitude": "35.26917","showAsLocatedIn": "685","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Simon_the_Leper","location": "

House of Simon the Leper

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2311,"count": "7019","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

I Betania ær Symonis hws then spidalskæ man

","englishForm": "

Al-Ayzariyah

","editionPage": "225","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Betania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betania","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "village","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Bethany

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77078","longitude": "35.26917","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/285111/al-ayzariyah.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethany_(biblical_village)","location": "

Al-Ayzariyah

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2309,"count": "7021","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

han reeth til Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "224-225","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2307,"count": "7023","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

I mellen Betania ogh Ierusalem ær Betphage

","englishForm": "

Bethphage

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Betphage","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betfage","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "village","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.7772","longitude": "35.2508","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Bethphage¶ms=31.7772_N_35.2508_E_source:wikidata","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethphage","location": "

Bethphage

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2305,"count": "7025","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

I mellen Betania ogh Ierusalem ær Betphage

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

imællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2303,"count": "7027","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

I mellen Betania ogh Ierusalem ær Betphage

","englishForm": "

Al-Ayzariyah

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Betania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betania","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "village","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Bethany

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77078","longitude": "35.26917","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/285111/al-ayzariyah.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethany_(biblical_village)","location": "

Al-Ayzariyah

","preposition": "

imællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2301,"count": "7029","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther ær een kyrkæ ogh Lazarus graf

","englishForm": "

Tomb of Lazarus

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lazarus Graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lazarus' Grav","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.771661","longitude": "35.255903","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Tomb_of_Lazarus¶ms=31_46_17.98_N_35_15_21.25_E_","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tomb_of_Lazarus","location": "

Tomb of Lazarus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2299,"count": "7031","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ogh ær han fra Ihe[r]usa[l]em j øster een stakkæt hwalf milæ

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2297,"count": "7033","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Betania ær een stadh

","englishForm": "

Al-Ayzariyah

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Betania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betania","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "village","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Bethany

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77078","longitude": "35.26917","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/285111/al-ayzariyah.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethany_(biblical_village)","location": "

Al-Ayzariyah

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2295,"count": "7035","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Nw ær at siæ af Betania

","englishForm": "

Al-Ayzariyah

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Betania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betania","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "village","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Bethany

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77078","longitude": "35.26917","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/285111/al-ayzariyah.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethany_(biblical_village)","location": "

Al-Ayzariyah

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2293,"count": "7037","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Item sa Tyrus then stadh

","englishForm": "

Tyre

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tyrus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tyrus","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sour

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "33.27333","longitude": "35.19389","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/267008/tyre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tyre,_Lebanon","location": "

Tyre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2291,"count": "7039","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Item sa Widen then stadh, i hwilken quinnen saudhe til Ihesum: Helligh ær then quidh, thigh bar

","englishForm": "

Sidon

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Widen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sidon","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "33.55751","longitude": "35.37148","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/268064/sidon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sidon","location": "

Sidon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2289,"count": "7041","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

then stædh, som han mettedhe firæ thusendhe mæn

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som han mættethe fjure thusend mæn

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stædh, som han mettedhe firæ thusendhe mæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som han mættethe fjure thusend mæn","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Jesus fed four thousand men

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Feeding_the_multitude","location": "

Thæn stath, som han mættethe fjure thusend mæn

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2287,"count": "7043","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Item sa ær then ithkæn, j hwilken Cristus mettædhe fem thusendæ men

","englishForm": "

Thæn øthken, i hvilik Kristus mættethe fæm thusend mæn

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then ithkæn, j hwilken Cristus mettædhe fem thusendæ men","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn øthken, i hvilik Kristus mættethe fæm thusend mæn","sourcePage": "197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "desert","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "

Desert where Jesus fed five thousand men

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Feeding_the_multitude","location": "

Thæn øthken, i hvilik Kristus mættethe fæm thusend mæn

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2285,"count": "7045","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Item sa then stædh, som war herræ calledhe || sanctum Matheum til syn nadhe ogh aad ogh drac met hanum

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som varherræ kallethe sanctum Matheum til sin nathe ok aat ok drak mæth hanum

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stædh, som warherræ calledhe sanctum Matheum til syn nadhe ogh aad ogh drac met hanum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som varherræ kallethe sanctum Matheum til sin nathe ok aat ok drak mæth hanum","sourcePage": "196v-197r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Gospels Jesus met Matthew in Capernaum. In the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, the episode is refered to in connection with the city of Tiberias.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Jesus ate and drank with Matthew the apostle

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.88055","longitude": "35.57541","showAsLocatedIn": "671","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Matthew_the_Apostle","location": "

Thæn stath, som varherræ kallethe sanctum Matheum til sin nathe ok aat ok drak mæth hanum

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2283,"count": "7047","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

I then fore saudhe stadh Tiberias

","englishForm": "

Tiberias

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tiberias","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tiberia","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.79221","longitude": "35.53124","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/293322/tiberias.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tiberias","location": "

Tiberias

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2281,"count": "7049","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thet flyder af Jordan

","englishForm": "

Jordan

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jordan","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jordan","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76025","longitude": "35.55792","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294624/jordan-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jordan_River","location": "

Jordan

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2279,"count": "7051","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thet heder Tiberiadis haf for thi, at a strand brinke[n] liger then stadh Tiberiadis

","englishForm": "

Tiberias

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tiberiadis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tiberia","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.79221","longitude": "35.53124","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/293322/tiberias.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tiberias","location": "

Tiberias

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2277,"count": "7053","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thet heder Tiberiadis haf for thi, at a strand brinke[n] liger then stadh Tiberiadis

","englishForm": "

Lake Tiberias

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tiberiadis Haf","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tiberias Hav","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sea of Galilee

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.80723","longitude": "35.59279","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294459/lake-tiberias.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sea_of_Galilee","location": "

Lake Tiberias

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The quote continues: "Ikke hedher the[t] haf for thi, at the[t] ær aller salt aller beest, num thet hedher rætere een siøø".

"}, {"id": 2275,"count": "7055","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ogh he[der] thet Galilee haf for thi, at the[t] liger i Galilea

","englishForm": "

Galilee

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Galilea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Galilea","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.9","longitude": "35.33333","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294932/galilee.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galilee","location": "

Galilee

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2273,"count": "7057","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ogh he[der] thet Galilee haf for thi, at the[t] liger i Galilea

","englishForm": "

Lake Tiberias

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Galilee Haf","lemmaFormAttestation": "Galilea Hav","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sea of Galilee

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.80723","longitude": "35.59279","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294459/lake-tiberias.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sea_of_Galilee","location": "

Lake Tiberias

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2271,"count": "7059","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Item sa Galilee haf

","englishForm": "

Lake Tiberias

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Galilee Haf","lemmaFormAttestation": "Galilea Hav","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sea of Galilee

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.80723","longitude": "35.59279","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294459/lake-tiberias.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sea_of_Galilee","location": "

Lake Tiberias

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2269,"count": "7061","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Item sa then stadh Capharnaum, i hwilken gudh giordhe mange wnder

","englishForm": "

Kefar Nahum

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Capharnaum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kapernaum","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "village","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Capernaum

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.88055","longitude": "35.57541","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294522/kefar-nahum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Capernaum","location": "

Kefar Nahum

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2267,"count": "7063","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Item sa Tabor thet biergh, pa hwilket Ihesus lood sin gudh dom til sinæ

","englishForm": "

Mount Tabor

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Tabor","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tabor","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.68728","longitude": "35.39065","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/293418/mount-tabor.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Tabor","location": "

Mount Tabor

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2265,"count": "7065","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Item Cana Galilee ther som Ihesus wende wadn om til wiin

","englishForm": "

Cana

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cana Galilee","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kana Galilea","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "village","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cana","location": "

Cana

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2263,"count": "7067","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

then stadh Nayn, i hwilken Crist vp reesde af døthe widuæns søøn

","englishForm": "

Nein

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nayn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nain","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "village","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.63063","longitude": "35.34885","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294089/nein.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nein","location": "

Nein

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2261,"count": "7069","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thet castelle, i hwilket Ihesus reensedhe x spytalskæ men

","englishForm": "

Thæt kastelle, i hvilik Jesus rensethe x spitalske mæn

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet castelle, i hwilket Ihesus reensedhe x spytalskæ men","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt kastelle, i hvilik Jesus rensethe x spitalske mæn","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

According to the Gospel of Luke 17:11 this place is in a village on the border of Samaria and Galilee. In the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land the place is refered to as a castelle 'a fortress'.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "

Castle where Jesus cleansed ten lepers

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cleansing_ten_lepers","location": "

Thæt kastelle, i hvilik Jesus rensethe x spitalske mæn

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2259,"count": "7071","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Sebasten, i hwilken sancte Iohannes baptista war i mørke hws set og hals hugen

","englishForm": "

Samaria

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sebasten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sebasten","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.25","longitude": "35.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284584/samaria.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Samaria_(ancient_city)","location": "

Samaria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Sebaste is an older name for Samaria; however according to Flavius Josephus John the Baptist was imprisoned and beheaded in Machaerus.

"}, {"id": 2257,"count": "7073","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

then stadh Neapoleos eller Sycar, i hwilken Iosephs been war iordhedhe

","englishForm": "

Nablus

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sycar","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sykar","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.22111","longitude": "35.25444","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/282615/nablus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nablus","location": "

Nablus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2255,"count": "7075","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

then stadh Neapoleos eller Sycar, i hwilken Iosephs been war iordhedhe

","englishForm": "

Nablus

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Neapoleos","lemmaFormAttestation": "Neapolis","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.22111","longitude": "35.25444","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/282615/nablus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nablus","location": "

Nablus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2253,"count": "7077","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

I Galilea er then brøøn, som hedher brøøn to Samaritanæ

","englishForm": "

Jacob's Well

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Brøøn to Samaritanæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Brun to Samaritana","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "well","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.20952","longitude": "35.28518","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281302/bi-r-ya-qub.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jacob%27s_Well","location": "

Jacob's Well

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2251,"count": "7079","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

I Galilea

","englishForm": "

Galilee

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Galilea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Galilea","sourcePage": "196v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.9","longitude": "35.33333","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294932/galilee.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galilee","location": "

Galilee

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2249,"count": "7081","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

i Galilea ær then stedh, i hwilken sanctæ Staffn || war først iordhet

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, i hvilik sankte Stefan var fyrst jorthet

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, i hwilken sanctæ Staffn war først iordhet","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, i hvilik sankte Stefan var fyrst jorthet","sourcePage": "196r-v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land the first burial place of Saint Stephen was in Galilee, therefore the coordinates of that region are used here, and not those of Beit Jimal to the west of Jerusalem, that traditionally has been pointed out to be the original burial place.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Saint Stephen was first buried

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","showAsLocatedIn": "1085","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saint_Stephen","location": "

Thæn stath, i hvilik sankte Stefan var fyrst jorthet

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to conventional wisdom Saint Stephen was first buried in Beit Jimal to the west of Jerusalem, that is not in Galilee.

"}, {"id": 2247,"count": "7083","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

fremdeles i Galilea

","englishForm": "

Galilee

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Galilea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Galilea","sourcePage": "196r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.9","longitude": "35.33333","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294932/galilee.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galilee","location": "

Galilee

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2245,"count": "7085","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thy wardh han sænkter j rødha hafwit

","englishForm": "

Red Sea

","editionPage": "249","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rødha hafwit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rødha havet","sourcePage": "211","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "20.26735","longitude": "38.53455","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/350155/red-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_Sea","location": "

Red Sea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2243,"count": "7087","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

gig israels folk ofwer hafwit

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "249","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "210","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2241,"count": "7089","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at fanga idher mellan ødhkninna oc rødha hafwit

","englishForm": "

Red Sea

","editionPage": "249","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rødha hafwit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rødha havet","sourcePage": "210","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "20.26735","longitude": "38.53455","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/350155/red-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_Sea","location": "

Red Sea

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2239,"count": "7091","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

The komo ther æpter til rødha hafwit

","englishForm": "

Red Sea

","editionPage": "249","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rødha hafwit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rødha havet","sourcePage": "210","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "20.26735","longitude": "38.53455","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/350155/red-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_Sea","location": "

Red Sea

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2237,"count": "7093","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha israels folk foor vth aff egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "249","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "210","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2235,"count": "7095","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha israels folk foor vth aff egypto land

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "249","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "210","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2233,"count": "7097","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

swa mykyn sorgh skri oc grater oc ønkelik laat ofwer alt egipto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "210","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2231,"count": "7099","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

kom gudhlikt wald j egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "210","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2229,"count": "7101","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

giordho israels syny

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "210","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2227,"count": "7103","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

The sama nath skal iak fara ofwer alt egyptoland

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "210","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2225,"count": "7105","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

skulu israels syni æta eet pasca lamb

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "209","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2223,"count": "7107","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

alt thet først war føt aff modher ofwer alt egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "209","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2221,"count": "7109","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff allom them plaghum ofwer egyptoland gik

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "209","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2219,"count": "7111","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

En israels folk hafdhe lyusa dagha

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "209","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2217,"count": "7113","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Alt egyptoland vpfyltis aff them

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "209","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2215,"count": "7115","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha skal thera her grewe skal wara een iudhe

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "243","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "205","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2213,"count": "7117","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc førdho vth aff egypto land medh sik mykyt roff

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "243","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "205","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2211,"count": "7119","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

J them tymanom kom een stoor hær medh blamannom aff ethiopia in j egiptum

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "243","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "205","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 2209,"count": "7121","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

J them tymanom kom een stoor hær medh blamannom aff ethiopia in j egiptum

","englishForm": "

Ethiopia

","editionPage": "243","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ethiopia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Etiopia","sourcePage": "205","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "9","longitude": "39.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/337996/federal-democratic-republic-of-ethiopia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ethiopia","location": "

Ethiopia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2207,"count": "7123","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

J them tymanom kom een stoor hær medh blamannom aff ethiopia in j egiptum

","englishForm": "

Blaman

","editionPage": "243","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "blaman","lemmaFormAttestation": "blaman","sourcePage": "205","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the relevant context in Consolation of the Soul the term blaman is used as an inhabitant designation denoting people from Ethiopia. 

","locationDescription": "

Ethiopian

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "9","longitude": "39.5","showAsLocatedIn": "643","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/People_of_Ethiopia","location": "

Blaman

","preposition": "

mæþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2205,"count": "7125","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

then sami piltin som aff ær spat ther egypto land skal fordærfwa

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "243","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "204","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2203,"count": "7127","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Jak wil kalla idher ena iudhiska qwinno

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhiska","lemmaFormAttestation": "iudhisker","sourcePage": "204","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jewish

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2201,"count": "7129","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet ær eet iudhist barn

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhist","lemmaFormAttestation": "iudhisker","sourcePage": "204","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jewish

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2199,"count": "7131","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

thetta faghra barnit ær wisselika aff iudhiska barnom

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "242","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhiska","lemmaFormAttestation": "iudhisker","sourcePage": "203","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jewish

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2197,"count": "7133","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at han skulde alt israels folk aff egipto land ledha

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "241","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "203","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2195,"count": "7135","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at han skulde alt israels folk aff egipto land ledha

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "241","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "203","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2193,"count": "7137","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

for thy at israels folk skulde ekke økias ofmykyt

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "241","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "203","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2191,"count": "7139","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at all the swenbarn ther føddos af iudhiskom qwinnom skulden kastas j nila flodh

","englishForm": "

Nile

","editionPage": "241","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nilaflodh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nilaflodh","sourcePage": "203","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "30.16667","longitude": "31.1","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351036/nile-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nile","location": "

Nile

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2189,"count": "7141","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at all the swenbarn ther føddos af iudhiskom qwinnom skulden kastas j nila flodh

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "241","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhiska","lemmaFormAttestation": "iudhisker","sourcePage": "203","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jewish

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2187,"count": "7143","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Judhiska qwinnor æro mykyt klokare æn andra qwinnor

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "241","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhiska","lemmaFormAttestation": "iudhisker","sourcePage": "202","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jewish

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2185,"count": "7145","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

tha iudhiska qwinnor fødha barn

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "241","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhiska","lemmaFormAttestation": "iudhisker","sourcePage": "202","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jewish

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2183,"count": "7147","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

bødh konungen nær wara tha iudhiska qwinnor føddo

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "241","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhiska","lemmaFormAttestation": "iudhisker","sourcePage": "202","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jewish

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2181,"count": "7149","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

starkare oc mæktoghare æn egypto landz folk | Thet war sløghasta | oc behændoghasta folk til alzkona gerning

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "202","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2179,"count": "7151","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Gudh hafdhe ena handa folk aff alle werldinne vthwalt | thet kalladhis israels folk | Oc thet waro iudhane | The waro j egipto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "202","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2177,"count": "7153","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Gudh hafdhe ena handa folk aff alle werldinne vthwalt | thet kalladhis israels folk | Oc thet waro iudhane | The waro j egipto land

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudha","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "202","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2175,"count": "7155","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Gudh hafdhe ena handa folk aff alle werldinne vthwalt | thet kalladhis israels folk | Oc thet waro iudhane | The waro j egipto land

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "202","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2171,"count": "7157","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Fæmptan aar æpter at adam oc ewa wordho vthdrifwin aff paradiis wardh cayn fødder

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "239","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "201","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2169,"count": "7159","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tho straffar iak ekke eller auiter at thu læs hona oppa latino

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "236","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "200","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2167,"count": "7161","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

war herra lærdhe ekke sinom discipulis Pater noster oppa latino | Vtan oppa thet maall som folkit taladhe oc forstodh j thy landeno som han tha war stadder | Oc thet war j iudha lande | Oc thy lærdhe han thøm pater noster oppa thera maal

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "237","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iudhaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iudhaland","sourcePage": "200","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2165,"count": "7163","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

war herra lærdhe ekke sinom discipulis Pater noster oppa latino | Vtan oppa thet maall som folkit taladhe oc forstodh j thy landeno som han tha war stadder | Oc thet war j iudha lande | Oc thy lærdhe han thøm pater noster oppa thera maal

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "237","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "200","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2163,"count": "7165","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Swa ær oc pater noster oppa latino j eenz lekmanz mun swa godh som j prestins mun

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "236","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "199","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2161,"count": "7167","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Nu math thu spøria om Pater noster ær swa godh oppa wart maal som oppa latino

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "236","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "199","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2159,"count": "7169","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha iak læs hona oppa latino

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "235","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "198","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2153,"count": "7171","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han foor til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "198","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2151,"count": "7173","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thy skalt thu æn eentidh fara til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "198","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2149,"count": "7175","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han kom til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "198","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2147,"count": "7177","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ffar æn eentidh til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "198","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2145,"count": "7179","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Herra iak hafwer warit j room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "197","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2143,"count": "7181","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han foor til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "197","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2141,"count": "7183","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ffar til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "234","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "197","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2139,"count": "7185","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Biscopen foor til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "233","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "197","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2137,"count": "7187","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet war een gudhliker biscoper Han skulde fara til room til pawan

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "233","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "197","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2135,"count": "7189","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

wordho vthkastat aff paradys

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "228","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradys","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "192","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2133,"count": "7191","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j antiochia war een skola mestare heth cladius

","englishForm": "

Antakya

","editionPage": "228","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Antiochia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Antiochia","sourcePage": "191","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Antioch on the Orontes

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "36.20655","longitude": "36.15722","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2283111","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antioch","location": "

Antakya

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2131,"count": "7193","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Iustina war een fagher oc ærlikin skøøn iomfru fød j antichia

","englishForm": "

Antakya

","editionPage": "227","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Antichia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Antiochia","sourcePage": "191","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Antioch on the Orontes

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "36.20655","longitude": "36.15722","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2283111","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antioch","location": "

Antakya

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2129,"count": "7195","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet war een iudhe han skulde gaa til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "226","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "190","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2127,"count": "7197","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha loth iudas døpa sik | Oc loth sik kalla quirinum Oc wardh biscoper j iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "189","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2125,"count": "7199","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

enkte lifdhe atir aff egyptolandz fææ

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "247","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "209","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2123,"count": "7201","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at alt egyptolandz folk wardh fult medh buldum

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "247","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "209","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2121,"count": "7203","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

alt thet fæ j egyptoland war størte nidher oc bleff døt

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "247","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "209","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2119,"count": "7205","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Vthlændis skulum wi offra gudhy

","englishForm": "

Abroad

","editionPage": "247","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vthlændis","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændis","sourcePage": "208","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adverb","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Abroad

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2115,"count": "7207","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

byudher them oc allo ebreizko folke at offra sinom gudhy j egypto lande

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "247","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "208","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2113,"count": "7209","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

byudher them oc allo ebreizko folke at offra sinom gudhy j egypto lande

","englishForm": "

Hebrew

","editionPage": "247","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ebreizko","lemmaFormAttestation": "ebrezker","sourcePage": "208","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Hebrew

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2111,"count": "7211","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at alt egyptolan vpfyltis aff them stora som getwnga

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "247","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptolan","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "208","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2109,"count": "7213","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at the vpfylto alt egipto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "246","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "208","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2107,"count": "7215","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

æn israels folk hafdhe ther aff enga nødh

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "246","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "207","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2105,"count": "7217","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

alth thet watn j egipto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "246","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "207","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2103,"count": "7219","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

offwer egipto land tio hardha plaghor

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "246","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "207","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2101,"count": "7221","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ffoor fran honom medh kunu oc barnom in j egiptum

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "246","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "207","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 2099,"count": "7223","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

sighia honom a mina wegna israels sona slækt fara friit oc frælst vth aff egyptoland

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "246","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "207","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2097,"count": "7225","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

sighia honom a mina wegna israels sona slækt fara friit oc frælst vth aff egyptoland

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "246","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "207","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2095,"count": "7227","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc thu skal fara ater til egyptum til pharao konung

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "246","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "207","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 2093,"count": "7229","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

frælsa mit folk aff egypto lande | Oc ledha them til thet foghra landit Oc widha som flytande ær aff honagh oc myølk

","englishForm": "

Promised Land

","editionPage": "246","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Thet foghra landit Oc widha som flytande ær aff honagh oc myølk","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thet faghra landit ok viþa som flytande ær af hunagh ok miolk","sourcePage": "207","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Promised_Land","location": "

Promised Land

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2091,"count": "7231","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

frælsa mit folk aff egypto lande | Oc ledha them til thet foghra landit Oc widha som flytande ær aff honagh oc myølk

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "246","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "207","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2089,"count": "7233","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Jak seer mins folkx ysæld oc nødh j egypto

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "246","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "207","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as Latin dative/ablative.

"}, {"id": 2087,"count": "7235","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han giordhe oc irsaels synom mykyn thrældom

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "245","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Irsael","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "207","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2085,"count": "7237","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

bleff egyptolandz konuger dødher

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "245","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "207","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2083,"count": "7239","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Æn moyses rymde oc bort j annat land heth madian til een rikan man heth iethro

","englishForm": "

Midian

","editionPage": "245","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Madian","lemmaFormAttestation": "Madian","sourcePage": "206","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as being a part of Middle East via the Show as field.

","locationDescription": "

Madyan

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Midian","location": "

Midian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2081,"count": "7241","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

som thu drapt j gaar inføddan egyptolandz man

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "245","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "206","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2079,"count": "7243","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

wardh moyses warsse hwar thwe judha kifwadho

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "245","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "judha","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "206","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2077,"count": "7245","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc moyses kom til matto oc halp iudhanom

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "245","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iudhen","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "206","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2075,"count": "7247","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at een hedhnunge sloo een iwdha

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "245","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "206","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2073,"count": "7249","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc ater in j egiptum

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "245","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "206","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2071,"count": "7251","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thentidh han hafdhe langan tyma warit j blamanna land

","englishForm": "

Blamannaland

","editionPage": "244","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Blamannaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Blamannaland","sourcePage": "206","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In another context in Consolation of the Soul the term blaman is used as an inhabitant designation denoting people from Ethiopia. For this reason the otherwise unspecified Blamannaland is identified as Ethiopia here, cf. Josephus Antiquities of the Jews telling of a city called Saba in Ethiopia.

","locationDescription": "

Ethiopia

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "9","longitude": "39.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/337996/federal-democratic-republic-of-ethiopia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ethiopia","location": "

Blamannaland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In another context in Consolation of the Soul the term blaman is used as an inhabitant designation denoting people from Ethiopia. For this reason the otherwise unspecified Blamannaland is identified as Ethiopia here, cf. Josephus Antiquities of the Jews telling of a city called Saba in Ethiopia.

"}, {"id": 2069,"count": "7253","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Moyses loth folkit fara hem til egyptum

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "244","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "206","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2067,"count": "7255","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han belaghdhe een mæktoghan stadh heeth saba

","englishForm": "

Sheba

","editionPage": "244","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Saba","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saba","sourcePage": "205","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "

Saba

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sheba","location": "

Sheba

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This otherwise unknown city is also mentioned in the MLG version of Consolation of the Soul (Schmitt 1959: 166): "vor de stad to Saba".

"}, {"id": 2065,"count": "7257","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

af Ther i weyn ær eet catestellæ abiaræ, som Maria com i hw, [at hun] hafdhe tabet sin søøn Ihesum

","englishForm": "

Al-Birah

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Abiaræ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Abiara","sourcePage": "196r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Al-Bireh

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.91001","longitude": "35.21645","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/285108/al-birah.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Al-Bireh","location": "

Al-Birah

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Several textual errors makes this place difficult to interpret. The editor has suggested that the form "Ther" could be a misinterpretation of an abbreviated form of "Jherusalem". al-Birah is placed between this city and the city of Nazareth. The site mentioned in the text immediately before the castle of al-Birah is Mary's Well in Nazareth.

"}, {"id": 2063,"count": "7259","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ikke lanct ther fran ær then [keldæ] af hwilke[n] Ihesus thet edhelbarn oftæ hentæ sin modher Marie wædn

","englishForm": "

Mary's Well

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then keldæ af hwilken Ihesus thet edhelbarn oftæ hentæ sin modher Marie wædn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn kælde af hvilik Ihesus thæt ædelbarn ofte hemte sin mother Marie vatn","sourcePage": "196r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "well","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.706711","longitude": "35.301561","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Mary%27s_Well¶ms=32_42_24.16_N_35_18_5.62_E_","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mary%27s_Well","location": "

Mary's Well

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form "keldæ" is supplemented by the editor; the word is missing in the manuscript, probably due to a line break. 

"}, {"id": 2061,"count": "7261","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

I Nazaret ær een heu[tit]helich kirkæ, j hwilken ær eet altare j then same stædh, som Maria saad ogh baadh a then timæ, som Gabriel com ogh helsede henne

","englishForm": "

Basilica of the Annunciation

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Een heutithelich kirkæ, j hwilken ær eet altare j then samæ stædh, som Maria saad ogh baadh","lemmaFormAttestation": "En høghtithelik kirkje, i hvilik ær et altere j thæn same stath, som Maria sat ok bath","sourcePage": "196r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.702222","longitude": "35.297778","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Basilica_of_the_Annunciation¶ms=32_42_08_N_35_17_52_E_region:IL-Z_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basilica_of_the_Annunciation","location": "

Basilica of the Annunciation

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2059,"count": "7263","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

I Nazaret ær een heu[tit]helich kirkæ

","englishForm": "

Nazareth

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nazaret","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nazaret","sourcePage": "196r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.69925","longitude": "35.30483","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294098/nazareth.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nazareth","location": "

Nazareth

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2057,"count": "7265","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther nest gaar man til Nazaret. Then stadh ligger i Galilea hæret ogh ær xij milæ fra Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "196r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2055,"count": "7267","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther nest gaar man til Nazaret. Then stadh ligger i Galilea hæret ogh ær xij milæ fra Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Galilee

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Galileahæret","lemmaFormAttestation": "Galileahæreth","sourcePage": "196r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.9","longitude": "35.33333","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294932/galilee.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galilee","location": "

Galilee

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2053,"count": "7269","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther nest gaar man til Nazaret. Then stadh ligger i Galilea hæret ogh ær xij milæ fra Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Nazareth

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nazaret","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nazaret","sourcePage": "196r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "32.69925","longitude": "35.30483","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294098/nazareth.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nazareth","location": "

Nazareth

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2051,"count": "7271","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

fra thet hws ogh sa in til Ierusalem i nør ær een milæ wey

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "196r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2049,"count": "7273","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ther hoos ær eet annet hws, i hwilken Zachias sancte Iohannis father, bedes scrif reethæ ogh screeff[]: Iohannes ær hans nawn

","englishForm": "

Et annet hus, i hvilikt Zachias, sankte Johannes' father, bithjes skriverethe ok skrev: Johannes ær hans navn

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Eet annet hws, i hwilken Zachias sancte Iohannis father, bedes scrifreethæ ogh screeff: Iohannes ær hans nawn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Et annet hus, i hvilikt Zachias, sankte Johannes' father, bithjes skriverethe ok skrev: Johannes ær hans navn","sourcePage": "196r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land this house is located near to the birthplace of John the Baptist, that according to the same text is located in the Judaean Mountains not far from the Church of the Holy Cross. Here the place is visualised as located in Judea.

","locationDescription": "

The house where Zechariah wrote "His name is John"

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","showAsLocatedIn": "44","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zechariah_(priest)","location": "

Et annet hus, i hvilikt Zachias, sankte Johannes' father, bithjes skriverethe ok skrev: Johannes ær hans navn

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2047,"count": "7275","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther hoos ær eet annet huus, som sanctus Iohannes baptista war || føød

","englishForm": "

Hus, som Sanctus Johannes Baptisa var føth

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Huus, som Sanctus Iohannes Bapista war føød","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hus, som Sanctus Johannes Baptisa var føth","sourcePage": "195v-196r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land this house is in the Judaean Mountains not far from the Church of the Holy Cross. 

Here the place is visualised as located in Judea.

","locationDescription": "

Birthplace of John the Baptist

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","showAsLocatedIn": "44","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_the_Baptist","location": "

Hus, som Sanctus Johannes Baptisa var føth

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2045,"count": "7277","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Simeons hws, then ther toogh barnet Ihesum i sinæ arme i mønsteret

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "221-222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mønsteret","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mynsteret","sourcePage": "195v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2043,"count": "7279","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ikke lanct fra ær then gamle ræt wisæ Simeons hws

","englishForm": "

House of Simeon

","editionPage": "221-222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Simeons Hws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Simeons Hus","sourcePage": "195v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

The Old Danish Pilgrim’s Guide to Jerusalem locates this place in the Judaean Mountains near to the church where the tree of the Holy Cross grew.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","showAsLocatedIn": "44","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Simeon_(Gospel_of_Luke)","location": "

House of Simeon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2041,"count": "7281","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til wester montana Iudee fra Bethleem too milæ long wey ogh stenegh og mighet swaar, ogh ther ær een kirkæ pa stædhen, som guus koors voxtæ

","englishForm": "

Monastery of the Cross

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Een kirkæ pa stædhen, som Guus koors voxtæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "En kirkje upa stathen, som Guths kors vakste","sourcePage": "195v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77208","longitude": "35.20814","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8183205/minzar-hamazleva.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monastery_of_the_Cross","location": "

Monastery of the Cross

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Since in the ODa. Guide for Pilgrims the tree of the Holy Cross is said to have grown in the Judaea Mountains, it is not quite certain that the Monastery of the Cross is the intended location.

"}, {"id": 2039,"count": "7283","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

montana Iudee fra Bethleem

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bethleem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betlehem","sourcePage": "195v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2037,"count": "7285","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til wester montana Iudee fra Bethleem too milæ long wey ogh stenegh og mighet swaar

","englishForm": "

Judaean Mountains

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Montana Iudee","lemmaFormAttestation": "Montana Judaeae","sourcePage": "195v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.66667","longitude": "35.16667","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/293206/har-yehuda.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judaean_Mountains","location": "

Judaean Mountains

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2035,"count": "7287","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ther ær sepulturæ xii prophetarum

","englishForm": "

Grave of the Twelve Prophets

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sepulturæ XII Prophetarum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sepulturae XII Prophetarum","sourcePage": "195v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land the Grave of twelve prophets is found in Bethlehem

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","showAsLocatedIn": "313","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Twelve_Minor_Prophets","location": "

Grave of the Twelve Prophets

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2033,"count": "7289","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther hoos ær then stedh, som engelen bøø[d] Iosep at føræ Mariam in [i] Egypteland met barn[e]t Cristus

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egypteland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "195v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

ini

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

the preposition "i" is supplemented by the editor.

"}, {"id": 2031,"count": "7291","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther hoos ær then stedh, som engelen bøø[d] Iosep at føræ Mariam in [i] Egypteland met barn[e]t Cristus

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som ængelen bøth Josef at føre Mariam in i Egipteland mæth barnet Kristus

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som engelen bøød Iosep at føræ Mariam in i Egypteland met barnet Cristus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som ængelen bøth Josef at føre Mariam in i Egipteland mæth barnet Kristus","sourcePage": "195v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land this place is located in Bethlehem near to Rachel's Tomb. Therefore here the coordinates hereof are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

The place where the angel ordered Joseph to take Mary and the infant Jesus to Egypt

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.71981","longitude": "35.20191","showAsLocatedIn": "619","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saint_Joseph","location": "

Thæn stath, som ængelen bøth Josef at føre Mariam in i Egipteland mæth barnet Kristus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2029,"count": "7293","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ther ær ogh Rachel graf

","englishForm": "

Rachel's Tomb

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rachel Graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rakels Grav","sourcePage": "195v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.71981","longitude": "35.20191","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/282254/qabr-rahil.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rachel%27s_Tomb","location": "

Rachel's Tomb

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2027,"count": "7295","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ther hos war Paula ogh Eustochim iordhedhe

","englishForm": "

Thær hos var Paula ok Eustochium jorthethe

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "ther hos war Paula ogh Eustochim iordhedhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "thær hos var Paula ok Eustochium jorthethe","sourcePage": "195v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

cf. also https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eustochium.

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in Bethlehem because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "

Burial Place of Saint Paula and Saint Eustochium

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","showAsLocatedIn": "313","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saint_Paula","location": "

Thær hos var Paula ok Eustochium jorthethe

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to the ODa. Guide for Pilgrims, St. Paula and her daughter St. Eustochium were buried in Bethlehem near to the birthplace of Elijah.

"}, {"id": 2025,"count": "7297","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

then stedh, som Elyas propheta war føød

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som Elias propheta var føth

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som Elyas propheta war føød","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som Elias propheta var føth","sourcePage": "195v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land Elijah was born in Bethlehem, therefore in this project the coordinates hereof are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Elijah was born

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","showAsLocatedIn": "313","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elijah","location": "

Thæn stath, som Elias propheta var føth

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to the ODa. Guide for Pilgrims Elijah's birthplace is in Bethlehem

"}, {"id": 2023,"count": "7299","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thessæ ærige stedhe tæghe graa brødhree til waræ so wel som Syons biergh

","englishForm": "

Mount Zion

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syons Biergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sions Bjargh","sourcePage": "195v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "hill","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354430/mount-zion.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Mount Zion

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2021,"count": "7301","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

inwortes i closteret ær een capelle, som sanctus Ieronimus ligher i

","englishForm": "

Chapel of Saint Jerome

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Een capelle, som sanctus Ieronimus ligher i","lemmaFormAttestation": "En kapel, som sanktus Hieronymus ligjer i","sourcePage": "195v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

The tomb of St. Jerome is placed beneath the Church of Nativity in Bethlehem (cf. Pringle 1993: 142), hence the coordinates hereof are used for visualisation in this project.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.704306","longitude": "35.207639","showAsLocatedIn": "605","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Chapel of Saint Jerome

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2019,"count": "7303","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

xx fiæd til synder ær then stedh, som Cristus Marie søn war om skaren a ottende dagh

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath som Kristus Marie sun war umskoren a attende dagh

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som Cristus Marie søn war omskaren a ottende dagh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath som Kristus Marie sun war umskoren a attende dagh","sourcePage": "195v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource The Place of the Circumcision of Jesus is visualised as located in Bethlehem because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "

The Place of the Circumcision of Jesus

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","showAsLocatedIn": "313","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Circumcision_of_Jesus","location": "

Thæn stath som Kristus Marie sun war umskoren a attende dagh

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2017,"count": "7305","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

then hedherligeh iodæ, som Maria laudhæ barnet i foræ oxen ogh asnen, then tidh hun hafdhe hanum. Diuersorium, then stedh sa hedher, som migh thikker og andræ ogh siæ, at thet war een stedh, skikket for thet enæ, at Iodhæ ginge ther in for modher ogh kunst

","englishForm": "

Deversorium

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Diuersorium","lemmaFormAttestation": "Deversorium","sourcePage": "195r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land this place – the inn where there was no room for the pregnant Mary – is located within the Church of Nativity, hence visualisation via the coordinates of the church.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.704306","longitude": "35.207639","showAsLocatedIn": "605","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Nativity","location": "

Deversorium

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2015,"count": "7307","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Myt i then dyre ogh hedherleghe kyrkæ ær then stedh, som Cristus war boren

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath som Kristus var boren

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som Cristus war boren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath som Kristus var boren","sourcePage": "195r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land this place is placed inside the Church of the Nativity, therefore in this resource it is visualised as located in that church.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Christ was born

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.704306","longitude": "35.207639","showAsLocatedIn": "605","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Nativity","location": "

Thæn stath som Kristus var boren

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2009,"count": "7309","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

fore ingongen til kyrken ther ær i Bethleem

","englishForm": "

Church of the Nativity

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kyrken ther ær i Bethleem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kirkjen thær ær i Bethlehem","sourcePage": "195r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.704306","longitude": "35.207639","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Church_of_the_Nativity¶ms=31_42_15.50_N_35_12_27.50_E_region:IL_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Nativity","location": "

Church of the Nativity

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2007,"count": "7311","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

fore ingongen til kyrken ther ær i Bethleem en hul

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bethleem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betlehem","sourcePage": "195r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2005,"count": "7313","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til lige a wenstre weyn ær then stedh, som engelen kungiordhe hyrdhenæ, at Cristus war fødher

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som ænglene kungjorthe hirthene at Kristus var føth

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som engelen kungiordhe hyrdhenæ, at Cristus war fødher","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som ænglene kungjorthe hirthene at Kristus var føth","sourcePage": "195r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land this place is located on the road between Jerusalem and Bethlehem, half a mile from the latter, hence here this place is visualised as Bethlehem.

","locationDescription": "

The place where the angels announced the birth of Christ to the shepherds

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","showAsLocatedIn": "313","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Thæn stath, som ænglene kungjorthe hirthene at Kristus var føth

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2003,"count": "7315","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther i weyn ær thet hws, som the helliæ konighe gæste til, ogh ther thedhes them stiærnen i geen, efter ad hun borthe war

","englishForm": "

Thæt hus, som the helaghe kununge gæste til

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet hws, som the helliæ konighe gæste til","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt hus, som the helaghe kununge gæste til","sourcePage": "195r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, this house is located on the road between Jerusalem and Bethlehem. The coordinates of the former city are used for visualisation here.

","locationDescription": "

The House that the Wise Men Visited

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biblical_Magi","location": "

Thæt hus, som the helaghe kununge gæste til

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 2001,"count": "7317","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hwilkin stad ther leger fra Ierusalem ensæ 1½ milæ a hander synnen

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "194v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1999,"count": "7319","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther efter skule peregrime færdhes til Bethleem

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bethleem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betlehem","sourcePage": "194v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1997,"count": "7321","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

At aften skule the i geen kome til templet ogh bliuæ ther attær til morghen

","englishForm": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Templet","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tempelet","sourcePage": "194v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8335062/church-of-the-holy-sepulchre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1995,"count": "7323","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the gonge heem til hospitalet ogh æde ogh drikkæ atter

","englishForm": "

Muristan

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hospitalet","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hospitalet","sourcePage": "194v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.7775","longitude": "35.22989","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11154395/muristan.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muristan","location": "

Muristan

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1993,"count": "7325","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

om prim time daus tha kome Saraceni ogh lade templet vp

","englishForm": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Templet","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tempelet","sourcePage": "194v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8335062/church-of-the-holy-sepulchre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1991,"count": "7327","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Somme prester holde messæ a grauen, somme a Caluarie biergh

","englishForm": "

Calvary

","editionPage": "219","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Caluariebiergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalvariabjargh","sourcePage": "194v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of the Church of the Holy Sepulchre are used for visualisation, since according to the dominant assumption the church is placed on the Calvary. However, other theories regarding the location of Calvary flourish, cf. the Wikipedia-article.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calvary","location": "

Calvary

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1989,"count": "7329","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Somme prester holde messæ a grauen

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "219","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grauen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Graven","sourcePage": "194v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1987,"count": "7331","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ensæ man gaar nidher til koret, ther ær then hulæ, war herræ teghnedhe met siin finger ogh saudhe: Her ær myt i wæreldhe

","englishForm": "

Thæn hule Varhærre teknethe mæth sin finger ok saghthe: hær ær mith i væreld

","editionPage": "219","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then hulæ, war herræ teghnedhe met siin finger ogh saudhe: Her ær myt i wæreldhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn hule Varhærre teknethe mæth sin finger ok saghthe: hær ær mith i væreld","sourcePage": "194v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, the place where Jesus pointed at the ground and stated that the center of the world was located there, is in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, and therefore here the coordinates of the church are used.

","locationDescription": "

Center of the world

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Thæn hule Varhærre teknethe mæth sin finger ok saghthe: hær ær mith i væreld

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1985,"count": "7333","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ense tre ogh tiua trapper høøt stiær man vp til Caluarie biergh

","englishForm": "

Calvary

","editionPage": "219","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Caluariebiergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalvariabjargh","sourcePage": "194r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of the Church of the Holy Sepulchre are used for visualisation, since according to the dominant assumption the church is placed on the Calvary. However, other theories regarding the location of Calvary flourish, cf. the Wikipedia-article.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calvary","location": "

Calvary

","preposition": "

uptil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1983,"count": "7335","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thet helliæ kors, the tre naulæ, spiudet ogh crunen ware vp h[e]wedhe. Thædhen genesten a wenstra weyn inwortes ense føræ tiwæ ogh sex trapper nedher at gaa eer then stedh, som alle thessæ foræ saude stikke waræ gømdæ

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som thæt helaghe kors, the thri naghle, spjutet ok kronen vare gømte

","editionPage": "219","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som alle thessæ foræ saude stikke waræ gømdæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som alle thæsse foresaghdhe stykke vare gømte","sourcePage": "194r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land this place is said to be below the Chapel of St. Helena in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, therefore here the coordinates of the church are used.

The Standard form used here differs slightly from the lemma form.

","locationDescription": "

Place where the cross, the nails, the spear, and the crown were kept

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Thæn stath, som thæt helaghe kors, the thri naghle, spjutet ok kronen vare gømte

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1981,"count": "7337","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ræt bagh høwæ altera eer een capelle i sancte Elene æræ, ther som hun stoodh, then tiidh thet helliæ kors, the tre naulæ, spiudet ogh crunen ware vp h[e]wedhe

","englishForm": "

Sancte Elene

","editionPage": "218-219","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Elene","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancte Elene","sourcePage": "194r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "

Chapel of Saint Helena

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Sancte Elene

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1979,"count": "7339","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

eet altæræ i then stedh, som the bytæ Ihesu clædher

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som the bytte Jesu klæther

","editionPage": "218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som the bytæ Ihesu clædher","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som the bytte Jesu klæther","sourcePage": "194r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land this place is said to be in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, therefore here the coordinates of the church are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

The place where the soldiers divided the clothes of Our Lord

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Thæn stath, som the bytte Jesu klæther

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1975,"count": "7341","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ther vdfran ottæ fiæd, firæ trappæ høøt, ær een fauer capelle war fruæs i then stedh, som war herræ vppenbaredhes syn signethe modher efter siin vpstandelsæ

","englishForm": "

Varfrue

","editionPage": "218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Warfruæs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Varfrue","sourcePage": "194r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "

Chapel of Saint Mary, Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Varfrue

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1973,"count": "7343","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ther vdfran ottæ fiæd, firæ trappæ høøt, ær een fauer capelle war fruæs i then stedh, som war herræ vppenbaredhes syn signethe modher efter siin vpstandelsæ

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath som Varhærre openbarethes sin sighnethe mother

","editionPage": "218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som Warherræ vppenbaredhes syn signethe modher","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath som Varhærre openbarethes sin sighnethe mother","sourcePage": "194r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land this place is located in a chapel in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, hence the coordinates of the church are used here.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Our Lord revealed himself to his Mother after the resurrection

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Thæn stath som Varhærre openbarethes sin sighnethe mother

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1971,"count": "7345","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

I wdgangan af then hel|liæ graf ensæ til tiuæ fiæd ær then stedh, som Ihesus vppenbaredhes Marie Magdalene ense een yrte meister

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som Jesus openbarethes Marie Magdalene ænse en urtemæstere

","editionPage": "218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som Ihesus vppenbaredhes Marie Magdalene ense een yrtemeister","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som Jesus openbarethes Marie Magdalene ænse en urtemæstere","sourcePage": "194r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land this place is located in the near proximity of The Church of The Holy Sepulchre, therefore the coordinates of the church are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Jesus revealed himself to Mary Magdalene

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mary_Magdalene","location": "

Thæn stath, som Jesus openbarethes Marie Magdalene ænse en urtemæstere

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1969,"count": "7347","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

I wdgangan af then hel||liæ graf ensæ til tiuæ fiæd ær then stedh, som Ihesus vppenbaredhes Marie Magdalene ense een yrte meister

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Helliæ Graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "193v-194r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1967,"count": "7349","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

A then heuræ weyn i then helliæ grafs capelle ær een steen

","englishForm": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Helliæ Grafs Capelle","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Gravs Kapel","sourcePage": "193v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8335062/church-of-the-holy-sepulchre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1965,"count": "7351","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

i then capelle staar een trinder steen (...) fore grauens døør firæ fiæde lanct. Døøren in til then helliæ graf er til heuhedh iii fiæd

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Helliæ Graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "193v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1963,"count": "7353","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

i then capelle staar een trinder steen (...) fore grauens døør firæ fiæde lanct. Døøren in til then helliæ graf er til heuhedh iii fiæd

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grauen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Graven","sourcePage": "193v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1961,"count": "7355","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

i then capelle staar een trinder steen (...) fore grauens døør firæ fiæde lanct. Døøren in til then helliæ graf er til heuhedh iii fiæd

","englishForm": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then capelle","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn kapel","sourcePage": "193v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8335062/church-of-the-holy-sepulchre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1957,"count": "7357","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hoos grauen skulæ peregrime nouet sa bidhæ

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "218","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grauen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Graven","sourcePage": "193v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1955,"count": "7359","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Thet temple, som ower then helliæ graf ær, thet ær circhils trijnt, ogh owerst a ær thet obet

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Helliæ Graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "193v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1953,"count": "7361","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Thet temple, som ower then helliæ graf ær, thet ær circhils trijnt, ogh owerst a ær thet obet

","englishForm": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Temple som ower Then Helliæ Graf ær","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Tempel som yver Thæn Helaghe Grav ær","sourcePage": "193v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8335062/church-of-the-holy-sepulchre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1951,"count": "7363","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

lidet ydermeræ a winstre weyn [] i templet, ense xxx fiæd til siæ, staar then helliæ graf

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Helliæ Graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "193v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1949,"count": "7365","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

lidet ydermeræ a winstre weyn [] i templet, ense xxx fiæd til siæ, staar then helliæ graf

","englishForm": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Templet","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tempelet","sourcePage": "193v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8335062/church-of-the-holy-sepulchre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The manuscript has: "eet i templet".

"}, {"id": 1947,"count": "7367","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

womman gar in i [] || templet fra søndher

","englishForm": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Templet","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tempelet","sourcePage": "193r-v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8335062/church-of-the-holy-sepulchre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

ini

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The manuscript has the form "tem || templet" with a dittography at a pagebreak.

"}, {"id": 1945,"count": "7369","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

then tiidh thet komer tha til aften, ogh templet, som then helliæ graf ær i, lades vp a Saracenis

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Helliæ Graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "193r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1943,"count": "7371","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Men til templet, som then helliæ graf ær

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "211","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Helliæ Graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1941,"count": "7373","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

then tiidh thet komer tha til aften, ogh templet, som then helliæ graf ær i, lades vp a Saracenis

","englishForm": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Templet","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tempelet","sourcePage": "193r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8335062/church-of-the-holy-sepulchre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1939,"count": "7375","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

i takn

","englishForm": "

Aachen

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Takn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Takn","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "4","sourceName": "G 126","sourceType": "Runic","sourceTypeName": "Runic inscription","edition": "","work": "","workNotes": "","genreName": "","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "","latitude": "50.77664","longitude": "6.08342","warning": "OK","edition": "","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3247449/aachen.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aachen","location": "

Aachen

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1937,"count": "7377","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1100","attestationSourceEndYear":"1200","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ab","originalForm": "

ben(d)ikt * romfarari

","englishForm": "

Rome-traveller

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romfarari","lemmaFormAttestation": "Romfarari","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "4","sourceName": "Vg 81","sourceType": "Runic","sourceTypeName": "Runic inscription","edition": "","work": "","workNotes": "","genreName": "","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome-traveller

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1935,"count": "7379","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

bo : fris

","englishForm": "

Frisian

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fris","lemmaFormAttestation": "fris","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "4","sourceName": "Vs 14","sourceType": "Runic","sourceTypeName": "Runic inscription","edition": "","work": "","workNotes": "","genreName": "","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","showAsLocatedIn": "71","warning": "OK","edition": "","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisians","location": "

Frisian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1931,"count": "7381","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

i stedh i weyen er then stedh, som Cristus møttæ thee three Mariær ogh saudhe: Heel edher!

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som Kristus møtte the thri Mariaer

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som Cristus møttæ thee three Mariær","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som Kristus møtte the thri Mariaer","sourcePage": "193r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Since the exact location of this place is unknown, here the coordinates of Jerusalem are used for visualisation. According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land this is where Jesus met the thre Marys

","locationDescription": "

The place where Jesus met the three Marys

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Three_Marys","location": "

Thæn stath, som Kristus møtte the thri Mariaer

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to the text this place presumably is somewhere between the Cathedral of Saint James and the Muristan.

"}, {"id": 1929,"count": "7383","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ther efter skule peregrime i gen kome til eet hospitale i nøør (...) ogh ther vdfran ensæ tuiggæ armbørrste skud ær hospitalet

","englishForm": "

Muristan

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Hospitalet","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hospitalet","sourcePage": "193r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.7775","longitude": "35.22989","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11154395/muristan.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muristan","location": "

Muristan

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The ODa. Guide for Pilgrims places the lodging house, eet hospitale, on the north of the Cathedral of Saint James, the road leading to the lodging hous passes the cathedral on the left.

"}, {"id": 1927,"count": "7385","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

i hwilken wey a wynstre weyn tuigge steenæ kasths lant ær een mettych stoor kyrkæ sancte Iacobs then meræ i then stedh, som han war halshuggen ogh iordhet

","englishForm": "

Cathedral of Saint James

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Iacobs then Meræ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Jakobs thæn Mere","sourcePage": "192r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

The Cathedral Church in Jerusalem with James the Great as guardian saint.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.774444","longitude": "35.228889","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Cathedral_of_Saint_James,_Jerusalem¶ms=31_46_28_N_35_13_44_E_region:IL_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cathedral_of_Saint_James,_Jerusalem","location": "

Cathedral of Saint James

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1925,"count": "7387","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha skal messæ heittidhelege siæs i then stædh, som Ihesus od nædwordh met sine discipulis, ogh i andræ stedhe

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som Jesus aat natvarth mæth sine discipulis

","editionPage": "216-217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stædh, som Ihesus od nædwordh met sine discipulis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som Jesus aat natvarth mæth sine discipulis","sourcePage": "193r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

This place is considered to be inside the Abbey Church of St Mary of Mount Sion (cf. Pringle 2007 no. 336), and the coordinates of Mount Zion are used here for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

Cenacle, Place of the Last Supper

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","showAsLocatedIn": "325","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cenacle","location": "

Thæn stath, som Jesus aat natvarth mæth sine discipulis

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1923,"count": "7389","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

then foræ saudhe stadh Syons biergh ær alt hellyt for ret werskyld. Ther boo thee graa || brødheræ ikke færræ i tal æn firæ ogh tiwæ, siælden færræ

","englishForm": "

Mount Zion

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syons Biergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sions Bjargh","sourcePage": "192v-193r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "hill","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354430/mount-zion.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Mount Zion

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1921,"count": "7391","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Item in i clossteræt ær konig Dauids graf ogh koningh Salemands graf ogh andræ koning graue

","englishForm": "

Solomon's Tomb

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Koningh Salemands Graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kunung Salomons Grav","sourcePage": "192v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to tradition Solomon's tomb is found beside the tomb of David in the cave on Mount Zion now known as David's Tomb

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77165","longitude": "35.22955","showAsLocatedIn": "569","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/David%27s_Tomb","location": "

Solomon's Tomb

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1919,"count": "7393","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Item in i clossteræt ær konig Dauids graf ogh koningh Salemands graf ogh andræ koning graue

","englishForm": "

David's Tomb

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Konig Dauids Graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kunung Davids Grav","sourcePage": "192v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77165","longitude": "35.22955","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354431/david-s-tomb.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/David%27s_Tomb","location": "

David's Tomb

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1917,"count": "7395","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

i then samæ stedh thedhe han sigh attær ottende dawen ogh beuiste them sine saar ogh lood sancte Thomes tæghe them ogh stadh festæ them fulleleghe i troæn

","englishForm": "

Thæn same stath tethe han sik after attende daghen ok beviste thæm sine sar

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then samæ stedh thedhe han sigh attær ottende dawen ogh beuiste them sine saar","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn same stath tethe han sik after attende daghen ok beviste thæm sine sar","sourcePage": "192v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

This place is considered to be inside the Abbey Church of St Mary of Mount Sion (cf. Pringle 2007 no. 336), hence the coordinates of Mount Zion are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Jesus showed Thomas his wounds

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","showAsLocatedIn": "325","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Thæn same stath tethe han sik after attende daghen ok beviste thæm sine sar

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the text, this place is refered to as identical the place where Jesus came to the disciples through a locked door.

"}, {"id": 1915,"count": "7397","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Nedher j omgongen ær een capelle i then stedh, som Ihesus kom in til discipele, ogh dørrene bleue luctæ, ther the sade samen for Iødhe resle

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som Jesus kom in til discipele ok dyrene blev lukte, thær the  sate samen for juthe ræthsel

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som Ihesus kom in til discipele, ogh dørrene bleue luctæ, ther the sade samen for iødhe resle","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som Jesus kom in til discipele ok dyrene blev lukte, thær the  sate samen for juthe ræthsel","sourcePage": "192v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

This place is considered to be inside the Abbey Church of St Mary of Mount Sion (cf. Pringle 2007 no. 336), hence the coordinates of Mount Zion are used here for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Jesus came to the hidden disciples

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","showAsLocatedIn": "325","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Thæn stath, som Jesus kom in til discipele ok dyrene blev lukte, thær the  sate samen for juthe ræthsel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the text, this place is also refered to as the place where Jesus came to the disciples on the eighth day after his death, and where he showed them – and especially Thomas – his wounds.

"}, {"id": 1913,"count": "7399","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Owermeræ ær then stedh, som apostele v[n]dfinghe then helliæ and pa piensæ dau

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som apostele undfinge the helaghe and upa pingetsdagh

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som apostele vndfinghe then helliæ and pa piensædau","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som apostele undfinge the helaghe and upa pingetsdagh","sourcePage": "192v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

This place is considered to be inside the Abbey Church of St Mary of Mount Sion (cf. Pringle 2007 no. 336). Therefore the coordinates of the mountain are used for visualisation here.

","locationDescription": "

The place where the disciples recieved the Holy Spirit on Whit Sunday

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","showAsLocatedIn": "325","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Thæn stath, som apostele undfinge the helaghe and upa pingetsdagh

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1911,"count": "7401","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "119","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208936","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "245v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Geete 1900","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Elucidarius)

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Old Swedish Lucidarius is a translation of Honorius Augustodunensis' twelfth-century Elucidarium. It exists in an older, somewhat fragmentary, version (Holm. D 4, c. 1430-40) and a younger, longer one (Holm. A 58, c. 1487, translated by Jöns Budde).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Geete 1900","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1907,"count": "7403","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ælloffta tima a galilea bærgh

","englishForm": "

Galilea biærgh

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208936","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Galileabærgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Galileabiærgh","sourcePage": "243r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Geete 1900","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Elucidarius)

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "

Unidentified mountain in Galilee where Jesus told the Disciples to go after his resurrection. 

","locationDescription": "

The mountain in Galilee

","workDescription": "

The Old Swedish Lucidarius is a translation of Honorius Augustodunensis' twelfth-century Elucidarium. It exists in an older, somewhat fragmentary, version (Holm. D 4, c. 1430-40) and a younger, longer one (Holm. A 58, c. 1487, translated by Jöns Budde).

","latitude": "","longitude": "","showAsLocatedIn": "1085","warning": "OK","edition": "Geete 1900","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Galilea biærgh

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Ælloffta tima 'eleventh time' refers to number of times Jesus showed himself after his ressurection. The mountain itself has not been identified.

"}, {"id": 1905,"count": "7405","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

widh tiberiadis haff

","englishForm": "

Lake Tiberias

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208936","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tiberiadis haff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tiberiadis haf","sourcePage": "243r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Geete 1900","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Elucidarius)

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "lake","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sea of Galilee

","workDescription": "

The Old Swedish Lucidarius is a translation of Honorius Augustodunensis' twelfth-century Elucidarium. It exists in an older, somewhat fragmentary, version (Holm. D 4, c. 1430-40) and a younger, longer one (Holm. A 58, c. 1487, translated by Jöns Budde).

","latitude": "32.80723","longitude": "35.59279","warning": "OK","edition": "Geete 1900","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294459/lake-tiberias.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sea_of_Galilee","location": "

Lake Tiberias

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The element Tiberiadis is declined as a Latin genetive.

"}, {"id": 1903,"count": "7407","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

en stadh som hetir emaus oc ær xxx mila fra ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208936","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ierausalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "243r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Geete 1900","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Elucidarius)

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Old Swedish Lucidarius is a translation of Honorius Augustodunensis' twelfth-century Elucidarium. It exists in an older, somewhat fragmentary, version (Holm. D 4, c. 1430-40) and a younger, longer one (Holm. A 58, c. 1487, translated by Jöns Budde).

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Geete 1900","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1901,"count": "7409","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

en stadh som hetir emaus oc ær xxx mila fra ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Emmaus

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208936","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Emaus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Emmaus","sourcePage": "243r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Geete 1900","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Elucidarius)

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The geographical identification is not clear, other than that it was connected to Jerusalem by a road. Several places have been suggested throughout history.
 

Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are in this project visualised as placed in The Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Old Swedish Lucidarius is a translation of Honorius Augustodunensis' twelfth-century Elucidarium. It exists in an older, somewhat fragmentary, version (Holm. D 4, c. 1430-40) and a younger, longer one (Holm. A 58, c. 1487, translated by Jöns Budde).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Geete 1900","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Emmaus","location": "

Emmaus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1899,"count": "7411","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

iosep aff aramatia

","englishForm": "

Arimathea

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208936","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Aramatia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Arimatea","sourcePage": "243r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Geete 1900","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Elucidarius)

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Otherwise undocumented city in Judea known from the name of Joseph of Arimathea. Identified by Eusebius of Caesarea with Ramathaim-Zophim. 

Due to the uncertainty, the place is here visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Old Swedish Lucidarius is a translation of Honorius Augustodunensis' twelfth-century Elucidarium. It exists in an older, somewhat fragmentary, version (Holm. D 4, c. 1430-40) and a younger, longer one (Holm. A 58, c. 1487, translated by Jöns Budde).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Geete 1900","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arimathea","location": "

Arimathea

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1897,"count": "7413","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til galileam

","englishForm": "

Galilee

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208936","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Galilea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Galilea","sourcePage": "243r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Geete 1900","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Elucidarius)

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Old Swedish Lucidarius is a translation of Honorius Augustodunensis' twelfth-century Elucidarium. It exists in an older, somewhat fragmentary, version (Holm. D 4, c. 1430-40) and a younger, longer one (Holm. A 58, c. 1487, translated by Jöns Budde).

","latitude": "32.9","longitude": "35.33333","warning": "OK","edition": "Geete 1900","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294932/galilee.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galilee","location": "

Galilee

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1895,"count": "7415","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208936","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "243r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Geete 1900","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Elucidarius)

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Old Swedish Lucidarius is a translation of Honorius Augustodunensis' twelfth-century Elucidarium. It exists in an older, somewhat fragmentary, version (Holm. D 4, c. 1430-40) and a younger, longer one (Holm. A 58, c. 1487, translated by Jöns Budde).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Geete 1900","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1893,"count": "7417","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Til paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "106","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208936","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "243r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Geete 1900","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Elucidarius)

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Old Swedish Lucidarius is a translation of Honorius Augustodunensis' twelfth-century Elucidarium. It exists in an older, somewhat fragmentary, version (Holm. D 4, c. 1430-40) and a younger, longer one (Holm. A 58, c. 1487, translated by Jöns Budde).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Geete 1900","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1891,"count": "7419","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

swa som war asia affrica oc europa

","englishForm": "

Europe

","editionPage": "103","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208936","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Europa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Europa","sourcePage": "242v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Geete 1900","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Elucidarius)

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Old Swedish Lucidarius is a translation of Honorius Augustodunensis' twelfth-century Elucidarium. It exists in an older, somewhat fragmentary, version (Holm. D 4, c. 1430-40) and a younger, longer one (Holm. A 58, c. 1487, translated by Jöns Budde).

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","warning": "OK","edition": "Geete 1900","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255148/europe.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Europe","location": "

Europe

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1889,"count": "7421","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

swa som war asia affrica oc europa

","englishForm": "

Africa

","editionPage": "103","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208936","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Affrica","lemmaFormAttestation": "Africa","sourcePage": "242v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Geete 1900","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Elucidarius)

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Old Swedish Lucidarius is a translation of Honorius Augustodunensis' twelfth-century Elucidarium. It exists in an older, somewhat fragmentary, version (Holm. D 4, c. 1430-40) and a younger, longer one (Holm. A 58, c. 1487, translated by Jöns Budde).

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","warning": "OK","edition": "Geete 1900","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255146/africa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Africa","location": "

Africa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1887,"count": "7423","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

swa som war asia affrica oc europa

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "103","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208936","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Asia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "242v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Geete 1900","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Elucidarius)

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Old Swedish Lucidarius is a translation of Honorius Augustodunensis' twelfth-century Elucidarium. It exists in an older, somewhat fragmentary, version (Holm. D 4, c. 1430-40) and a younger, longer one (Holm. A 58, c. 1487, translated by Jöns Budde).

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Geete 1900","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1885,"count": "7425","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

[parad]iis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208936","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "241v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Geete 1900","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Elucidarius)

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Old Swedish Lucidarius is a translation of Honorius Augustodunensis' twelfth-century Elucidarium. It exists in an older, somewhat fragmentary, version (Holm. D 4, c. 1430-40) and a younger, longer one (Holm. A 58, c. 1487, translated by Jöns Budde).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Geete 1900","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This page is serverly damaged, emendation from edition. 

"}, {"id": 1883,"count": "7427","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208936","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "241v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Geete 1900","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Elucidarius)

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Old Swedish Lucidarius is a translation of Honorius Augustodunensis' twelfth-century Elucidarium. It exists in an older, somewhat fragmentary, version (Holm. D 4, c. 1430-40) and a younger, longer one (Holm. A 58, c. 1487, translated by Jöns Budde).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Geete 1900","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1881,"count": "7429","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/8208936","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "240r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Geete 1900","work": "Lucidarius","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Elucidarius)

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Old Swedish Lucidarius is a translation of Honorius Augustodunensis' twelfth-century Elucidarium. It exists in an older, somewhat fragmentary, version (Holm. D 4, c. 1430-40) and a younger, longer one (Holm. A 58, c. 1487, translated by Jöns Budde).

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Geete 1900","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1879,"count": "7431","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ther vd fran x fedæs lengæ ær eet anne[t] alteræ til lighe heligh heet, som Ihesus war segnedhe mesteræ thoo sine discipele føder

","englishForm": "

Et annet altere tillike helaghhet, som Jesus, var sighnethe mæstere, tho sine discipele føter

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Eet annet alteræ til lighe helighheet, som Ihesus war segnedhe mesteræ thoo sine disc","lemmaFormAttestation": "Et annet altere tillike helaghhet, som Jesus, var sighnethe mæstere, tho sine discipele føter","sourcePage": "192v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

This place is considered to be inside the Abbey Church of St Mary of Mount Sion (cf. Pringle 2007 no. 336), hence the coordinates of Mount Zion are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Jesus washed the feet of the disciples

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","showAsLocatedIn": "325","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Et annet altere tillike helaghhet, som Jesus, var sighnethe mæstere, tho sine discipele føter

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1877,"count": "7433","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til thet ny testamentes bygynnelse gaf han them syt signedhe legæmæ at æde ogh syt bloodh at drikkæ til eet ewinnelit amynnæ. Then stedh, som thænnæ dyræ gærningh skedhe, ær ther j een kyrkæ. ther som høwe alteræ ær

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som Jesus aat natvarth mæth sine discipulis

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som thænnæ dyræ gærningh skedhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som thænne dyre gærning skethe","sourcePage": "192v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

This place is considered to be inside the Abbey Church of St Mary of Mount Sion (cf. Pringle 2007 no. 336), and the coordinates of Mount Zion are used here for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

Cenacle, Place of the Last Supper

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","showAsLocatedIn": "325","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cenacle","location": "

Thæn stath, som Jesus aat natvarth mæth sine discipulis

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1875,"count": "7435","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thentidh hon kom til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "188","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1873,"count": "7437","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han sænde sina modher helenam til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "188","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1871,"count": "7439","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

I Room war een hedhin konunger | heth constantinus

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "187","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1869,"count": "7441","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet skedhe ther æpter at the wisa drotningen aff saba | wandradhe til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "186","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1867,"count": "7443","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet skedhe ther æpter at the wisa drotningen aff saba | wandradhe til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Sheba

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Saba","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saba","sourcePage": "186","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "15.37954","longitude": "44.70886","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8504929/sheba.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sheba","location": "

Sheba

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1865,"count": "7445","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ther wexte vp aff eth stoort ærlikit skønt thræ | oc stodh j mang hundradha aar | alt til thes konug salomon loth byggia mønstrit j iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "186","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1863,"count": "7447","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc saghdhe tak thenna qwistin oc planta a libani bergh

","englishForm": "

Mount Lebanon

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Libanibergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Libanibiærgh","sourcePage": "186","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "34.29899","longitude": "36.10584","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/9062341/mount-lebanon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Lebanon","location": "

Mount Lebanon

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1861,"count": "7449","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thentidh han kom for paradys

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradys","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "186","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1859,"count": "7451","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thentidh adam nalkadhis dødhenom sænde han sin son ther kalladhis zeth til paradys | at bedhas miskunnenna olio

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradys","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "186","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1857,"count": "7453","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc j room wighdhis ther til een kyrkia | oc ær ther æn j dagh

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "185","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1855,"count": "7455","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ther æpter tha iherusalem war wnnit aff cristnom mannom

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "185","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1853,"count": "7457","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thentidh hon kom til pariis

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "182","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1851,"count": "7459","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Hon wandradhe til parys

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Parys","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "182","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1849,"count": "7461","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han wardh vm sidhe swa stoor mestare at han ower gig alla the klærka j parys waro j boklike konst

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Parys","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "182","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1847,"count": "7463","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

swa at han vm sidhe ffortidde sina modher oc lop til pariis

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "217","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "182","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1845,"count": "7465","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han war konunger j babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "216","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "181","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1843,"count": "7467","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet skedhe entidh swa | at sanctus germanus wandradhe til room medh nokrom sinom brødhrom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "177","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1841,"count": "7469","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ther ofwergawo the badhe borgh oc gooz oc alt thet the atto Oc wandradho bort j fræ || madha land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "211","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "176","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1837,"count": "7471","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc fadhrin gig sørghiande sina reso fram til sce jaops

","englishForm": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sce Jaops","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Iakobs","sourcePage": "174","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "42.88064","longitude": "-8.5445","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6452774/cathedral-of-santiago-de-compostela.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Santiago_de_Compostela_Cathedral","location": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1835,"count": "7473","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

EEn godher man redh oppa wæghin til sancte iacops medh sinom son ok komo til een stadh ther kalladhis dolosa

","englishForm": "

Toulouse

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Dolosa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tolosa","sourcePage": "174","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "43.60426","longitude": "1.44367","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2972315/toulouse.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Toulouse","location": "

Toulouse

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1833,"count": "7475","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

EEn godher man redh oppa wæghin til sancte iacops medh sinom son ok komo til een stadh ther kalladhis dolosa

","englishForm": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Iacops","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Iakobs","sourcePage": "174","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "42.88064","longitude": "-8.5445","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6452774/cathedral-of-santiago-de-compostela.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Santiago_de_Compostela_Cathedral","location": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1831,"count": "7477","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

I Maximiani keysara daghum | war een man j nichomedia mæktogher och riker heeth dioscorus

","englishForm": "

Izmit

","editionPage": "196","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Nichomedia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nichomedia","sourcePage": "163","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Nicomedia

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "40.76694","longitude": "29.91694","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/745028/izmit.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nicomedia","location": "

Izmit

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1829,"count": "7479","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Hær eer nw at talæ om Syons biergh. Thet ær alt hellit; hoo kan thenke een hellieræ stedh?

","englishForm": "

Mount Zion

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syons biergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sions Bjargh","sourcePage": "192r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "hill","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354430/mount-zion.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Mount Zion

","preposition": "

um

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1827,"count": "7481","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

EEn hælagh iomfru Cristina ath nampne war aff thy landzskap som heter thyro

","englishForm": "

Tyre

","editionPage": "186","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Thyrus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tyrus","sourcePage": "153","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sour

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.27333","longitude": "35.19389","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/267008/tyre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tyre,_Lebanon","location": "

Tyre

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin dative/ablative.

"}, {"id": 1825,"count": "7483","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

vtan rykte genstan thædhan medh sith folk ofwer iordans flodh in j hedhindomen

","englishForm": "

Jordan

","editionPage": "183","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iordansflodh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iordansflodh","sourcePage": "151","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76025","longitude": "35.55792","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294624/jordan-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jordan_River","location": "

Jordan

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1823,"count": "7485","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Kusi kom ater til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "183","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "150","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1821,"count": "7487","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha thet war giorth tok han alt folkit medh sik oc rykte til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "183","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "150","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1819,"count": "7489","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Absolon for til ebron oc folkit kom ther saman oc giordhe han ther til konung

","englishForm": "

Hebron

","editionPage": "183","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ebron","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ebron","sourcePage": "150","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.52935","longitude": "35.0938","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/285066/hebron.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebron","location": "

Hebron

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1817,"count": "7491","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Min kære son ffar til ebron j gudz fridh

","englishForm": "

Hebron

","editionPage": "183","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ebron","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ebron","sourcePage": "150","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.52935","longitude": "35.0938","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/285066/hebron.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebron","location": "

Hebron

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1815,"count": "7493","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Kære fadher ma iak fara til ebron Jak lofwadhe mik thith tha iak vthlændis war

","englishForm": "

Abroad

","editionPage": "183","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vthlændis","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændis","sourcePage": "150","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adverb","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Abroad

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1813,"count": "7495","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Kære fadher ma iak fara til ebron Jak lofwadhe mik thith tha iak vthlændis war

","englishForm": "

Hebron

","editionPage": "183","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ebron","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ebron","sourcePage": "150","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.52935","longitude": "35.0938","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/285066/hebron.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebron","location": "

Hebron

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1811,"count": "7497","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

en brotha om kring sigh som nw kallas danauerke

","englishForm": "

Danevirke

","editionPage": "241","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Danauerke","lemmaFormAttestation": "Danavirke","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "fortification","localityTypeOfName": "name of a man-made feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "54.633333","longitude": "9.583333","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Danevirke¶ms=54_38_N_9_35_E_region:DE-SH_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danevirke","location": "

Danevirke

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This defensive fortification was first built in the Nordic Iron Age and has been expanded several times since (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danevirke).

"}, {"id": 1809,"count": "7499","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

EEn riker man j aquitania

","englishForm": "

Aquitaine

","editionPage": "176","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Aquitania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Aquitania","sourcePage": "145","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Guyenne","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "44.58333","longitude": "1","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3037349/aquitaine.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aquitaine","location": "

Aquitaine

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1807,"count": "7501","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc j siælfwom stadhenom susis ther konungin bodhe | sloghos j hel vel viij hundrat

","englishForm": "

Shush

","editionPage": "172","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Susis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Susa","sourcePage": "142","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Susa

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.192335","longitude": "48.250376","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2043480","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Susa","location": "

Shush

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin dative plural.

"}, {"id": 1805,"count": "7503","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at han skulde sampna alla the iwdha j susis waro

","englishForm": "

Shush

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Susis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Susa","sourcePage": "140","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Susa

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.192335","longitude": "48.250376","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2043480","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Susa","location": "

Shush

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1803,"count": "7505","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j siælfwom stadhenom susis

","englishForm": "

Shush

","editionPage": "169","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Susis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Susa","sourcePage": "139","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Susa

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.192335","longitude": "48.250376","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2043480","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Susa","location": "

Shush

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin dative plural.

"}, {"id": 1801,"count": "7507","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

for thy | iwdha hafdho førra fordarfwat thet folkit | som kalladhis amalechite | aff hwilko folke aman war fødder

","englishForm": "

Amalekite

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "amalechite ","lemmaFormAttestation": "amalekit","sourcePage": "139","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amalek","location": "

Amalekite

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1799,"count": "7509","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Hon war vthdrifwin for sina høghfærdh oc olydhno aff paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "138","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1797,"count": "7511","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

J them tymanom war j sama stadhenom susis een iudhe heth mardocheus

","englishForm": "

Shush

","editionPage": "167","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Susis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Susa","sourcePage": "137","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Susa

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.192335","longitude": "48.250376","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2043480","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Susa","location": "

Shush

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin dative plural.

"}, {"id": 1795,"count": "7513","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

a then annen weyn kirken nordhen er then steedh, som the stektæ theræs pascale lamb

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som the stekte thære pascalelamb

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then steedh, som the stektæ theræs pascalelamb","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som the stekte thære pascalelamb","sourcePage": "192r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to a medieval tradition the Last Supper took place where later the Abbey Church of St Mary of Mount Sion was situated (cf. Pringle 2007: 261).

","locationDescription": "

The place where the disciples roasted their Paschal lamb

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","showAsLocatedIn": "325","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Thæn stath, som the stekte thære pascalelamb

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1793,"count": "7515","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

i then same wey til øster ense til xl fiæd ær then stedh, som sanctus Mathias war vd wold apostele i then stedh, som Iudas faredheræ før war

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som sanktus Mathias var utvald apostel

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som sanctus Mathias war vdwold apostele","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som sanktus Mathias var utvald apostel","sourcePage": "192r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

The exact location of this place is unknown, thus the coordinates of Jerusalem are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Matthew was chosen apostle after Judas

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Thæn stath, som sanktus Mathias var utvald apostel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1791,"count": "7517","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ther vd fraan wnse til xx fødheres længæ ær then stedh, som war fruæ gaf op sin singnedhe and

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som Varfrue gav up sin sighnethe and

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som Warfruæ gaf op sin singnedhe and","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som Varfrue gav up sin sighnethe and","sourcePage": "192r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Since the exact location of this place is unknown (and disputed) here the coordinates of Jerusalem are used for visualisation. According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land Our Lady died in Jerusalem.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Our Lady died

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Thæn stath, som Varfrue gav up sin sighnethe and

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1789,"count": "7519","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

bødh konungin alth thet folk som war j stadhenom susi

","englishForm": "

Shush

","editionPage": "166","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Susi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Susa","sourcePage": "137","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Susa

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.192335","longitude": "48.250376","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2043480","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Susa","location": "

Shush

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1787,"count": "7521","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til øster ense een steens kast ær then stedh, som sanctus Iohannes ewangelista, war fruæ gømeræ, idhelege saudhæ messæ for war fruæ

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som sanktus Johannes, Varfrue gømere, ithelike saghthe misse for Varfrue

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som sanctus Iohannes ewangelista, Warfruæ gømeræ, idhelege saudh&a","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som sanktus Johannes, varfrue gømere, ithelike saghthe misse for varfrue","sourcePage": "192r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Since the exact location of this place is unknown, the coordinates of Jerusalem are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

Place where Saint John continually preached for Our Lady

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Thæn stath, som sanktus Johannes, Varfrue gømere, ithelike saghthe misse for Varfrue

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1781,"count": "7523","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha ormin hafdhe dræpit oss j paradyso

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "161","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradys","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "132","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1779,"count": "7525","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thridhia daghin gingo the ater til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "131","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1777,"count": "7527","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

hafdho wandrat ena daxledh | aff iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "131","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1775,"count": "7529","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at nar folkith skulde gaa til iherusalem j høghtidh

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "131","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1773,"count": "7531","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

skulde iomfru maria oc ioseph ga til ena pasca høghtidh | j iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "131","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1771,"count": "7533","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thin fæmpta glædhy kom thik tha | thu blomstrande roos aff iericho Gladhlika vthgig aff bethleem | til mønstrit innan iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "130","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1769,"count": "7535","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thin fæmpta glædhy kom thik tha | thu blomstrande roos aff iericho Gladhlika vthgig aff bethleem | til mønstrit innan iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bethleem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bethleem","sourcePage": "130","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1767,"count": "7537","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thin fæmpta glædhy kom thik tha | thu blomstrande roos aff iericho Gladhlika vthgig aff bethleem | til mønstrit innan iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jericho

","editionPage": "159","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iericho","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iheriko","sourcePage": "130","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.86667","longitude": "35.45","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284899/jericho.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jericho","location": "

Jericho

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1765,"count": "7539","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc til thins folkx æro aff israel

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "158","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "130","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1763,"count": "7541","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

tha hon bar sin son aff bethleem til iherusalem j mønstrith

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "158","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "130","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1761,"count": "7543","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

tha hon bar sin son aff bethleem til iherusalem j mønstrith

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "158","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bethleem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bethleem","sourcePage": "130","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1759,"count": "7545","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Then filsbens stolin | thet ær iomfru maria. skøth | oppa hwilko han sath tha the thre konugane komo aff fræmadha landom

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "156","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "128","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1757,"count": "7547","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oppa them stolenom sat konung salomon | tha andre konunga komo aff fræmadha landum til hans

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "156","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "128","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1755,"count": "7549","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

lot bithia vm jomfruona abisaghsunamitis

","englishForm": "

Sunamitis

","editionPage": "54","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sunamitis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sunamitis","sourcePage": "64","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

of Shunem

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "32.60606","longitude": "35.33408","showAsLocatedIn": "1103","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shunem","location": "

Sunamitis

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1751,"count": "7551","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ena skiøna jomfru het abisagh synamitis

","englishForm": "

Sunamitis

","editionPage": "53","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Synamitis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sunamitis","sourcePage": "63","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

of Shunem

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "32.60606","longitude": "35.33408","showAsLocatedIn": "1103","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shunem","location": "

Sunamitis

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The MLG source text specifies that the byname is geographical: de hette Abisag Sunamitis, wente se was bordich van Suna (Schmitt 1959: 207)

"}, {"id": 1749,"count": "7553","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Glædz maria aff iesse slekt eeth blomstrande riis | thu est ofwer alla fæghrind oc lust eeth paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "155","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "127","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1747,"count": "7555","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thu est the sama konung dauitis | the wænasta abisagh sunamitis | thet war een vthwald skøn iomfru | medh henne wilde konungen hafwa sina roo

","englishForm": "

Sunamitis

","editionPage": "154","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sunamitis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sunamitis","sourcePage": "126","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

of Shunem

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.60606","longitude": "35.33408","showAsLocatedIn": "1103","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shunem","location": "

Sunamitis

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1745,"count": "7557","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

wt til jwrsalahaff

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "247","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Jwrsalahaff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jorsalahaf","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

ut til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1743,"count": "7559","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och ødde mangh annar rike

","englishForm": "

Other land

","editionPage": "243","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "annar rike","lemmaFormAttestation": "annat rike","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Other land

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form annar (m. sg.) is not the expected.

"}, {"id": 1739,"count": "7561","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ther ær een kyrkæ, i hwilken || then steen ær høwe altar, som ower war hærras graf laa; han ær otte fødher longer, fem fødher breedh ogh half a[]nnen fod thiøk

","englishForm": "

Church of Saint Saviour on Mount Zion

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Een kyrkæ, i hwilken then steen ær høwe altar, som ower Warhærras graf laa","lemmaFormAttestation": "En kirkje, i hvilik thæn sten ær høghealtere, som yver Varhærre grav la","sourcePage": "191v-192r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in Mount Zion because the context of the text places it there. The Church is described in Pringle 2007 (no. 358).

","locationDescription": "

Dair Habs Al-Masih

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","showAsLocatedIn": "325","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Church of Saint Saviour on Mount Zion

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to Pringle. The Churches of the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem, III, no. 358, there is a medieval tradition placing the tomb stone of Christ as the altar of the Church of St Saviour on Mount Zion.

"}, {"id": 1735,"count": "7563","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Eentidh stodh war herra j mønstreno j iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "141-142","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "117","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1733,"count": "7565","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha thu redh asnan til iherusalem | oc wiste the ysæld koma skulde them

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "137","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "113","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1731,"count": "7567","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

tha han redh oppa asnanom til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "136","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "113","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1729,"count": "7569","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

The iordhadho honom vtan iherusalem | Sørghiande oc gratande gingo the hem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "133","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "111","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

utan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1727,"count": "7571","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til caluarie bergh the thik ledo | Necht ok blygdh thik alle reddo

","englishForm": "

Calvary

","editionPage": "131","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Caluariebergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalvariebiærgh","sourcePage": "109","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of the Church of the Holy Sepulchre are used for visualisation, since according to the dominant assumption the church is placed on the Calvary. However, other theories regarding the location of Calvary flourish, cf. the Wikipedia-article.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calvary","location": "

Calvary

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1725,"count": "7573","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thu dømdis til dødhin medh røfwarom twem | oc ledis vth aff iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "130","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "109","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1723,"count": "7575","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thu skalt wara medh mik j paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "130","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "109","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1721,"count": "7577","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha hiolt dæna konungh j vpsala konungx betzle oc norgis konungh hans istadh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1719,"count": "7579","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Dana holmer ær skipter j tre dela. en deel vpsala konung Annar dæna konungh Tridie norgis konungh

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "248","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1717,"count": "7581","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

som sigx haffua kometh vnder sigh all swdra riken

","englishForm": "

Southern countries

","editionPage": "247","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Swdra riken","lemmaFormAttestation": "Syþre riken","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/9408658/southern-europe.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Southern_Europe","location": "

Southern countries

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1715,"count": "7583","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet bar han vth aff stadhin iherusalem vppa bærghit Caluarie

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "130","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "109","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1713,"count": "7585","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet bar han vth aff stadhin iherusalem vppa bærghit Caluarie

","englishForm": "

Calvary

","editionPage": "130","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Caluaria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalvaria","sourcePage": "109","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of the Church of the Holy Sepulchre are used for visualisation, since according to the dominant assumption the church is placed on the Calvary. However, other theories regarding the location of Calvary flourish, cf. the Wikipedia-article.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calvary","location": "

Calvary

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declines as a Latin genitive or dative.

"}, {"id": 1711,"count": "7587","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Tha gig han medh them wth aff stadhin oppa olio berghit som kallas oliueti bergh

","englishForm": "

Mount of Olives

","editionPage": "124","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oliuetibergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Olivetibiærgh","sourcePage": "105","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Mount Olivet","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.78024","longitude": "35.24646","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281573/mount-of-olives.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_of_Olives","location": "

Mount of Olives

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1709,"count": "7589","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til wester somighet ense tw armborstæ scud foræ stadhen ær then stædh, som Iødher wilde haue taghet war fruæs ligheme, then thidh han bars til grauæ

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som juthe vilde have taket Varfrue likeme

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stædh, som Iødher wilde haue taghet Warfruæs ligheme","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som juthe vilde have taket Varfrue likeme","sourcePage": "191v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Since the exact location of this place is uncertain, here the coordinates of Jerusalem are used for visualisation. According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land the event took place in Jerusalem.

","locationDescription": "

The place where the jews wanted to take the dead body of Our Lady

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Thæn stath, som juthe vilde have taket Varfrue likeme

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1707,"count": "7591","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther hos eer een stædh i stenæ miget diwb, i hwilken sanctus Petrus ogh nonghene andræ gudhs discipuli skiuldæ them, mædhen Ihesus leedh sin døæth

","englishForm": "

En stath i sten mikel djup, i hvilik sanktus Petrus ok nokre anner guths discipuli skjulte sik

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Een stædh i stenæ miget diwb, i hwilken sanctus Petrus ogh nonghene andræ gudhs","lemmaFormAttestation": "En stath i sten mikel djup, i hvilik sanktus Petrus ok nokre anner guths discipuli skjulte sik","sourcePage": "191v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "cave","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

Since the exact location of this place is unknown, here the coordinates of Jerusalem are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

The cave where the disciples hid while Jesus died

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

En stath i sten mikel djup, i hvilik sanktus Petrus ok nokre anner guths discipuli skjulte sik

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to medieval traditions the disciples hid in caves in the Hinnom Valley after the death of Jesus, cf. Pringle. The Churches of the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem, III, no. 348

"}, {"id": 1705,"count": "7593","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

somighet som een steens kast foræ stadhen Ierusalem ær then stædh, som the sauedhe Ysayam prophete meth een træsau

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som the saghethe Isajas profete mæth en træsagh

","editionPage": "214","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stædh, som the sauedhe Ysayam prophete meth een træsau","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som the saghethe Isajas profete mæth en træsagh","sourcePage": "191v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Since the exact location of this place is uncertain, here the coordinates of Jerusalem are used for visualisation, since the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land places the event in the proximity of this city.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Isaiah was sawn

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Isaiah","location": "

Thæn stath, som the saghethe Isajas profete mæth en træsagh

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1703,"count": "7595","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

nedhær at bierghet, ensæ een steens kast, ær then stæd, som war fruæ hwiltæ sik, then tiidh hun thrætes, som hun daulighe daus søktæ thessæ foræ saudæ stædhe

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som Varfrue hvilte sik

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stæd, som Warfruæ hwiltæ sik","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som varfrue hvilte sik","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

The place where Mary rested while daily visting the sacral places on the Mount of Olives, is mentioned in the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land. Here the coordinates of Mount of Olives are used for this otherwise unknown place.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Our Lady rested

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78024","longitude": "35.24646","showAsLocatedIn": "405","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_of_Olives","location": "

Thæn stath, som Varfrue hvilte sik

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1701,"count": "7597","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

sidhan redh han ginom skiordall jemptlandh helsingialandh swa at han jwlen nest æpter pa stockholm war.

","englishForm": "

Stjørdal

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Skiordall","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skiordal","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "63.46803","longitude": "10.91776","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6951004/stjordal.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stj%C3%B8rdal","location": "

Stjørdal

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

From the context Stjørdal in Trøndelag makes the most sense for place identification. The change t > k might have have been due to scribal error, reading t as c, which was later substituted for k.

"}, {"id": 1699,"count": "7599","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til trondhem

","englishForm": "

Trondheim

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Trondhem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Trondhem","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "63.43049","longitude": "10.39506","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3133880/trondheim.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trondheim","location": "

Trondheim

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1697,"count": "7601","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j biscopshamar

","englishForm": "

Hamar

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Biscopshamar","lemmaFormAttestation": "Biskopshamar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "60.7945","longitude": "11.06798","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3154084/hamar.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hamar","location": "

Hamar

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Hamar was the see of the Ancient Diocese of Hamar.

"}, {"id": 1695,"count": "7603","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

aff nord mannom

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmann","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1693,"count": "7605","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thy redh han annat arit æpter ginom wermalandh och sooløyar

","englishForm": "

Solør

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sooløyar","lemmaFormAttestation": "Soløyar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "60.5","longitude": "12","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3137775/solor.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sol%C3%B8r","location": "

Solør

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1691,"count": "7607","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

sidhen screffuo nordmen honom

","englishForm": "

Norwegian

","editionPage": "240","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "nordmen","lemmaFormAttestation": "nordhman","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","showAsLocatedIn": "417","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norwegian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1689,"count": "7609","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

cristoffer en hertog aff beyaren

","englishForm": "

Bavaria

","editionPage": "239","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Beyaren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Beieren","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "49","longitude": "11.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2951839/bavaria.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bavaria","location": "

Bavaria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The lemma form Beyeren is normalised after the inhabitant designation beyerar pl. 'Bavarians' as provided in Svenska Akademiens ordbok. Sdw. does not seem to provide any alternative to this spelling. The lemma form is formally the definitive singular of beyerar pl. 'Bavarians' but is here used as a metonym for the country.

"}, {"id": 1687,"count": "7611","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ffor thy at høghfærdhin vtkastadha ængelin w hymerike | Oc førsta man adam w paradys

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "123","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradys","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "104","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

ur

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1685,"count": "7613","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

han matte fly medh sinne wælsighnadhe modher aff sith fædhernis land Oc in j egiptoland

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "120","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "102","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1683,"count": "7615","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

i synder bort eet armborstæ skut ær een kyrki, som apostælæ dictædhæ credo

","englishForm": "

En kirkje, som apostele diktethe credo

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Een kyrki, som apostælæ dictædhæ credo","lemmaFormAttestation": "En kirkje, som apostele diktethe credo","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Since the exact location of this church is uncertain, here the coordinates of Jerusalem are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

The church where the discples Invented credo

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

En kirkje, som apostele diktethe credo

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1681,"count": "7617","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

at then same wey a hauræ weyn til øster ær then stædh, som engelen førdhe war fruæ palm

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som ængelen førthe Varfrue palme

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stædh, som engelen førdhe Warfruæ palm","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som ængelen førthe varfrue palme","sourcePage": "190v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Since according to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, this place seems to be on Mount of Olives, here the coordinates for this mountain are used.

","locationDescription": "

The place where the angel brought Our Lady a palm

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78024","longitude": "35.24646","showAsLocatedIn": "405","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_of_Olives","location": "

Thæn stath, som ængelen førthe Varfrue palme

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1679,"count": "7619","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

noghit owermeræ i stædh ær then stædh, som Ihesus græt ower Gerusalem ogh saudhe: Om tu hafdhe kent, huad thigh skal ower gaa

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som Jesus græt yver Jerusalem

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stædh, som Ihesus græt ower Gerusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som Jesus græt yver Jerusalem","sourcePage": "190v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, this place seems to be situated above Gethsemane, hence the coordinates for Mount of Olives are used here.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Jesus wept for Jerusalem

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78024","longitude": "35.24646","showAsLocatedIn": "405","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_of_Olives","location": "

Thæn stath, som Jesus græt yver Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1677,"count": "7621","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thære noghit owermeræ a høuræ weyn ar then stædh, som sanctus Thomas fyk war fruæ snoor, then tidh hun op tooghs til hymelæn

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som sanctus Thomas fik Varfrue snor

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stædh, som sanctus Thomas fyk Warfruæ snoor","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som sanctus Thomas fik Varfrue snor","sourcePage": "190v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, this place seems to be situated above Gethsemane, therefore here the coordinates of the Mount of Olives are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Thomas recieved Mary's girdle

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78024","longitude": "35.24646","showAsLocatedIn": "405","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Girdle_of_Thomas","location": "

Thæn stath, som sanctus Thomas fik Varfrue snor

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Lorenzen 1881-1882: 212 reads "suoor" 'answer'.

"}, {"id": 1675,"count": "7623","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til synder ensæ een steens kast ær een hulæ i iordhen al steenegh, j hwilken Ihesus intræt thredhiæ synnæ ogh baadh til syn helliæ fadher ogh swetes bloodh

","englishForm": "

En hule i jorthen al stenigh, i hvilik Jesus intrath thrithje sinne ok bath til sin helaghe father

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Een hulæ i iordhen al steenegh, j hwilken Ihesus intræt thredhiæ synnæ ogh baadh til syn helliæ fadher ogh swetes blo","lemmaFormAttestation": "En hule i jorthen al stenigh, i hvilik Jesus intrath thrithje sinne ok bath til sin helaghe father ok svetes bloth","sourcePage": "190v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "cave","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

This cave is possibly located in Gethsemane, and the coordinates hereof are used for visualisation here.

","locationDescription": "

The cave where Jesus prayed three times

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.779402","longitude": "35.240197","showAsLocatedIn": "485","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gethsemane","location": "

En hule i jorthen al stenigh, i hvilik Jesus intrath thrithje sinne ok bath til sin helaghe father

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1673,"count": "7625","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

noghet owermeræ ær then stædh, som hans discipuli sofnedhæ, mædhen han baadh synæ bøner

","englishForm": "

Gethsemane

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stædh, som hans discipuli sofnedhæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som hans discipuli sovnethe","sourcePage": "190v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "garden","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.779402","longitude": "35.240197","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Gethsemane¶ms=31.779402_N_35.240197_E_","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gethsemane","location": "

Gethsemane

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1671,"count": "7627","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

I vp gongen til øster sa lankt, som eet armbørst skiuder, ær yrtægardhen, i huilkin the toghe hand a Jhesu, fongedhe ogh bunde

","englishForm": "

Gethsemane

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Yrtægardhen, i huilkin the toghe hand a Jhesu, fongedhe ogh bunde","lemmaFormAttestation": "Urtegarth, i hvilik the toke hand a Jesu, fangethe ok bunde","sourcePage": "190v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "garden","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.779402","longitude": "35.240197","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Gethsemane¶ms=31.779402_N_35.240197_E_","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gethsemane","location": "

Gethsemane

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1669,"count": "7629","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

oc ørligade medh holsterna 

","englishForm": "

Holsteinian

","editionPage": "239","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "holster","lemmaFormAttestation": "holtzte","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","showAsLocatedIn": "283","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schleswig-Holstein","location": "

Holsteinian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1667,"count": "7631","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

oc fik danskom oc tydzkom all landen  

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "239","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tydzskar","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1665,"count": "7633","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ther ikke lant fran ær scolen, som man boogh

","englishForm": "

School of Jerusalem

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Scolen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skolen","sourcePage": "190r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

Since the exact location of this place is uncertain, here the coordinates of Jerusalem are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

School of Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Something obviously is lacking in the text. Kaj Bom has offered the imaginative conjecture "scolen, som X [= Christ] nam boogh" as a possible solution.

"}, {"id": 1661,"count": "7635","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

naggæt || sa ther vt fraan ær then stedh, som the nødæ Symonem at bæræ korset eftær Ihesum

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som the nøthe Simonem at bære korset æfter Jesum

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stedh, som the nødæ Symonem at bæræ korset eftær Ihesum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som the nøthe Simonem at bære korset æfter Jesum","sourcePage": "189r-v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

The exact location of this place is unknown, since in the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, it is placed in Jerusalem, in this project the coordinates hereof are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Simon of Cyrene was compelled to carry the cross of Jesus

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Simon_of_Cyrene","location": "

Thæn stath, som the nøthe Simonem at bære korset æfter Jesum

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1659,"count": "7637","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ther er then stædh, som Ihesus hwiltæ lidet, ther han bar korset

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som Jesus hvilte litel, thær han bar korset

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stædh, som Ihesus hwiltæ lidet, ther han bar korset","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som Jesus hvilte litel, thær han bar korset","sourcePage": "189r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

The exact location of this place is unknown, therefore here the coordinates of Jerusalem are used for visualisation. 

","locationDescription": "

The place where Jesus rested a while when he carried the cross

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Thæn stath, som Jesus hvilte litel, thær han bar korset

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1657,"count": "7639","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

xxx føder tyl sinnæn, ær then stædh, som Iudei toghæ korssæt aff Ihesu for innæn Caluarie biargh

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som juthe toke korset af Jesu forinnen Kalvariabjargh

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stædh, som Iudei toghæ korssæt aff Ihesu forinnæn Caluariebiarg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som juthe toke korset af Jesu forinnen Kalvariabjargh","sourcePage": "189r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

The exact location of this place is unknown, hence the coordinates of Jerusalem are used here. According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land the event took place in Jerusalem.

","locationDescription": "

The place where the jews took the cross from Jesus before Calvary

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Thæn stath, som juthe toke korset af Jesu forinnen Kalvariabjargh

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1655,"count": "7641","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hertog erik aff pomeren

","englishForm": "

Pomerania

","editionPage": "239","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pomeren","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pomeren","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "53.66667","longitude": "15","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3088388/pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pomerania","location": "

Pomerania

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1653,"count": "7643","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j flensborgh

","englishForm": "

Flensburg

","editionPage": "239","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Flensborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Flensborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "54.78431","longitude": "9.43961","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2926271/flensburg.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flensburg","location": "

Flensburg

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1649,"count": "7645","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och wnno fræmmer mera gøta armeniam Syriam ciliciam galaciam pissidiam werniam jochiam

","englishForm": "

Iochia

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Jochia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iochia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The exact identity of this Roman province mentioned in the Old Swedish Prose Chronicle is unknown. It might be a corruption of Ionia.

In this project Iochia is regarded as located in the Middle East, due to the context in the text.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Iochia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In this well-known context of a host of Roman provinces/regions in Asia Minor the last two places names and their resistance to identification stands out.

In the source to the Prosaic Chronicle that Klemming (1868-1881:262) identifies this enumeration is different, "Armeniam, Syriam, Ciliciam, Galatiam, Pisidiam, Ioniam & Æoliam". The last two place names refer to areas on the coast of Asia Minor.

Perhaps Iochia could refer to Antioch on the Orontes (Antiochia).

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1647,"count": "7647","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

gig til bononiam oc gaff sik ther in j swartbrødhra kloster

","englishForm": "

Bologna

","editionPage": "117","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bononia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bononia","sourcePage": "99","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "44.49381","longitude": "11.33875","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3181928/bologna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bologna","location": "

Bologna

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1645,"count": "7649","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Wilt thu wardha sææl badhe til liiff oc siel tha gag til bononia til predikara brødher oc giff thik in j thera kloster

","englishForm": "

Bologna

","editionPage": "117","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bononia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bononia","sourcePage": "99","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "44.49381","longitude": "11.33875","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3181928/bologna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bologna","location": "

Bologna

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1643,"count": "7651","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

I them tymanom predikara ordon war nybyriadher war eeth thera kloster bygt j bonononia

","englishForm": "

Bologna

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bonononia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bononia","sourcePage": "98","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "44.49381","longitude": "11.33875","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3181928/bologna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bologna","location": "

Bologna

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1639,"count": "7653","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet skedhe j the lladzskap ther sassen hetir j eno thorpe som kallas holt beke

","englishForm": "

Cölbigk

","editionPage": "105","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Holtbeke","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holtbeke","sourcePage": "88","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "village","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Ilberstedt","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "51.79928","longitude": "11.65614","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2939941/coelbigk.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ilberstedt","location": "

Cölbigk

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The village of Cölbigk is known for its "Tanzwunder" ('dance wonder'). The Old Swedish form Holtbeke is assumed to be a corruption of Kolbeke probably copied from a manuscript containing Middle Low German version of Consolation of the Soul.

"}, {"id": 1637,"count": "7655","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och wnno fræmmer mera gøta armeniam Syriam ciliciam galaciam pissidiam werniam jochiam

","englishForm": "

Vernia

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wernia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Vernia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The exact identity of this Roman province mentioned in the Old Swedish Prose Chronicle is unknown. It might be a corruption of Æolia.

In this project Vernia is regarded as located in the Middle East due to the context in the text.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Vernia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In this well-known context of a host of Roman provinces/regions in Asia Minor the last two places names and their resistance to identification stands out.

In the source to the Prosaic Chronicle that Klemming (1868-1881:262) identifies this enumeration is different, "Armeniam, Syriam, Ciliciam, Galatiam, Pisidiam, Ioniam & Æoliam". The last two place names refer to areas on the coast of Asia Minor.

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

 

"}, {"id": 1635,"count": "7657","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet skedhe j the lladzskap ther sassen hetir j eno thorpe som kallas holt beke

","englishForm": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","editionPage": "105","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sassen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saxen","sourcePage": "88","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "52","longitude": "11.7333","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2842565/saxony-anhalt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saxony-Anhalt","location": "

Saxony-Anhalt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1633,"count": "7659","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han loth føra sik vm sidhe til sancta maria magdalene kyrkio

","englishForm": "

Sancta Maria Magdalene kirkia

","editionPage": "104","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancta Maria Magdalene kyrkia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancte Marie Magdalene kirkia","sourcePage": "87","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Neither in the Old Swedish nor in the Middle Low German version of Consolation of the Soul, the location of this place is mentioned.

","locationDescription": "

Church of Mary Magdalene

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Sancta Maria Magdalene kirkia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1631,"count": "7661","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

flydhe in j hedhindomin ok kom til bethsermenien

","englishForm": "

Beth Aramaye

","editionPage": "101","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bethsermenien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bethsermenien","sourcePage": "85","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This historical Iraqi region is visualised as located in Iraq, since no exact geo data have been found.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33","longitude": "44","showAsLocatedIn": "853","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Beth_Aramaye","location": "

Beth Aramaye

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1629,"count": "7663","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet war een høghferdhogher munker heth sergius | Han stodh æpter storum oc werdhogheth oc herradømø j pawans gardh j room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "101","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "84","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1627,"count": "7665","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thetta fik eraclius keysaren aff room ath vita

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "84","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1625,"count": "7667","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han tok ther bort then delin aff thy hælgha korse som helena constantini modher loth qwarran blifwa j iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "83","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1623,"count": "7669","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han wan oc iherusalem oc kom til the hælgho graff

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "The hælgha graff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Þe hælgha graf","sourcePage": "83","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1621,"count": "7671","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han wan oc iherusalem oc kom til the hælgho graff

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "83","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1619,"count": "7673","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ther æpter lifwer antechristus xv dagha oc sæter sin stool oc sith paulun oppa oliweti bergh

","englishForm": "

Mount of Olives

","editionPage": "99","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Oliwetibergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Olivetibiærgh","sourcePage": "83","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Mount Olivet","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.78024","longitude": "35.24646","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281573/mount-of-olives.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_of_Olives","location": "

Mount of Olives

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1617,"count": "7675","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

a then same stedh forwittæ Ihesus sine discipuli theræ vtroheed a hans op farelses dau

","englishForm": "

Thæn same stath forvitte Jesus sine discipuli there utrohet

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then same stedh forwittæ Ihesus sine discipuli theræ vtroheed","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn same stath forvitte Jesus sine discipuli there utrohet","sourcePage": "192r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, on the day of ascension, Jesus reproached his discples in the same place as his mother had listened to his sermons, hence the coordinates of Mount Zion are used for visualisation in this project.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Jesus reproached his discples with their unfaithfulness

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","showAsLocatedIn": "325","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Thæn same stath forvitte Jesus sine discipuli there utrohet

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1615,"count": "7677","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

xx føders lengæ a wenstræ weyn er then stædh, som Cristus predikedhe for sin singhnedhe modher, ogh x fiæd vd fran ær then stædh, som hwn sad ogh høørdhe hans benedidhe oord

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som Varfrue sath ok hørte hans benedithe orth

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stædh, som hwn sad ogh høørdhe hans benedidhe oord","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som hun sath ok hørte hans benedithe orth","sourcePage": "192r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land Jesus preached for his mother on Mount Zion. Therefore the coordinates hereof are used for visualisation.


Here the standard form is slightly altered compared to the lemma form.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Our Lady listened to the sermons of Our Lord

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","showAsLocatedIn": "325","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Thæn stath, som Varfrue sath ok hørte hans benedithe orth

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1613,"count": "7679","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

xx føders lengæ a wenstræ weyn er then stædh, som Cristus predikedhe for sin singhnedhe modher, ogh x fiæd vd fran ær then stædh, som hwn sad ogh høørdhe hans benedidhe oord

","englishForm": "

Thæn stath, som Kristus prædikethe for sin sighnethe mother

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then stædh, som Cristus predikedhe for sin singhnedhe modher","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn stath, som Kristus prædikethe for sin sighnethe mother","sourcePage": "192r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Since the exact location of this place is unknown, here the coordinates of Mount Zion are used for visualisation. According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land this is where Jesus preached for his mother.

","locationDescription": "

The place where Jesus preached for his mother

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","showAsLocatedIn": "325","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Thæn stath, som Kristus prædikethe for sin sighnethe mother

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1611,"count": "7681","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ther æpter komber elyas oc enok aff paradys

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "98","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradys","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "82","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1607,"count": "7683","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oc later them tala alla handa maal

","englishForm": "

Foreign language

","editionPage": "98","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "alla handa maal","lemmaFormAttestation": "aldra handa mal","sourcePage": "82","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Foreign_language","location": "

Foreign language

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1603,"count": "7685","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

fremdeles ær [a] Syons biergh ogh een kyrkæ, ogh then kyrkæ ær then stædh, som war fruæ giordhe sin[æ] bøner, som hwn hwer dau søktæ the føræ scrifnæ stedhe a Syons biergh

","englishForm": "

Thæn Stath som Varfrue gjorthe sine Bøner

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Stædh, som Warfruæ giordhe sinæ Bøner","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn Stath, som Varfrue gjorthe sine Bøner","sourcePage": "192r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this unknown place  is visualised as a church located in Mount Zion because the context of the text places it there and states that in the place where Mary prayed there is a church.

","locationDescription": "

Unknown Church on Mount Zion

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","showAsLocatedIn": "325","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Thæn Stath som Varfrue gjorthe sine Bøner

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1601,"count": "7687","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han later tha ater byggia mønstrit j iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "98","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "82","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1599,"count": "7689","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc alle the rødho iudhane som mællan berghin æro æn inne læste koma tha vth oc skulu honom følghia

","englishForm": "

Red Jew

","editionPage": "98","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the rødho iudhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "þæn røþe iuþe","sourcePage": "82","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Red Jew is visualised as located in Asia because the context of the text places it there.

According to medieval tradition the fictional Red Jews inhabitated an area somewhere in Asia on the other side of the also unreal Sambation river. In contrast to actual medieval Jewish people, this fictional group of people is included in the Norse World database, since a geographical location is implied in the notion of Red Jews.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_Jews","location": "

Red Jew

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1597,"count": "7691","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Och wnno the galliam yspaniam frankerike ængelandh scotlandh irlandh. flandern. holland 

","englishForm": "

Roman Gaul

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gallia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gallia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Because there were many different Gallias and that it often is impossible to determine which is meant in the texts, here the different Gauls are listed to support search.

In the Norse World resource Roman Gaul is visualised as located in Western Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "

Gallia Aquitania, Gallia Lugdunensis, Gallia Belgica, Gallia Narbonenis, Gallia Celtica, Gallia Cisalpina

","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "50.21909","longitude": "7.42676","showAsLocatedIn": "801","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roman_Gaul","location": "

Roman Gaul

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1595,"count": "7693","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

then kyrkæ ær then stædh, som war fruæ giordhe sin[æ] bøner, som hwn hwer dau søktæ the føræ scrifnæ stedhe a Syons biergh

","englishForm": "

Mount Zion

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syons biergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sions Bjargh","sourcePage": "192r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "hill","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354430/mount-zion.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Mount Zion

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1593,"count": "7695","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

fremdeles ær [a] Syons biergh ogh een kyrkæ

","englishForm": "

Mount Zion

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syons biergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sions Bjargh","sourcePage": "192r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "hill","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354430/mount-zion.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Mount Zion

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1591,"count": "7697","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Iacobus then mindræ war skikketh biscop ower ierasalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ierasalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "192r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1589,"count": "7699","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

fremdeles [at] then same wey ær Cayphas hws

","englishForm": "

House of Caiaphas

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cayphas Hws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kajfas' Hus","sourcePage": "192r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

The exact location of the house of Caiaphas is unknown, but since according to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, it is located in Jerusalem, the coordinates of this city are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caiaphas","location": "

House of Caiaphas

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1587,"count": "7701","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til mækelborg

","englishForm": "

Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania

","editionPage": "238","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mækelborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mækelborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Mecklenburg-Vorpommern

","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "53.83333","longitude": "12.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2872567/mecklenburg-western-pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mecklenburg-Vorpommern","location": "

Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The attestation refers only to the Mecklenburg part of modern day Mecklenburg-Vorpommern.

"}, {"id": 1585,"count": "7703","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

som tha hade danmark och norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "238","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1583,"count": "7705","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha drog. han in the tydzske

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "238","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "the tydzske","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1581,"count": "7707","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hertogh aff mækelborgh

","englishForm": "

Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mækelborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mækelborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Mecklenburg-Vorpommern

","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "53.83333","longitude": "12.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2872567/mecklenburg-western-pomerania.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mecklenburg-Vorpommern","location": "

Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The attestation refers only to the Mecklenburg part of modern day Mecklenburg-Vorpommern.

"}, {"id": 1579,"count": "7709","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

widh en holma heter lwndholme

","englishForm": "

Lyngholmen

","editionPage": "238","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Lwndholme","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lundholme","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "60.01762","longitude": "5.28571","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/9052120/lyngholmen.html","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Lyngholmen

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

There seems to be no Lundholmen in Bømlafjorden, but other sources identify the place as Lyngholmen.

"}, {"id": 1577,"count": "7711","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

i en fiærdh som heter bomiilfiærdh

","englishForm": "

Bømlafjorden

","editionPage": "238","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bomiilfiærdh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bomilfiærdher","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "fjord","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Bømla Fjord

","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "59.66278","longitude": "5.35861","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3160808/bomlafjorden.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/B%C3%B8mlafjorden","location": "

Bømlafjorden

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1575,"count": "7713","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til norghe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "238","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1573,"count": "7715","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Norge war fallit honom til medh arff

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "237","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1571,"count": "7717","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

in j norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "236","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1569,"count": "7719","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "236","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1567,"count": "7721","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

wlff sparkalegh aff engelande

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "233","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Engeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Engeland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1565,"count": "7723","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

som tha war erchebiscopp j hamborgh

","englishForm": "

Hamburg

","editionPage": "232","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Hamborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hamborgh","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "53.57532","longitude": "10.01534","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2911298/hamburg.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hamburg","location": "

Hamburg

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1563,"count": "7725","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

han wan alt danmark och tydzlandh vndher sigh

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "231","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tydzlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1561,"count": "7727","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

sidhen kalladis thet noris rike som nw kallas norghe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "227","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Noris rike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Noris rike","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1559,"count": "7729","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

fremdeles attær tw armbørste scud ær Anne hws

","englishForm": "

House of Annas

","editionPage": "215","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Anne Hws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Annas' Hus","sourcePage": "191v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

Since the location of the house of Annas –– Jewish High Priest at the time of the death of Christ –– is unknown, here the coordinates of Jerusalem are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Annas","location": "

House of Annas

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1557,"count": "7731","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til sa miget [r]uum ær Alcheldemach, then ager, ther køptes meth thee peningæ, Ihesus war sold foræ

","englishForm": "

Akeldama

","editionPage": "214","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Alcheldemach","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hakeldama","sourcePage": "191v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "field","localityTypeOfName": "field name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76841","longitude": "35.23288","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Akeldama¶ms=31.76841_N_35.23288_E_region:IL","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Akeldama","location": "

Akeldama

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1555,"count": "7733","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

fra then stædh somighet som een steens kast foræ stadhen Ierusalem ær then stædh, som the sauedhe Ysayam prophete meth een træsau

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "214","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "191v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1553,"count": "7735","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thet wadn løber af war fruæ keelde

","englishForm": "

Varfrue Kælde

","editionPage": "214","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Warfruæ Keelde","lemmaFormAttestation": "Varfrue Kælde","sourcePage": "191v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "spring","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

Since the exact location of the fountain used by Mary to wash the clothes of Jesus is unknown, here the coordinates of Jerusalem are used. The Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land places the fountain there.

","locationDescription": "

Fountain of Our Lady

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Varfrue Kælde

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1551,"count": "7737","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

somiget som en steens kast a then same hand er natatoria Syloe; thet heder ogh so for thi, at Iodhe thoe them ogh summæ ther i

","englishForm": "

Pool of Siloam

","editionPage": "214","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Natatoria Syloe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Natatoria Silo","sourcePage": "191v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "well","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Pool of Siloam is given the coordinates of the surrounding area Silwan.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76836","longitude": "35.23805","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281788/silwan.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pool_of_Siloam","location": "

Pool of Siloam

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the manuscript the form "Syloe" is altered from "Sywe".

"}, {"id": 1549,"count": "7739","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til synder a then høuræ hand i stadh ær war fruæ keldæ, [som] so heder for thi, at war fruæ th[o]o sin signede søns clude ther, then tith hun skulde offre hanum i mønstret

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "214","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mønstret","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mynsteret","sourcePage": "191v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1547,"count": "7741","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til synder a then høuræ hand i stadh ær war fruæ keldæ, [som] so heder for thi, at war fruæ th[o]o sin signede søns clude ther, then tith hun skulde offre hanum i mønstret

","englishForm": "

Varfrue Kælde

","editionPage": "214","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Warfruæ Keldæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Varfrue Kælde","sourcePage": "191v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "spring","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

Since the exact location of the fountain used by Mary to wash the clothes of Jesus is unknown, here the coordinates of Jerusalem are used. The Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land places the fountain there.

","locationDescription": "

Fountain of Our Lady

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Varfrue Kælde

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1545,"count": "7743","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

fremdeles sa ær Syloe dal thædhen ogh in i byæn til thet biergh, som byen staar bigd a.

","englishForm": "

Tyropoeon Valley

","editionPage": "214","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syloedal","lemmaFormAttestation": "Silodal","sourcePage": "191v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, this valley alongside the Valley of Josaphat, is said to constrain the part of the Jerusalem containing the Temple of Solomon from expanding or moving. It is not clear whether the form Syloe aims at the Tyropoeon Valley or at the Gehenna Valley.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.776947","longitude": "35.234239","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Tyropoeon_Valley¶ms=31_46_37.01_N_35_14_3.26_E_","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tyropoeon_Valley","location": "

Tyropoeon Valley

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to the text the mentioned valley runs to the mountain whereon Jerusalem is founded, therefore it is an educated guess that Tyropoeon Valley (not Gehenna Valley) is intended.

"}, {"id": 1543,"count": "7745","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

aff honom føddis alle flæste norgis konunga

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "231","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norgi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1541,"count": "7747","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "231","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1539,"count": "7749","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ther siær man, at Josaphat koning war iordh[]et, och ther af hauer dalen then naun

","englishForm": "

Kidron Valley

","editionPage": "213-214","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Dalen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Dalen","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of Kidron Valley are used. Since the early Middle Ages, this valley is commonly identified with the Valley of Josaphat.

","locationDescription": "

Valley of Josaphat

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77707","longitude": "35.23884","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8259958/kidron-valley.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Valley_of_Josaphat","location": "

Kidron Valley

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1537,"count": "7751","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Hoos sancte Iacobs kyrke nedhre a Oliueti biergh ær ensæ een capellæ vt huggen i een steen, och wen ær han skipdher ænsæ een hat af andre steenæ, och ther siær man, at Josaphat koning war iordh[]et

","englishForm": "

Grave of Jehoshaphat

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ther siær man, at Josaphat koning war iordhet","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thær sæghjer man, at Joshafat kunung var jorthet","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

The description in the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land makes it clear that the author has mistaken the monumental Tomb of Absalom with the Cave of Jehoshaphat right next to it.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.776958","longitude": "35.238958","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Tomb_of_Absalom¶ms=31_46_37.05_N_35_14_20.25_E_","wikipediaLink": "https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grotte_de_Josaphat","location": "

Grave of Jehoshaphat

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1535,"count": "7753","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Hoos sancte Iacobs kyrke nedhre a Oliueti biergh ær ensæ een capellæ vt huggen i een steen, och wen ær han skipdher ænsæ een hat af andre steenæ, och ther siær man, at Josaphat koning war iordh[]et

","englishForm": "

Mount of Olives

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Oliuetibiergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Olivetibjargh","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Mount Olivet","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78024","longitude": "35.24646","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281573/mount-of-olives.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_of_Olives","location": "

Mount of Olives

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1533,"count": "7755","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Hoos sancte Iacobs kyrke nedhre a Oliueti biergh ær ensæ een capellæ vt huggen i een steen, och wen ær han skipdher ænsæ een hat af andre steenæ, och ther siær man, at Josaphat koning war iordh[]et

","englishForm": "

Sankte Jakobs Kirkje

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Iacobs Kyrke","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Jakobs Kirkje","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Since the description in the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land is inconsistent with the location of the Cathedral of Saint James, here the coordinates of the Tomb of Zechariah are used, according to tradition the two graves are in close proximity.
Pringle 2007 refers to a Tomb Chapel of St James the Less (no. 320).

","locationDescription": "

Church of James the Less

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.776236","longitude": "35.239119","showAsLocatedIn": "423","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/James_the_Less","location": "

Sankte Jakobs Kirkje

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1531,"count": "7757","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j tydzland walland

","englishForm": "

Valland

","editionPage": "228","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Walland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Valland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","showAsLocatedIn": "799","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Valland","location": "

Valland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1529,"count": "7759","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j tydzland walland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "229","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tydzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1527,"count": "7761","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Han wart konung j swerige ok wan danmark ok alt tydzland

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "228","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tydzland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1525,"count": "7763","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Jsraels konungh dauid propheta

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "227","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Jsreal","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1523,"count": "7765","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

sidhen kalladis thet noris rike som nw kallas norghe

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "227","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norghe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1521,"count": "7767","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til norge

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "227","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1519,"count": "7769","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther hoos ær Sacharie graff, ogh so ær enden a Iosaphat dal

","englishForm": "

Kidron Valley

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iosaphatdal","lemmaFormAttestation": "Joshafatdal","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of Kidron Valley are used. Since the early Middle Ages, this valley is commonly identified with the Valley of Josaphat.

","locationDescription": "

Valley of Josaphat

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77707","longitude": "35.23884","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8259958/kidron-valley.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Valley_of_Josaphat","location": "

Kidron Valley

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1517,"count": "7771","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther hoos ær Sacharie graff, ogh so ær enden a Iosaphat dal

","englishForm": "

Tomb of Zechariah

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sacharie Graff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Zakarias' Grav","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.776236","longitude": "35.239119","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Tomb_of_Zechariah¶ms=31_46_34.45_N_35_14_20.83_E_","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tomb_of_Zechariah","location": "

Tomb of Zechariah

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1515,"count": "7773","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

fremdeles neydher at bierghet, ensæ til twiggæ stenæ kast i nøør, ær een kyrke, ther som sanctus Iacobus, ther heder mindræ, han fiældhæ sigh then timæ, som Ihesus leedh syn død, ogh Ihesus obenbareth [sigh] hannum then daw, han op stoodh, ogh ther ær han och iordheth

","englishForm": "

Sankte Jakobs Kirkje

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Een kyrke, ther som sanctus Iacobus, ther heder mindræ, han fiældhæ sigh","lemmaFormAttestation": "En kirkje, thær som sanktus Jacobus, thær heter mindre, han fjal sik","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Since the description in the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land is inconsistent with the location of the Cathedral of Saint James, here the coordinates of the Tomb of Zechariah are used, according to tradition the two graves are in close proximity.
Pringle 2007 refers to a Tomb Chapel of St James the Less (no. 320).

","locationDescription": "

Church of James the Less

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.776236","longitude": "35.239119","showAsLocatedIn": "423","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/James_the_Less","location": "

Sankte Jakobs Kirkje

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1513,"count": "7775","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Frem at then samme gang er een kyrki, som Cristus kændhæ apostolæ at bedhe och læsa pater noster

","englishForm": "

Church of the Pater Noster

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Een kyrki, som Cristus kændhæ apostolæ at bedhe och læsa paternoster","lemmaFormAttestation": "En kirkje, som Kristus kænde apostele at bithje ok læse paternoster","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Church of the Lord's Prayer

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.778078","longitude": "35.245192","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Church_of_the_Pater_Noster¶ms=31_46_41.08_N_35_14_42.69_E_","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Pater_Noster","location": "

Church of the Pater Noster

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1511,"count": "7777","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Tha laagh danmark och norge vndher swerike

","englishForm": "

Norway

","editionPage": "227","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norge","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norge","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "62","longitude": "10","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3144096/kingdom-of-norway.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway","location": "

Norway

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1509,"count": "7779","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j frømandom landom

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "227","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "frømanda land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1507,"count": "7781","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

før gøtom

","englishForm": "

Goth

","editionPage": "227","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gøtar","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gøte","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Goth is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Goths","location": "

Goth

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1505,"count": "7783","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j frømandom landom

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "frømanda land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1503,"count": "7785","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j frømandom landom

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "frømanda land","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha land","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1501,"count": "7787","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Och wnno the galliam yspaniam frankerike ængelandh scotlandh irlandh. flandern. holland 

","englishForm": "

Netherlands

","editionPage": "224","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Holland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "52.25","longitude": "5.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2750405/kingdom-of-the-netherlands.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netherlands","location": "

Netherlands

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1499,"count": "7789","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Och wnno the galliam yspaniam frankerike ængelandh scotlandh irlandh. flandern. holland 

","englishForm": "

Flanders

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Flandern","lemmaFormAttestation": "Flandern","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "51","longitude": "4.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3337388/flanders.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flanders","location": "

Flanders

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1497,"count": "7791","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Och wnno the galliam yspaniam frankerike ængelandh scotlandh irlandh. flandern. holland 

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Irlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Irland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1495,"count": "7793","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Och wnno the galliam yspaniam frankerike ængelandh scotlandh irlandh. flandern. holland 

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Scotlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1493,"count": "7795","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Och wnno the galliam yspaniam frankerike ængelandh scotlandh irlandh. flandern. holland 

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ængelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Engeland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1491,"count": "7797","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Och wnno the galliam yspaniam frankerike ængelandh scotlandh irlandh. flandern. holland 

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frankerike","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankarike","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1489,"count": "7799","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Och wnno the galliam yspaniam frankerike ængelandh scotlandh irlandh. flandern. holland 

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Yspania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ispania","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1487,"count": "7801","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och bygde festhe vtan før rom som the kallade weronia

","englishForm": "

Veronia

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Weronia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Veronia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "fortification","localityTypeOfName": "name of a man-made feature","locationNotes": "

According to the Prosaic Chronicle situated outside of Rome and used in an attack on Rome by the Goths.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "42.83333","longitude": "12.83333","showAsLocatedIn": "67","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Veronia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This unidentified fortification was supposedly situated outside of Rome and used in an attack on Rome by the Goths.

"}, {"id": 1485,"count": "7803","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

a thet biergh ma man see Iordens floodh och thet døthæ haf, æn thoch the æræ fæm milæ thædhen

","englishForm": "

Dead Sea

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Døthæ Haf","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Døthe Hav","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.55747","longitude": "35.49545","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/295347/dead-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dead_Sea","location": "

Dead Sea

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1483,"count": "7805","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

a thet biergh ma man see Iordens floodh och thet døthæ haf, æn thoch the æræ fæm milæ thædhen

","englishForm": "

Jordan

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iordensfloodh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jordansfloth","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76025","longitude": "35.55792","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294624/jordan-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jordan_River","location": "

Jordan

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1481,"count": "7807","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

øwerst a Oliueti biergh ensæ eet got armborstæ skut ær een stoor kyrkæ och hans food spor, som han op foor til hemelen.

","englishForm": "

Chapel of the Ascension

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Een stoor kyrkæ och hans foodspor, som han opfoor til hemelen","lemmaFormAttestation": "En stor kirkje ok hans fotspor, som han upfor til himenen","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.7791","longitude": "35.2449","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Chapel_of_the_Ascension,_Jerusalem¶ms=31.7791_N_35.2449_E_source:kolossus-dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chapel_of_the_Ascension,_Jerusalem","location": "

Chapel of the Ascension

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1479,"count": "7809","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

øwerst a Oliueti biergh

","englishForm": "

Mount of Olives

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Oliuetibiergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Olivetibjargh","sourcePage": "191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Mount Olivet","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78024","longitude": "35.24646","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281573/mount-of-olives.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_of_Olives","location": "

Mount of Olives

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1477,"count": "7811","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha wende romara sigh ather fra them jgen

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1475,"count": "7813","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

[ø]wer[s]t a [Oliueti] biergh ensæ eet steens kast til winster vden veyn ær then stædh, || som kalles Galilea, ther som Cristus obenbaredes sinæ discipulis efter hans vp standelesæ

","englishForm": "

Galilee

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Galilea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Galilea","sourcePage": "190v-191r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

This place is mentioned in the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, where it is placed in the vicinity of Jerusalem, thus the coordinated hereof are used for visualisation here. The region Galilee is not intended, cf. Pringle 2007: 124.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Galilee

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

For a discussion on the location of the place where Jesus met his disciples after his resurrection, see Pringle 2007: 124.

"}, {"id": 1473,"count": "7815","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

romara hade [loffuad] them hulskapp

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1471,"count": "7817","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

før thy at romara giorde them flere sinnom otroskapp

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1469,"count": "7819","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

brwto nidher rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1467,"count": "7821","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

then stædh, som Ihesus græt ower Gerusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "213","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gerusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "190v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1465,"count": "7823","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

af then stædh, som sancte Staffen war steender, gonger man op til Oliue biergh

","englishForm": "

Mount of Olives

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Oliuebiergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Olivebjargh","sourcePage": "190v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Mount Olivet","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78024","longitude": "35.24646","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281573/mount-of-olives.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_of_Olives","location": "

Mount of Olives

","preposition": "

uptil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1463,"count": "7825","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

een stoor kyrke, hvylken Saraceni likkæ, tho huer men at hwn ær graa brødhre giuen af pauen i hwilken søghes war fruæ graf

","englishForm": "

Mary's Tomb

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "War Fruæ Graf","lemmaFormAttestation": "Var Frue Grav","sourcePage": "190v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78","longitude": "35.23946","showAsLocatedIn": "1089","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tomb_of_the_Virgin_Mary","location": "

Mary's Tomb

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1461,"count": "7827","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

a hander øster sa ydermere ær Cedrons strøøm

","englishForm": "

Kidron

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cedron","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kedron","sourcePage": "190v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

Both the coordinates and the Wikipedia-link aim at the Kidron Valley, where as this location in the database signifies the Kidron River.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77707","longitude": "35.23884","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8259958/kidron-valley.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kidron_Valley","location": "

Kidron

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1459,"count": "7829","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

innermeræ j stædh ær Iosaphat dal

","englishForm": "

Kidron Valley

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iosaphatdal","lemmaFormAttestation": "Joshafatdal","sourcePage": "190v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of Kidron Valley are used. Since the early Middle Ages, this valley is commonly identified with the Valley of Josaphat.

","locationDescription": "

Valley of Josaphat

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77707","longitude": "35.23884","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8259958/kidron-valley.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Valley_of_Josaphat","location": "

Kidron Valley

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1457,"count": "7831","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

inwortes ær sancte || Staffens poort, hwilkyn sa kallæs forthi, at Iudhæ mødæ[] hanum therræ

","englishForm": "

Lions' Gate

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Staffens Poort","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Stefans Port","sourcePage": "190r-v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "gate","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78083","longitude": "35.23694","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957225/lions-gate.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lions%27_Gate","location": "

Lions' Gate

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1455,"count": "7833","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Item hoos Salomonis templæ i stadhsens mur ær then gyldenæ poort, gømen hwil[k]en Ihesus infoor a palmæsøndau, hwilket luct bliuer til yderstæ dau af hedhningæ

","englishForm": "

Golden Gate

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Gyldenæ Poort","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn Gyllene Port","sourcePage": "190r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "gate","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77889","longitude": "35.23694","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957222/golden-gate.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Golden_Gate_(Jerusalem)","location": "

Golden Gate

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1453,"count": "7835","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Item hoos Salomonis templæ i stadhsens mur ær then gyldenæ poort

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Salomonis Templæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Salomonis Tempel","sourcePage": "190r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1451,"count": "7837","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

vtan før rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

utan for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1449,"count": "7839","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ther ær Ioachims hws, j hwilket Maria Ihesus modher war føød

","englishForm": "

Joachims Hus

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ioachims Hws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Joachims Hus","sourcePage": "190r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

Tradition has it that the Church of Saint Anne was erected on the place of the childhood home of Our Lady, the house of Anna and Joachim.

","locationDescription": "

House of Joachim, Church of Saint Anne

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78097","longitude": "35.23607","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11154405/st-anna-kirche.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_Saint_Anne,_Jerusalem","location": "

Joachims Hus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1447,"count": "7841","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

at thenne sama gøta wnno vndher sigh wallandh Rom. Neapolim Arrogoniam siciliam

","englishForm": "

Aragon

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Arrogonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Aragonia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the 15th century the Crown of Aragon (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Crown_of_Aragon) controlled a large part of what is now eastern Spain, Corsica, Sardinia, Sicily and what is now southern Italy. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "41.5","longitude": "-0.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3336899/aragon.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aragon","location": "

Aragon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1445,"count": "7843","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

a then høwra weyn ær templum Salomonis ogh probatica piscina

","englishForm": "

Pool of Bethesda

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Probatica Piscina","lemmaFormAttestation": "Probatica Piscina","sourcePage": "190r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "well","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the Church of Saint Anne are used here, since according to Wikipedia this church is founded on the ancient Pools of Bethesda. The location is visualised as Joachims Hus, as according to tradition, the Church of Saint Anne was errected in at the site of her childhood house.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78097","longitude": "35.23607","showAsLocatedIn": "399","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pool_of_Bethesda","location": "

Pool of Bethesda

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1443,"count": "7845","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

sythen ænsæ then sammæ skeningh er Pylates hws til then wenstræ weyn

","englishForm": "

Pilate's Praetorium

","editionPage": "211","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pylates Hws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pilati Hus","sourcePage": "190r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

There are conflicting assumptions of the location of the Roman praetorium in Jerusalem, the residence of Pilate. The modern assumption seems to be that the praetorium was located in the palace of Herod. But since in the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, Herodis hws is mentioned as another place than the house of Pilate, in this database, the modern view is not followed. Instead the traditional view placing Pilate's praetorium in the Antonia Fortress is followed.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78","longitude": "35.234167","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Antonia_Fortress¶ms=31_46_48_N_35_14_03_E_region:IL_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antonia_Fortress","location": "

Pilate's Praetorium

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The location of the house of Pontius Pilate is disputed.

"}, {"id": 1441,"count": "7847","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

at thenne sama gøta wnno vndher sigh wallandh Rom. Neapolim Arrogoniam siciliam

","englishForm": "

Naples

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Neapolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Neapolis","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "40.85216","longitude": "14.26811","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3172394/naples.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Naples","location": "

Naples

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1439,"count": "7849","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

a then høwra weyn ær templum Salomonis ogh probatica piscina

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Templum Salomonis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Salomonis Tempel","sourcePage": "190r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1437,"count": "7851","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

at thenne sama gøta wnno vndher sigh wallandh Rom. Neapolim Arrogoniam siciliam

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1435,"count": "7853","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Herodis hws, til hwilket Cristus war send af Pylates, a then winstre weyn

","englishForm": "

Herod's Palace

","editionPage": "212","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Herodis hws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Herodis Hus","sourcePage": "190r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

There are conflicting assumptions of the location of the Roman praetorium in Jerusalem, the residence of Pilate. However, the modern assumption seems to be that the praetorium was located in the palace. But since in the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land Herodis hws is mentioned as another place than the house of Pilate, in this database, the modern view is not followed. Instead the traditional view placing Pilate's praetorium in the Antonia Fortress.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.85216","longitude": "35.43565","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "www.geonames.org/8067710/qasr-hayrawdus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Herod%27s_Palace_(Jerusalem)","location": "

Herod's Palace

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1433,"count": "7855","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

een half fiærding fra Caluarie stedh, vd af hwilket Cristus bar syt kors

","englishForm": "

Calvary

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "211","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Caluariestedh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalvariastath","sourcePage": "190r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of the Church of the Holy Sepulchre are used for visualisation, since according to the dominant assumption the church is placed on the Calvary. However, other theories regarding the location of Calvary flourish, cf. the Wikipedia-article.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calvary","location": "

Calvary

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1431,"count": "7857","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

sythen ænsæ then sammæ skeningh er Pylates hws til then wenstræ weyn

","englishForm": "

Pilate's Praetorium

","editionPage": "211","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pylates Hws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pilati Hus","sourcePage": "190r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

There are conflicting assumptions of the location of the Roman praetorium in Jerusalem, the residence of Pilate. The modern assumption seems to be that the praetorium was located in the palace of Herod. But since in the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, Herodis hws is mentioned as another place than the house of Pilate, in this database, the modern view is not followed. Instead the traditional view placing Pilate's praetorium in the Antonia Fortress is followed.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78","longitude": "35.234167","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Antonia_Fortress¶ms=31_46_48_N_35_14_03_E_region:IL_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antonia_Fortress","location": "

Pilate's Praetorium

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1429,"count": "7859","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

then engæ frateres hws til høræ weyn

","englishForm": "

House of the Young Brother

","editionPage": "211","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Engæ Frateres Hws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn Unge Fraters Hus","sourcePage": "190r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

The Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land speaks of "then engæ frateres hws", with "engæ" as a possible misunderstanding for "ungæ" 'young'. Assumingly the text aims at a place on the Via Dolorosa. Since the exact location is impossible to establish, here the coordinates for Jerusalem are used.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

House of the Young Brother

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The emendation "engæ" to "ongæ" is proposed with reservation by the editor of the text, Marcus Lorenzen.

"}, {"id": 1427,"count": "7861","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Then time hun saa Ihesum syn signethe søn bære korset, ogh han saa hennæ, tha gic drøwelsens swerdh gømmen hennæ hiartæ, som gamle Symeon hafdhe henne saudh. For then skyld staar ther een hederligh kyrke j then stædh, altidh luct af hedhninge.

","englishForm": "

Church of Our Lady of the Spasm

","editionPage": "211","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Een hederligh kyrke","lemmaFormAttestation": "En hetherlik kirkje","sourcePage": "190r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.7799","longitude": "35.2324","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Church_of_Our_Lady_of_the_Spasm,_Jerusalem¶ms=31.7799_N_35.2324_E_source:wikidata","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_Our_Lady_of_the_Spasm,_Jerusalem","location": "

Church of Our Lady of the Spasm

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1425,"count": "7863","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

a then sydhe, som Salomonis temple ær ogh andree foræ saude stædhe, ther kunnæ [Jerusalem] ikke hauet wiidhs fore dalaæ, so som æræ Iosaphat ogh Syloe

 

","englishForm": "

Tyropoeon Valley

","editionPage": "211","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syloe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Silo","sourcePage": "190r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, this valley alongside the Valley of Josaphat, is said to constrain the part of the Jerusalem containing the Temple of Solomon from expanding or moving. It is not clear whether the form Syloe aims at the Tyropoeon Valley or at the Gehenna Valley.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.776947","longitude": "35.234239","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Tyropoeon_Valley¶ms=31_46_37.01_N_35_14_3.26_E_","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tyropoeon_Valley","location": "

Tyropoeon Valley

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1423,"count": "7865","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ther kunnæ [Jerusalem] ikke hauet wiidhs foræ dalaæ, so som æræ Iosaphat ogh Syloe

","englishForm": "

Kidron Valley

","editionPage": "211","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iosaphat","lemmaFormAttestation": "Joshafat","sourcePage": "190r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "valley","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of Kidron Valley are used. Since the early Middle Ages, this valley is commonly identified with the Valley of Josaphat.

","locationDescription": "

Valley of Josaphat

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77707","longitude": "35.23884","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8259958/kidron-valley.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Valley_of_Josaphat","location": "

Kidron Valley

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1421,"count": "7867","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

a then sydhe, som Salomonis temple ær

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "211","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Salomonis temple","lemmaFormAttestation": "Salomonis Tempel","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1419,"count": "7869","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Men til templet, som then helliæ graf ær

","englishForm": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "211","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Templet","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tempelet","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8335062/church-of-the-holy-sepulchre.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Church of the Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1417,"count": "7871","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

at thenne sama gøta wnno vndher sigh wallandh Rom. Neapolim Arrogoniam siciliam

","englishForm": "

Valland

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Wallandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Valland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","showAsLocatedIn": "799","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Valland","location": "

Valland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

"Valland" can refer to France or (northern) Italy. In this context, an enumeration of parts of southern Italy, the last denotation fits the best.

"}, {"id": 1415,"count": "7873","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Antechristus skal fødhas j babilonia aff iwdhiske slækt aff ees patriarcha slekt som heeth dan

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "81","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The level of certainty reflects the ambiguity of the attestation, it is uncertain whether it represents the city of Babylon or the country Babylonia.

"}, {"id": 1413,"count": "7875","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ther æpter kom han ater til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "97","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "81","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1411,"count": "7877","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Oc thy mento romiske herrane

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romiske herrane","lemmaFormAttestation": "romersker hærra","sourcePage": "79","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1409,"count": "7879","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

foor sancte pether til rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "79","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1407,"count": "7881","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

kom til keysarin aff room

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "95","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "79","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1405,"count": "7883","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

een koklare j iherusalem som heth symon magus

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "94","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "78","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1403,"count": "7885","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

redh thædhan oc in j ispanio land

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Ispanioland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ispanialand","sourcePage": "77","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1401,"count": "7887","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j hedhindomin j libie land j hwilko thrya war fordhum bygt til een stadh som kallas solena

","englishForm": "

Solena

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Solena","lemmaFormAttestation": "Solena","sourcePage": "75","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish place name Solena in Consolation of the Soul (A 108) corresponds to Selena in the manuscript C 528 that Consolation of the Soul interpolates from. The form Silene is attested in other sources of the Saint George and the dragon legend. Solena is placed in Libya in the text, thus the coordinates.

","locationDescription": "

Silene

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "28","longitude": "17","showAsLocatedIn": "106","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saint_George_and_the_Dragon","location": "

Solena

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Note that in the source for this passage, C 528, the city is called Selena (cf. Henning 1954: )

"}, {"id": 1399,"count": "7889","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j hedhindomin j libie land j hwilko thrya war fordhum bygt til een stadh som kallas solena

","englishForm": "

Troy

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Thrya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Troia","sourcePage": "75","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "39.95732","longitude": "26.23909","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298885/troy.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troy","location": "

Troy

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1397,"count": "7891","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j hedhindomin j libie land j hwilko thrya war fordhum bygt til een stadh som kallas solena

","englishForm": "

Libya

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Libieland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Libieland","sourcePage": "75","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "28","longitude": "17","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2215636/libya.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libya","location": "

Libya

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1395,"count": "7893","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

een frombir riddare ffødder j capadocia

","englishForm": "

Cappadocia

","editionPage": "90","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Capadocia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kappadokia","sourcePage": "75","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "38.65","longitude": "34.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/322954/cappadocia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cappadocia","location": "

Cappadocia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1393,"count": "7895","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

thiænte for sinom herra canaan rikis konunge

","englishForm": "

Canaan

","editionPage": "85","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Canaanriki","lemmaFormAttestation": "Chanaanrike","sourcePage": "71","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.452281","longitude": "35.45541","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/app/#!/show/2043516","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canaan","location": "

Canaan

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1391,"count": "7897","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ey kunnæ stadhen Gerusalem widhes ogh ey bigges annen stedh

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "211","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gerusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1389,"count": "7899","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Syons biergh waræ ogh tha ynnen muren ogh nw vden

","englishForm": "

Mount Zion

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syons biergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sions Bjargh","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "hill","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354430/mount-zion.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Mount Zion

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1387,"count": "7901","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Anne hws, Cayphe hws, Marie Ihesu modhers hws, j hwilket hwn op gaff syyn benediete ond, ogh mange andree hws ogh stædhe, hwelke mestæ deel nw ødhe ogh farderwethe æræ

","englishForm": "

House of Our Lady

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Marie Ihesu Modhers Hws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mariæ Jesu Mothers Hus","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, the House of the Virgin Mary is mentioned among other houses in Jerusalem, as the place where she died. Thus it bears no relation to the House of the Virgin Mary near Ephesus, Turkey, that since the nineteenth century has been regarded as her last dwelling place (cf. this Wikipedia-article), on the contrary, the ODa. text reflect the medieval conception that Mary died and is buried in Jerusalem. Since it is impossible to locate the house, here the coordinates of Jerusalem are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

House of Our Lady

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1385,"count": "7903","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ryma medh piltenom til annat land

","englishForm": "

Other land

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "annat land","lemmaFormAttestation": "annat land","sourcePage": "70","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Other land

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1383,"count": "7905","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

EEn riker herra j cicilia

","englishForm": "

Sicily

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Cicilia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sicilia","sourcePage": "68","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "37.5","longitude": "14","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2523118/sicily.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sicily","location": "

Sicily

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1381,"count": "7907","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han kom til een stadh som heter sessarea

","englishForm": "

Kayseri

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sessarea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cesarea","sourcePage": "67","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Caesarea Mazaca in Cappadocia

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "38.73222","longitude": "35.48528","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/308464/kayseri.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kayseri","location": "

Kayseri

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1379,"count": "7909","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

wardh plagadher oc marteleradher widh sebaste stadh

","englishForm": "

Sivas

","editionPage": "81","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sebastestadher","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sebastestaþer","sourcePage": "67","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sebastea

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "39.74833","longitude": "37.01611","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/300619/sivas.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sivas","location": "

Sivas

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1377,"count": "7911","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

vtan fore sebastie stadh halshugne

","englishForm": "

Sivas

","editionPage": "81","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sebastiestadher","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sebastiastaþer","sourcePage": "67","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sebastea

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "39.74833","longitude": "37.01611","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/300619/sivas.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sivas","location": "

Sivas

","preposition": "

utan for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1375,"count": "7913","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j ødhknena | oppa eth bærgh som kallas argei

","englishForm": "

Erciyes Dagi

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Argei","lemmaFormAttestation": "Argaeus","sourcePage": "61","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "volcano","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Mount Erciyes, Argaeus

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "38.53366","longitude": "35.45065","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/315528/erciyes-dagi.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Erciyes","location": "

Erciyes Dagi

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Argaeus is another name of the volcano Mount Erciyes in Turkey. It is Caesarea Mazaca in Cappadocia that is placed at the foot of Mount Erciyes though, not Sebastea (Sivas). 

"}, {"id": 1373,"count": "7915","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j enom stadh som heter sebastia j capadocia

","englishForm": "

Cappadocia

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Capadocia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kappadokia","sourcePage": "61","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "38.65","longitude": "34.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/322954/cappadocia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cappadocia","location": "

Cappadocia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1371,"count": "7917","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j enom stadh som heter sebastia j capadocia

","englishForm": "

Sivas

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sebastia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sebastia","sourcePage": "61","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Sebastea

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "39.74833","longitude": "37.01611","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/300619/sivas.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sivas","location": "

Sivas

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1369,"count": "7919","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Anne hws, Cayphe hws, Marie Ihesu modhers hws, j hwilket hwn op gaff syyn benediete ond, ogh mange andree hws ogh stædhe, hwelke mestæ deel nw ødhe ogh farderwethe æræ

","englishForm": "

House of Caiaphas

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Cayphe Hws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kajfas' Hus","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

The exact location of the house of Caiaphas is unknown, but since according to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, it is located in Jerusalem, the coordinates of this city are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caiaphas","location": "

House of Caiaphas

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1367,"count": "7921","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Anne hws, Cayphe hws, Marie Ihesu modhers hws, j hwilket hwn op gaff syyn benediete ond, ogh mange andree hws ogh stædhe, hwelke mestæ deel nw ødhe ogh farderwethe æræ

","englishForm": "

House of Annas

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Anne Hws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Annas' Hus","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

Since the location of the house of Annas –– Jewish High Priest at the time of the death of Christ –– is unknown, here the coordinates of Jerusalem are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","showAsLocatedIn": "41","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Annas","location": "

House of Annas

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1365,"count": "7923","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Men Syons biergh wor tha for ynnen muren ogh thet ær nw for vden

","englishForm": "

Mount Zion

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syons biergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sions Bjargh","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "hill","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354430/mount-zion.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Mount Zion

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1363,"count": "7925","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Pylates hws

","englishForm": "

Pilate's Praetorium

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pylates hws","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pilati Hus","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

There are conflicting assumptions of the location of the Roman praetorium in Jerusalem, the residence of Pilate. The modern assumption seems to be that the praetorium was located in the palace of Herod. But since in the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land, Herodis hws is mentioned as another place than the house of Pilate, in this database, the modern view is not followed. Instead the traditional view placing Pilate's praetorium in the Antonia Fortress is followed.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78","longitude": "35.234167","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Antonia_Fortress¶ms=31_46_48_N_35_14_03_E_region:IL_type:landmark_source:dewiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antonia_Fortress","location": "

Pilate's Praetorium

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The location of the house of Pilate is disputed. Here the view is followed according to which he stayed in the Roman Praetorium in Jerusalem.

"}, {"id": 1361,"count": "7927","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

fførdhis han til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "61","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1359,"count": "7929","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j mærith

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærith","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "61","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1357,"count": "7931","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Ther æpter fik persie konunger hans liik

","englishForm": "

Iran

","editionPage": "71","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Persia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Persia","sourcePage": "58","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Persia

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32","longitude": "53","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/130758/islamic-republic-of-iran.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iran","location": "

Iran

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1355,"count": "7933","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Medh galileo mente han ihesum som vpføddis j galilea

","englishForm": "

Galilee

","editionPage": "71","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Galilea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Galilea","sourcePage": "58","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.9","longitude": "35.33333","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294932/galilee.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galilee","location": "

Galilee

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1353,"count": "7935","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Medh galileo mente han ihesum som vpføddis j galilea

","englishForm": "

Galilean

","editionPage": "71","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "galileus","lemmaFormAttestation": "galileus","sourcePage": "58","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.9","longitude": "35.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "319","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galilean","location": "

Galilean

","preposition": "","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1351,"count": "7937","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Nu hafwer thu wnnit galilee (...) Medh galileo mente han ihesum som vpføddis j galilea

","englishForm": "

Galilean

","editionPage": "71","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "galileus","lemmaFormAttestation": "galileus","sourcePage": "58","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.9","longitude": "35.33333","showAsLocatedIn": "319","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galilean","location": "

Galilean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The form is a Latin vocative.

"}, {"id": 1349,"count": "7939","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

mit j romara herskaps makt

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "71","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara herskap","lemmaFormAttestation": "romara hærskap","sourcePage": "58","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1347,"count": "7941","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

probatica piscina

","englishForm": "

Pool of Bethesda

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Probatica Piscina","lemmaFormAttestation": "Probatica Piscina","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "well","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The coordinates of the Church of Saint Anne are used here, since according to Wikipedia this church is founded on the ancient Pools of Bethesda. The location is visualised as Joachims Hus, as according to tradition, the Church of Saint Anne was errected in at the site of her childhood house.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78097","longitude": "35.23607","showAsLocatedIn": "399","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pool_of_Bethesda","location": "

Pool of Bethesda

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1345,"count": "7943","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j basilii kyrkio

","englishForm": "

Basilii kirkia

","editionPage": "70","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Basilii kyrkia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Basilii kirkia","sourcePage": "57","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to Consolation of the Soul there was a Basilii kirkia (Saint Basil's Church) located somewhere in the city of Caesarea Mazaca in Cappadocia. For this reason in this project Basilii kirkia is visualised with the coordinates of Kayseri (Caesarea Mazaca in Cappadocia).

","locationDescription": "

Saint Basil's Church

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "38.73222","longitude": "35.48528","showAsLocatedIn": "375","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Basilii kirkia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1343,"count": "7945","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

sancte Staffens poort

","englishForm": "

Lions' Gate

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Staffens Poort","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Stefans Port","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "gate","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.78083","longitude": "35.23694","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957225/lions-gate.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lions%27_Gate","location": "

Lions' Gate

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1341,"count": "7947","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

then gyldenæ port

","englishForm": "

Golden Gate

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Then Gyldenæ Port","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæn Gyllene Port","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "gate","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77889","longitude": "35.23694","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957222/golden-gate.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Golden_Gate_(Jerusalem)","location": "

Golden Gate

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1339,"count": "7949","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Salomonis temple staar en j daw i then samme stedh

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Salomonis temple","lemmaFormAttestation": "Salomonis Tempel","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1337,"count": "7951","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Somme wenthe ogh siæ, ad Gerusalems stadh war til foren bigd j een annen stedh

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gerusalemsstadh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalemstath","sourcePage": "189v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1335,"count": "7953","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Myt j mellen templet ogh the firæ capelle

","englishForm": "

The Fjure Kapele

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "The firæ capelle","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Fjure Kapele","sourcePage": "189r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Danish Pilgrims' Guide to the Holy Land the four chapels are the Chapel of Our Lady, the Chapel of John the Baptist, the Chapel of All Angels, and the Chapel of Saint Mary Magdalene. They are all placed near the Temple in Jerusalem, and therefore here the coordinates hereof are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "

The four Chapels

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","showAsLocatedIn": "345","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

The Fjure Kapele

","preposition": "

imællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1333,"count": "7955","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Myt j mellen templet ogh the firæ capellæ

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Templet","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tempelet","sourcePage": "189r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "

imællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1331,"count": "7957","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

for innæn Caluarie biargh

","englishForm": "

Calvary

","editionPage": "210","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Caluariebiargh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalvariabjargh","sourcePage": "189r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "other place of worship","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Here the coordinates of the Church of the Holy Sepulchre are used for visualisation, since according to the dominant assumption the church is placed on the Calvary. However, other theories regarding the location of Calvary flourish, cf. the Wikipedia-article.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calvary","location": "

Calvary

","preposition": "

forinnen

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1329,"count": "7959","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til warfru iomfru mario mønster hwilkit ærlika war bygt a didimi bergh som laa ner stadhenom

","englishForm": "

Mount Didymos

","editionPage": "69","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Didimibergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Didimibiærgh","sourcePage": "57","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "

For this post we are using the coordinates of Talas in Cappadocia that lies just a few kilometers southeast of Kayseri, because Talas is situated at the foot of Mount Didymos.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "38.70161","longitude": "35.56056","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8631784/talas-ilcesi.html","wikipediaLink": "http://constantinople.ehw.gr/forms/fLemmaBodyExtended.aspx?lemmaId=9206","location": "

Mount Didymos

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

According to Consolation of the Soul the city of Caesarea Mazaca in Cappadocia is located at the foot of Didimibiærgh which is identified as Mount Didymos.

"}, {"id": 1327,"count": "7961","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til warfru iomfru mario mønster hwilkit ærlika war bygt a didimi bergh som laa ner stadhenom

","englishForm": "

Varfru iungfru Mariu mønster

","editionPage": "69","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Warfru iomfru Mario mønster","lemmaFormAttestation": "Varfru iungfru Mariu mønster","sourcePage": "57","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

Varfru iungfru Mariae mønster (Church of Our Lady Mary) is mentioned as lying at Didimibiærgh (identified as Mount Erciyes) in Consolation of the Soul. Since we are not aware of such a church the coordinates of Mount Erciyes are used for visualisation purposes.

","locationDescription": "

Church of Our Lady Mary

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "38.53366","longitude": "35.45065","showAsLocatedIn": "349","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Varfru iungfru Mariu mønster

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Varfru iungfru Mariae mønster (Church of Our Lady Mary) is mentioned as lying at Didimibiærgh (identified as Mount Didymos) in Consolation of the Soul.

"}, {"id": 1325,"count": "7963","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hin welloghæ och mektoghe konungh Cirus [rex persarum]

","englishForm": "

Persian

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "persae","lemmaFormAttestation": "persa","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "32","longitude": "53","showAsLocatedIn": "279","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Persian_people","location": "

Persian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The inhabitant designation is declined as a Latin genetive plural.

"}, {"id": 1323,"count": "7965","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

keysaren aff rom

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1321,"count": "7967","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Roderikus toletanus hin wise ærchebiscopp j yspania

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "223","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Yspania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ispania","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1319,"count": "7969","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och wnno egipti landh

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptilandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1317,"count": "7971","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

wesosum egipti landz konungh

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptiland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1315,"count": "7973","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

nar iak hafwer forwnnit persos | Oc bøght them vnder mit walt

","englishForm": "

Persian

","editionPage": "69","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "perse","lemmaFormAttestation": "perse","sourcePage": "56","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32","longitude": "53","showAsLocatedIn": "279","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Persian_people","location": "

Persian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The noun reflects the Latin accusative plural persas found in the source (cf. Thoren 1942:58).

"}, {"id": 1313,"count": "7975","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hoos templæt

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Templæt","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tempelet","sourcePage": "189r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "

hos

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1311,"count": "7977","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

The brødhræ skulæ ledhe peregrime til templæt

","englishForm": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Templæt","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tempelet","sourcePage": "189r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11258705/temple-mount.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temple_in_Jerusalem","location": "

Temple in Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1309,"count": "7979","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hoos templæt genesten ære iiii capellæ [...] then fiardher Marie Magdalene

","englishForm": "

Marie Magdalene

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Marie Magdalene","lemmaFormAttestation": "Marie Magdalene","sourcePage": "189r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this now lost chapel is visualised as located in the Temple in Jerusalem because the context of the text places it next to this.

","locationDescription": "

Chapel of Saint Mary Magdalene

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","showAsLocatedIn": "345","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Marie Magdalene

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1307,"count": "7981","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hoos templæt genesten ære iii capellæ [...] then thredie alle enghls

","englishForm": "

Alle Ængele

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Alle Enghls","lemmaFormAttestation": "Alle Ængele","sourcePage": "189r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this now lost chaple is visualised as located in the Temple in Jerusalem because the context of the text places it next to this.

","locationDescription": "

Chapel of All Angels

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","showAsLocatedIn": "345","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Alle Ængele

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1305,"count": "7983","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til een stadh j cesarea hwar som sanctus basilius war biscoper

","englishForm": "

Kayseri Province

","editionPage": "69","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Cesarea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cesarea","sourcePage": "56","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Caesarea Mazaca

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "38.73695","longitude": "35.49683","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/308463/kayseri.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kayseri_Province","location": "

Kayseri Province

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1303,"count": "7985","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hoos templæt genesten ære iiii capellæ; af them ær een war fruæs, then annen sancte Iohannis baptiste

","englishForm": "

Sancti Johannes Baptiste

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Iohannis Baptiste","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancti Johannes Baptiste","sourcePage": "189r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this now lost chapel is visualised as located in the Temple in Jerusalem because the context of the text places it next to this.

","locationDescription": "

Chapel of John the Baptist

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","showAsLocatedIn": "345","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Sancti Johannes Baptiste

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1301,"count": "7987","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hoos templæt genesten ære iiii capellæ; at them ær een war fruæs

","englishForm": "

Varfrue

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Warfruæs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Varfrue","sourcePage": "189r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this now lost chapel is visualised as located in the Temple in Jerusalem because the context of the text places it next to this.

","locationDescription": "

Chapel of Our Lady

","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77801","longitude": "35.23595","showAsLocatedIn": "345","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Varfrue

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1299,"count": "7989","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och wnno fræmmer mera gøta armeniam Syriam ciliciam galaciam pissidiam werniam jochiam

","englishForm": "

Pisidia

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pissidia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pisidia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "37.3","longitude": "30.3","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Pisidia¶ms=37.3_N_30.3_E_dim:200km","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pisidia","location": "

Pisidia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1297,"count": "7991","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til eeth land som kallas persis

","englishForm": "

Iran

","editionPage": "69","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Persis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Persis","sourcePage": "56","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Persia

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32","longitude": "53","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/130758/islamic-republic-of-iran.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iran","location": "

Iran

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1295,"count": "7993","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och wnno fræmmer mera gøta armeniam Syriam ciliciam galaciam pissidiam werniam jochiam

","englishForm": "

Roman Galatia

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Galacia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Galatia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the Roman province.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "39.92336","longitude": "32.85384","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378498/galatia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galatia_%28Roman_province%29","location": "

Roman Galatia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1293,"count": "7995","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och wnno fræmmer mera gøta armeniam Syriam ciliciam galaciam pissidiam werniam jochiam

","englishForm": "

Roman Cilicia

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Cilicia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cilicia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This referes to the Roman province.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "36.9171","longitude": "34.89966","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378491/cilicia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cilicia_%28Roman_province%29","location": "

Roman Cilicia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1291,"count": "7997","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och wnno fræmmer mera gøta armeniam Syriam ciliciam galaciam pissidiam werniam jochiam

","englishForm": "

Syria

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Syria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Syria","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "38","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/163843/syrian-arab-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syria","location": "

Syria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1289,"count": "7999","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

wilde han thekkias romarum

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "68","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romare","sourcePage": "55","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1287,"count": "8001","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han foor til room allom okænder

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "68","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "55","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1285,"count": "8003","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

engæ andræ clærke æller prester æræ i alt thet helliæ land

","englishForm": "

Holy Land

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Helliæ Land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Helaghe Land","sourcePage": "189r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holy_Land","location": "

Holy Land

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1283,"count": "8005","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Gra brødher boo a Syons biergh

","englishForm": "

Mount Zion

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Syons biergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sions Bjargh","sourcePage": "188r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "hill","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.77141","longitude": "35.22893","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354430/mount-zion.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Zion","location": "

Mount Zion

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1281,"count": "8007","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

For owæn Gerusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gerusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "189r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

foroven

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1279,"count": "8009","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the stædhe, som peregrime skule søghe for af løsn af theræ synder j thet helliæ land

","englishForm": "

Holy Land

","editionPage": "209","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/3318704","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thet Helliæ Land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Helaghe Land","sourcePage": "189r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 792 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","work": "Vejleder for Pilgrimme","workNotes": "

The edition used here (Lorenzen 1881-1882) has normalized the text with respect to initial capitals of proper names. The year of composition is from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Travel tales and guides","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A fifteenth-century guide to various sites of Christian pilgrimage in the Holy Land where pilgrims can receive absolution for their sins.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Lorenzen 1881-1882","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holy_Land","location": "

Holy Land

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1277,"count": "8011","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och wnno fræmmer mera gøta armeniam Syriam ciliciam galaciam pissidiam werniam jochiam

","englishForm": "

Armenia

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Armenia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Armenia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "40.25","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/174982/republic-of-armenia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armenia","location": "

Armenia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1275,"count": "8013","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1350","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "e","originalForm": "

þe kuinna, þær af galilee land uaro kumnæ

","englishForm": "

Galilee

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1789831","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Galileeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Galilealand","sourcePage": "2v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 120","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brøndum-Nielsen & Rohmann 1929","work": "Mariaklagen","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A vision of the Virgin Mary narrating the events of the Passion in emotional detail. This Danish translation is from a Latin text in the tradition of the "Quis dabit" (a text often erroneously attributed to Bernard of Clairvaux). The Danish work was previously regarded as an OSw. text, but is in fact written in the Eastern ODa. dialect of Skåne.

","latitude": "32.9","longitude": "35.33333","warning": "OK","edition": "Brøndum-Nielsen & Rohmann 1929","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294932/galilee.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galilee","location": "

Galilee

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1273,"count": "8015","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1350","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "e","originalForm": "

Uare i innan gerusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/1789831","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gerusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "1r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 120","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Brøndum-Nielsen & Rohmann 1929","work": "Mariaklagen","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A vision of the Virgin Mary narrating the events of the Passion in emotional detail. This Danish translation is from a Latin text in the tradition of the "Quis dabit" (a text often erroneously attributed to Bernard of Clairvaux). The Danish work was previously regarded as an OSw. text, but is in fact written in the Eastern ODa. dialect of Skåne.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Brøndum-Nielsen & Rohmann 1929","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

innen

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1271,"count": "8017","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

medh then legdom vore hwlpene xii personer i Lypke

","englishForm": "

Lübeck

","editionPage": "282","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lypke","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lybæk","sourcePage": "34","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Saml. 1a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Bondepraktika","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A reference book containing weather forecasts and astrological data.

","latitude": "53.86893","longitude": "10.68729","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2875601/luebeck.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/L%C3%BCbeck","location": "

Lübeck

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1269,"count": "8019","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

en pawe i Rom som hedh Edrøm

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "275","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "26","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Saml. 1a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Bondepraktika","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A reference book containing weather forecasts and astrological data.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1267,"count": "8021","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tha vorthe Adam oc Eua scapt oc saat i paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "230","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "23r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Bondepraktika","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A reference book containing weather forecasts and astrological data.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1265,"count": "8023","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tha døpte sanctus Ioanneß baptista vor herre Ihesum Cristum i Iordane

","englishForm": "

Jordan

","editionPage": "226","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iordane","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jordan","sourcePage": "21v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Bondepraktika","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A reference book containing weather forecasts and astrological data.

","latitude": "31.76025","longitude": "35.55792","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294624/jordan-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jordan_River","location": "

Jordan

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1263,"count": "8025","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

drøwelsse vordher i Rome rige

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Romerige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Romererike","sourcePage": "18v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Bondepraktika","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

A reference book containing weather forecasts and astrological data.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1261,"count": "8027","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

brød oc spens grøn oc salth

","englishForm": "

Spanskgrøn

","editionPage": "214","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "spensgrøn","lemmaFormAttestation": "hispanskgrønt","sourcePage": "14v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Hestelægebog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "origin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Verdigris

","workDescription": "

The short text describes treatments for different equine illnesses.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","showAsLocatedIn": "171","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verdigris","location": "

Spanskgrøn

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1259,"count": "8029","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

puluer aff hwidh hwnde haar oc aff spenssgrøn

","englishForm": "

Spanskgrøn

","editionPage": "214","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "spenssgrøn","lemmaFormAttestation": "hispanskgrønt","sourcePage": "14v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Hestelægebog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "origin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Verdigris

","workDescription": "

The short text describes treatments for different equine illnesses.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","showAsLocatedIn": "171","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verdigris","location": "

Spanskgrøn

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1257,"count": "8031","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

marswinflesk spenss grønt oc nardus

","englishForm": "

Spanskgrøn

","editionPage": "200","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "spenssgrønt","lemmaFormAttestation": "hispanskgrønt","sourcePage": "47r,b","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægeråd","workNotes": "

Year of composition Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "origin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Verdigris

","workDescription": "

The text consists of different medical advice.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","showAsLocatedIn": "171","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verdigris","location": "

Spanskgrøn

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1255,"count": "8033","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

½ stop rynst vin

","englishForm": "

Rhenish

","editionPage": "197","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "rynst","lemmaFormAttestation": "rinsk","sourcePage": "45r,b","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægeråd","workNotes": "

Year of composition Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text consists of different medical advice.

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","showAsLocatedIn": "229","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhenish

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1253,"count": "8035","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

i then same Ihesu naffn ther pinther var i Iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "196","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "44v,b","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægeråd","workNotes": "

Year of composition Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text consists of different medical advice.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1251,"count": "8037","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

i then same Ihesu naffn ther fød var i Betleem

","englishForm": "

Bethlehem

","editionPage": "196","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Betleem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Betlehem","sourcePage": "44v,b","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægeråd","workNotes": "

Year of composition Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text consists of different medical advice.

","latitude": "31.70487","longitude": "35.20376","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/284315/bethlehem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bethlehem","location": "

Bethlehem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1249,"count": "8039","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

i then same Ihesu naffn ther bwd var i Nazaret

","englishForm": "

Nazareth

","editionPage": "196","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nazaret","lemmaFormAttestation": "Nazaret","sourcePage": "44v,b","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægeråd","workNotes": "

Year of composition Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text consists of different medical advice.

","latitude": "32.69925","longitude": "35.30483","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294098/nazareth.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nazareth","location": "

Nazareth

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1247,"count": "8041","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och [wan] traceam och messiam

","englishForm": "

Moesia

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Messia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Moesia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the ancient region that was also later a Roman province.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "44.17697","longitude": "28.64247","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8410802/moesia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moesia","location": "

Moesia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In context, Messia and Trace are on the other (south) side of the Danube River. Trace is easily identified as Thracia, and north of Thracia, Moesia lies on the southern bank of the Danube River.

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1245,"count": "8043","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och [wan] traceam och messiam

","englishForm": "

Thracia

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tracea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thracia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the ancient region that was later a Roman province. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "40.98975","longitude": "27.96055","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378533/thracia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thracia","location": "

Thracia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1243,"count": "8045","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

& wan bade thet och greciam pontum asyam & iliricum

","englishForm": "

Roman Illyricum

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iliricum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Illyricum","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the Roman province.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "43.53985","longitude": "16.48413","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8410800/illyricum.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Illyricum_%28Roman_province%29","location": "

Roman Illyricum

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1241,"count": "8047","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

& wan bade thet och greciam pontum asyam & iliricum

","englishForm": "

Roman Asia

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Asya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the Roman province.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "37.93682","longitude": "27.34353","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378482/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia_%28Roman_province%29","location": "

Roman Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative. 

"}, {"id": 1239,"count": "8049","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

& wan bade thet och greciam pontum asyam & iliricum

","englishForm": "

Roman Bithynia and Pontus

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pontus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Pontus","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the Roman province.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "40.76585","longitude": "29.92865","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378484/bithynia-et-pontus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bithynia_and_Pontus","location": "

Roman Bithynia and Pontus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The province Bithynia annexed Pontus in 63 BC.

Here it is possible only the Pontus part is denoted, on the south coast of the Black Sea.

"}, {"id": 1237,"count": "8051","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

& wan bade thet och greciam pontum asyam & iliricum

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Grecia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grecia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1235,"count": "8053","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

in i macedoniam

","englishForm": "

Macedonia

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Macedonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Macedonia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "40.91351","longitude": "22.84058","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6697801/central-macedonia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macedonia_(ancient_kingdom)","location": "

Macedonia

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1233,"count": "8055","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the bergh som kallas alpes

","englishForm": "

Rhodope Mountains

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Alpes","lemmaFormAttestation": "Alpes","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "41.5","longitude": "24.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "https://www.geonames.org/734402/rhodope-mountains.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhodope_Mountains","location": "

Rhodope Mountains

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the context the place name refers to a mountain range between Thracia and Macedonia, probably the Rhodope Mountains. Usually, the Latin place name Alpes refes only to the Alps a lot further north. 

"}, {"id": 1231,"count": "8057","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

øffwer danubium

","englishForm": "

Danube River

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Danubius","lemmaFormAttestation": "Danubius","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "45.33333","longitude": "29.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/791630/danube-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danube","location": "

Danube River

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1229,"count": "8059","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

oppa tyzska dunnow

","englishForm": "

Danube River

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Dunnow","lemmaFormAttestation": "Dunow","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "45.33333","longitude": "29.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/791630/danube-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danube","location": "

Danube River

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1227,"count": "8061","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

som nw kallas oppa tyzska dunnow 

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tyzska","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþiska","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1225,"count": "8063","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

en pund grønth olie wan bayæn

","englishForm": "

Bourgneuf-en-Retz

","editionPage": "186","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bayæn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bajen","sourcePage": "19v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægeråd","workNotes": "

Year of composition Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

According to Lasch & Borchling 1928- I.133, the Middle Low German baye signifies the bay and coastline of Bourgneuf-en-Retz. Schiller & Lübben 1875–1881 I.141 identifies it with a small harbour nearby. Here the coordinates of Bourgneuf-en-Retz are used, but the place is treated as a region.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text consists of different medical advice.

","latitude": "47.04122","longitude": "-1.95019","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3030970/bourgneuf-en-retz.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bourgneuf-en-Retz","location": "

Bourgneuf-en-Retz

","preposition": "

van

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

There is in the ODa. corpus one other instance of the MLG prepostion van written with initial w-, as is assumed is the case here as well. The preposition van is Middle Low German with the same meaning as Old Danish fran 'from'.

"}, {"id": 1223,"count": "8065","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

in til danubium

","englishForm": "

Danube River

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Danubius","lemmaFormAttestation": "Danubius","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "45.33333","longitude": "29.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/791630/danube-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danube","location": "

Danube River

","preposition": "

in til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is in the Latin accusative case.

"}, {"id": 1221,"count": "8067","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och wan almaniam

","englishForm": "

Alamannia

","editionPage": "222","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Almania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Alamannia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Alamannia is visualised as located in Western Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "

Alemannia

","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "50.21909","longitude": "7.42676","showAsLocatedIn": "801","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alamannia","location": "

Alamannia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative. 

"}, {"id": 1219,"count": "8069","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

paa latin

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "175","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "8r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægeråd","workNotes": "

Year of composition Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text consists of different medical advice.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1217,"count": "8071","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och wan tydzlandh. walskalandh.

","englishForm": "

Germany

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Tydzlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Tytsland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The geo data coordinates and link refer to the modern state, which is not equivalent to the different historical areas refered to as "Germany".

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2921044/federal-republic-of-germany.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

Germany

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1215,"count": "8073","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

spenß grønth

","englishForm": "

Spanskgrøn

","editionPage": "168","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "spenßgrønth","lemmaFormAttestation": "hispanskgrønt","sourcePage": "109v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 3487 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog i GKS 3487 8vo","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "origin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Verdigris

","workDescription": "

The text contains treatments for different illnesses including the oldest Danish treatment for syphilis.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","showAsLocatedIn": "171","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verdigris","location": "

Spanskgrøn

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1213,"count": "8075","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

spenß grønth

","englishForm": "

Spanskgrøn

","editionPage": "163","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "spenßgrønth","lemmaFormAttestation": "hispanskgrønt","sourcePage": "102r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 3487 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog i GKS 3487 8vo","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "origin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Verdigris

","workDescription": "

The text contains treatments for different illnesses including the oldest Danish treatment for syphilis.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","showAsLocatedIn": "171","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verdigris","location": "

Spanskgrøn

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1211,"count": "8077","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

yth quintin spenß grønth

","englishForm": "

Spanskgrøn

","editionPage": "163","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "spenßgrønth","lemmaFormAttestation": "hispanskgrønt","sourcePage": "102r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 3487 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog i GKS 3487 8vo","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "origin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Verdigris

","workDescription": "

The text contains treatments for different illnesses including the oldest Danish treatment for syphilis.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","showAsLocatedIn": "171","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verdigris","location": "

Spanskgrøn

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1209,"count": "8079","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

i loth spenß grønth

","englishForm": "

Spanskgrøn

","editionPage": "162","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "spenßgrønth","lemmaFormAttestation": "hispanskgrønt","sourcePage": "101v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 3487 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog i GKS 3487 8vo","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "origin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Verdigris

","workDescription": "

The text contains treatments for different illnesses including the oldest Danish treatment for syphilis.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","showAsLocatedIn": "171","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verdigris","location": "

Spanskgrøn

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1207,"count": "8081","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

tysk komen

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "160","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tysk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "100v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "GKS 3487 8vo","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog i GKS 3487 8vo","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text contains treatments for different illnesses including the oldest Danish treatment for syphilis.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Cuminum Cyminum L.

"}, {"id": 1205,"count": "8083","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

tysk kommen

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "100","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tysk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "E8r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "NKS 314b 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Cuminum Cyminum L.

"}, {"id": 1203,"count": "8085","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

Tyæst kommen

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyæst","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "E6v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "NKS 314b 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Cuminum cyminum L.

"}, {"id": 1201,"count": "8087","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[T]hytesth kommyen

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thytesth","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "40v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 710 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Cuminum Cyminum L.

"}, {"id": 1199,"count": "8089","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

ii potther rynst viin

","englishForm": "

Rhenish

","editionPage": "141","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "rynst","lemmaFormAttestation": "rinsk","sourcePage": "F3v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "NKS 314b 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","showAsLocatedIn": "229","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhenish

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1197,"count": "8091","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

i lod spenssgrønt

","englishForm": "

Spanskgrøn

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "spenssgrønt","lemmaFormAttestation": "hispanskgrønt","sourcePage": "E7r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "NKS 314b 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "origin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Verdigris

","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","showAsLocatedIn": "171","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verdigris","location": "

Spanskgrøn

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1195,"count": "8093","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

pestilencie puluer som hedher meder datum paa latin

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "129","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "7r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1193,"count": "8095","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

iiii fenædiis seffwæ

","englishForm": "

Venetian

","editionPage": "138","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fenædii","lemmaFormAttestation": "venetisk","sourcePage": "E7r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "NKS 314b 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "45.43713","longitude": "12.33265","showAsLocatedIn": "92","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Venetian","location": "

Venetian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1191,"count": "8097","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

iiii lod fenediiss sewæ

","englishForm": "

Venetian

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fenedii","lemmaFormAttestation": "venetisk","sourcePage": "D8r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "NKS 314b 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "45.43713","longitude": "12.33265","showAsLocatedIn": "92","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Venetian","location": "

Venetian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1189,"count": "8099","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

iiii lodh fenediiss seffwæ

","englishForm": "

Venetian

","editionPage": "127","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fenedii","lemmaFormAttestation": "venetisk","sourcePage": "E3r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "NKS 314b 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "45.43713","longitude": "12.33265","showAsLocatedIn": "92","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Venetian","location": "

Venetian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1187,"count": "8101","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

nardus ther kommer aff Indiæ land

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "59","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indiæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "D4v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "NKS 314b 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1185,"count": "8103","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

nardus ther kommer aff India land

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "59","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indialand","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "38v,b","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1183,"count": "8105","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nardus som komer aff Indie land

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "59","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indieland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "212","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 600","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1181,"count": "8107","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nardus som kommer aff Indieland

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "59","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indieland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "31v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 710 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1179,"count": "8109","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

nardus som kommer aff India land

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indialand","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "38v,a","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1177,"count": "8111","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

nardus ther kommer aff Indiæland

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indiæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "F2v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "NKS 314b 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1175,"count": "8113","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nardus ther kommer aff Indie landh

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indielandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "211","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 600","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1173,"count": "8115","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

nardus ther kommer aff Indialand

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indialand","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "31r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 710 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1169,"count": "8117","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

centariam som kalles paa tydskæ hunder gillen

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tydskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "C8v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "NKS 314b 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1167,"count": "8119","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

2 lod spansgrønt

","englishForm": "

Spanskgrøn

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "spansgrønt","lemmaFormAttestation": "hispanskgrønt","sourcePage": "C5v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "NKS 314b 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "origin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Verdigris

","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","showAsLocatedIn": "171","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verdigris","location": "

Spanskgrøn

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1165,"count": "8121","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

salt ther kommer aff Indiæ land ther man kaller nitrum at være

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "16","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indiæland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "C4v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "NKS 314b 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1163,"count": "8123","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

salt som kommer aff Indie land ther man kaller nitrum wære

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "16","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indieland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "202","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 600","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1161,"count": "8125","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

aff Colnæ

","englishForm": "

Köln

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Colnæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Køln","sourcePage": "35r,b","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Cologne

","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "50.93333","longitude": "6.95","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2886242/koeln.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cologne","location": "

Köln

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The text speaks of the Shrine of the Three Kings.

"}, {"id": 1159,"count": "8127","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

i Kolne

","englishForm": "

Köln

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kolne","lemmaFormAttestation": "Køln","sourcePage": "201","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 600","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Cologne

","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "50.93333","longitude": "6.95","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2886242/koeln.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cologne","location": "

Köln

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The text speaks of the Shrine of the Three Kings

"}, {"id": 1157,"count": "8129","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

i Kolnæ

","englishForm": "

Köln

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kolnæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Køln","sourcePage": "29r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 710 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Cologne

","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "50.93333","longitude": "6.95","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2886242/koeln.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cologne","location": "

Köln

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The text speaks of the Shrine of the Three Kings.

"}, {"id": 1155,"count": "8131","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

arabs quadhæ

","englishForm": "

Gum arabic

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "arabsquadhæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "arabskvathe","sourcePage": "C2v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "NKS 314b 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "origin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","showAsLocatedIn": "102","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gum_arabic","location": "

Gum arabic

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1153,"count": "8133","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

arabis qwadhe

","englishForm": "

Gum arabic

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "arabisqwadhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "arabskvathe","sourcePage": "34r,a","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "origin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","showAsLocatedIn": "102","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gum_arabic","location": "

Gum arabic

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1151,"count": "8135","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

arabs quade

","englishForm": "

Gum arabic

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "arabsquade","lemmaFormAttestation": "arabskvathe","sourcePage": "198","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 600","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "origin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","showAsLocatedIn": "102","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gum_arabic","location": "

Gum arabic

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1149,"count": "8137","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

arabs quadhe

","englishForm": "

Gum arabic

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "arabsquadhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "arabskvathe","sourcePage": "28r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Thott 710 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægebog fra Top til Tå","workNotes": "

The very early date of composition is taken from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten), where it is suggested very tentatively. 

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "origin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text – found in four manuscripts – contain treatments for various illnesses. It is structured in accordance with the human body, starting with illnesses in the head and thereafter moving down through the body to the feet.

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","showAsLocatedIn": "102","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gum_arabic","location": "

Gum arabic

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1147,"count": "8139","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

och wan tydzlandh. walskalandh.

","englishForm": "

Valland

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Walskalandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Valskaland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "41.34382","longitude": "-3.33984","showAsLocatedIn": "799","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Valland","location": "

Valland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Valsk can in Old Swedish refer to things French, Italian, Southern or foreign, but in the context France makes the most sense

"}, {"id": 1145,"count": "8141","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

som nw kallas Jwtlandh norra och swdhra. frysen oc holsten

","englishForm": "

Holstein

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Holsten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Holsten","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "54.1667","longitude": "9.66667","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Holstein¶ms=54.1667_N_9.66667_E_source:kolossus-nowiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holstein","location": "

Holstein

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1143,"count": "8143","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j norlandom

","englishForm": "

Nordhland

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Norland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Norþland","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Nordhland is visualised as located in Northern Europe because the context of the text places it there

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "61.68987","longitude": "2.90039","showAsLocatedIn": "793","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Nordhland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1141,"count": "8145","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

som nw kallas Jwtlandh norra och swdhra. frysen oc holsten

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frysen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisen","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1139,"count": "8147","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "221","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1137,"count": "8149","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

af thæt landh thær persida hedær

","englishForm": "

Iran

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/28","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Persida","lemmaFormAttestation": "Persen","sourcePage": "25r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Persia

","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "32","longitude": "53","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/130758/islamic-republic-of-iran.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iran","location": "

Iran

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Latin genitive form. Might designate the Iranian province Fars

"}, {"id": 1135,"count": "8151","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Innen thæt røde haff

","englishForm": "

Red Sea

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/38","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Thæt Røde Haff","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thæt Røthe Hav","sourcePage": "26v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "20.26735","longitude": "38.53455","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/350155/red-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_Sea","location": "

Red Sea

","preposition": "

innen

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1133,"count": "8153","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

a india landh

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/37","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indialandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "26v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1131,"count": "8155","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

af media land

","englishForm": "

Media

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/36","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Medialand","lemmaFormAttestation": "Medialand","sourcePage": "26r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "37","longitude": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2379516","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Media_(region)","location": "

Media

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1129,"count": "8157","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Af arabia

","englishForm": "

Arabia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/34","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Arabia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Arabia","sourcePage": "26r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Arabian Peninsula

","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957698/arabia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabian_Peninsula","location": "

Arabia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1127,"count": "8159","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

aff affrica land oc af arabia oc aff ethiopia

","englishForm": "

Ethiopia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/33","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ethiopia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Etiopia","sourcePage": "25v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "9","longitude": "39.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/337996/federal-democratic-republic-of-ethiopia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ethiopia","location": "

Ethiopia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1125,"count": "8161","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

aff affrica land oc af arabia oc aff ethiopia

","englishForm": "

Arabia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/33","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Arabia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Arabia","sourcePage": "25v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Arabian Peninsula

","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957698/arabia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabian_Peninsula","location": "

Arabia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1123,"count": "8163","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

aff affrica land oc af arabia oc aff ethiopia

","englishForm": "

Africa

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/33","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Affricaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Afrikaland","sourcePage": "25v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255146/africa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Africa","location": "

Africa

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Note that here Ethiopia is not seen as a part of Africa.

"}, {"id": 1121,"count": "8165","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

af thæn borgh j grecland thær corinthus hedær

","englishForm": "

Ancient Corinth

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/32","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Corinthus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Korinth","sourcePage": "25v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Corinth

","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "37.90576","longitude": "22.87995","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354442/ancient-corinth.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Corinth","location": "

Ancient Corinth

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1119,"count": "8167","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j grecland

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/32","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grecland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grækland","sourcePage": "25v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1117,"count": "8169","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

aff thæn øø thær kipær hethær

","englishForm": "

Cyprus

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/31","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kipær","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cypren","sourcePage": "25v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "35.00304","longitude": "32.98791","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/146670/cyprus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyprus","location": "

Cyprus

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1115,"count": "8171","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

af affrica landh / oc af ethiopia

","englishForm": "

Ethiopia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/31","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ethiopia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Etiopia","sourcePage": "25v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "9","longitude": "39.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/337996/federal-democratic-republic-of-ethiopia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ethiopia","location": "

Ethiopia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1113,"count": "8173","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

af affrica landh / oc af ethiopia

","englishForm": "

Africa

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/31","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Affricalandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Afrikaland","sourcePage": "25v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255146/africa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Africa","location": "

Africa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Note that here Ethiopia is not seen as a part of Africa.

"}, {"id": 1111,"count": "8175","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fran yderst værælz ændhe

","englishForm": "

World's End

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/27","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Værælz Ændhe","lemmaFormAttestation": "Værelds Ænde","sourcePage": "25r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

World's End

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1109,"count": "8177","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thære ænsæ libiaa landh / oc ethiopia møthes

","englishForm": "

Ethiopia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/25","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ethiopia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Etiopia","sourcePage": "25r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "9","longitude": "39.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/337996/federal-democratic-republic-of-ethiopia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ethiopia","location": "

Ethiopia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1107,"count": "8179","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thære ænsæ libiaa landh / oc ethiopia møthes

","englishForm": "

Libya

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/25","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Libiaalandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Libialand","sourcePage": "25r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "28","longitude": "17","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2215636/libya.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libya","location": "

Libya

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1105,"count": "8181","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thæt folk a serck land thær alabanda hedher

","englishForm": "

Alabandan

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/23","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Alabanda","lemmaFormAttestation": "Alabanda","sourcePage": "24v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

The ancient city of Alabanda is refered to as et land thær hetær alabandina 'a land that is called Alabandina' in the ODa. lapidary (NKS 66 8° 120v) reflecting Asiae regio in Marbod, Liber lapidum. The other version of the ODa. lapidary (Sth. K 4 24v) on the other hand speaks of inhabitants called alabanda: thæt folk a serck land thær alabanda hedher. For this reason this database operates with both Alabandan, an inhabitant designation, and Alabanda, a region, both with the coordinates of the city Alabanda.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "37.591907","longitude": "27.985348","showAsLocatedIn": "273","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alabanda","location": "

Alabandan

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1103,"count": "8183","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

millan østerhaffwet och westra

","englishForm": "

Væsterhavet

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Westrahaffwet","lemmaFormAttestation": "Væsterhaffwet","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "strait","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

Væsterhavet, or the Western Sea, is the Swedish collective name for mainly Skagerrak and Kattegatt, but sometimes also incorporates Öresund and the North Sea, in the last case especially the area closest to Denmark (see link). Not to be confused with Vesterhavet, the Danish name for the North sea. 

","locationDescription": "

Skagerak and Kattegatt

","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "57.75","longitude": "9","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2960845/skagerrak.html","wikipediaLink": "https://sv.wikipedia.org/wiki/V%C3%A4sterhavet","location": "

Væsterhavet

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

It is hard to pinpoint exactly which parts of the strait and North Sea the place name refers to.

"}, {"id": 1101,"count": "8185","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

millan østerhaffwet och westra

","englishForm": "

Baltic Sea

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Østerhaffwet","lemmaFormAttestation": "Østerhaffwet","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "18","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2633321/baltic-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic_Sea","location": "

Baltic Sea

","preposition": "

mællom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1099,"count": "8187","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ath sem fik Asyam Cham affricam Japhet then førsta delen som kallas europa

","englishForm": "

Europe

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Europa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Europa","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255148/europe.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Europe","location": "

Europe

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1097,"count": "8189","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ath sem fik Asyam Cham affricam Japhet then førsta delen som kallas europa

","englishForm": "

Africa

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Affrica","lemmaFormAttestation": "Africa","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "7.1881","longitude": "21.09375","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255146/africa.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Africa","location": "

Africa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1095,"count": "8191","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Ath sem fik Asyam Cham affricam Japhet then førsta delen som kallas europa

","englishForm": "

Asia

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Asya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "continent","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6255147/asia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia","location": "

Asia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 1093,"count": "8193","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ena mark som tha kalladis sennar och nw kallas babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1091,"count": "8195","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

ena mark som tha kalladis sennar och nw kallas babilonia

","englishForm": "

Shinar

","editionPage": "220","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/497679","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sennar","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sennar","sourcePage": "","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 26","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","work": "Prosaiska krönikan","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Prosaiska krönikan).

","genreName": "Chronicles and histories","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Sennaar was the form used in the Septuagint translation.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "

Sennaar

","workDescription": "

This world history in prose starts in Biblical times and continues to the death of King Christoffer in 1448. It has considerable similarities with the subject matter in Lilla rimkrönikan and the two texts were probable written in the same mileu. In the majority of manuscripts the work also includes an excerpt from the Danish Chronicle.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Klemming 1868-1881","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shinar","location": "

Shinar

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1089,"count": "8197","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j mærith

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "66","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærith","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "54","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1087,"count": "8199","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j mærith

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "66","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærith","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "54","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1085,"count": "8201","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Aff the landeno scharioth fik han sith widhernampn | Thy kalladhis han iwdas scharioth

","englishForm": "

Skariot

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Scharioth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skariot","sourcePage": "53","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Swedish work Själens tröst (Consolation of the Soul), the byname of Judas Iscariot comes from the fictional land called Skariot. This Scariot can be identified as the city of Kerioth. Because the source explicitly identifies the locality as a land, which contradicts the actual locality type of Kerioth, the standard form Skariot (country) and the locality it refers to are marked as fictional.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.344952","longitude": "35.124376","showAsLocatedIn": "259","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Skariot

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Because the standard form Skariot (country) is marked as fictional, the level of certainty of the original form is set as Educated guess.

"}, {"id": 1083,"count": "8203","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Aff the landeno scharioth fik han sith widhernampn | Thy kalladhis han iwdas scharioth

","englishForm": "

Skariot

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Scharioth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skariot","sourcePage": "53","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "noun byname","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Swedish work Själens tröst (Consolation of the Soul), the byname of Judas Iscariot comes from the fictional land called Skariot. This Scariot can be identified as the city of Kerioth. Because the source explicitly identifies the locality as a land, which contradicts the actual locality type of Kerioth, the standard form Skariot (noun byname) is marked as fictional.

","locationDescription": "

of Skariot

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.344952","longitude": "35.124376","showAsLocatedIn": "259","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judas_Iscariot#Name_and_background","location": "

Skariot

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Because the standard form Skariot (noun byname) is marked as fictional, the level of certainty of the original form is set as Educated guess.

"}, {"id": 1081,"count": "8205","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "53","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1079,"count": "8207","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til eeth beflutit land som kalladhis skariot

","englishForm": "

Skariot

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Skariot","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skariot","sourcePage": "52","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

According to the Old Swedish work Själens tröst (Consolation of the Soul), the byname of Judas Iscariot comes from the fictional land called Skariot. This Scariot can be identified as the city of Kerioth. Because the source explicitly identifies the locality as a land, which contradicts the actual locality type of Kerioth, the standard form Skariot (country) and the locality it refers to are marked as fictional.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.344952","longitude": "35.124376","showAsLocatedIn": "259","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Skariot

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Because the standard form Skariot (country) is marked as fictional, the level of certainty of the original form is set as Educated guess.

"}, {"id": 1077,"count": "8209","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

I iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "52","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1075,"count": "8211","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

The leddo han til een fægherstan stadh ther aller war bygder aff gul oc sølff oc dyrom stenom | oc saghdho thet wara paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "60","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "49","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1073,"count": "8213","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

a serck land

","englishForm": "

Særkland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/23","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Serckland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Særkland","sourcePage": "24v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Land of the Saracens

","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saracen","location": "

Særkland

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1071,"count": "8215","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Een ledhe stiærna allom ellendum oc fræmadhom

","englishForm": "

Foreigner

","editionPage": "57","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "fræmadha","lemmaFormAttestation": "fræmadha","sourcePage": "46","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Foreigner

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1069,"count": "8217","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til eeth hedhit land som kalladhis irland

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "58","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Irland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Irland","sourcePage": "47","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1067,"count": "8219","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til biscopin j iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "53","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "42","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1065,"count": "8221","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

a wæghin til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "53","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "42","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1063,"count": "8223","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j india land

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/21","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indialand","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "24v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1061,"count": "8225","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j englandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/20","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Englandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "24r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1059,"count": "8227","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

A licia landh

","englishForm": "

Lycia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/20","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Licialandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lycialand","sourcePage": "24r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "36.77409","longitude": "29.77295","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8261119/lycie.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lycia","location": "

Lycia

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1057,"count": "8229","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Aff ethiopia

","englishForm": "

Ethiopia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/17","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ethiopia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Etiopia","sourcePage": "23v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "9","longitude": "39.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/337996/federal-democratic-republic-of-ethiopia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ethiopia","location": "

Ethiopia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1055,"count": "8231","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

TOpacius finne mæn thær thæt samme nafn hauer

","englishForm": "

Zabargad Island

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/16","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Topacius","lemmaFormAttestation": "Topatsius","sourcePage": "23v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

The Greek name of the island is "Topazios", also the word for the gemstone peridot (olivine).

","locationDescription": "

Saint John's Island

","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "23.61077","longitude": "36.19611","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/346207/jazirat-zabarjad.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zabargad_Island","location": "

Zabargad Island

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Greek name of the island is "Topazios", also the word for the gemstone peridot (olivine).

"}, {"id": 1053,"count": "8233","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

aff ethiopia

","englishForm": "

Ethiopia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/13","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ethiopia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Etiopia","sourcePage": "23r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "9","longitude": "39.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/337996/federal-democratic-republic-of-ethiopia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ethiopia","location": "

Ethiopia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1051,"count": "8235","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

aff india

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/10","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "23r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1049,"count": "8237","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

af arabia

","englishForm": "

Arabia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/10","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Arabia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Arabia","sourcePage": "23r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Arabian Peninsula

","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957698/arabia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabian_Peninsula","location": "

Arabia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1047,"count": "8239","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

innen sithia land

","englishForm": "

Scythia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sithialand","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skythialand","sourcePage": "22v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Scythia is visualised as located in Asia because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "29.84064","longitude": "89.29688","showAsLocatedIn": "263","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scythia","location": "

Scythia

","preposition": "

innen

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The interpretation is based on Marbod, whose Liber lapidum is at the base of the ODa Lapidary.

"}, {"id": 1045,"count": "8241","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

innen ænglandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ænglandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "22v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

innen

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1043,"count": "8243","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

innen egypte landh

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "22v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

innen

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1041,"count": "8245","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

a media land

","englishForm": "

Media

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Medialand","lemmaFormAttestation": "Medialand","sourcePage": "22r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "37","longitude": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2379516","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Media_(region)","location": "

Media

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1039,"count": "8247","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

melliom the menføræ thær sirtices hetæ

","englishForm": "

Sirte

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sirtices","lemmaFormAttestation": "Syrtis","sourcePage": "22r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish Lapidary the place is refered to as the menføræ 'the impassable places', this is reflected in the type of locality above, whereas the coordinates are identical with those of the presentday city Sirte.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "31.20892","longitude": "16.58866","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2210554/sirte.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirte","location": "

Sirte

","preposition": "

mællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The text is probably corrupted. ODa. menføre means 'impassable place(s)'. The place is refered to in the plural form.

"}, {"id": 1037,"count": "8249","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Aa libia landh

","englishForm": "

Libya

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Libialandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Libialand","sourcePage": "22r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "28","longitude": "17","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2215636/libya.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libya","location": "

Libya

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1035,"count": "8251","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Jnnen india

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "21v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

innen

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1033,"count": "8253","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

i thæn ø thær krit hedær

","englishForm": "

Crete

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Krit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kreta","sourcePage": "21v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "35.34194","longitude": "25.14238","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/258763/crete.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Crete","location": "

Crete

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1031,"count": "8255","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j sikil øø

","englishForm": "

Sicily

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sikil","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sicilieø","sourcePage": "21r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "37.5","longitude": "14","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2523118/sicily.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sicily","location": "

Sicily

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1029,"count": "8257","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j kypær

","englishForm": "

Cyprus

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kypær","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cypren","sourcePage": "21r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "35.00304","longitude": "32.98791","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/146670/cyprus.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyprus","location": "

Cyprus

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1027,"count": "8259","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

J grecklandh

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grecklandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grækland","sourcePage": "21r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1025,"count": "8261","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

innen ambia

","englishForm": "

Arabia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ambia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Arabia","sourcePage": "21r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Arabian Peninsula

","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "25","longitude": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6957698/arabia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabian_Peninsula","location": "

Arabia

","preposition": "

innen

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Eventhough the ODa. form "ambia" resembles the that of the Roman colonia Ambia (Mauretania) in presentday Algeria, the ODa. form is most likely a misinterpretation of "Arabia", since the parallel text source (in NKS 66 8vo 118v) has "arabiæ" and Marbod in his Liber lapidum speaks of "Arabs".

"}, {"id": 1023,"count": "8263","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

a yderstæ indiæ landh

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/harpestreng-k4/1","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indiælandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "21r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Stenbog","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text is based primarily on Marbod's poem Liber de gemmis. Two Danish versions exists, and since one is found in a manuscript containing othertexts by Harpestreng the lapidary has been attributed to him. One version contains 62 chapters, the other 44, each dealing with a precious stone.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Harpestrengs stenbog (Sth. K 4) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1021,"count": "8265","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thy plægom wi thet kalla | møghiar castella alla

","englishForm": "

Møiar kastel

","editionPage": "68","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Møghiar castella","lemmaFormAttestation": "Møiar kastel","sourcePage": "77v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "tower","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Møiar kastel is visualised as located in Babylon because the context of the text places it there

","locationDescription": "

Tower of Maidens

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","showAsLocatedIn": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Møiar kastel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1019,"count": "8267","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thy plægom wi thet kallæ | møyæ kastellæ allæ

","englishForm": "

Møiar kastel

","editionPage": "68","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Møyæ kastellæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Møiar kastel","sourcePage": "177","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "tower","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Møiar kastel is visualised as located in Babylon because the context of the text places it there

","locationDescription": "

Tower of Maidens

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","showAsLocatedIn": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Møiar kastel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1017,"count": "8269","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thy plægom wi thet kalle | møiæ kastelæ alle

","englishForm": "

Møiar kastel

","editionPage": "68","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Møiæ kastelæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Møiar kastel","sourcePage": "375","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "tower","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Møiar kastel is visualised as located in Babylon because the context of the text places it there

","locationDescription": "

Tower of Maidens

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","showAsLocatedIn": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Møiar kastel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1015,"count": "8271","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

thy plæghin vi bymæn allæ | thet møghia skastel kalla

","englishForm": "

Møiar kastel

","editionPage": "68","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Møghia skastel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Møiar kastel","sourcePage": "98v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "tower","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Møiar kastel is visualised as located in Babylon because the context of the text places it there

","locationDescription": "

Tower of Maidens

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","showAsLocatedIn": "45","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Møiar kastel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1013,"count": "8273","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

konningens marsk aff karlefyncke

","englishForm": "

Karlefint

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/14","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karlefyncke","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karlefinth","sourcePage": "148r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The castle of the Dwarf-king in Duke Frederick of Normandy seems to be located in the vicinity of Frederick's realm, therefore here the coordinates of France are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Karlefint

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1011,"count": "8275","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

han war komen aff karlæ finckæ

","englishForm": "

Karlefint

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/13","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karlæfinckæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karlefinth","sourcePage": "145r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The castle of the Dwarf-king in Duke Frederick of Normandy seems to be located in the vicinity of Frederick's realm, therefore here the coordinates of France are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Karlefint

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1009,"count": "8277","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

ther kam jen grewe aff askomyn

","englishForm": "

Gascogne

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/13","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Askomyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gascogne","sourcePage": "145v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Gascony

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "43,5","longitude": "0","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3016565/gascogne.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gascony","location": "

Gascogne

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The interpretation of ODa. askomyn as Gascony is in accordance with the form gaskonia in the OSw. source text.

"}, {"id": 1007,"count": "8279","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til jen stadh hiedher barna

","englishForm": "

Barna

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Barna","lemmaFormAttestation": "Barna","sourcePage": "136r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "Bearna","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "53.25","longitude": "-9.15","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2966341/barna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barna","location": "

Barna

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1005,"count": "8281","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then borigh hiedher bromwndant

","englishForm": "

Bramundant

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/7","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bromwndant","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bromundant","sourcePage": "131v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Bramundant is visualised as located in France because the context of the text places it there

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Bramundant

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1003,"count": "8283","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til karlefinth

","englishForm": "

Karlefint

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karlefinth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karlefinth","sourcePage": "115r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The castle of the Dwarf-king in Duke Frederick of Normandy seems to be located in the vicinity of Frederick's realm, therefore here the coordinates of France are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Karlefint

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 1001,"count": "8285","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

jnghen hws i thette rige | maa segh wedh karlefinth lige

","englishForm": "

Karlefint

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karlefinth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karlefinth","sourcePage": "115r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The castle of the Dwarf-king in Duke Frederick of Normandy seems to be located in the vicinity of Frederick's realm, therefore here the coordinates of France are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Karlefint

","preposition": "

vither

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 999,"count": "8287","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

thet ær karlefinth myn feste

","englishForm": "

Karlefint

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Karlefinth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Karlefinth","sourcePage": "115r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

The castle of the Dwarf-king in Duke Frederick of Normandy seems to be located in the vicinity of Frederick's realm, therefore here the coordinates of France are used for visualisation.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Karlefint

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 997,"count": "8289","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til asianth

","englishForm": "

Asiant

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asianth","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asiant","sourcePage": "113r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "forest","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

The text Duke Frederick of Normandy specifices that this forest is placed in Normandy, therefore the visualisation as located in Normandy.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","showAsLocatedIn": "173","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Asiant

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 995,"count": "8291","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

then skoff ther for hwseth laa | then hiedhe asya

","englishForm": "

Asiant

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Asya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Asiant","sourcePage": "112v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "forest","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "

The text Duke Frederick of Normandy specifices that this forest is placed in Normandy, therefore the visualisation as located in Normandy.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","showAsLocatedIn": "173","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Asiant

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 993,"count": "8293","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

hans hws kalledh han kallidæs

","englishForm": "

Kalidas

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Kallidæs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Kalidas","sourcePage": "112v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

The castle of Frederik in Duke Frederick of Normandy.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","showAsLocatedIn": "173","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Kalidas

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 991,"count": "8295","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

gaa til sancte jacobs

","englishForm": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","editionPage": "94","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Jacob","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Jakob","sourcePage": "122","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "42.88064","longitude": "-8.5445","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6452774/cathedral-of-santiago-de-compostela.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Santiago_de_Compostela_Cathedral","location": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 989,"count": "8297","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

ligger eth vatn aff paradiis | ther man eufrates kalla

","englishForm": "

Euphrates River

","editionPage": "140","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Eufrates","lemmaFormAttestation": "Eufrates","sourcePage": "1v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ms Rar 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "30.57889","longitude": "47.76572","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/315147/euphrates-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Euphrates","location": "

Euphrates River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 987,"count": "8299","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1300","attestationSourceEndYear":"1400","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "ef","originalForm": "

ligger eth vatn aff paradiis | ther man eufrates kalla

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "140","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "1v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Ms Rar 2","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 985,"count": "8301","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

til paris

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paris","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "88v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 983,"count": "8303","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til pariis

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "201","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 981,"count": "8305","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tiill pariis

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "404","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 979,"count": "8307","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til pariis

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "108v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 977,"count": "8309","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

op til franz

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Franz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Franz","sourcePage": "88v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

up til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 975,"count": "8311","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

opp til franz

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Franz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Franz","sourcePage": "201","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

up til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 973,"count": "8313","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[…] tiil franz

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Franz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Franz","sourcePage": "404","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 971,"count": "8315","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

op til franz

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Franz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Franz","sourcePage": "108v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

up til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The preposition "up til" implies that they rode North to France.

"}, {"id": 969,"count": "8317","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thil een stad som heter venecia

","englishForm": "

Venice

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Venecia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Venetia","sourcePage": "88v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "45.43713","longitude": "12.33265","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164603/venice.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Venice","location": "

Venice

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 967,"count": "8319","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til en stadh som het fenicia

","englishForm": "

Venice

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Fenicia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Venetia","sourcePage": "201","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "45.43713","longitude": "12.33265","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164603/venice.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Venice","location": "

Venice

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Low German influence may be a reason the place name is written with f instead of v.

"}, {"id": 965,"count": "8321","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[…] en stadh som heth fenicia

","englishForm": "

Venice

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Fenicia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Venetia","sourcePage": "404","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "45.43713","longitude": "12.33265","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164603/venice.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Venice","location": "

Venice

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Low German influence may be a reason the place name is written with f instead of v.

"}, {"id": 963,"count": "8323","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til een stadh heet venecia

","englishForm": "

Venice

","editionPage": "132","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Venecia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Venetia","sourcePage": "107v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "45.43713","longitude": "12.33265","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164603/venice.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Venice","location": "

Venice

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 961,"count": "8325","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thil franz

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "131","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Franz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Franz","sourcePage": "88r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 959,"count": "8327","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til franz

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "131","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Franz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Franz","sourcePage": "201","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 957,"count": "8329","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tiil franz

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "131","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Franz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Franz","sourcePage": "404","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 955,"count": "8331","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til franz

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "131","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Franz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Franz","sourcePage": "107v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 953,"count": "8333","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

aff apolis borg

","englishForm": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apolisborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apolisborgh","sourcePage": "85r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "

Apolis Castle

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 951,"count": "8335","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

aff apolis borgh

","englishForm": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apolisborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apolisborgh","sourcePage": "195","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "

Apolis Castle

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 949,"count": "8337","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Aff apolis borgh

","englishForm": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apolisborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apolisborgh","sourcePage": "397","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "

Apolis Castle

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 947,"count": "8339","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff apulia borgh

","englishForm": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","editionPage": "116","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apuliaborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apuliaborgh","sourcePage": "105v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "

Apolis Castle

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 945,"count": "8341","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konungin aff babilon

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "111","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "84v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 943,"count": "8343","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

konungen aff babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "111","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "193","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 941,"count": "8345","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konungen aff babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "111","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "104v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The final "a" is written above the line. 

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 939,"count": "8347","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

vth aff apulia

","englishForm": "

Apolis

","editionPage": "108","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apulia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apulia","sourcePage": "84r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolis

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name form is unique for this redaction.

"}, {"id": 937,"count": "8349","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

wt aff apulia

","englishForm": "

Apolis

","editionPage": "108","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apulia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apulia","sourcePage": "103v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolis

","preposition": "

ut af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name form is unique for this redaction.

"}, {"id": 935,"count": "8351","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the jomfrw thydisk fødh widh riin

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Riin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "81r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 933,"count": "8353","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the jomfru war thysk och fødh widh rin

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "185","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 931,"count": "8355","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the iomffru war tysk ok fød wid rin

","englishForm": "

Rhine River

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rin","sourcePage": "385","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2748179/rhine-river.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhine River

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 929,"count": "8357","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the jomfrw thydisk fødh widh riin

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thydisk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "81r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 927,"count": "8359","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

the jomfru war thysk och fødh widh rin 

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thysk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "185","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 925,"count": "8361","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

the iomffru war tysk ok fød wid rin

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "tysk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "385","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 923,"count": "8363","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

the iomfru var thydzk vtan fra 

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thydzk","lemmaFormAttestation": "þyþisker","sourcePage": "101v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 921,"count": "8365","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha thu komber heem thil thin | oppa thu hws wt j mwndin

","englishForm": "

Mundin

","editionPage": "80","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mwndin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mundin","sourcePage": "79r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the context it is impossible to determine if the place name refers to a settlement or country.

Contrary to the Old Swedish text witnesses, the Old Danish version of Floris and Blancheflour has Apolis. The form might be a corruption of Montarie.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Mundin

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 919,"count": "8367","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha thu komber hem til thin | pa thit hws j mondin

","englishForm": "

Mundin

","editionPage": "80","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mondin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mundin","sourcePage": "180","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the context it is impossible to determine if the place name refers to a settlement or country.

Contrary to the Old Swedish text witnesses, the Old Danish version of Floris and Blancheflour has Apolis. The form might be a corruption of Montarie.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Mundin

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 917,"count": "8369","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[...]ha thw komber hem til thin | [...]a thit hwss i mondin

","englishForm": "

Mundin

","editionPage": "80","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mondin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mundin","sourcePage": "380","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In the context it is impossible to determine if the place name refers to a settlement or country.

Contrary to the Old Swedish text witnesses, the Old Danish version of Floris and Blancheflour has Apolis. The form might be a corruption of Montarie.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Mundin

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 915,"count": "8371","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

tha thu komber heem til thin | op a thit hws mundin

","englishForm": "

Mundin

","editionPage": "80","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mundin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mundin","sourcePage": "100r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "house","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

Contrary to the Old Swedish text witnesses, the Old Danish version of Floris and Blancheflour has Apolis. The form might be a corruption of Montarie.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Mundin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This witness lacks the preposition i before the place name that the other witnesses have. 

"}, {"id": 913,"count": "8373","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

jnnan paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "78v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

innan

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 911,"count": "8375","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "178","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 909,"count": "8377","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

i paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "378","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 907,"count": "8379","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ij paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "99v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 905,"count": "8381","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

lykker eth watn aff paradis | thet han maa eufrates kalla

","englishForm": "

Euphrates River

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Eufrates","lemmaFormAttestation": "Eufrates","sourcePage": "78r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "30.57889","longitude": "47.76572","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/315147/euphrates-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Euphrates","location": "

Euphrates River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 903,"count": "8383","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

lykker thet watn aff paradiis | thet man ma eufrates kalla

","englishForm": "

Euphrates River

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Eufrates","lemmaFormAttestation": "Eufrates","sourcePage": "177","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "30.57889","longitude": "47.76572","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/315147/euphrates-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Euphrates","location": "

Euphrates River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 901,"count": "8385","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

 lykker thet watn aff paradiis | thet man ma eufrates kallæ

","englishForm": "

Euphrates River

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Eufrates","lemmaFormAttestation": "Eufrates","sourcePage": "377","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "30.57889","longitude": "47.76572","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/315147/euphrates-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Euphrates","location": "

Euphrates River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 899,"count": "8387","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ligger eet vatn aff paradiis | ther man eufrates kalla

","englishForm": "

Euphrates River

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Eufrates","lemmaFormAttestation": "Eufrates","sourcePage": "99r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "30.57889","longitude": "47.76572","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/315147/euphrates-river.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Euphrates","location": "

Euphrates River

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 897,"count": "8389","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

lykker eth watn aff paradis | thet han maa eufrates kalla

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "78r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 895,"count": "8391","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

lykker thet watn aff paradiis | thet man ma eufrates kalla

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "177","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 893,"count": "8393","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

lykker thet watn aff paradiis | thet man ma eufrates kallæ

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "377","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 891,"count": "8395","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ligger eet vatn aff paradiis | ther man eufrates kalla

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "99r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 889,"count": "8397","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

keysaren aff rome

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "63","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Roma","lemmaFormAttestation": "Roma","sourcePage": "77r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is declined as a Latin dative/genetive.

"}, {"id": 887,"count": "8399","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

keysaren aff roma

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Roma","lemmaFormAttestation": "Roma","sourcePage": "174","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is possibly declined as a Latin ablative.

"}, {"id": 885,"count": "8401","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

keyseren aff roma

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "64","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Roma","lemmaFormAttestation": "Roma","sourcePage": "373","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The place name is possibly declined as a Latin ablative.

"}, {"id": 883,"count": "8403","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konungen aff babilon

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "63","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilon","sourcePage": "76v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 881,"count": "8405","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Konungin aff babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "63","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "98r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 879,"count": "8407","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tha thu wardher babilonia war

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "51","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "75r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

The reading ”babiloma” is also possible.

"}, {"id": 877,"count": "8409","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

tha thu warder babilonia war

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "51","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "169","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 875,"count": "8411","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

tha ij vardhin babilon vara

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "51","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "96v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 873,"count": "8413","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

wisa mik herberge til nakan man | j babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "74v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

The reading ”babiloma” is also possible.

"}, {"id": 871,"count": "8415","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

wiis mik herbærge til nokon man | j babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "169","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 869,"count": "8417","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Visa mik herbærghe til nakan man | ij babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "96v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 867,"count": "8419","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hon for til babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "74v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

The reading ”babiloma” is also possible.

"}, {"id": 865,"count": "8421","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hon for til babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "169","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor.

"}, {"id": 863,"count": "8423","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Hon for til babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "50","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "96r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor.

"}, {"id": 861,"count": "8425","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til mærit

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "51","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "41","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 859,"count": "8427","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ofwer mærith

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "51","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærith","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "41","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 857,"count": "8429","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

in j sancti bonifacii mønster

","englishForm": "

Basilica dei Santi Bonifacio ed Alessio

","editionPage": "45","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Bonifacii mønster","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancti Bonifacii mønster","sourcePage": "37","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.883647","longitude": "12.478847","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Santi_Bonifacio_ed_Alessio¶ms=41_53_01.13_N_12_28_43.85_E_region:IT-RM_type:landmark","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Santi_Bonifacio_ed_Alessio","location": "

Basilica dei Santi Bonifacio ed Alessio

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 855,"count": "8431","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

bidher for room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "43","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "35","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

for

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 853,"count": "8433","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "42","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "34","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 851,"count": "8435","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oppa mærit

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "42","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "34","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 849,"count": "8437","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

J them stadhenom war eeth ærlikit warfru mønster

","englishForm": "

Varfru mønster

","editionPage": "41","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Warfru mønster","lemmaFormAttestation": "Varfru mønster","sourcePage": "33","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

The Church of Our Lady in Edessa is mentioned in the Swedish version of Consolation of the Soul.

","locationDescription": "

Church of Our Lady

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "37.16708","longitude": "38.79392","showAsLocatedIn": "219","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Varfru mønster

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 847,"count": "8439","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ofwer mærit til een stadh som kallas edissa

","englishForm": "

Sanliurfa

","editionPage": "41","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Edissa","lemmaFormAttestation": "Edissa","sourcePage": "33","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Edessa

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "37.16708","longitude": "38.79392","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298333/sanliurfa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Edessa","location": "

Sanliurfa

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 845,"count": "8441","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ofwer mærit til een stadh som kallas edissa

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "41","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "33","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 843,"count": "8443","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "41","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "33","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 841,"count": "8445","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

I room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "41","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "33","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 839,"count": "8447","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "35","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 837,"count": "8449","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

vthlændis

","englishForm": "

Abroad

","editionPage": "35","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vthlændis","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændis","sourcePage": "27","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adverb","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Abroad

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 835,"count": "8451","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til cesaream

","englishForm": "

Horbat Qesari

","editionPage": "34","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Cesarea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cesarea","sourcePage": "26","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Caesarea Maritima

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.50082","longitude": "34.89228","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294716/horbat-qesari.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesarea_Maritima","location": "

Horbat Qesari

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 833,"count": "8453","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff roon

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Roon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "26","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 831,"count": "8455","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 829,"count": "8457","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til laodiciam

","englishForm": "

Laodikeia

","editionPage": "32","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Laodicia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Laodicia","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Laodicea on the Lycus

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "37.83663","longitude": "29.10819","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8224665/laodikeia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laodicea_on_the_Lycus","location": "

Laodikeia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 827,"count": "8459","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "32","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 825,"count": "8461","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "31","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "25","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 823,"count": "8463","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til ena øø som laa siex wiku sio længer bort j mærith

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "30","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærith","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "23","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 821,"count": "8465","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til cesaream

","englishForm": "

Horbat Qesari

","editionPage": "30","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Cesarea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cesarea","sourcePage": "23","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Caesarea Maritima

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.50082","longitude": "34.89228","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294716/horbat-qesari.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesarea_Maritima","location": "

Horbat Qesari

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 819,"count": "8467","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j iwdha landeno

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "30","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iwdhalandit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iudhalandet","sourcePage": "23","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 817,"count": "8469","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "30","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "23","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 815,"count": "8471","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "29","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "22","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 813,"count": "8473","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

vthlændis

","englishForm": "

Abroad

","editionPage": "29","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "vthlændis","lemmaFormAttestation": "utlændis","sourcePage": "22","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adverb","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Abroad

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 811,"count": "8475","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til greciam

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "29","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Grecia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grecia","sourcePage": "22","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 809,"count": "8477","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "29","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "22","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 807,"count": "8479","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "22","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 805,"count": "8481","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af room til atthenis

","englishForm": "

Athens

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Atthenis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Athen","sourcePage": "22","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "37.97945","longitude": "23.71622","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/264371/athens.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Athens","location": "

Athens

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin dative/ablative plural.

"}, {"id": 803,"count": "8483","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af room til atthenis

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "22","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 801,"count": "8485","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til thet landit cesaream

","englishForm": "

Roman Judea

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Cesarea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cesarea","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

This refers to the Roman province. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.50234","longitude": "34.89324","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378515/iudaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea_(Roman_province)","location": "

Roman Judea

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 799,"count": "8487","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

badhe gredzko ok latino

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 797,"count": "8489","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

badhe gredzko ok latino

","englishForm": "

Greek language

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "gredzka","lemmaFormAttestation": "greska","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greek_language","location": "

Greek language

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 795,"count": "8491","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

in til cesaream

","englishForm": "

Horbat Qesari

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Cesarea","lemmaFormAttestation": "Cesarea","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Caesarea Maritima

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.50082","longitude": "34.89228","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294716/horbat-qesari.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesarea_Maritima","location": "

Horbat Qesari

","preposition": "

in til

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 793,"count": "8493","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff ærlikasta romara slækt

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara slækt","lemmaFormAttestation": "romara slækt","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 791,"count": "8495","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eth bergh heter felix

","englishForm": "

Felis

","editionPage": "48","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Felix","lemmaFormAttestation": "Felis","sourcePage": "74v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Felis is visualised as located in the Middle East because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Felis

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 789,"count": "8497","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

eth bærgh som heter felis

","englishForm": "

Felis

","editionPage": "48","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Felis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Felis","sourcePage": "168","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Felis is visualised as located in the Middle East because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Felis

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 787,"count": "8499","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eth bergh som hether felis

","englishForm": "

Felis

","editionPage": "48","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Felis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Felis","sourcePage": "366","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Felis is visualised as located in the Middle East because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Felis

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 785,"count": "8501","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

eet bergh heet fælis

","englishForm": "

Felis

","editionPage": "48","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Fælis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Felis","sourcePage": "96r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Felis is visualised as located in the Middle East because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Felis

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 783,"count": "8503","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

eth sundh thet heter fæær

","englishForm": "

Fær

","editionPage": "48","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Fæær","lemmaFormAttestation": "Fær","sourcePage": "74v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "strait","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Fær is visualised as located in the Middle East because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fær

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 781,"count": "8505","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

eth sundh thet heter fæær

","englishForm": "

Fær

","editionPage": "48","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Fæær","lemmaFormAttestation": "Fær","sourcePage": "168","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "strait","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Fær is visualised as located in the Middle East because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fær

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 779,"count": "8507","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en sundh thet hether fær

","englishForm": "

Fær

","editionPage": "48","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Fær","lemmaFormAttestation": "Fær","sourcePage": "366","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "strait","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Fær is visualised as located in the Middle East because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fær

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 777,"count": "8509","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

eet sund ther heter fær

","englishForm": "

Fær

","editionPage": "48","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Fær","lemmaFormAttestation": "Fær","sourcePage": "96r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "strait","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Fær is visualised as located in the Middle East because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fær

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 775,"count": "8511","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

til babilonia war hon førdh

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "47","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "74r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

The reading ”babiloma” is also possible.

"}, {"id": 773,"count": "8513","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til babilonia war hon førdh

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "47","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "168","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 771,"count": "8515","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tiil babilonia war hon førdh

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "47","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "366","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

The reading ”babiloma” is also possible.

"}, {"id": 769,"count": "8517","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Til babilon tha vardh hon førdh

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "47","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilon","sourcePage": "96r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 767,"count": "8519","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

fyra daga til babilonia fara

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "45","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "74r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

The reading ”babiloma” is also possible.

"}, {"id": 765,"count": "8521","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j fyræ dagha til babilonia faræ

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "45","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "167","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 763,"count": "8523","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

 […] daghe ma han thædhan til babilonia fare

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "45","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "364","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

The word fare is written above the line. The reading ”babiloma” is also possible.

"}, {"id": 761,"count": "8525","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ij fyra dagha til babilon fara

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "45","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilon","sourcePage": "95v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 759,"count": "8527","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

for en stad ther hedh bandagha

","englishForm": "

Bandagha

","editionPage": "44","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bandagha","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bandagha","sourcePage": "73v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Has been identified as Baudas, the French form for Bagdad (Noreen 1923:29).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Bandagha

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 757,"count": "8529","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

for en stadh som het bandaga

","englishForm": "

Bandagha

","editionPage": "44","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bandaga","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bandagha","sourcePage": "167","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Has been identified as Baudas, the French form for Bagdad (Noreen 1923:29).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Bandagha

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 755,"count": "8531","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[...] en stadh som heth bardagha

","englishForm": "

Bandagha

","editionPage": "44","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bardagha","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bandagha","sourcePage": "364","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Has been identified as Baudas, the French form for Bagdad (Noreen 1923:29).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Bandagha

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Damage to the manuscript page makes the first part of the line illegible. The r in bardagha is an r rotunda and can not be read as n.

"}, {"id": 753,"count": "8533","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

fore een stadh ther heet bondagh

","englishForm": "

Bandagha

","editionPage": "44","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bondagh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bandagha","sourcePage": "95v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Has been identified as Baudas, the French form for Bagdad (Noreen 1923:29).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Bandagha

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 751,"count": "8535","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konunga aff babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "43","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "73v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. The reading ”babiloma” is also possible.

"}, {"id": 749,"count": "8537","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

konungen aff babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "43","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "166","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor.

"}, {"id": 747,"count": "8539","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

konungen aff babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "43","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "364","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. The reading ”babiloma” is also possible.

"}, {"id": 745,"count": "8541","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konungin ij babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "43","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "95v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 743,"count": "8543","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hwa til babilonia wil fara

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "42","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "73v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

The reading ”babiloma” is also possible.

"}, {"id": 741,"count": "8545","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

hwo til babilonia wil fara

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "42","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "166","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 739,"count": "8547","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

hwo tiil babilonia wil fara

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "42","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "363","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. The reading ”babiloma” is also possible.

"}, {"id": 737,"count": "8549","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

hwa til babilonem vil fara

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "42","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilon","sourcePage": "95r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

The name is written in the Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 735,"count": "8551","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Rikom konungh aff babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "40","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "73r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. The reading ”babiloma” is also possible.

"}, {"id": 733,"count": "8553","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

rikæn konung aff babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "40","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "165","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor.

"}, {"id": 731,"count": "8555","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Rikare kongh aff babilona

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "40","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilona","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "363","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 729,"count": "8557","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

then rika køpman aff babilønæ

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "40","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babiløn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilon","sourcePage": "95r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

The place name is written in the Latin ablative.

"}, {"id": 727,"count": "8559","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

thre ladhnæ medh florenæ

","englishForm": "

Florin

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "florenæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "florena","sourcePage": "359","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "coin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "43.77925","longitude": "11.24626","showAsLocatedIn": "887","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Florin_(Italian_coin)","location": "

Florin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 725,"count": "8561","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oppa mærith

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærith","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "21","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 723,"count": "8563","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Thre landha medh florina

","englishForm": "

Florin

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "florina","lemmaFormAttestation": "florena","sourcePage": "72r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "coin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "43.77925","longitude": "11.24626","showAsLocatedIn": "887","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Florin_(Italian_coin)","location": "

Florin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 721,"count": "8565","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

thre ladhnæ medh florene

","englishForm": "

Florin

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "florene","lemmaFormAttestation": "florena","sourcePage": "163","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "coin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "43.77925","longitude": "11.24626","showAsLocatedIn": "887","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Florin_(Italian_coin)","location": "

Florin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 719,"count": "8567","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

thre ladhna medh florena

","englishForm": "

Florin

","editionPage": "33","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "florena","lemmaFormAttestation": "florena","sourcePage": "94r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "coin designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "43.77925","longitude": "11.24626","showAsLocatedIn": "887","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Florin_(Italian_coin)","location": "

Florin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 717,"count": "8569","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "71r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 715,"count": "8571","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "161","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 713,"count": "8573","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

i paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "357","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 711,"count": "8575","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ij paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "93v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 709,"count": "8577","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

til paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "71r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 707,"count": "8579","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "160","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 705,"count": "8581","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

i paradis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "356","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 703,"count": "8583","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "93r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 701,"count": "8585","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[...] abilonia en konungh riik

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Abilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "354","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. The reading ”abiloma” is also possible.

Damage to the manuscript page makes the beginning of the line illegible.

"}, {"id": 699,"count": "8587","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Aff babilonia then konungh rik

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "70r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. The reading ”babiloma” is also possible.

"}, {"id": 697,"count": "8589","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

Aff babilonia en konungh riik

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "158","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 695,"count": "8591","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff babilonia køpman rik

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "21","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "92v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 
 

"}, {"id": 693,"count": "8593","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

lagmannen j lombardi

","englishForm": "

Lombardy

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Lombardi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lombardi","sourcePage": "70r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3174618/lombardia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombardy","location": "

Lombardy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 691,"count": "8595","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

lagmannen aff lumbardi

","englishForm": "

Lombardy

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Lumbardi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lombardi","sourcePage": "158","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3174618/lombardia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombardy","location": "

Lombardy

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 689,"count": "8597","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

lagmannen aff lumbardi

","englishForm": "

Lombardy

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Lumbardi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lombardi","sourcePage": "354","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3174618/lombardia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombardy","location": "

Lombardy

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 687,"count": "8599","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

lanom ij lumbardi

","englishForm": "

Lombardy

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Lumbardi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lombardi","sourcePage": "92v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3174618/lombardia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombardy","location": "

Lombardy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The other witnesses have laghman 'man of law' whereas D 4:s variant is best interpreted as a personal name, Lanon. 

"}, {"id": 685,"count": "8601","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j throia

","englishForm": "

Troy

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Throia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Troia","sourcePage": "70r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "39.95732","longitude": "26.23909","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298885/troy.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troy","location": "

Troy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 683,"count": "8603","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j trøya

","englishForm": "

Troy

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Trøya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Troia","sourcePage": "158","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "39.95732","longitude": "26.23909","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298885/troy.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troy","location": "

Troy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 681,"count": "8605","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

i troya

","englishForm": "

Troy

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Troya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Troia","sourcePage": "354","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "39.95732","longitude": "26.23909","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298885/troy.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troy","location": "

Troy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 679,"count": "8607","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ij troia

","englishForm": "

Troy

","editionPage": "20","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Troia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Troia","sourcePage": "92v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "39.95732","longitude": "26.23909","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298885/troy.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troy","location": "

Troy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 677,"count": "8609","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

j throia

","englishForm": "

Troy

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Throia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Troia","sourcePage": "69v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "39.95732","longitude": "26.23909","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298885/troy.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troy","location": "

Troy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 675,"count": "8611","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

j trøya

","englishForm": "

Troy

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Trøya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Troia","sourcePage": "158","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "39.95732","longitude": "26.23909","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298885/troy.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troy","location": "

Troy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 673,"count": "8613","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

i trøya

","englishForm": "

Troy

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Trøya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Troia","sourcePage": "354","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "39.95732","longitude": "26.23909","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298885/troy.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troy","location": "

Troy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 671,"count": "8615","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ij troia

","englishForm": "

Troy

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Troia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Troia","sourcePage": "92v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "39.95732","longitude": "26.23909","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/298885/troy.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troy","location": "

Troy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 669,"count": "8617","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Aff babilonia the kompne ær

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "69v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. The reading ”babiloma” is also possible.

"}, {"id": 667,"count": "8619","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

aff babilonia en køpman rik

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "157","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 665,"count": "8621","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

aff babilonia æn køpman riik

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "353","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. The reading babiloma is also possible. 

"}, {"id": 663,"count": "8623","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff babilonia en køpman riik

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "92r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 661,"count": "8625","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

twa skiøna kiørkor. the ena pa konungins væyna oc vighdhis af sancto albino. oc sancto evsebio til hedhir. the andra bygdis pa drøtningena væyna oc vighdhis, sancto petro til hedhir

","englishForm": "

Abbey of Sant'Albino

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Albini ok Sancti Evsebii","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sancti Albini ok Sancti Eusebii","sourcePage": "112","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "

The burial place of Amicus and Amelius.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "45.246","longitude": "8.7532","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Abbey_of_Sant%27Albino,_Mortara¶ms=45.2460_N_8.7532_E_type:landmark_region:IT","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abbey_of_Sant%27Albino,_Mortara","location": "

Abbey of Sant'Albino

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The burial place of Amicus and Amelius seems to be the church of Sant'Eusebio founded by Charlemagne in 773. The church later changed its name to Sant'Albino.

"}, {"id": 659,"count": "8627","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

Aff babilonia en køpman rik

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "19","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "69v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. The reading ”babiloma” is also possible.

"}, {"id": 657,"count": "8629","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

medh reenske windh

","englishForm": "

Rhenish

","editionPage": "175","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "reenske","lemmaFormAttestation": "rinsk","sourcePage": "8r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægeråd","workNotes": "

Year of composition Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text consists of different medical advice.

","latitude": "51.97198","longitude": "5.9154","showAsLocatedIn": "229","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhine","location": "

Rhenish

","preposition": "

mæth

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 655,"count": "8631","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

aff babilonia the kompne æræ

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "157","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 653,"count": "8633","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

aff babilonia the kompne æræ

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "353","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 651,"count": "8635","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff babilonia the kompne æra

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "92r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

In the French chanson de geste tradition Babylon is identified as a place that is now part of Old Cairo instead of Babylon in Mesopotamia, though there is no sign this knowledge has been transferred to the Swedish Flores och Blanzeflor. 

"}, {"id": 649,"count": "8637","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

paa latin

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "175","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "8r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægeråd","workNotes": "

Year of composition Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text consists of different medical advice.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 647,"count": "8639","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1500","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "i","originalForm": "

paa latine

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "174","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "7r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 819 4to","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Lægeråd","workNotes": "

Year of composition Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Encyclopaedic and didactic works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The text consists of different medical advice.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 645,"count": "8641","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff tysk

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/17","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tysk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "153r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 643,"count": "8643","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

i tyskæ

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/17","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tyskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "153r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 641,"count": "8645","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff walskæ

","englishForm": "

French language

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/17","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "walskæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "valsk","sourcePage": "153r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "47","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/French_language","location": "

French language

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The context establishes that here valsk means 'French', in other cases it means 'Italian'.

"}, {"id": 639,"count": "8647","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff yspanya

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/16","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Yspanya","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hispania","sourcePage": "152v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 637,"count": "8649","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

i normandy

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/16","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmannia","sourcePage": "152v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 635,"count": "8651","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

ower jrland

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/16","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jrland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Irland","sourcePage": "152v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 633,"count": "8653","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til jrlandh

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/16","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jrlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Irland","sourcePage": "151v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 631,"count": "8655","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff jrlandh

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/15","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jrlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Irland","sourcePage": "150v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 629,"count": "8657","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til normandy

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/13","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmannia","sourcePage": "145v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 627,"count": "8659","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til jrland

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/13","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jrland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Irland","sourcePage": "145r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 625,"count": "8661","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

jnen allæ engeland

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/13","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "145r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

innen

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 623,"count": "8663","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff engeland

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/13","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "145r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 621,"count": "8665","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Æpter nakra dagha fingo the se | the stolta borgh mortarie

","englishForm": "

Montarie

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mortarie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mortarie","sourcePage": "91v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Floris and Blancheflour (the French version) this might be a reference to the city Montoro in Andalusia, Spain (see Grieve 1997:48) but as Spain is in no way referenced in the Swedish and Danish versions this identification has not been used. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Montarie

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Mortarie spelling instead of the Montarie spelling might come from a misreading of n for r.

The place name could have been reinterpreted to mean mortare 'mortar'.

"}, {"id": 619,"count": "8667","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

effter nokro dagha fingo the see | the stolta borgh montarie

","englishForm": "

Montarie

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Montarie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Montarie","sourcePage": "156","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Floris and Blancheflour (the French version) this might be a reference to the city Montoro in Andalusia, Spain (see Grieve 1997:48) but as Spain is in no way referenced in the Swedish and Danish versions this identification has not been used. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Montarie

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 617,"count": "8669","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

effther nokra daghæ fingho the […] | the stolthe borgh montharie

","englishForm": "

Montarie

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Montharie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Montarie","sourcePage": "351","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Floris and Blancheflour (the French version) this might be a reference to the city Montoro in Andalusia, Spain (see Grieve 1997:48) but as Spain is in no way referenced in the Swedish and Danish versions this identification has not been used. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Montarie

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Damage to the manuscript page makes the end of the first line illegible.

"}, {"id": 615,"count": "8671","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

epther noghra dagha fingo the see | the stolta meictoire

","englishForm": "

Montarie

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Meictoire","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mactoire","sourcePage": "69r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Floris and Blancheflour (the French version) this might be a reference to the city Montoro in Andalusia, Spain (see Grieve 1997:48) but as Spain is in no way referenced in the Swedish and Danish versions this identification has not been used. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Montarie

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Olson's edition has the variant form mentoire, wheras this reading is based on a reevaluation of the paleography. The form meictoire can be explained paleographically as a misreading of a as ei, which is plausible in this context since the first mention of the place name in the manuscript has the form mactore. 

"}, {"id": 613,"count": "8673","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

[konningen aff s]kottelandh

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/13","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skottelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "145r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The text in brackets is supplemented by the editor. The Manuscript has "kottelandh".

"}, {"id": 611,"count": "8675","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff frankerigy

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/13","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankerigy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "145r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 609,"count": "8677","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

i normandy

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/12","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmannia","sourcePage": "144v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 607,"count": "8679","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff skotteland

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/12","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotteland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "144v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 605,"count": "8681","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

j skotteland

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/12","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skottelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "143r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 603,"count": "8683","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til skottelandh

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/12","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skottelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "143r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 601,"count": "8685","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til skotteland

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/11","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotteland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "143r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 599,"count": "8687","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til skottelandz grwnde

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/10","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotteland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "139r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 597,"count": "8689","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

tha kam i fuld stackedæ stwnde |
skibedh pa irlandsz grwndhæ

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/10","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Irland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Irland","sourcePage": "138v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 595,"count": "8691","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til irlandh

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/10","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Irlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Irland","sourcePage": "138v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 593,"count": "8693","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff engelandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/10","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "138v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 591,"count": "8695","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til jrland

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/10","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jrland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Irland","sourcePage": "138r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 589,"count": "8697","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff franckerigi

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckerigi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "138r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 587,"count": "8699","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff franckærigi

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckærigi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "137v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 585,"count": "8701","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

ther kommer try c portegalæ

","englishForm": "

Portuguese

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "portegalæ","lemmaFormAttestation": "portugale","sourcePage": "137v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "39.6945","longitude": "-8.13057","showAsLocatedIn": "827","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portuguese_people","location": "

Portuguese

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 583,"count": "8703","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff engelandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "137v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 581,"count": "8705","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff bemen

","englishForm": "

Bohemia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bemen","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bemen","sourcePage": "137v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In the Old Danish texts Bohemia is refered to as a kingdom, it is therefore here treated as a country.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "50","longitude": "14.5","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3078198/cechy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bohemia","location": "

Bohemia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 579,"count": "8707","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff normandi

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmannia","sourcePage": "137r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 577,"count": "8709","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff skottelandh

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/9","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skottelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "136v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 575,"count": "8711","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

i irlandh

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Irlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Irland","sourcePage": "135r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 573,"count": "8713","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

til irland

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Irland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Irland","sourcePage": "135r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 571,"count": "8715","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

ower allæ irlandh

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Irlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Irland","sourcePage": "134v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 569,"count": "8717","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff irlandh

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Irlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Irland","sourcePage": "134v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 567,"count": "8719","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

j mellom skotten och engelandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "134r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

imællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 565,"count": "8721","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

j mellom skotten och engelandh

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/8","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skotten","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "134r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

imællem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 563,"count": "8723","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

skotter

","englishForm": "

Scot

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "skotte","lemmaFormAttestation": "skotte","sourcePage": "131r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","showAsLocatedIn": "175","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scottish_people","location": "

Scot

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 561,"count": "8725","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff irlandh

","englishForm": "

Ireland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Irlandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Irland","sourcePage": "131r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "53","longitude": "-8","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2963597/ireland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ireland","location": "

Ireland

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 559,"count": "8727","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

sibilla aff mactore

","englishForm": "

Montarie

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mactore","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mactoire","sourcePage": "68v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Floris and Blancheflour (the French version) this might be a reference to the city Montoro in Andalusia, Spain (see Grieve 1997:48) but as Spain is in no way referenced in the Swedish and Danish versions this identification has not been used. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Montarie

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The ending, -toire instead of -tore, has been chosen in line with the French/English versions of the tale. 

"}, {"id": 557,"count": "8729","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

[...] aff mintharie

","englishForm": "

Montarie

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mintharie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mintarie","sourcePage": "350","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Floris and Blancheflour (the French version) this might be a reference to the city Montoro in Andalusia, Spain (see Grieve 1997:48) but as Spain is in no way referenced in the Swedish and Danish versions this identification has not been used. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Montarie

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Damage to the manuscript page makes the beginning of the line illegible.

The form could be a reinterpretation of the placename to mean myntare 'minter'.

"}, {"id": 555,"count": "8731","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

sibilia aff minctarie

","englishForm": "

Montarie

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Minctarie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mintarie","sourcePage": "155","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Floris and Blancheflour (the French version) this might be a reference to the city Montoro in Andalusia, Spain (see Grieve 1997:48) but as Spain is in no way referenced in the Swedish and Danish versions this identification has not been used. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Montarie

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This seems to be an scribal error for the form Mintarie, which could be a reinterpretation of the place name to mean myntare 'minter'.

"}, {"id": 553,"count": "8733","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

sibilia aff mortarie

","englishForm": "

Montarie

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mortarie","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mortarie","sourcePage": "91v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Floris and Blancheflour (the French version) this might be a reference to the city Montoro in Andalusia, Spain (see Grieve 1997:48) but as Spain is in no way referenced in the Swedish and Danish versions this identification has not been used. 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Montarie

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Mortarie spelling instead of the Montarie spelling might come from a misreading of n for r.

The place name could have been reinterpreted to mean mortare 'mortar'. 

"}, {"id": 551,"count": "8735","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

at the for klærka ok leekmæn badhe | kunno mæstirlika bookmaal radhe

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "bookmaal","lemmaFormAttestation": "bokmal","sourcePage": "91r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This variant is only found in D 4 of the extant manuscripts. 

"}, {"id": 549,"count": "8737","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

the hafdho bookmaal numith swa

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "bookmaal","lemmaFormAttestation": "bokmal","sourcePage": "91r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This variant is only found in D 4. 

"}, {"id": 547,"count": "8739","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff engelandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "131r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 545,"count": "8741","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff frankerigi

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankerigi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "131r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 543,"count": "8743","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff bretania

","englishForm": "

Bretagne

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bretania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Britannia","sourcePage": "131r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Brittany

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "48.16667","longitude": "-2.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3030293/bretagne.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brittany","location": "

Bretagne

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 541,"count": "8745","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

i britan

","englishForm": "

Bretagne

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Britan","lemmaFormAttestation": "Britannia","sourcePage": "131r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Brittany

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "48.16667","longitude": "-2.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3030293/bretagne.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brittany","location": "

Bretagne

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 539,"count": "8747","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

j engeland

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engeland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "131r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 537,"count": "8749","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

j ængelandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ængelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "131r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 535,"count": "8751","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff engelandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "130v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 533,"count": "8753","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff normandy

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmannia","sourcePage": "130v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 531,"count": "8755","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

ower skotte landh

","englishForm": "

Scotland

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/6","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Skottelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Skotland","sourcePage": "128v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "56","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2638360/scotland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scotland","location": "

Scotland

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

"skotte" might be the inhabitant designation 'Scots' in plural genitive, since in the following verse the text refers to Scots with the pronoun "the" 'they' that in the context can only point at "skotte". However, this could be taken from the Old Swedish source that at this place unmistakenly has the inhabitant designation.

"}, {"id": 529,"count": "8757","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff normandi

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/5","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmannia","sourcePage": "127v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 527,"count": "8759","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff jndia landh

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/4","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jndialandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "126r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 525,"count": "8761","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

i normandi

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandi","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmannia","sourcePage": "118v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 523,"count": "8763","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

ower jndia landh

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/2","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jndialandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "117v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 521,"count": "8765","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff normandy

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmannia","sourcePage": "114r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 519,"count": "8767","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff normandhy

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Normandhy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmannia","sourcePage": "112v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 517,"count": "8769","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

i nomandy

","englishForm": "

Normandy

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Nomandy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Northmannia","sourcePage": "112r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "49.19906","longitude": "0.49988","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/11071621/normandy.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normandy","location": "

Normandy

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 515,"count": "8771","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

i jspania

","englishForm": "

Spain

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jspania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Hispania","sourcePage": "112r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "40","longitude": "-4","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2510769/kingdom-of-spain.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spain","location": "

Spain

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 513,"count": "8773","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

j franckerighy

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Franckerighy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "112r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 511,"count": "8775","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

i bretania

","englishForm": "

Bretagne

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bretania","lemmaFormAttestation": "Britannia","sourcePage": "112r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Brittany

","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "48.16667","longitude": "-2.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3030293/bretagne.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brittany","location": "

Bretagne

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 509,"count": "8777","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

j engelandh

","englishForm": "

England

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/1","externalLinkBio": "http://middelaldertekster.dk/hertug-frederik-af-normandi/about","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Engelandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ængeland","sourcePage": "112r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "K 47","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","work": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The verse romance follows Duke Frederick, a knight at the court of King Arthur, on adventures in a land of dwarfs, where he is given a magic ring that makes the wearer invisible. Using the ring, he wins the heart of Floria, the imprisoned daughter of the king of Ireland. He returns to Normandy to marry Floria and the two reign together as model rulers. The Danish version is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "52.16045","longitude": "-0.70312","warning": "OK","edition": "Hertug Frederik af Normandi (Sth. K 47) på middelaldertekster.dk","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269131/england.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/England","location": "

England

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 507,"count": "8779","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

til gwisdon then ædhla stadh

","englishForm": "

Gisdon

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gwisdon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gisdon","sourcePage": "68r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

No coordinates are given for this fictional location, because the identification of the place is unknown.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Gisdon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 505,"count": "8781","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til gisdon then ædlæ stadh

","englishForm": "

Gisdon

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gisdon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gisdon","sourcePage": "154","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

No coordinates are given for this fictional location, because the identification of the place is unknown.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Gisdon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 503,"count": "8783","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

til gisdon then ædlæ stadh

","englishForm": "

Gisdon

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Gisdon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gisdon","sourcePage": "349","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

No coordinates are given for this fictional location, because the identification of the place is unknown.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Gisdon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 501,"count": "8785","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til geenstaan thæn ædhla stadh

","englishForm": "

Gisdon

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Geenstaan","lemmaFormAttestation": "Genstan","sourcePage": "91r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

No coordinates are given for this fictional location, because the identification of the place is unknown.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Gisdon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The other attestations of this place name are Gisdon (or a variant thereof). In this instance there might have been a reinterpretation of the place name to a form similar to the word genstan 'at once, soon'.

"}, {"id": 499,"count": "8787","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

vnder ena øø ther kallas rodum

","englishForm": "

Rhodes

","editionPage": "27","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rodum","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rodos","sourcePage": "20","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "island","localityTypeOfName": "name of another natural feature","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "36.44288","longitude": "28.22654","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/400665/rhodes.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhodes","location": "

Rhodes

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative although the vernacular context requires nominative.

"}, {"id": 497,"count": "8789","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til een stadh j grecia som kallas athenis

","englishForm": "

Athens

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Athenis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Athen","sourcePage": "20","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "37.97945","longitude": "23.71622","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/264371/athens.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Athens","location": "

Athens

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin dative/ablative plural.

"}, {"id": 495,"count": "8791","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til een stadh j grecia som kallas athenis

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Grecia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grecia","sourcePage": "20","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 493,"count": "8793","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

bort aff rom in til greciam

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Grecia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grecia","sourcePage": "20","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

in til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 491,"count": "8795","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

bort aff rom in til greciam

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "20","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 489,"count": "8797","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff besta romara slækt

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "romara slækt","lemmaFormAttestation": "romara slækt","sourcePage": "19","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 487,"count": "8799","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

I rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "26","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "19","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 485,"count": "8801","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

kasta hona vth j mærith

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "18","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærith","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 483,"count": "8803","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 481,"count": "8805","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 479,"count": "8807","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

babiloniam sagh iak alregh

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 477,"count": "8809","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

in til babiloniam

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

in til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 475,"count": "8811","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j iwdha lande lank fran babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 473,"count": "8813","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j iwdha lande lank fran babilonia

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iwdhaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iudhaland","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 471,"count": "8815","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "10","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 469,"count": "8817","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "129","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "170","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 467,"count": "8819","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j babilonia

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 465,"count": "8821","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "129","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "170","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 463,"count": "8823","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til babiloniam

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 461,"count": "8825","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

wan babiloniam

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "8","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}, {"id": 459,"count": "8827","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "129","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "170","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 457,"count": "8829","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

nogre hærra af macedonia

","englishForm": "

Macedonia

","editionPage": "129","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Macedonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Macedonia","sourcePage": "169","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "40.91351","longitude": "22.84058","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6697801/central-macedonia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macedonia_(ancient_kingdom)","location": "

Macedonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 455,"count": "8831","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff iherusalem til babiloniam

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 453,"count": "8833","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

in til indie land

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "123","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indieland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "161","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 451,"count": "8835","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konung porus af india

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "123","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "161","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 449,"count": "8837","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

vatn som fløt vt af mærit

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "121","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "157","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

utaf

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 447,"count": "8839","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff iherusalem til babiloniam

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 445,"count": "8841","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

israels gudh

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "119","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "154","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The manuscript has "iraels", corrected by the editor.

"}, {"id": 443,"count": "8843","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 441,"count": "8845","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "154","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 439,"count": "8847","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Romara

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "153","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 437,"count": "8849","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

vt af macedonia

","englishForm": "

Macedonia

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Macedonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Macedonia","sourcePage": "153","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "40.91351","longitude": "22.84058","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6697801/central-macedonia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macedonia_(ancient_kingdom)","location": "

Macedonia

","preposition": "

utaf

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 435,"count": "8851","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

nær ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "153","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

nær

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 433,"count": "8853","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

stath som het, corintus

","englishForm": "

Ancient Corinth

","editionPage": "118","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Corintus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Korinth","sourcePage": "153","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Corinth

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "37.90576","longitude": "22.87995","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354442/ancient-corinth.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Corinth","location": "

Ancient Corinth

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 431,"count": "8855","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

conung philippi son af macedonia

","englishForm": "

Macedonia

","editionPage": "113","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Macedonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Macedonia","sourcePage": "146","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "40.91351","longitude": "22.84058","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6697801/central-macedonia.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macedonia_(ancient_kingdom)","location": "

Macedonia

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 429,"count": "8857","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "113","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "146","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 427,"count": "8859","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i iudhaland

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "111","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iudhaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jutheland","sourcePage": "144","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 425,"count": "8861","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

en stath het rabach

","englishForm": "

Amman

","editionPage": "107","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rabach","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rabat","sourcePage": "138","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Rabbah

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.95522","longitude": "35.94503","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/250441/amman.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amman","location": "

Amman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Old Swedish Consolation of the Soul rely on a Middle Low German version, that reads Rabat (Schmitt 1959: 254). The Old Swedish form rabach is considered a simple misreading by the editor (Henning 1954: 434). The Old Danish text is translated from Old Swedish. Therefore the lemmaforms OSw. Rabat and ODa. Rabat are used here.

"}, {"id": 423,"count": "8863","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i friisland

","englishForm": "

Friesland

","editionPage": "103","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Friisland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frisland","sourcePage": "133","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Frisia

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "53.16667","longitude": "5.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2755812/provincie-friesland.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frisia","location": "

Friesland

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 421,"count": "8865","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til sin stath compostella

","englishForm": "

Santiago de Compostela

","editionPage": "94","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Compostella","lemmaFormAttestation": "Compostella","sourcePage": "122","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "42.88052","longitude": "-8.54569","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3109642/santiago-de-compostela.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Santiago_de_Compostela","location": "

Santiago de Compostela

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 419,"count": "8867","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "93","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "121","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 417,"count": "8869","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i india land

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indialand","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "119","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 415,"count": "8871","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "119","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 413,"count": "8873","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af egypto

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "92","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egiptus","sourcePage": "119","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin dative/ablative.

"}, {"id": 411,"count": "8875","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i [ind]ia land

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "91","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Indialand","lemmaFormAttestation": "Indialand","sourcePage": "117","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The text in brackets is supplemented by the editor.

"}, {"id": 409,"count": "8877","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i india

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "91","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "117","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 407,"count": "8879","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

[i in]dia

","englishForm": "

India

","editionPage": "91","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "India","lemmaFormAttestation": "India","sourcePage": "117","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "22","longitude": "79","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/1269750/republic-of-india.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India","location": "

India

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The text in brackets is supplemented by the editor.

"}, {"id": 405,"count": "8881","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i egyptoland

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "91","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "117","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 403,"count": "8883","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "91","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "117","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 401,"count": "8885","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til egyptum

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "91","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egiptus","sourcePage": "117","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 399,"count": "8887","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til melan

","englishForm": "

Milan

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Melan","lemmaFormAttestation": "Melan","sourcePage": "113","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "45.46427","longitude": "9.18951","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3173435/milan.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Milan","location": "

Milan

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 397,"count": "8889","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

in i ytalia

","englishForm": "

Italy

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ytalia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Italia","sourcePage": "112","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "42.83333","longitude": "12.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3175395/repubblica-italiana.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italy","location": "

Italy

","preposition": "

ini

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 395,"count": "8891","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Nabogodonosor babilonie konunger

","englishForm": "

Babylon

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babilonia","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "32.54083","longitude": "44.42417","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/98228/babylon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babylon","location": "

Babylon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin genitive.

"}, {"id": 393,"count": "8893","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

romara kiørkio

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "112","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 391,"count": "8895","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

omot longobardorum konung

","englishForm": "

Lombard

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "longobard","lemmaFormAttestation": "longbarth","sourcePage": "112","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Longobard

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "9.5","showAsLocatedIn": "203","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lombards","location": "

Lombard

","preposition": "

amot

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 389,"count": "8897","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til frankarige

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "112","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 387,"count": "8899","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konung karl magnus af frankarige

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "112","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 385,"count": "8901","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Amicus (..) belaghdhe bericanos swa længe at the gafvo sek vndir hans hand

","englishForm": "

Bericanus

","editionPage": "87","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Berican","lemmaFormAttestation": "berikan","sourcePage": "111","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

Inhabitant of Berry.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "60","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Bericanus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 383,"count": "8903","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "84","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "108","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 381,"count": "8905","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konungins dottir af frankarige

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "83","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "105","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 379,"count": "8907","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "105","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 377,"count": "8909","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i bericano

","englishForm": "

Berry

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bericano","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berikano","sourcePage": "105","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3033230/berry.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berry,_France","location": "

Berry

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 375,"count": "8911","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "104","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 373,"count": "8913","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "104","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 371,"count": "8915","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "82","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "104","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 369,"count": "8917","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til sancte pædhars kiørkio

","englishForm": "

Saint Peter's Basilica

","editionPage": "81","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Pædhars Kiørkio","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Peters Kirkje","sourcePage": "103","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.90221","longitude": "12.45305","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6269268/san-pietro-del-vaticano.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/St._Peter%27s_Basilica","location": "

Saint Peter's Basilica

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 367,"count": "8919","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "81","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "103","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 365,"count": "8921","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i bericano

","englishForm": "

Berry

","editionPage": "81","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bericano","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berikano","sourcePage": "103","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3033230/berry.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berry,_France","location": "

Berry

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 363,"count": "8923","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til konung karl i frankarige

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "78","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "98","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 361,"count": "8925","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

vith secanan flodh

","englishForm": "

Seine

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Secananflodh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Secananfloth","sourcePage": "97","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "river","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "49.44469","longitude": "0.38177","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2975252/seine.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Seine","location": "

Seine

","preposition": "

vither

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 359,"count": "8927","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til pariis

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "97","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 357,"count": "8929","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til pariis

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "97","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 355,"count": "8931","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af pariis

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "97","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 353,"count": "8933","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

tha amelius saa bericanos coma

","englishForm": "

Bericanus

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Berican","lemmaFormAttestation": "berikan","sourcePage": "97","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

Inhabitant of Berry.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","showAsLocatedIn": "60","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Bericanus

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Most probably the inhabitant designation here is used as a synonyme for Amicus.

"}, {"id": 351,"count": "8935","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

amicus af bericano

","englishForm": "

Berry

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bericano","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berikano","sourcePage": "97","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3033230/berry.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berry,_France","location": "

Berry

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 349,"count": "8937","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

amicus af becario

","englishForm": "

Berry

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Becario","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berikano","sourcePage": "97","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3033230/berry.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berry,_France","location": "

Berry

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 347,"count": "8939","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aluernensis grefva son

","englishForm": "

Auvergnat

","editionPage": "77","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "aluernensi","lemmaFormAttestation": "alvernensis","sourcePage": "96","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

According to André Moisan – Répertoire des noms propres.... (1986) Tome II, vol. 4, p. 84 – the form alverni(enses) found in The Consolation of the Soul, equals the inhabitant designation 'auvergnats'.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "3.16667","showAsLocatedIn": "157","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Auvergne","location": "

Auvergnat

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

cf. Moisan 1986: 84.

"}, {"id": 345,"count": "8941","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

nær pariis

","englishForm": "

Paris

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pariis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paris","sourcePage": "96","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "48.85341","longitude": "2.3488","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/2988507/paris.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paris","location": "

Paris

","preposition": "

nær

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 343,"count": "8943","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

riddara af bericano

","englishForm": "

Berry

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bericano","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berikano","sourcePage": "96","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3033230/berry.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berry,_France","location": "

Berry

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 341,"count": "8945","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aluernensis grefva son

","englishForm": "

Auvergnat

","editionPage": "76","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "aluernensi","lemmaFormAttestation": "alvernensis","sourcePage": "95","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

According to André Moisan – Répertoire des noms propres.... (1986) Tome II, vol. 4, p. 84 – the form alverni(enses) found in The Consolation of the Soul, equals the inhabitant designation 'auvergnats'.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "3.16667","showAsLocatedIn": "157","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Auvergne","location": "

Auvergnat

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

cf. Moisan 1986: 84.

"}, {"id": 339,"count": "8947","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

alvernensi greva son

","englishForm": "

Auvergnat

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "alvernensi","lemmaFormAttestation": "alvernensis","sourcePage": "94","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

According to André Moisan – Répertoire des noms propres.... (1986) Tome II, vol. 4, p. 84 – the form alverni(enses) found in The Consolation of the Soul, equals the inhabitant designation 'auvergnats'.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "3.16667","showAsLocatedIn": "157","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Auvergne","location": "

Auvergnat

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

cf. Moisan 1986: 84.

"}, {"id": 337,"count": "8949","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i sancti saluatoris kiørkio vith latran

","englishForm": "

Basilica of Saint John Lateran

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Saluatoris Kiørkio","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Salvatoris Kirkje","sourcePage": "93","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Archbasilica of Saint John Lateran

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.8858","longitude": "12.5058","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/7602857/basilica-of-st-john-lateran.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Archbasilica_of_St._John_Lateran","location": "

Basilica of Saint John Lateran

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 335,"count": "8951","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

vith latran

","englishForm": "

Lateran

","editionPage": "75","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Latran","lemmaFormAttestation": "Lateran","sourcePage": "93","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "urban area","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.88688","longitude": "12.5057","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8378878/palazzo-del-laterano.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lateran","location": "

Lateran

","preposition": "

vither

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 333,"count": "8953","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

til apolsborgh

","englishForm": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apolsborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apolsborgh","sourcePage": "67v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "

Apolis Castle

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 331,"count": "8955","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aluernensis grefve

","englishForm": "

Auvergnat

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "aluernensi","lemmaFormAttestation": "alvernensis","sourcePage": "93","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

According to André Moisan – Répertoire des noms propres.... (1986) Tome II, vol. 4, p. 84 – the form alverni(enses) found in The Consolation of the Soul, equals the inhabitant designation 'auvergnats'.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "3.16667","showAsLocatedIn": "157","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Auvergne","location": "

Auvergnat

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

cf. Moisan 1986: 84.

"}, {"id": 329,"count": "8957","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "93","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 327,"count": "8959","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

riddare af bericano

","englishForm": "

Berry

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bericano","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berikano","sourcePage": "93","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3033230/berry.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berry,_France","location": "

Berry

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 325,"count": "8961","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aluernensi grefva

","englishForm": "

Auvergnat

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "aluernensi","lemmaFormAttestation": "alvernensis","sourcePage": "92","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

According to André Moisan – Répertoire des noms propres.... (1986) Tome II, vol. 4, p. 84 – the form alverni(enses) found in The Consolation of the Soul, equals the inhabitant designation 'auvergnats'.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "45.66667","longitude": "3.16667","showAsLocatedIn": "157","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Auvergne","location": "

Auvergnat

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

cf. Moisan 1986: 84.

"}, {"id": 323,"count": "8963","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

tiil apolis borgh

","englishForm": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apolisborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apolisborgh","sourcePage": "347","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 3","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "

Apolis Castle

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 321,"count": "8965","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til apolis borg

","englishForm": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apolisborg","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apolisborgh","sourcePage": "152","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "

Apolis Castle

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 319,"count": "8967","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til apulias borgh

","englishForm": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apuliasborgh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apuliasborgh","sourcePage": "90v","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "castle","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "

Apolis Castle

","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolisborgh, Aplesburgh

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The attestation inserted above the line, on the line aploris is deleted.

"}, {"id": 317,"count": "8969","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

thysker

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thysker","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "92","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 315,"count": "8971","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "92","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 313,"count": "8973","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "92","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 311,"count": "8975","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "92","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 309,"count": "8977","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "92","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 307,"count": "8979","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "92","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 305,"count": "8981","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

en stath het lucha

","englishForm": "

Lucca

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lucha","lemmaFormAttestation": "Luca","sourcePage": "92","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "43.84369","longitude": "10.50447","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3174530/lucca.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lucca","location": "

Lucca

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 303,"count": "8983","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i frankarige

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "74","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "92","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 301,"count": "8985","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

thysker

","englishForm": "

German

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "thysker","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "92","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Germany","location": "

German

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 299,"count": "8987","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i bericano

","englishForm": "

Berry

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bericano","lemmaFormAttestation": "Berikano","sourcePage": "92","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "47","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3033230/berry.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berry,_France","location": "

Berry

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 297,"count": "8989","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

romara raadh

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "91","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 295,"count": "8991","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ifrankarige

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "73","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Frankarige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "91","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 293,"count": "8993","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

romara raath

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "72","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "90","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 291,"count": "8995","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "72","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "90","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 289,"count": "8997","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

vpa mærit

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "70","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "87","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 287,"count": "8999","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ofvir mærit

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "70","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "87","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 285,"count": "9001","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til the hælghe graff

","englishForm": "

Holy Sepulchre

","editionPage": "68","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "The Hælghe Graff","lemmaFormAttestation": "The Helaghe Grav","sourcePage": "84","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "grave","localityTypeOfName": "urban name","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource this place is visualised as located in the Church of the Holy Sepulchre because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.77847","longitude": "35.22979","showAsLocatedIn": "383","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Church_of_the_Holy_Sepulchre","location": "

Holy Sepulchre

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 283,"count": "9003","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ro[ma]ra rige

","englishForm": "

Roman Empire

","editionPage": "68","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ro[ma]ra rige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Romererike","sourcePage": "84","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.8925","longitude": "12.48499","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8354456/imperium-romanum.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Rome","location": "

Roman Empire

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Lacuna. Emendated by the editor as "ro[ma]ra rige".

"}, {"id": 281,"count": "9005","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

fara ofvir mærit

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "68","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "84","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 279,"count": "9007","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

canans blodh

","englishForm": "

Canaan

","editionPage": "65","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Canan","lemmaFormAttestation": "Chanaan","sourcePage": "79","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "32.452281","longitude": "35.45541","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/app/#!/show/2043516","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canaan","location": "

Canaan

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 277,"count": "9009","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

drotningen af saba

","englishForm": "

Sheba

","editionPage": "59","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Saba","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saba","sourcePage": "71","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "15.37954","longitude": "44.70886","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8504929/sheba.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sheba","location": "

Sheba

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 275,"count": "9011","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "59","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "71","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 273,"count": "9013","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "59","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "71","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 271,"count": "9015","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

et bærgh het lybanus

","englishForm": "

Mount Lebanon

","editionPage": "54","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Lybanus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Libanus","sourcePage": "65","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "34.29899","longitude": "36.10584","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/9062341/mount-lebanon.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_Lebanon","location": "

Mount Lebanon

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 269,"count": "9017","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til gabaon

","englishForm": "

Gibeon

","editionPage": "54","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gabaon","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gabaon","sourcePage": "64","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.85203","longitude": "35.18451","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2338665","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gibeon_(ancient_city)","location": "

Gibeon

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 267,"count": "9019","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

en herra aff frandz

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Frandz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Franz","sourcePage": "67r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 265,"count": "9021","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

en herra aff franz

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Franz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Franz","sourcePage": "151","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 263,"count": "9023","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

een riddare aff franz

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Franz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Franz","sourcePage": "90r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 261,"count": "9025","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

ffennix aff apolis

","englishForm": "

Apolis

","editionPage": "1","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apolis","sourcePage": "67r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolis

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 259,"count": "9027","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

finis aff apolis

","englishForm": "

Apolis

","editionPage": "1","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apolis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apolis","sourcePage": "151","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolis

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 257,"count": "9029","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "54","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "64","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 255,"count": "9031","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "52","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "61","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 253,"count": "9033","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til egyptum

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "52","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egiptus","sourcePage": "61","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 251,"count": "9035","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i egypto

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "52","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egiptus","sourcePage": "61","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin dative/ablative.

"}, {"id": 249,"count": "9037","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "51","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "61","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 247,"count": "9039","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til egyptum

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "51","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egiptus","sourcePage": "61","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 245,"count": "9041","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "51","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "60","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 243,"count": "9043","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

saldin til egypto

","englishForm": "

Egyptian

","editionPage": "51","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "egiptes","sourcePage": "60","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","showAsLocatedIn": "55","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Egyptians","location": "

Egyptian

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

This may be an attestation of the country Egypt, not the inhabitant designation.

"}, {"id": 241,"count": "9045","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "49","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "57","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 239,"count": "9047","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til egyptum

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "49","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egiptus","sourcePage": "57","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 237,"count": "9049","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af chanaan land

","englishForm": "

Canaan

","editionPage": "48","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Chanaanland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Chanaanland","sourcePage": "55","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "32.452281","longitude": "35.45541","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/app/#!/show/2043516","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canaan","location": "

Canaan

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 235,"count": "9051","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "47","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "55","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 233,"count": "9053","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i egypto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "47","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "55","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 231,"count": "9055","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i egipto land

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "47","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "55","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 229,"count": "9057","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "47","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "54","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 227,"count": "9059","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

egypto rige

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "44","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptorige","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipterike","sourcePage": "50","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 225,"count": "9061","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

egypto konung

","englishForm": "

Egyptian

","editionPage": "44","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "egyptokonung","lemmaFormAttestation": "egiptekunung","sourcePage": "50","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","showAsLocatedIn": "55","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Egyptians","location": "

Egyptian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 223,"count": "9063","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til egyptoland

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "42","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egipteland","sourcePage": "47","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 221,"count": "9065","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af ebron

","englishForm": "

Hebron

","editionPage": "41","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ebron","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ebron","sourcePage": "45","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.52935","longitude": "35.0938","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/285066/hebron.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebron","location": "

Hebron

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 219,"count": "9067","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i dotaym

","englishForm": "

Dothan

","editionPage": "41","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Dotaym","lemmaFormAttestation": "Dotaim","sourcePage": "45","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "32.413528","longitude": "35.239861","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "https://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Dothan_(ancient_city)¶ms=32_24_48.70_N_35_14_23.50_E_scale:25000_source:wiki","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dothan_(ancient_city)","location": "

Dothan

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 217,"count": "9069","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

tha bodhe i sodama abrahams brodhir. som het lot

","englishForm": "

Sodom

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sodama","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sodoma","sourcePage": "40","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodom_and_Gomorrah","location": "

Sodom

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 215,"count": "9071","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af svdama oc gumorra

","englishForm": "

Sodom

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Svdama","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sodoma","sourcePage": "40","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodom_and_Gomorrah","location": "

Sodom

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 213,"count": "9073","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Sodoma synd oc gomurra

","englishForm": "

Sodom

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sodoma","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sodoma","sourcePage": "40","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodom_and_Gomorrah","location": "

Sodom

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 211,"count": "9075","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

sodama

","englishForm": "

Sodom

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sodama","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sodoma","sourcePage": "40","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodom_and_Gomorrah","location": "

Sodom

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 209,"count": "9077","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

mat thv vida at fæ[m] stædhir the [sunco] for skiørlifnathz synd (...) theras nafn voro swa. sodama. gomorra. seboyn. sela. oc segor

","englishForm": "

Bela

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Sela","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sela","sourcePage": "40","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

Identical with Zoara, Zoar (Genesis 14). In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zoara","location": "

Bela

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The pentapolis mentioned in Genesis 14 consisted of the citys of Sodom, Gomorrah, Zeboim, Adma, and Zoara. In this attestation, as well as in the MLG source (Sela; Schmitt 1959: 197), the city of Adma seems to be confused with the previous name of Zoara, Bela, due to some scribal misunderstanding.

"}, {"id": 207,"count": "9079","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

segor

","englishForm": "

Zoara

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Segor","lemmaFormAttestation": "Segor","sourcePage": "40","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

The form Segor is used in the versio vulgata.

","locationDescription": "

Segor

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zoara","location": "

Zoara

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 205,"count": "9081","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

seboyn

","englishForm": "

Zeboim

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Seboyn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Seboim","sourcePage": "40","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zeboim_(Hebrew_Bible)","location": "

Zeboim

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 203,"count": "9083","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

gomurra

","englishForm": "

Gomorrah

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gomurra","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gomorra","sourcePage": "40","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodom_and_Gomorrah","location": "

Gomorrah

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Genitve form: "Sodoma synd oc gomurra".

"}, {"id": 201,"count": "9085","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

gomorra

","englishForm": "

Gomorrah

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gomorra","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gomorra","sourcePage": "40","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodom_and_Gomorrah","location": "

Gomorrah

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 199,"count": "9087","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af svdama oc gumorra

","englishForm": "

Gomorrah

","editionPage": "37","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Gumorra","lemmaFormAttestation": "Gomorra","sourcePage": "40","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodom_and_Gomorrah","location": "

Gomorrah

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 197,"count": "9089","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ofvir paradiis

","englishForm": "

Paradise

","editionPage": "36","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Paradiis","lemmaFormAttestation": "Paradis","sourcePage": "39","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise","location": "

Paradise

","preposition": "

yver

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 195,"count": "9091","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "29","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 193,"count": "9093","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "29","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 191,"count": "9095","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

romarum

","englishForm": "

Roman

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "romara","lemmaFormAttestation": "romere","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","showAsLocatedIn": "46","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Roman

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 189,"count": "9097","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 187,"count": "9099","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 185,"count": "9101","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konungins son af fran-

","englishForm": "

France

","editionPage": "28","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Fran","lemmaFormAttestation": "Frankerike","sourcePage": "28","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 109","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "46","longitude": "2","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3017382/republic-of-france.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/France","location": "

France

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Lacuna, the form "fran[karike]" is intended.

"}, {"id": 183,"count": "9103","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til room

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "16","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Room","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 181,"count": "9105","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til rom

","englishForm": "

Rome

","editionPage": "16","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Rom","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rom","sourcePage": "14","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "41.89193","longitude": "12.51133","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3169070/rome.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rome","location": "

Rome

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 179,"count": "9107","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j judhaland

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Judhaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jutheland","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 177,"count": "9109","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til babyloniam

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babylonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 175,"count": "9111","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til babylonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babylonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 173,"count": "9113","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

fra babylonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babylonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

fran

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 171,"count": "9115","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

babyloniam saa jac aldrigh

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "15","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babylonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "13","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 169,"count": "9117","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i babylonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "14","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babylonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "12","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 167,"count": "9119","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i babylonia

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babylonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 165,"count": "9121","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til babyloniam

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "13","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babylonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "11","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

 

"}, {"id": 163,"count": "9123","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Fenix aff apulia

","englishForm": "

Apolis

","editionPage": "1","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "unknown","levelOfCertainty": "Unknown","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Apulia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Apulia","sourcePage": "90r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "fictional","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "

In Old Norse called Aples and in Old French Naples, believed to be the fictional Spanish city Nople (also written Noples) in the Chanson de Roland epos (Grieve 1997:46-47).

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Apolis

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

On the line is the name appuloria deleted, whereas this form is written above. 

"}, {"id": 161,"count": "9125","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

En hædhen konungh foor medh brandh | hæria ok ødha sancti iacobs landh

","englishForm": "

Galicia

","editionPage": "","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Iacobs landh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Iakobs land","sourcePage": "67r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Attestations of Sankte Jakobs land are interpreted as Galicia, because Santiago de Compostela is located in this region.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "42.75508","longitude": "-7.86621","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3336902/galicia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galicia_%28Spain%29","location": "

Galicia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The reference is to the cathedral of Santiago de Compostela, the destination of a popular pilgrimage route. Santiago is the capital of the region Galicia.

"}, {"id": 159,"count": "9127","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

en hedhin konung foor medh brand | fordærffuæ och ødhæ sancti iacobs landh

","englishForm": "

Galicia

","editionPage": "1","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Iacobs landh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Iakobs land","sourcePage": "151","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Attestations of Sankte Jakobs land are interpreted as Galicia, because Santiago de Compostela is located in this region.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "42.75508","longitude": "-7.86621","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3336902/galicia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galicia_%28Spain%29","location": "

Galicia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"hide","notes": "

The reference is to the cathedral of Santiago de Compostela, the destination of a popular pilgrimage route. Santiago is the capital of the region Galicia.

"}, {"id": 157,"count": "9129","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

een hedhin konung foor medh brand | hæria ok ødha sancti iacobs land

","englishForm": "

Galicia

","editionPage": "1","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Iacobs land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Iakobs land","sourcePage": "90r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

Attestations of Sankte Jakobs land are interpreted as Galicia, because Santiago de Compostela is located in this region.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "42.75508","longitude": "-7.86621","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3336902/galicia.html","wikipediaLink": "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galicia_%28Spain%29","location": "

Galicia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The reference is to the cathedral of Santiago de Compostela, the destination of a popular pilgrimage route. Santiago is the capital of the region Galicia.

"}, {"id": 155,"count": "9131","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "h","originalForm": "

til sancte jacobs

","englishForm": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Jacobs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Iakobs","sourcePage": "67r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "AM 191 fol.","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "42.88064","longitude": "-8.5445","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6452774/cathedral-of-santiago-de-compostela.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Santiago_de_Compostela_Cathedral","location": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 153,"count": "9133","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Han van babyloniam

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "12","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babylonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "9","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 151,"count": "9135","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 149,"count": "9137","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 147,"count": "9139","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

intil babyloniam

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babylonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "

intil

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 145,"count": "9141","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

babilonie konung

","englishForm": "

Babylonia

","editionPage": "10","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Babilonia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Babylonia","sourcePage": "7","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

The Standard form Babylonia is a compromise form chosen to represent both the East Norse attestations denoting Neo-Babylonian Empire and other instances where the denotation is not entirely clear. The coordinates and the Wikipedia link correspond to those of Neo-Babylonian Empire.

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as located in the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "

Neo-Babylonian Empire

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neo-Babylonian_Empire","location": "

Babylonia

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Might designate the city Babylon.

"}, {"id": 143,"count": "9143","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j latine

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latine","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 141,"count": "9145","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af latino

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latino","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 139,"count": "9147","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

badh han innirlika israels gudh

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 137,"count": "9149","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

thet waro iwdha

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdha","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 135,"count": "9151","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konungen aff niniue

","englishForm": "

Nineveh

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Niniue","lemmaFormAttestation": "Ninive","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "36.36768","longitude": "43.15667","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/92878/nineveh.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nineveh","location": "

Nineveh

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 133,"count": "9153","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Konugin aff israel

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 131,"count": "9155","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konungx rikit aff iwda

","englishForm": "

Judah

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iwda","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iudha","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

 

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Judah","location": "

Judah

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 129,"count": "9157","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

konungx rikit aff israel

","englishForm": "

Israel

","editionPage": "9","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Israel","lemmaFormAttestation": "Israel","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/294640/state-of-israel.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kingdom_of_Israel_(Samaria)","location": "

Israel

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 127,"count": "9159","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1500","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "gh","originalForm": "

til sancte iacobs

","englishForm": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancte Iacobs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Iakobs","sourcePage": "151","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "42.88064","longitude": "-8.5445","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6452774/cathedral-of-santiago-de-compostela.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Santiago_de_Compostela_Cathedral","location": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 125,"count": "9161","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til sancti iacobs

","englishForm": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/759075","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Sancti Iacobs","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sankte Iakobs","sourcePage": "90r","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "D 4","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","work": "Flores och Blanzeflor","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Flores och Blanzeflor). The terminus ante quem is also the year of Queen Eufemia's death.

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "church","localityTypeOfName": "sacral name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The poem (“roman idyllique”) tells of the separation and reunion of the young lovers Flores and Blanzeflor. Known in many European vernacular languages, the Swedish version is a translation from West Norse at the behest of Queen Eufemia of Norway.

","latitude": "42.88064","longitude": "-8.5445","warning": "OK","edition": "Olson 1921 [1956]","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/6452774/cathedral-of-santiago-de-compostela.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Santiago_de_Compostela_Cathedral","location": "

Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 123,"count": "9163","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

in j thet lofwadha landit

","englishForm": "

Promised Land

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Thet lofwadha landit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thet lovadha landet","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Promised_Land","location": "

Promised Land

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 121,"count": "9165","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff egyptoland

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "6","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 119,"count": "9167","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

in j thet lofwadha landit

","englishForm": "

Promised Land

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thet lofwadha landit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thet lovadha landet","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Promised_Land","location": "

Promised Land

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 117,"count": "9169","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff egypto

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptus","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin dative/ablative.

"}, {"id": 115,"count": "9171","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

in j thet lofwadha landit

","englishForm": "

Promised Land

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "thet lofwadha landit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Thet lovadha landet","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "

In this project, Biblical places with no evident modern equivalent are visualised as the Middle East.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "33.13906","longitude": "35.85869","showAsLocatedIn": "797","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Promised_Land","location": "

Promised Land

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 113,"count": "9173","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

iwdhomen

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 111,"count": "9175","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til synay bergh

","englishForm": "

Mount Sinai

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Synaybergh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Sinaibiærgh","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "28.53914","longitude": "33.97496","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/351820/jabal-musa.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biblical_Mount_Sinai","location": "

Mount Sinai

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 109,"count": "9177","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff egipto landh

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egiptolandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The second vowel in the place name is changed from y to i.

"}, {"id": 107,"count": "9179","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

gynom rødha hafwit

","englishForm": "

Red Sea

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Rødha hafwit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Rødha havet","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "20.26735","longitude": "38.53455","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/350155/red-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_Sea","location": "

Red Sea

","preposition": "

genom

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 105,"count": "9181","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

for in i iudha landit

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Iudhalandit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Juthelandet","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 103,"count": "9183","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af ebraisko, oc grezsco maal

","englishForm": "

Hebrew language

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "ebraisk","lemmaFormAttestation": "hebraisk","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_language","location": "

Hebrew language

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 101,"count": "9185","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af ebraisko, oc grezsco maal

","englishForm": "

Greek language

","editionPage": "8","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "grezsco maal","lemmaFormAttestation": "grækesk mal","sourcePage": "5","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greek_language","location": "

Greek language

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 99,"count": "9187","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

aff egypto landz threldom

","englishForm": "

Egypt

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Egyptoland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Egyptaland","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Ancient Egypt

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "27","longitude": "30","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/357994/arab-republic-of-egypt.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Egypt","location": "

Egypt

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 97,"count": "9189","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thet waro iwdhane

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdhane","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 95,"count": "9191","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

oppa iwdha folkeno

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdha folket","lemmaFormAttestation": "iudha folk","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "

up a

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 89,"count": "9193","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

af judha maal

","englishForm": "

Hebrew language

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "judhamaal","lemmaFormAttestation": "juthemal","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_language","location": "

Hebrew language

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 87,"count": "9195","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 85,"count": "9197","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i grezt maal

","englishForm": "

Greek language

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "grezt maal","lemmaFormAttestation": "grækesk mal","sourcePage": "4","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greek_language","location": "

Greek language

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 83,"count": "9199","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i jvdhaland

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jvdhaland","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jutheland","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 81,"count": "9201","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j ierusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ierusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 79,"count": "9203","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Thæn ædhla konungen af grecia

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "7","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Grecia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Græcia","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 77,"count": "9205","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

i mærit

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 75,"count": "9207","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

The ædhla drøtningen af saba

","englishForm": "

Sheba

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Saba","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saba","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "15.37954","longitude": "44.70886","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8504929/sheba.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sheba","location": "

Sheba

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 71,"count": "9209","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

wenda hona af latiin j swensko

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "latiin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 69,"count": "9211","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

wende oc screff the helgho script / aff ebreydzko oc gredzko j latiin

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "latiin","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 67,"count": "9213","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

wende oc screff the helgho script / aff ebreydzko oc gredzko j latiin

","englishForm": "

Greek language

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "gredzka","lemmaFormAttestation": "greska","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greek_language","location": "

Greek language

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 65,"count": "9215","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

wende oc screff the helgho script / aff ebreydzko oc gredzko j latiin

","englishForm": "

Hebrew language

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "ebreydzka","lemmaFormAttestation": "ebrezka","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_language","location": "

Hebrew language

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 63,"count": "9217","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

foor in j iwdha landit

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "4","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iwdhalandit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iudhalandet","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

in i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 61,"count": "9219","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

scrifwo oc wendo laghin / aff iwdha maal / j grezth maal

","englishForm": "

Greek language

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "grezth maal","lemmaFormAttestation": "greskt mal","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","showAsLocatedIn": "43","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greek_language","location": "

Greek language

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 59,"count": "9221","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

scrifwo oc wendo laghin / aff iwdha maal / j grezth maal

","englishForm": "

Hebrew language

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdha maal","lemmaFormAttestation": "iudha mal","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_language","location": "

Hebrew language

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 57,"count": "9223","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

sænde them alla iwdha biscopenom j iherusalem 

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 53,"count": "9225","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

mange iwdha

","englishForm": "

Judean

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "iwdha","lemmaFormAttestation": "iuþe","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "inhabitant designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

For the sake of graphic simplicity, we use the coordinates for the modern state of Israel on the map to show the locality of Judean (Jew) and Hebrew. We only include juthe/iuþe when it clearly refers to an inhabitant of Judea, rather than a member of the ethnic, religious group ‘Jews’. We fully recognise the problems of this solution, not least the at times imprecise meaning of juthe/iuþe in East Norse (as well as the fact that Hebrew was spoken, written, and developed during much of the classical and medieval period outside of Israel). Nonetheless, we are interested in place names, inhabitants (rather than religions), and languages in this project and have tried to follow a principle to reflect this.

","locationDescription": "

Jew

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.5","longitude": "34.75","showAsLocatedIn": "75","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jews","location": "

Judean

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 51,"count": "9227","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j iwdha landeno j iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 49,"count": "9229","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j iwdha landeno j iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Judea

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iwdhalandit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iudhalandet","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.58333","longitude": "35","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/283445/judaea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judea","location": "

Judea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 47,"count": "9231","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Then ædhle konugin aff grecia

","englishForm": "

Greece

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Grecia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Grecia","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "39","longitude": "22","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/390903/hellenic-republic.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greece","location": "

Greece

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 45,"count": "9233","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til iherusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Iherusalem","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 43,"count": "9235","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

ofwer mang land

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mang land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mang land","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

ivir

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 41,"count": "9237","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

The ædhla drotnigen aff saba

","englishForm": "

Sheba

","editionPage": "3","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Saba","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saba","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "15.37954","longitude": "44.70886","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8504929/sheba.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sheba","location": "

Sheba

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 39,"count": "9239","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til jerusalem

","englishForm": "

Jerusalem

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Jerusalem","sourcePage": "3","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "31.76904","longitude": "35.21633","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/281184/jerusalem.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jerusalem","location": "

Jerusalem

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 37,"count": "9241","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

vit mærit

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

vither

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 35,"count": "9243","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j salta hafvit som kallas mærit

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "6","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 33,"count": "9245","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Mange hærra, forste, ridara, oc swena, af fiærrin landom

","englishForm": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","editionPage": "5","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "fiærrin landom","lemmaFormAttestation": "fjarren land","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Foreign land

","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fræmadha land, Fræmethe land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 31,"count": "9247","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

tidhrik af bærna

","englishForm": "

Verona

","editionPage": "5","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/771244","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bærn","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bern","sourcePage": "1","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "C 529","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","work": "Sjælens Trøst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints' lives, legends, and confessional works. The Danish text is fragmentary and consists of the first and last parts of the text. The Danish text is translated from Swedish.

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","warning": "OK","edition": "Nielsen 1937-1952","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164527/verona.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Verona

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 30,"count": "9249","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

eet mønster widh mærit

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

viþ

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 29,"count": "9251","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

fiskia j mærit

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "2","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "

i

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 28,"count": "9253","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

j salta hafwit som kallas mærit

","englishForm": "

Mediterranean Sea

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Mærit","lemmaFormAttestation": "Mæret","sourcePage": "1","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "sea","localityTypeOfName": "hydronym","locationNotes": "

The Old Swedish and the Old Danish words for 'sea' in definite form are used as a name in some of these cases.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "35","longitude": "20","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/363196/mediterranean-sea.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediterranean_Sea","location": "

Mediterranean Sea

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 27,"count": "9255","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Mange herra oc førsto / Riddara oc swena aff fiærran landum

","englishForm": "

Fiærran land, Fjarren land

","editionPage": "2","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Fiærran land","lemmaFormAttestation": "Fiærran land","sourcePage": "1","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Distant land

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "","longitude": "","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "","location": "

Fiærran land, Fjarren land

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 26,"count": "9257","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

Her dydhrik van bernin

","englishForm": "

Verona

","editionPage": "1","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Bernin","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bern","sourcePage": "1","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "45.4299","longitude": "10.98444","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164527/verona.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verona","location": "

Verona

","preposition": "

van

","alert": "unfinished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The Old Swedish form Bernin might be a scribal adaptation of Middle Low German van den Berne since the definite article seems to be added to the name, the Middle Low German preposition van used here has the same meaning at Old Swedish fran 'from'.

"}, {"id": 25,"count": "9259","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

greffuens hostru aff Pauentz

","englishForm": "

Panico

","editionPage": "319","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Pauentz","lemmaFormAttestation": "Panicus","sourcePage": "146","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Saml. 1a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Griseldis","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a wife and mother (Griselda) is tested in a number of cruel ways by her husband – including telling her he has killed their children and banishing her from the house – before she is finally reunited with her children and husband. The fragmentary Danish version of the story is based on a German translation of the Latin Historia Griseldis by Petrarch (d. 1374). The story of Griselda was widespread in the Middle Ages and appears, for example, among the works of Boccaccio (1313–1375) and Chaucer (c. 1343–1400).

","latitude": "44.35465","longitude": "11.21566","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/8955903/panico.html","wikipediaLink": "https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Panico_(Marzabotto)","location": "

Panico

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 24,"count": "9261","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

tiil Bononien

","englishForm": "

Bologna

","editionPage": "319","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Bononien","lemmaFormAttestation": "Bononien","sourcePage": "146","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Saml. 1a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Griseldis","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a wife and mother (Griselda) is tested in a number of cruel ways by her husband – including telling her he has killed their children and banishing her from the house – before she is finally reunited with her children and husband. The fragmentary Danish version of the story is based on a German translation of the Latin Historia Griseldis by Petrarch (d. 1374). The story of Griselda was widespread in the Middle Ages and appears, for example, among the works of Boccaccio (1313–1375) and Chaucer (c. 1343–1400).

","latitude": "44.49381","longitude": "11.33875","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3181928/bologna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bologna","location": "

Bologna

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 23,"count": "9263","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

en stadt som hetther Salwtem

","englishForm": "

Saluzzo

","editionPage": "293","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Salutem","lemmaFormAttestation": "Saluzzo","sourcePage": "126","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Saml. 1a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Griseldis","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a wife and mother (Griselda) is tested in a number of cruel ways by her husband – including telling her he has killed their children and banishing her from the house – before she is finally reunited with her children and husband. The fragmentary Danish version of the story is based on a German translation of the Latin Historia Griseldis by Petrarch (d. 1374). The story of Griselda was widespread in the Middle Ages and appears, for example, among the works of Boccaccio (1313–1375) and Chaucer (c. 1343–1400).

","latitude": "44.64671","longitude": "7.49309","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3168609/saluzzo.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saluzzo","location": "

Saluzzo

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 22,"count": "9265","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

tiill Ffenedy

","englishForm": "

Venice

","editionPage": "292","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Ffenedy","lemmaFormAttestation": "Venedig","sourcePage": "125","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Saml. 1a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Griseldis","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a wife and mother (Griselda) is tested in a number of cruel ways by her husband – including telling her he has killed their children and banishing her from the house – before she is finally reunited with her children and husband. The fragmentary Danish version of the story is based on a German translation of the Latin Historia Griseldis by Petrarch (d. 1374). The story of Griselda was widespread in the Middle Ages and appears, for example, among the works of Boccaccio (1313–1375) and Chaucer (c. 1343–1400).

","latitude": "45.43713","longitude": "12.33265","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164603/venice.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Venice","location": "

Venice

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 21,"count": "9267","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

gønwm Emiliam Ffenniam

","englishForm": "

Emilia-Romagna

","editionPage": "292","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Emilia Fennia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Emilia Flamminia","sourcePage": "125","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Saml. 1a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Griseldis","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a wife and mother (Griselda) is tested in a number of cruel ways by her husband – including telling her he has killed their children and banishing her from the house – before she is finally reunited with her children and husband. The fragmentary Danish version of the story is based on a German translation of the Latin Historia Griseldis by Petrarch (d. 1374). The story of Griselda was widespread in the Middle Ages and appears, for example, among the works of Boccaccio (1313–1375) and Chaucer (c. 1343–1400).

","latitude": "44.5444","longitude": "10.98361","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3177401/emilia-romagna.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Emilia-Romagna","location": "

Emilia-Romagna

","preposition": "

genem

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The edition Lægebøger... has Ffenni[di]/am where the first i is uncertain, di is added by the editor, and the / indicates line break. Since the Middle Low German version has Flaminiam and the later Danish version Flamminiam, there is no doubt that the Old Danish is a mistake most probably influence by the following Ffenedy Venice.

"}, {"id": 20,"count": "9269","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

thet landt som hetther Liguria

","englishForm": "

Liguria

","editionPage": "292","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Liguria","lemmaFormAttestation": "Liguria","sourcePage": "125","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Saml. 1a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Griseldis","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "region","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a wife and mother (Griselda) is tested in a number of cruel ways by her husband – including telling her he has killed their children and banishing her from the house – before she is finally reunited with her children and husband. The fragmentary Danish version of the story is based on a German translation of the Latin Historia Griseldis by Petrarch (d. 1374). The story of Griselda was widespread in the Middle Ages and appears, for example, among the works of Boccaccio (1313–1375) and Chaucer (c. 1343–1400).

","latitude": "44.5","longitude": "8.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3174725/liguria.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liguria","location": "

Liguria

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 19,"count": "9271","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

biergh som hetther Wesaus

","englishForm": "

Mount Viso

","editionPage": "292","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Wesaus","lemmaFormAttestation": "Viso","sourcePage": "125","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Saml. 1a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Griseldis","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "mountain","localityTypeOfName": "oronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a wife and mother (Griselda) is tested in a number of cruel ways by her husband – including telling her he has killed their children and banishing her from the house – before she is finally reunited with her children and husband. The fragmentary Danish version of the story is based on a German translation of the Latin Historia Griseldis by Petrarch (d. 1374). The story of Griselda was widespread in the Middle Ages and appears, for example, among the works of Boccaccio (1313–1375) and Chaucer (c. 1343–1400).

","latitude": "44.6676","longitude": "7.09051","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3164048/monte-viso.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monte_Viso","location": "

Mount Viso

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

Interpretation taken from Danske Folkebøger VIII.191

"}, {"id": 18,"count": "9273","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

[W]ty Walandh

","englishForm": "

Italy

","editionPage": "292","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "guess","levelOfCertainty": "Educated guess","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "Walandh","lemmaFormAttestation": "Valland","sourcePage": "125","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Saml. 1a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Griseldis","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "country","localityTypeOfName": "choronym","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a wife and mother (Griselda) is tested in a number of cruel ways by her husband – including telling her he has killed their children and banishing her from the house – before she is finally reunited with her children and husband. The fragmentary Danish version of the story is based on a German translation of the Latin Historia Griseldis by Petrarch (d. 1374). The story of Griselda was widespread in the Middle Ages and appears, for example, among the works of Boccaccio (1313–1375) and Chaucer (c. 1343–1400).

","latitude": "42.83333","longitude": "12.83333","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "http://www.geonames.org/3175395/repubblica-italiana.html","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italy","location": "

Italy

","preposition": "

uti

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The story of Griseldis (from Boccaccio's Decameron) takes place in Italy, thus Walandh here is identified with Italy, though formally it could refer to France as well.

"}, {"id": 17,"count": "9275","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

paa tiiske

","englishForm": "

German language

","editionPage": "291","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "tiisk","lemmaFormAttestation": "thythisk","sourcePage": "124","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Saml. 1a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Griseldis","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a wife and mother (Griselda) is tested in a number of cruel ways by her husband – including telling her he has killed their children and banishing her from the house – before she is finally reunited with her children and husband. The fragmentary Danish version of the story is based on a German translation of the Latin Historia Griseldis by Petrarch (d. 1374). The story of Griselda was widespread in the Middle Ages and appears, for example, among the works of Boccaccio (1313–1375) and Chaucer (c. 1343–1400).

","latitude": "51.5","longitude": "10.5","showAsLocatedIn": "285","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language","location": "

German language

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 16,"count": "9277","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

aff latinen

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "291","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latinen","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "124","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Saml. 1a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Griseldis","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a wife and mother (Griselda) is tested in a number of cruel ways by her husband – including telling her he has killed their children and banishing her from the house – before she is finally reunited with her children and husband. The fragmentary Danish version of the story is based on a German translation of the Latin Historia Griseldis by Petrarch (d. 1374). The story of Griselda was widespread in the Middle Ages and appears, for example, among the works of Boccaccio (1313–1375) and Chaucer (c. 1343–1400).

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

af

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 15,"count": "9279","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

paa latine

","englishForm": "

Latin

","editionPage": "291","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "latine","lemmaFormAttestation": "latin","sourcePage": "124","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Saml. 1a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Griseldis","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "language designation","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "

In the Norse World resource Latin is visualised as located in Europe because the context of the text places it there.

","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a wife and mother (Griselda) is tested in a number of cruel ways by her husband – including telling her he has killed their children and banishing her from the house – before she is finally reunited with her children and husband. The fragmentary Danish version of the story is based on a German translation of the Latin Historia Griseldis by Petrarch (d. 1374). The story of Griselda was widespread in the Middle Ages and appears, for example, among the works of Boccaccio (1313–1375) and Chaucer (c. 1343–1400).

","latitude": "48.69096","longitude": "9.14062","showAsLocatedIn": "267","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin","location": "

Latin

","preposition": "

upa

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": ""}, {"id": 14,"count": "9281","language":"da","attestationSourceStartYear":"1450","attestationSourceEndYear":"1550","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Danish","epochs": "hi","originalForm": "

Bocatii walske bøcker

","englishForm": "

Italian

","editionPage": "291","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/85930","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "da","variantFormLanguage": "da","variantFormAttestation": "walske","lemmaFormAttestation": "valsk","sourcePage": "124","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "Saml. 1a","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","work": "Griseldis","workNotes": "

Date of composition from Gammeldansk Ordbog (kildelisten).

","genreName": "Romances","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Non-name","localityTypeName": "adjective","localityTypeOfName": "","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "","workDescription": "

In this tale, a wife and mother (Griselda) is tested in a number of cruel ways by her husband – including telling her he has killed their children and banishing her from the house – before she is finally reunited with her children and husband. The fragmentary Danish version of the story is based on a German translation of the Latin Historia Griseldis by Petrarch (d. 1374). The story of Griselda was widespread in the Middle Ages and appears, for example, among the works of Boccaccio (1313–1375) and Chaucer (c. 1343–1400).

","latitude": "42.83333","longitude": "12.83333","showAsLocatedIn": "67","warning": "OK","edition": "Det Danske Sprog- og Litteraturselskab 1970","sourceGeodataLink": "","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italy","location": "

Italian

","preposition": "","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The textual context makes it clear that here walsk refers to Italian, it could otherwise refer to French as well.

"}, {"id": 13,"count": "9283","language":"sv","attestationSourceStartYear":"1400","attestationSourceEndYear":"1450","startEndYearSpan": "","languageName": "Old Swedish","epochs": "g","originalForm": "

til anthiochiam

","englishForm": "

Antakya

","editionPage": "30","editionLink": "","externalLinkBio": "http://libris.kb.se/bib/503730","levelOfCertaintyId": "known","levelOfCertainty": "Commonly attested and known","lemmaFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormLanguage": "sv","variantFormAttestation": "Anthiochia","lemmaFormAttestation": "Antiochia","sourcePage": "23","sourceDataTypeId": "2","sourceName": "A 108","sourceType": "Manuscript","sourceTypeName": "Manuscript","edition": "Henning 1954","work": "Själens tröst","workNotes": "

Year of composition from Kulturhistorisk leksikon for nordisk middelalder (Siælinna thrøst).

","genreName": "Devotional works","realOrFictional": "real","placeOrOther": "Place name","localityTypeName": "city","localityTypeOfName": "settlement name","locationNotes": "","locationDescription": "

Antioch on the Orontes

","workDescription": "

The Swedish work is translated from a Low German original probably by a monk at Vadstena Abbey. The work is centred on the Ten Commandments but contains other types of material such as saints’ lives, legends, and confessional works.

","latitude": "36.20655","longitude": "36.15722","warning": "OK","edition": "Henning 1954","sourceGeodataLink": "https://gazetteer.dainst.org/place/2283111","wikipediaLink": "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antioch","location": "

Antakya

","preposition": "

til

","alert": "finished","stateId":"show","notes": "

The name is declined as a Latin accusative.

"}]}